diff --git a/vim-7.1-ada.patch b/vim-7.1-ada.patch
index ec4e837..c26645a 100644
--- a/vim-7.1-ada.patch
+++ b/vim-7.1-ada.patch
@@ -1,662 +1,69 @@
-diff -urN vim71/1/ada_options.vim vim71_ada/1/ada_options.vim
---- vim71/1/ada_options.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ada_options.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Options setable by the Ada plugin
-+" $Id: ada_options.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ada_options.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Folding for "gnat pretty"
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Usage: copy content into your .vimrc and change options to your
-+" likeing.
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-options
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+echoerr 'It is suggested to copy the content of ada_options into .vimrc!'
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+" Section: Ada options {{{1
-+
-+ let g:ada_abbrev = 1
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
-+ let g:ada_extended_tagging = 'list'
-+ let g:ada_folding = 'i'
-+" let g:ada_folding = 'gibxp'
-+" let g:ada_folding = 'spftc'
-+ let g:ada_rainbow_color = 1
-+ let g:ada_space_errors = 1
-+ let g:ada_standard_types = 1
-+ let g:ada_with_gnat_project_files = 1
-+" let g:ada_extended_completion = 1
-+" let g:ada_line_errors = 1
-+" let g:ada_omni_with_keywords = 1
-+
-+ let g:Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 1
-+ let g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 1
-+ let g:Tlist_Sort_Type = "name"
-+
-+ let g:NERD_use_ada_with_spaces = 1
-+
-+ let g:backup_directory = '.backups'
-+ let g:backup_purge = 10
-+
-+ let g:mapleader = "<F12>"
-+
-+ if &diff
-+ let g:Tlist_Auto_Open = 0
-+ else
-+ let g:Tlist_Auto_Open = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ filetype plugin indent on
-+ syntax enable
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+" Section: Vimball options {{{1
-+:set expandtab fileformat=unix encoding=utf-8
-+:.+2,.+13 MkVimball ada-4.5.0
-+
-+ada_options.vim
-+autoload/ada.vim
-+autoload/adacomplete.vim
-+autoload/decada.vim
-+autoload/gnat.vim
-+compiler/decada.vim
-+compiler/gnat.vim
-+doc/ft_ada.txt
-+ftdetect/ada.vim
-+ftplugin/ada.vim
-+indent/ada.vim
-+syntax/ada.vim
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+" Section: Tar options {{{1
-+
-+tar --create --bzip2 \
-+ --file="ada-4.5.0.tar.bz2" \
-+ autoload/ada.vim \
-+ autoload/adacomplete.vim \
-+ autoload/decada.vim \
-+ autoload/gnat.vim \
-+ compiler/decada.vim \
-+ compiler/gnat.vim \
-+ doc/ft_ada.txt \
-+ ftdetect/ada.vim \
-+ ftplugin/ada.vim \
-+ indent/ada.vim \
-+ syntax/ada.vim ;
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: textwidth=0 foldmethod=marker foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/adacomplete.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/adacomplete.vim
---- vim71/1/autoload/adacomplete.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/adacomplete.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim 2007-05-05 19:34:16.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:40.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
+ " Language: Ada (2005)
+-" $Id: adacomplete.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:34:16 vimboss Exp $
+" $Id: adacomplete.vim 825 2007-12-09 13:34:03Z krischik $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+ " Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:34:16 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
+" $Author: krischik $
+" $Date: 2007-12-09 14:34:03 +0100 (So, 09 Dez 2007) $
+" Version: 4.5
+" $Revision: 825 $
+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested agaist using setlocal omnifunc
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-omni
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: adacomplete#Complete () {{{1
-+"
-+" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-+"
-+function! adacomplete#Complete (findstart, base)
-+ if a:findstart == 1
-+ return ada#User_Complete (a:findstart, a:base)
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " look up matches
-+ "
-+ if exists ("g:ada_omni_with_keywords")
-+ call ada#User_Complete (a:findstart, a:base)
-+ endif
-+ "
-+ " search tag file for matches
-+ "
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . a:base . '.*$'
-+ let l:Tag_List = taglist (l:Pattern)
-+ "
-+ " add symbols
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in l:Tag_List
-+ if l:Tag_Item['kind'] == ''
-+ "
-+ " Tag created by gnat xref
-+ "
-+ let l:Match_Item = {
-+ \ 'word': l:Tag_Item['name'],
-+ \ 'menu': l:Tag_Item['filename'],
-+ \ 'info': "Symbol from file " . l:Tag_Item['filename'] . " line " . l:Tag_Item['cmd'],
-+ \ 'kind': 's',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " Tag created by ctags
-+ "
-+ let l:Info = 'Symbol : ' . l:Tag_Item['name'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Info .= 'Of type : ' . g:ada#Ctags_Kinds[l:Tag_Item['kind']][1] . "\n"
-+ let l:Info .= 'Defined in File : ' . l:Tag_Item['filename'] . "\n"
-+
-+ if has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'package')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Package : ' . l:Tag_Item['package'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['package']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'separate')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Separate from Package : ' . l:Tag_Item['separate'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['separate']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'packspec')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Package Specification : ' . l:Tag_Item['packspec'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['packspec']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'type')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Datetype : ' . l:Tag_Item['type'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['type']
-+ else
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['filename']
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:Match_Item = {
-+ \ 'word': l:Tag_Item['name'],
-+ \ 'menu': l:Menu,
-+ \ 'info': l:Info,
-+ \ 'kind': l:Tag_Item['kind'],
-+ \ 'icase': 1}
-+ endif
-+ if complete_add (l:Match_Item) == 0
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ if complete_check ()
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ endfor
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+endfunction adacomplete#Complete
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/ada.vim
---- vim71/1/autoload/ada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/ada.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/autoload/ada.vim 2007-05-05 20:02:22.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:40.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
+ " Language: Ada (2005)
+-" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:02:22 vimboss Exp $
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
+ " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:02:22 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
+" $Author: krischik $
+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
+" Version: 4.5
+" $Revision: 774 $
+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+@@ -17,6 +19,10 @@
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
+ " autoload
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
+" 08.07.2007 TV fix mapleader problems.
+" 09.05.2007 MK Session just won't work no matter how much
+" tweaking is done
+" 19.09.2007 NO still some mapleader problems
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-functions
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Constants {{{1
-+"
-+let g:ada#DotWordRegex = '\a\w*\(\_s*\.\_s*\a\w*\)*'
-+let g:ada#WordRegex = '\a\w*'
-+let g:ada#Comment = "\\v^(\"[^\"]*\"|'.'|[^\"']){-}\\zs\\s*--.*"
-+let g:ada#Keywords = []
-+
-+" Section: g:ada#Keywords {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: add Ada keywords {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['abort', 'else', 'new', 'return', 'abs', 'elsif', 'not', 'reverse', 'abstract', 'end', 'null', 'accept', 'entry', 'select', 'access', 'exception', 'of', 'separate', 'aliased', 'exit', 'or', 'subtype', 'all', 'others', 'synchronized', 'and', 'for', 'out', 'array', 'function', 'overriding', 'tagged', 'at', 'task', 'generic', 'package', 'terminate', 'begin', 'goto', 'pragma', 'then', 'body', 'private', 'type', 'if', 'procedure', 'case', 'in', 'protected', 'until', 'constant', 'interface', 'use', 'is', 'raise', 'declare', 'range', 'when', 'delay', 'limited', 'record', 'while', 'delta', 'loop', 'rem', 'with', 'digits', 'renames', 'do', 'mod', 'requeue', 'xor']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'keyword',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada keyword.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'k',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: GNAT Project Files {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_with_gnat_project_files')
-+ for Item in ['project']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'keyword',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT projectfile keyword.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'k',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: add standart exception {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['Constraint_Error', 'Program_Error', 'Storage_Error', 'Tasking_Error', 'Status_Error', 'Mode_Error', 'Name_Error', 'Use_Error', 'Device_Error', 'End_Error', 'Data_Error', 'Layout_Error', 'Length_Error', 'Pattern_Error', 'Index_Error', 'Translation_Error', 'Time_Error', 'Argument_Error', 'Tag_Error', 'Picture_Error', 'Terminator_Error', 'Conversion_Error', 'Pointer_Error', 'Dereference_Error', 'Update_Error']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'exception',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada standart exception.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'x',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT exception {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Assert_Failure']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'exception',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT exception.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'x',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: add Ada buildin types {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['Boolean', 'Integer', 'Natural', 'Positive', 'Float', 'Character', 'Wide_Character', 'Wide_Wide_Character', 'String', 'Wide_String', 'Wide_Wide_String', 'Duration']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'type',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada buildin type.',
-+ \ 'kind': 't',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT buildin types {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Short_Integer', 'Short_Short_Integer', 'Long_Integer', 'Long_Long_Integer', 'Short_Float', 'Short_Short_Float', 'Long_Float', 'Long_Long_Float']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'type',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT buildin type.',
-+ \ 'kind': 't',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: add Ada Attributes {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['''Access', '''Address', '''Adjacent', '''Aft', '''Alignment', '''Base', '''Bit_Order', '''Body_Version', '''Callable', '''Caller', '''Ceiling', '''Class', '''Component_Size', '''Compose', '''Constrained', '''Copy_Sign', '''Count', '''Definite', '''Delta', '''Denorm', '''Digits', '''Emax', '''Exponent', '''External_Tag', '''Epsilon', '''First', '''First_Bit', '''Floor', '''Fore', '''Fraction', '''Identity', '''Image', '''Input', '''Large', '''Last', '''Last_Bit', '''Leading_Part', '''Length', '''Machine', '''Machine_Emax', '''Machine_Emin', '''Machine_Mantissa', '''Machine_Overflows', '''Machine_Radix', '''Machine_Rounding', '''Machine_Rounds', '''Mantissa', '''Max', '''Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements', '''Min', '''Mod', '''Model', '''Model_Emin', '''Model_Epsilon', '''Model_Mantissa', '''Model_Small', '''Modulus', '''Output', '''Partition_ID', '''Pos', '''Position', '''Pred', '''Priority', '''Range', '''Read', '''Remainder', '''Round', '''Rounding', '''Safe_Emax', '''Safe_First', '''Safe_Large', '''Safe_Last', '''Safe_Small', '''Scale', '''Scaling', '''Signed_Zeros', '''Size', '''Small', '''Storage_Pool', '''Storage_Size', '''Stream_Size', '''Succ', '''Tag', '''Terminated', '''Truncation', '''Unbiased_Rounding', '''Unchecked_Access', '''Val', '''Valid', '''Value', '''Version', '''Wide_Image', '''Wide_Value', '''Wide_Wide_Image', '''Wide_Wide_Value', '''Wide_Wide_Width', '''Wide_Width', '''Width', '''Write']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'attribute',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada attribute.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'a',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT Attributes {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['''Abort_Signal', '''Address_Size', '''Asm_Input', '''Asm_Output', '''AST_Entry', '''Bit', '''Bit_Position', '''Code_Address', '''Default_Bit_Order', '''Elaborated', '''Elab_Body', '''Elab_Spec', '''Emax', '''Enum_Rep', '''Epsilon', '''Fixed_Value', '''Has_Access_Values', '''Has_Discriminants', '''Img', '''Integer_Value', '''Machine_Size', '''Max_Interrupt_Priority', '''Max_Priority', '''Maximum_Alignment', '''Mechanism_Code', '''Null_Parameter', '''Object_Size', '''Passed_By_Reference', '''Range_Length', '''Storage_Unit', '''Target_Name', '''Tick', '''To_Address', '''Type_Class', '''UET_Address', '''Unconstrained_Array', '''Universal_Literal_String', '''Unrestricted_Access', '''VADS_Size', '''Value_Size', '''Wchar_T_Size', '''Word_Size']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'attribute',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT attribute.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'a',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: add Ada Pragmas {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['All_Calls_Remote', 'Assert', 'Assertion_Policy', 'Asynchronous', 'Atomic', 'Atomic_Components', 'Attach_Handler', 'Controlled', 'Convention', 'Detect_Blocking', 'Discard_Names', 'Elaborate', 'Elaborate_All', 'Elaborate_Body', 'Export', 'Import', 'Inline', 'Inspection_Point', 'Interface (Obsolescent)', 'Interrupt_Handler', 'Interrupt_Priority', 'Linker_Options', 'List', 'Locking_Policy', 'Memory_Size (Obsolescent)', 'No_Return', 'Normalize_Scalars', 'Optimize', 'Pack', 'Page', 'Partition_Elaboration_Policy', 'Preelaborable_Initialization', 'Preelaborate', 'Priority', 'Priority_Specific_Dispatching', 'Profile', 'Pure', 'Queueing_Policy', 'Relative_Deadline', 'Remote_Call_Interface', 'Remote_Types', 'Restrictions', 'Reviewable', 'Shared (Obsolescent)', 'Shared_Passive', 'Storage_Size', 'Storage_Unit (Obsolescent)', 'Suppress', 'System_Name (Obsolescent)', 'Task_Dispatching_Policy', 'Unchecked_Union', 'Unsuppress', 'Volatile', 'Volatile_Components']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'pragma',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada pragma.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'p',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT Pragmas {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Abort_Defer', 'Ada_83', 'Ada_95', 'Ada_05', 'Annotate', 'Ast_Entry', 'C_Pass_By_Copy', 'Comment', 'Common_Object', 'Compile_Time_Warning', 'Complex_Representation', 'Component_Alignment', 'Convention_Identifier', 'CPP_Class', 'CPP_Constructor', 'CPP_Virtual', 'CPP_Vtable', 'Debug', 'Elaboration_Checks', 'Eliminate', 'Export_Exception', 'Export_Function', 'Export_Object', 'Export_Procedure', 'Export_Value', 'Export_Valued_Procedure', 'Extend_System', 'External', 'External_Name_Casing', 'Finalize_Storage_Only', 'Float_Representation', 'Ident', 'Import_Exception', 'Import_Function', 'Import_Object', 'Import_Procedure', 'Import_Valued_Procedure', 'Initialize_Scalars', 'Inline_Always', 'Inline_Generic', 'Interface_Name', 'Interrupt_State', 'Keep_Names', 'License', 'Link_With', 'Linker_Alias', 'Linker_Section', 'Long_Float', 'Machine_Attribute', 'Main_Storage', 'Obsolescent', 'Passive', 'Polling', 'Profile_Warnings', 'Propagate_Exceptions', 'Psect_Object', 'Pure_Function', 'Restriction_Warnings', 'Source_File_Name', 'Source_File_Name_Project', 'Source_Reference', 'Stream_Convert', 'Style_Checks', 'Subtitle', 'Suppress_All', 'Suppress_Exception_Locations', 'Suppress_Initialization', 'Task_Info', 'Task_Name', 'Task_Storage', 'Thread_Body', 'Time_Slice', 'Title', 'Unimplemented_Unit', 'Universal_Data', 'Unreferenced', 'Unreserve_All_Interrupts', 'Use_VADS_Size', 'Validity_Checks', 'Warnings', 'Weak_External']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'pragma',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT pragma.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'p',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+" 1}}}
-+
-+" Section: g:ada#Ctags_Kinds {{{1
-+"
-+let g:ada#Ctags_Kinds = {
-+ \ 'P': ["packspec", "package specifications"],
-+ \ 'p': ["package", "packages"],
-+ \ 'T': ["typespec", "type specifications"],
-+ \ 't': ["type", "types"],
-+ \ 'U': ["subspec", "subtype specifications"],
-+ \ 'u': ["subtype", "subtypes"],
-+ \ 'c': ["component", "record type components"],
-+ \ 'l': ["literal", "enum type literals"],
-+ \ 'V': ["varspec", "variable specifications"],
-+ \ 'v': ["variable", "variables"],
-+ \ 'f': ["formal", "generic formal parameters"],
-+ \ 'n': ["constant", "constants"],
-+ \ 'x': ["exception", "user defined exceptions"],
-+ \ 'R': ["subprogspec", "subprogram specifications"],
-+ \ 'r': ["subprogram", "subprograms"],
-+ \ 'K': ["taskspec", "task specifications"],
-+ \ 'k': ["task", "tasks"],
-+ \ 'O': ["protectspec", "protected data specifications"],
-+ \ 'o': ["protected", "protected data"],
-+ \ 'E': ["entryspec", "task/protected data entry specifications"],
-+ \ 'e': ["entry", "task/protected data entries"],
-+ \ 'b': ["label", "labels"],
-+ \ 'i': ["identifier", "loop/declare identifiers"],
-+ \ 'a': ["autovar", "automatic variables"],
-+ \ 'y': ["annon", "loops and blocks with no identifier"]}
-+
-+" Section: ada#Word (...) {{{1
-+"
-+" Extract current Ada word across multiple lines
-+" AdaWord ([line, column])\
-+"
-+function ada#Word (...)
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let l:Line_Nr = a:1
-+ let l:Column_Nr = a:2 - 1
-+ else
-+ let l:Line_Nr = line('.')
-+ let l:Column_Nr = col('.') - 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:Line = substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+
-+ " Cope with tag searching for items in comments; if we are, don't loop
-+ " backards looking for previous lines
-+ if l:Column_Nr > strlen(l:Line)
-+ " We were in a comment
-+ let l:Line = getline(l:Line_Nr)
-+ let l:Search_Prev_Lines = 0
-+ else
-+ let l:Search_Prev_Lines = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go backwards until we find a match (Ada ID) that *doesn't* include our
-+ " location - i.e., the previous ID. This is because the current 'correct'
-+ " match will toggle matching/not matching as we traverse characters
-+ " backwards. Thus, we have to find the previous unrelated match, exclude
-+ " it, then use the next full match (ours).
-+ " Remember to convert vim column 'l:Column_Nr' [1..n] to string offset [0..(n-1)]
-+ " ... but start, here, one after the required char.
-+ let l:New_Column = l:Column_Nr + 1
-+ while 1
-+ let l:New_Column = l:New_Column - 1
-+ if l:New_Column < 0
-+ " Have to include previous l:Line from file
-+ let l:Line_Nr = l:Line_Nr - 1
-+ if l:Line_Nr < 1 || !l:Search_Prev_Lines
-+ " Start of file or matching in a comment
-+ let l:Line_Nr = 1
-+ let l:New_Column = 0
-+ let l:Our_Match = match (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex )
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ " Get previous l:Line, and prepend it to our search string
-+ let l:New_Line = substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let l:New_Column = strlen (l:New_Line) - 1
-+ let l:Column_Nr = l:Column_Nr + l:New_Column
-+ let l:Line = l:New_Line . l:Line
-+ endif
-+ " Check to see if this is a match excluding 'us'
-+ let l:Match_End = l:New_Column +
-+ \ matchend (strpart (l:Line,l:New_Column), g:ada#WordRegex ) - 1
-+ if l:Match_End >= l:New_Column &&
-+ \ l:Match_End < l:Column_Nr
-+ " Yes
-+ let l:Our_Match = l:Match_End+1 +
-+ \ match (strpart (l:Line,l:Match_End+1), g:ada#WordRegex )
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Got anything?
-+ if l:Our_Match < 0
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let l:Line = strpart (l:Line, l:Our_Match)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Now simply add further lines until the match gets no bigger
-+ let l:Match_String = matchstr (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex)
-+ let l:Last_Line = line ('$')
-+ let l:Line_Nr = line ('.') + 1
-+ while l:Line_Nr <= l:Last_Line
-+ let l:Last_Match = l:Match_String
-+ let l:Line = l:Line .
-+ \ substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '')
-+ let l:Match_String = matchstr (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex)
-+ if l:Match_String == l:Last_Match
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Strip whitespace & return
-+ return substitute (l:Match_String, '\s\+', '', 'g')
-+endfunction ada#Word
-+
-+" Section: ada#List_Tag (...) {{{1
-+"
-+" List tags in quickfix window
-+"
-+function ada#List_Tag (...)
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let l:Tag_Word = ada#Word (a:1, a:2)
-+ elseif a:0 > 0
-+ let l:Tag_Word = a:1
-+ else
-+ let l:Tag_Word = ada#Word ()
-+ endif
-+
-+ echo "Searching for" l:Tag_Word
-+
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . l:Tag_Word . '$'
-+ let l:Tag_List = taglist (l:Pattern)
-+ let l:Error_List = []
-+ "
-+ " add symbols
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in l:Tag_List
-+ if l:Tag_Item['kind'] == ''
-+ let l:Tag_Item['kind'] = 's'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:Error_List += [
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['filename'] . '|' .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['cmd'] . '|' .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['kind'] . "\t" .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['name'] ]
-+ endfor
-+ set errorformat=%f\|%l\|%m
-+ cexpr l:Error_List
-+ cwindow
-+endfunction ada#List_Tag
-+
-+" Section: ada#Jump_Tag (Word, Mode) {{{1
-+"
-+" Word tag - include '.' and if Ada make uppercase
-+"
-+function ada#Jump_Tag (Word, Mode)
-+ if a:Word == ''
-+ " Get current word
-+ let l:Word = ada#Word()
-+ if l:Word == ''
-+ throw "NOT_FOUND: no identifier found."
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let l:Word = a:Word
-+ endif
-+
-+ echo "Searching for " . l:Word
-+
-+ try
-+ execute a:Mode l:Word
-+ catch /.*:E426:.*/
-+ let ignorecase = &ignorecase
-+ set ignorecase
-+ execute a:Mode l:Word
-+ let &ignorecase = ignorecase
-+ endtry
-+
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#Jump_Tag
-+
-+" Section: ada#Insert_Backspace () {{{1
-+"
-+" Backspace at end of line after auto-inserted commentstring '-- ' wipes it
-+"
-+function ada#Insert_Backspace ()
-+ let l:Line = getline ('.')
-+ if col ('.') > strlen (l:Line) &&
-+ \ match (l:Line, '-- $') != -1 &&
-+ \ match (&comments,'--') != -1
-+ return "\<bs>\<bs>\<bs>"
-+ else
-+ return "\<bs>"
-+ endif
-+
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#InsertBackspace
-+
-+" Section: Insert Completions {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: ada#User_Complete(findstart, base) {{{2
-+"
-+" This function is used for the 'complete' option.
-+"
-+function! ada#User_Complete(findstart, base)
-+ if a:findstart == 1
-+ "
-+ " locate the start of the word
-+ "
-+ let line = getline ('.')
-+ let start = col ('.') - 1
-+ while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\i\|'''
-+ let start -= 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return start
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " look up matches
-+ "
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . a:base . '.*$'
-+ "
-+ " add keywords
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in g:ada#Keywords
-+ if l:Tag_Item['word'] =~? l:Pattern
-+ if complete_add (l:Tag_Item) == 0
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ if complete_check ()
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endfor
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+endfunction ada#User_Complete
-+
-+" Section: ada#Completion (cmd) {{{2
-+"
-+" Word completion (^N/^R/^X^]) - force '.' inclusion
-+function ada#Completion (cmd)
-+ set iskeyword+=46
-+ return a:cmd . "\<C-R>=ada#Completion_End ()\<CR>"
-+endfunction ada#Completion
-+
-+" Section: ada#Completion_End () {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Completion_End ()
-+ set iskeyword-=46
-+ return ''
-+endfunction ada#Completion_End
-+
-+" Section: ada#Create_Tags {{{1
-+"
-+function ada#Create_Tags (option)
-+ if a:option == 'file'
-+ let l:Filename = fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p')
-+ elseif a:option == 'dir'
-+ let l:Filename =
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.ada " .
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.adb " .
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.ads"
-+ else
-+ let l:Filename = a:option
-+ endif
-+ execute '!ctags --excmd=number ' . l:Filename
-+endfunction ada#Create_Tags
-+
+ " Help Page: ft-ada-functions
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@@ -425,7 +431,15 @@
+ execute '!ctags --excmd=number ' . l:Filename
+ endfunction ada#Create_Tags
+
+-function ada#Switch_Session (New_Session) "{{{1
+" Section: ada#Switch_Session {{{1
+"
+function ada#Switch_Session (New_Session)
@@ -666,276 +73,131 @@ diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/ada.vim
+ "
+ set sessionoptions=buffers,curdir,folds,globals,resize,slash,tabpages,tabpages,unix,winpos,winsize
+
-+ if a:New_Session != v:this_session
-+ "
-+ " We actualy got a new session - otherwise there
-+ " is nothing to do.
-+ "
-+ if strlen (v:this_session) > 0
-+ execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ endif
-+
-+ let v:this_session = a:New_Session
-+
+ if a:New_Session != v:this_session
+ "
+ " We actualy got a new session - otherwise there
+@@ -437,18 +451,23 @@
+
+ let v:this_session = a:New_Session
+
+- if filereadable (v:this_session)
+- execute 'source ' . v:this_session
+- endif
+ "if filereadable (v:this_session)
+ "execute 'source ' . v:this_session
+ "endif
-+
-+ augroup ada_session
-+ autocmd!
-+ autocmd VimLeavePre * execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ augroup END
+
+ augroup ada_session
+ autocmd!
+ autocmd VimLeavePre * execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
+ augroup END
+ "
+ "if exists ("g:Tlist_Auto_Open") && g:Tlist_Auto_Open
+ "TlistOpen
+ "endif
+
-+ endif
-+
-+ return
+ endif
+
+ return
+-endfunction ada#Switch_Session "}}}1
+endfunction ada#Switch_Session
-+
-+" Section: GNAT Pretty Printer folding {{{1
-+"
-+if exists('g:ada_folding') && g:ada_folding[0] == 'g'
-+ "
-+ " Lines consisting only of ')' ';' are due to a gnat pretty bug and
-+ " have the same level as the line above (can't happen in the first
-+ " line).
-+ "
-+ let s:Fold_Collate = '^\([;)]*$\|'
-+
-+ "
-+ " some lone statements are folded with the line above
-+ "
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'i') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<is\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'b') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<begin\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'p') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<private\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'x') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<exception\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " We also handle empty lines and
-+ " comments here.
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '--\)'
-+
-+ function ada#Pretty_Print_Folding (Line) " {{{2
-+ let l:Text = getline (a:Line)
-+
-+ if l:Text =~ s:Fold_Collate
-+ "
-+ " fold with line above
-+ "
-+ let l:Level = "="
-+ elseif l:Text =~ '^\s\+('
-+ "
-+ " gnat outdents a line which stards with a ( by one characters so
-+ " that parameters which follow are aligned.
-+ "
-+ let l:Level = (indent (a:Line) + 1) / &shiftwidth
-+ else
-+ let l:Level = indent (a:Line) / &shiftwidth
-+ endif
-+
-+ return l:Level
-+ endfunction ada#Pretty_Print_Folding " }}}2
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Options and Menus {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: ada#Switch_Syntax_Options {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (option)
-+ syntax off
-+ if exists ('g:ada_' . a:option)
-+ unlet g:ada_{a:option}
-+ echo a:option . 'now off'
-+ else
-+ let g:ada_{a:option}=1
-+ echo a:option . 'now on'
-+ endif
-+ syntax on
-+endfunction ada#Switch_Syntax_Option
-+
-+" Section: ada#Map_Menu {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Map_Menu (Text, Keys, Command)
-+ if a:Keys[0] == ':'
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . a:Keys .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "command -buffer " .
-+ \ a:Keys[1:] .
-+ \" :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ elseif a:Keys[0] == '<'
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . a:Keys .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "nnoremap <buffer> " .
-+ \ a:Keys .
-+ \" :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "inoremap <buffer> " .
-+ \ a:Keys .
-+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ else
+
+ " Section: GNAT Pretty Printer folding {{{1
+ "
+@@ -546,18 +565,23 @@
+ \ a:Keys .
+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command . "<CR>"
+ else
+ if exists("g:mapleader")
+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
+ else
+ let l:leader = '\'
+ endif
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
+ execute
+ \ "50amenu " .
+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
+- \ "<Tab>" . escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "nnoremap <buffer>" .
+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
+ execute
+ \ "nnoremap <buffer>" .
+- \ escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \" :" . a:Command
-+ execute
-+ \ "inoremap <buffer>" .
+ \" :" . a:Command
+ execute
+ \ "inoremap <buffer>" .
+- \ escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command
-+ endif
-+ return
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: ada#Map_Popup {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Map_Popup (Text, Keys, Command)
+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command
+ endif
+ return
+@@ -566,10 +590,15 @@
+ " Section: ada#Map_Popup {{{2
+ "
+ function ada#Map_Popup (Text, Keys, Command)
+ if exists("g:mapleader")
+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
+ else
+ let l:leader = '\'
+ endif
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "PopUp." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
+ execute
+ \ "50amenu " .
+ \ "PopUp." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
+- \ "<Tab>" . escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (a:Text, a:Keys, a:Command)
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#Map_Popup
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+lockvar g:ada#WordRegex
-+lockvar g:ada#DotWordRegex
-+lockvar g:ada#Comment
-+lockvar! g:ada#Keywords
-+lockvar! g:ada#Ctags_Kinds
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/decada.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/decada.vim
---- vim71/1/autoload/decada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
+
+ call ada#Map_Menu (a:Text, a:Keys, a:Command)
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/decada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/decada.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/autoload/decada.vim 2007-05-05 19:25:32.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:41.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
+ " Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
+-" $Id: decada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:25:32 vimboss Exp $
+" $Id: decada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+ " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:25:32 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
+" $Author: krischik $
+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
+" Version: 4.5
+" $Revision: 774 $
+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
-+" History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: compiler-decada
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+function decada#Unit_Name () dict " {{{1
-+ " Convert filename into acs unit:
-+ " 1: remove the file extenstion.
-+ " 2: replace all double '_' or '-' with an dot (which denotes a separate)
-+ " 3: remove a trailing '_' (wich denotes a specification)
-+ return substitute (substitute (expand ("%:t:r"), '__\|-', ".", "g"), '_$', "", '')
-+endfunction decada#Unit_Name " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#Make () dict " {{{1
-+ let l:make_prg = substitute (g:self.Make_Command, '%<', self.Unit_Name(), '')
-+ let &errorformat = g:self.Error_Format
-+ let &makeprg = l:make_prg
-+ wall
-+ make
-+ copen
-+ set wrap
-+ wincmd W
-+endfunction decada#Build " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#Set_Session (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if a:0 > 0
-+ call ada#Switch_Session (a:1)
-+ elseif argc() == 0 && strlen (v:servername) > 0
-+ call ada#Switch_Session (
+ " History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
+ " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
+@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
+ call ada#Switch_Session (a:1)
+ elseif argc() == 0 && strlen (v:servername) > 0
+ call ada#Switch_Session (
+- \ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]" .
+ \ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]decada_" .
-+ \ v:servername . ".vim")
-+ endif
-+ return
-+endfunction decada#Set_Session " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#New () " }}}1
-+ let Retval = {
-+ \ 'Make' : function ('decada#Make'),
-+ \ 'Unit_Name' : function ('decada#Unit_Name'),
-+ \ 'Set_Session' : function ('decada#Set_Session'),
-+ \ 'Project_Dir' : '',
-+ \ 'Make_Command' : 'ACS COMPILE /Wait /Log /NoPreLoad /Optimize=Development /Debug %<',
-+ \ 'Error_Format' : '%+A%%ADAC-%t-%m,%C %#%m,%Zat line number %l in file %f,' .
-+ \ '%+I%%ada-I-%m,%C %#%m,%Zat line number %l in file %f'}
-+
-+ return Retval
-+endfunction decada#New " }}}1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/gnat.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/gnat.vim
---- vim71/1/autoload/gnat.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (GNAT)
+ \ v:servername . ".vim")
+ endif
+ return
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim 2007-05-05 20:18:20.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:46.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
+ " Language: Ada (GNAT)
+-" $Id: gnat.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:18:20 vimboss Exp $
+" $Id: gnat.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+ " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:18:20 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
+" $Author: krischik $
@@ -943,69 +205,28 @@ diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/gnat.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/gnat.vim
+" Version: 4.5
+" $Revision: 774 $
+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 05.08.2006 MK Add session support
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+ " 05.08.2006 MK Add session support
+@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
+ " autoload
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
-+" Help Page: compiler-gnat
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+function gnat#Make () dict " {{{1
-+ let &l:makeprg = self.Get_Command('Make')
-+ let &l:errorformat = self.Error_Format
-+ wall
-+ make
-+ copen
-+ set wrap
-+ wincmd W
-+endfunction gnat#Make " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Pretty () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Pretty')
-+endfunction gnat#Make " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Find () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Find')
-+endfunction gnat#Find " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Tags () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Tags')
-+ edit tags
-+ call gnat#Insert_Tags_Header ()
-+ update
-+ quit
-+endfunction gnat#Tags " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Set_Project_File (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if a:0 > 0
-+ let self.Project_File = a:1
-+
-+ if ! filereadable (self.Project_File)
-+ let self.Project_File = findfile (
-+ \ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ':r'),
-+ \ $ADA_PROJECT_PATH,
-+ \ 1)
-+ endif
-+ elseif strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', self.Project_File)
-+ elseif expand ("%:e") == 'gpr'
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', expand ("%:e"))
-+ else
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', 'default.gpr')
-+ endif
-+
-+ if strlen (v:this_session) > 0
-+ execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ endif
-+
+ " Help Page: compiler-gnat
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@@ -71,13 +73,19 @@
+ execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
+ endif
+
+- if strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
+- call ada#Switch_Session (
+- \ expand('~') . "/vimfiles/session/" .
+- \ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
+- else
+- call ada#Switch_Session ('')
+- endif
+ "if strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
+ "if has("vms")
+ "call ada#Switch_Session (
@@ -1019,41455 +240,1895 @@ diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/gnat.vim vim71_ada/1/autoload/gnat.vim
+ "else
+ "call ada#Switch_Session ('')
+ "endif
-+
-+ return
-+endfunction gnat#Set_Project_File " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Get_Command (Command) dict " {{{1
-+ let l:Command = eval ('self.' . a:Command . '_Command')
-+ return eval (l:Command)
-+endfunction gnat#Get_Command " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Set_Session (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if argc() == 1 && fnamemodify (argv(0), ':e') == 'gpr'
-+ call self.Set_Project_File (argv(0))
-+ elseif strlen (v:servername) > 0
-+ call self.Set_Project_File (v:servername . '.gpr')
-+ endif
-+endfunction gnat#Set_Session " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#New () " {{{1
-+ let l:Retval = {
-+ \ 'Make' : function ('gnat#Make'),
-+ \ 'Pretty' : function ('gnat#Pretty'),
-+ \ 'Find' : function ('gnat#Find'),
-+ \ 'Tags' : function ('gnat#Tags'),
-+ \ 'Set_Project_File' : function ('gnat#Set_Project_File'),
-+ \ 'Set_Session' : function ('gnat#Set_Session'),
-+ \ 'Get_Command' : function ('gnat#Get_Command'),
-+ \ 'Project_File' : '',
-+ \ 'Make_Command' : '"gnat make -P " . self.Project_File . " -F -gnatef "',
-+ \ 'Pretty_Command' : '"gnat pretty -P " . self.Project_File . " "',
-+ \ 'Find_Program' : '"gnat find -P " . self.Project_File . " -F "',
-+ \ 'Tags_Command' : '"gnat xref -P " . self.Project_File . " -v *.AD*"',
-+ \ 'Error_Format' : '%f:%l:%c: %trror: %m,' .
-+ \ '%f:%l:%c: %tarning: %m,' .
-+ \ '%f:%l:%c: (%ttyle) %m'}
-+
-+ return l:Retval
-+endfunction gnat#New " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Insert_Tags_Header () " {{{1
-+ 1insert
-+!_TAG_FILE_FORMAT 1 /extended format; --format=1 will not append ;" to lines/
-+!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 1 /0=unsorted, 1=sorted, 2=foldcase/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_AUTHOR AdaCore /info@adacore.com/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_NAME gnatxref //
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_URL http://www.adacore.com /official site/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_VERSION 5.05w //
-+.
-+ return
-+endfunction gnat#Insert_Tags_Header " }}}1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=0 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 53
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/825/trunk/tools/vim/autoload
-+END
-+ada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 61
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim
-+END
-+gnat.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 62
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim
-+END
-+adacomplete.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 69
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/825/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim
-+END
-+decada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 64
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-12-09T13:34:03.484664Z
-+825
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+ada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+d052f84bf31bdcf8b2f2e3ad61717ad6
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+gnat.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+e159890b42c4a6d597df518684074471
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+adacomplete.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+93cc71b15159672b98a58fafd628840f
-+2007-12-09T13:34:03.484664Z
-+825
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+decada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+4547173c4d23fb524fa6763408c928cf
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/adacomplete.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
+
+ return
+ endfunction gnat#Set_Project_File " }}}1
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/compiler/decada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/decada.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/compiler/decada.vim 2007-05-05 20:09:54.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
+ " Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
+-" $Id: decada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:09:54 vimboss Exp $
++" $Id: decada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
+ " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:09:54 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
++" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
++" $Author: krischik $
++" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested agaist using setlocal omnifunc
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-omni
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: adacomplete#Complete () {{{1
-+"
-+" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-+"
-+function! adacomplete#Complete (findstart, base)
-+ if a:findstart == 1
-+ return ada#User_Complete (a:findstart, a:base)
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " look up matches
-+ "
-+ if exists ("g:ada_omni_with_keywords")
-+ call ada#User_Complete (a:findstart, a:base)
-+ endif
-+ "
-+ " search tag file for matches
-+ "
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . a:base . '.*$'
-+ let l:Tag_List = taglist (l:Pattern)
-+ "
-+ " add symbols
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in l:Tag_List
-+ if l:Tag_Item['kind'] == ''
-+ "
-+ " Tag created by gnat xref
-+ "
-+ let l:Match_Item = {
-+ \ 'word': l:Tag_Item['name'],
-+ \ 'menu': l:Tag_Item['filename'],
-+ \ 'info': "Symbol from file " . l:Tag_Item['filename'] . " line " . l:Tag_Item['cmd'],
-+ \ 'kind': 's',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " Tag created by ctags
-+ "
-+ let l:Info = 'Symbol : ' . l:Tag_Item['name'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Info .= 'Of type : ' . g:ada#Ctags_Kinds[l:Tag_Item['kind']][1] . "\n"
-+ let l:Info .= 'Defined in File : ' . l:Tag_Item['filename'] . "\n"
-+
-+ if has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'package')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Package : ' . l:Tag_Item['package'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['package']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'separate')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Separate from Package : ' . l:Tag_Item['separate'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['separate']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'packspec')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Package Specification : ' . l:Tag_Item['packspec'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['packspec']
-+ elseif has_key( l:Tag_Item, 'type')
-+ let l:Info .= 'Datetype : ' . l:Tag_Item['type'] . "\n"
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['type']
-+ else
-+ let l:Menu = l:Tag_Item['filename']
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:Match_Item = {
-+ \ 'word': l:Tag_Item['name'],
-+ \ 'menu': l:Menu,
-+ \ 'info': l:Info,
-+ \ 'kind': l:Tag_Item['kind'],
-+ \ 'icase': 1}
-+ endif
-+ if complete_add (l:Match_Item) == 0
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ if complete_check ()
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ endfor
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+endfunction adacomplete#Complete
++" $Revision: 774 $
++" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
+ " History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
+ " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
++" 08.09.2006 MK Correct double load protection.
+ " Help Page: compiler-decada
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@@ -24,6 +25,13 @@
+
+ if !exists("g:decada")
+ let g:decada = decada#New ()
+
-+finish " 1}}}
++ call ada#Map_Menu (
++ \'Dec Ada.Build',
++ \'<F7>',
++ \'call decada.Make ()')
+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
++ call g:decada.Set_Session ()
+ endif
+
+ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+@@ -33,16 +41,9 @@
+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+ endif
+
+-call g:decada.Set_Session ()
+-
+ execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
+ execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
+
+-call ada#Map_Menu (
+- \'Dec Ada.Build',
+- \'<F7>',
+- \'call decada.Make ()')
+-
+ finish " 1}}}
+
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim 2007-05-05 20:04:19.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,17 +1,19 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
+ " Language: Ada (GNAT)
+-" $Id: gnat.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:04:19 vimboss Exp $
++" $Id: gnat.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
+ " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:04:19 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.1 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
++" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
++" $Author: krischik $
++" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 08.07.2007 TV fix mapleader problems.
-+" 09.05.2007 MK Session just won't work no matter how much
-+" tweaking is done
-+" 19.09.2007 NO still some mapleader problems
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-functions
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++" $Revision: 774 $
++" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+ " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
++" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
+ " Help Page: compiler-gnat
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+@@ -46,6 +48,8 @@
+ \ 'GNAT.Set Projectfile\.\.\.',
+ \ ':SetProject',
+ \ 'call gnat.Set_Project_File ()')
+
-+" Section: Constants {{{1
-+"
-+let g:ada#DotWordRegex = '\a\w*\(\_s*\.\_s*\a\w*\)*'
-+let g:ada#WordRegex = '\a\w*'
-+let g:ada#Comment = "\\v^(\"[^\"]*\"|'.'|[^\"']){-}\\zs\\s*--.*"
-+let g:ada#Keywords = []
++ call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
+ endif
+
+ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+@@ -55,8 +59,6 @@
+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+ endif
+
+-call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
+-
+ execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
+ execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
+
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt vim71_ada/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt
+--- vim71/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
++*ft_ada.txt* Ada File type Plug-ins Last change: 2007 Seb 17
+
-+" Section: g:ada#Keywords {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: add Ada keywords {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['abort', 'else', 'new', 'return', 'abs', 'elsif', 'not', 'reverse', 'abstract', 'end', 'null', 'accept', 'entry', 'select', 'access', 'exception', 'of', 'separate', 'aliased', 'exit', 'or', 'subtype', 'all', 'others', 'synchronized', 'and', 'for', 'out', 'array', 'function', 'overriding', 'tagged', 'at', 'task', 'generic', 'package', 'terminate', 'begin', 'goto', 'pragma', 'then', 'body', 'private', 'type', 'if', 'procedure', 'case', 'in', 'protected', 'until', 'constant', 'interface', 'use', 'is', 'raise', 'declare', 'range', 'when', 'delay', 'limited', 'record', 'while', 'delta', 'loop', 'rem', 'with', 'digits', 'renames', 'do', 'mod', 'requeue', 'xor']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'keyword',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada keyword.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'k',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: GNAT Project Files {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_with_gnat_project_files')
-+ for Item in ['project']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'keyword',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT projectfile keyword.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'k',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
+
-+" Section: add standart exception {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['Constraint_Error', 'Program_Error', 'Storage_Error', 'Tasking_Error', 'Status_Error', 'Mode_Error', 'Name_Error', 'Use_Error', 'Device_Error', 'End_Error', 'Data_Error', 'Layout_Error', 'Length_Error', 'Pattern_Error', 'Index_Error', 'Translation_Error', 'Time_Error', 'Argument_Error', 'Tag_Error', 'Picture_Error', 'Terminator_Error', 'Conversion_Error', 'Pointer_Error', 'Dereference_Error', 'Update_Error']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'exception',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada standart exception.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'x',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT exception {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Assert_Failure']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'exception',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT exception.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'x',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
++ ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
+
-+" Section: add Ada buildin types {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['Boolean', 'Integer', 'Natural', 'Positive', 'Float', 'Character', 'Wide_Character', 'Wide_Wide_Character', 'String', 'Wide_String', 'Wide_Wide_String', 'Duration']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'type',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada buildin type.',
-+ \ 'kind': 't',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT buildin types {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Short_Integer', 'Short_Short_Integer', 'Long_Integer', 'Long_Long_Integer', 'Short_Float', 'Short_Short_Float', 'Long_Float', 'Long_Long_Float']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'type',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT buildin type.',
-+ \ 'kind': 't',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
++ADA *ada.vim*
+
-+" Section: add Ada Attributes {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['''Access', '''Address', '''Adjacent', '''Aft', '''Alignment', '''Base', '''Bit_Order', '''Body_Version', '''Callable', '''Caller', '''Ceiling', '''Class', '''Component_Size', '''Compose', '''Constrained', '''Copy_Sign', '''Count', '''Definite', '''Delta', '''Denorm', '''Digits', '''Emax', '''Exponent', '''External_Tag', '''Epsilon', '''First', '''First_Bit', '''Floor', '''Fore', '''Fraction', '''Identity', '''Image', '''Input', '''Large', '''Last', '''Last_Bit', '''Leading_Part', '''Length', '''Machine', '''Machine_Emax', '''Machine_Emin', '''Machine_Mantissa', '''Machine_Overflows', '''Machine_Radix', '''Machine_Rounding', '''Machine_Rounds', '''Mantissa', '''Max', '''Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements', '''Min', '''Mod', '''Model', '''Model_Emin', '''Model_Epsilon', '''Model_Mantissa', '''Model_Small', '''Modulus', '''Output', '''Partition_ID', '''Pos', '''Position', '''Pred', '''Priority', '''Range', '''Read', '''Remainder', '''Round', '''Rounding', '''Safe_Emax', '''Safe_First', '''Safe_Large', '''Safe_Last', '''Safe_Small', '''Scale', '''Scaling', '''Signed_Zeros', '''Size', '''Small', '''Storage_Pool', '''Storage_Size', '''Stream_Size', '''Succ', '''Tag', '''Terminated', '''Truncation', '''Unbiased_Rounding', '''Unchecked_Access', '''Val', '''Valid', '''Value', '''Version', '''Wide_Image', '''Wide_Value', '''Wide_Wide_Image', '''Wide_Wide_Value', '''Wide_Wide_Width', '''Wide_Width', '''Width', '''Write']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'attribute',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada attribute.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'a',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT Attributes {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['''Abort_Signal', '''Address_Size', '''Asm_Input', '''Asm_Output', '''AST_Entry', '''Bit', '''Bit_Position', '''Code_Address', '''Default_Bit_Order', '''Elaborated', '''Elab_Body', '''Elab_Spec', '''Emax', '''Enum_Rep', '''Epsilon', '''Fixed_Value', '''Has_Access_Values', '''Has_Discriminants', '''Img', '''Integer_Value', '''Machine_Size', '''Max_Interrupt_Priority', '''Max_Priority', '''Maximum_Alignment', '''Mechanism_Code', '''Null_Parameter', '''Object_Size', '''Passed_By_Reference', '''Range_Length', '''Storage_Unit', '''Target_Name', '''Tick', '''To_Address', '''Type_Class', '''UET_Address', '''Unconstrained_Array', '''Universal_Literal_String', '''Unrestricted_Access', '''VADS_Size', '''Value_Size', '''Wchar_T_Size', '''Word_Size']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'attribute',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT attribute.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'a',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
++1. Syntax Highlighting |ft-ada-syntax|
++2. Plug-in |ft-ada-plugin|
++3. Omni Completion |ft-ada-omni|
++ 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" |gnat-xref|
++ 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags" |ada-ctags|
++4. Compiler Support |ada-compiler|
++ 4.1 GNAT |compiler-gnat|
++ 4.1 Dec Ada |compiler-decada|
++5. References |ada-reference|
++ 5.1 Options |ft-ada-options|
++ 5.2 Functions |ft-ada-functions|
++ 5.3 Commands |ft-ada-commands|
++ 5.4 Variables |ft-ada-variables|
++ 5.5 Constants |ft-ada-contstants|
++8. Extra Plug-ins |ada-extra-plugins|
+
-+" Section: add Ada Pragmas {{{2
-+"
-+for Item in ['All_Calls_Remote', 'Assert', 'Assertion_Policy', 'Asynchronous', 'Atomic', 'Atomic_Components', 'Attach_Handler', 'Controlled', 'Convention', 'Detect_Blocking', 'Discard_Names', 'Elaborate', 'Elaborate_All', 'Elaborate_Body', 'Export', 'Import', 'Inline', 'Inspection_Point', 'Interface (Obsolescent)', 'Interrupt_Handler', 'Interrupt_Priority', 'Linker_Options', 'List', 'Locking_Policy', 'Memory_Size (Obsolescent)', 'No_Return', 'Normalize_Scalars', 'Optimize', 'Pack', 'Page', 'Partition_Elaboration_Policy', 'Preelaborable_Initialization', 'Preelaborate', 'Priority', 'Priority_Specific_Dispatching', 'Profile', 'Pure', 'Queueing_Policy', 'Relative_Deadline', 'Remote_Call_Interface', 'Remote_Types', 'Restrictions', 'Reviewable', 'Shared (Obsolescent)', 'Shared_Passive', 'Storage_Size', 'Storage_Unit (Obsolescent)', 'Suppress', 'System_Name (Obsolescent)', 'Task_Dispatching_Policy', 'Unchecked_Union', 'Unsuppress', 'Volatile', 'Volatile_Components']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'pragma',
-+ \ 'info': 'Ada pragma.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'p',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: add GNAT Pragmas {{{3
-+"
-+if exists ('g:ada_gnat_extensions')
-+ for Item in ['Abort_Defer', 'Ada_83', 'Ada_95', 'Ada_05', 'Annotate', 'Ast_Entry', 'C_Pass_By_Copy', 'Comment', 'Common_Object', 'Compile_Time_Warning', 'Complex_Representation', 'Component_Alignment', 'Convention_Identifier', 'CPP_Class', 'CPP_Constructor', 'CPP_Virtual', 'CPP_Vtable', 'Debug', 'Elaboration_Checks', 'Eliminate', 'Export_Exception', 'Export_Function', 'Export_Object', 'Export_Procedure', 'Export_Value', 'Export_Valued_Procedure', 'Extend_System', 'External', 'External_Name_Casing', 'Finalize_Storage_Only', 'Float_Representation', 'Ident', 'Import_Exception', 'Import_Function', 'Import_Object', 'Import_Procedure', 'Import_Valued_Procedure', 'Initialize_Scalars', 'Inline_Always', 'Inline_Generic', 'Interface_Name', 'Interrupt_State', 'Keep_Names', 'License', 'Link_With', 'Linker_Alias', 'Linker_Section', 'Long_Float', 'Machine_Attribute', 'Main_Storage', 'Obsolescent', 'Passive', 'Polling', 'Profile_Warnings', 'Propagate_Exceptions', 'Psect_Object', 'Pure_Function', 'Restriction_Warnings', 'Source_File_Name', 'Source_File_Name_Project', 'Source_Reference', 'Stream_Convert', 'Style_Checks', 'Subtitle', 'Suppress_All', 'Suppress_Exception_Locations', 'Suppress_Initialization', 'Task_Info', 'Task_Name', 'Task_Storage', 'Thread_Body', 'Time_Slice', 'Title', 'Unimplemented_Unit', 'Universal_Data', 'Unreferenced', 'Unreserve_All_Interrupts', 'Use_VADS_Size', 'Validity_Checks', 'Warnings', 'Weak_External']
-+ let g:ada#Keywords += [{
-+ \ 'word': Item,
-+ \ 'menu': 'pragma',
-+ \ 'info': 'GNAT pragma.',
-+ \ 'kind': 'p',
-+ \ 'icase': 1}]
-+ endfor
-+endif
-+" 1}}}
++==============================================================================
++1. Syntax Highlighting ~
++ *ft-ada-syntax*
+
-+" Section: g:ada#Ctags_Kinds {{{1
-+"
-+let g:ada#Ctags_Kinds = {
-+ \ 'P': ["packspec", "package specifications"],
-+ \ 'p': ["package", "packages"],
-+ \ 'T': ["typespec", "type specifications"],
-+ \ 't': ["type", "types"],
-+ \ 'U': ["subspec", "subtype specifications"],
-+ \ 'u': ["subtype", "subtypes"],
-+ \ 'c': ["component", "record type components"],
-+ \ 'l': ["literal", "enum type literals"],
-+ \ 'V': ["varspec", "variable specifications"],
-+ \ 'v': ["variable", "variables"],
-+ \ 'f': ["formal", "generic formal parameters"],
-+ \ 'n': ["constant", "constants"],
-+ \ 'x': ["exception", "user defined exceptions"],
-+ \ 'R': ["subprogspec", "subprogram specifications"],
-+ \ 'r': ["subprogram", "subprograms"],
-+ \ 'K': ["taskspec", "task specifications"],
-+ \ 'k': ["task", "tasks"],
-+ \ 'O': ["protectspec", "protected data specifications"],
-+ \ 'o': ["protected", "protected data"],
-+ \ 'E': ["entryspec", "task/protected data entry specifications"],
-+ \ 'e': ["entry", "task/protected data entries"],
-+ \ 'b': ["label", "labels"],
-+ \ 'i': ["identifier", "loop/declare identifiers"],
-+ \ 'a': ["autovar", "automatic variables"],
-+ \ 'y': ["annon", "loops and blocks with no identifier"]}
-+
-+" Section: ada#Word (...) {{{1
-+"
-+" Extract current Ada word across multiple lines
-+" AdaWord ([line, column])\
-+"
-+function ada#Word (...)
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let l:Line_Nr = a:1
-+ let l:Column_Nr = a:2 - 1
-+ else
-+ let l:Line_Nr = line('.')
-+ let l:Column_Nr = col('.') - 1
-+ endif
++This mode is designed for the 2005 edition of Ada ("Ada 2005"), which includes
++support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on. It handles code
++written for the original Ada language ("Ada83", "Ada87", "Ada95") as well,
++though code which uses Ada 2005-only keywords will be wrongly colored (such
++code should be fixed anyway). For more information about Ada, see
++http://www.adapower.com.
+
-+ let l:Line = substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
++The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
+
-+ " Cope with tag searching for items in comments; if we are, don't loop
-+ " backards looking for previous lines
-+ if l:Column_Nr > strlen(l:Line)
-+ " We were in a comment
-+ let l:Line = getline(l:Line_Nr)
-+ let l:Search_Prev_Lines = 0
-+ else
-+ let l:Search_Prev_Lines = 1
-+ endif
++For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same character
++in "A-5" is an operator. Normally, a "with" or "use" clause referencing
++another compilation unit is coloured the same way as C's "#include" is coloured.
++If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat" groups coloured differently, then "end
++if" and "end loop" will be coloured as part of those respective groups.
+
-+ " Go backwards until we find a match (Ada ID) that *doesn't* include our
-+ " location - i.e., the previous ID. This is because the current 'correct'
-+ " match will toggle matching/not matching as we traverse characters
-+ " backwards. Thus, we have to find the previous unrelated match, exclude
-+ " it, then use the next full match (ours).
-+ " Remember to convert vim column 'l:Column_Nr' [1..n] to string offset [0..(n-1)]
-+ " ... but start, here, one after the required char.
-+ let l:New_Column = l:Column_Nr + 1
-+ while 1
-+ let l:New_Column = l:New_Column - 1
-+ if l:New_Column < 0
-+ " Have to include previous l:Line from file
-+ let l:Line_Nr = l:Line_Nr - 1
-+ if l:Line_Nr < 1 || !l:Search_Prev_Lines
-+ " Start of file or matching in a comment
-+ let l:Line_Nr = 1
-+ let l:New_Column = 0
-+ let l:Our_Match = match (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex )
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ " Get previous l:Line, and prepend it to our search string
-+ let l:New_Line = substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let l:New_Column = strlen (l:New_Line) - 1
-+ let l:Column_Nr = l:Column_Nr + l:New_Column
-+ let l:Line = l:New_Line . l:Line
-+ endif
-+ " Check to see if this is a match excluding 'us'
-+ let l:Match_End = l:New_Column +
-+ \ matchend (strpart (l:Line,l:New_Column), g:ada#WordRegex ) - 1
-+ if l:Match_End >= l:New_Column &&
-+ \ l:Match_End < l:Column_Nr
-+ " Yes
-+ let l:Our_Match = l:Match_End+1 +
-+ \ match (strpart (l:Line,l:Match_End+1), g:ada#WordRegex )
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
++You can set these to different colours using vim's "highlight" command (e.g.,
++to change how loops are displayed, enter the command ":hi Repeat" followed by
++the colour specification; on simple terminals the colour specification
++ctermfg=White often shows well).
+
-+ " Got anything?
-+ if l:Our_Match < 0
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let l:Line = strpart (l:Line, l:Our_Match)
-+ endif
++There are several options you can select in this Ada mode. See|ft-ada-options|
++for a complete list.
+
-+ " Now simply add further lines until the match gets no bigger
-+ let l:Match_String = matchstr (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex)
-+ let l:Last_Line = line ('$')
-+ let l:Line_Nr = line ('.') + 1
-+ while l:Line_Nr <= l:Last_Line
-+ let l:Last_Match = l:Match_String
-+ let l:Line = l:Line .
-+ \ substitute (getline (l:Line_Nr), g:ada#Comment, '', '')
-+ let l:Match_String = matchstr (l:Line, g:ada#WordRegex)
-+ if l:Match_String == l:Last_Match
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
++To enable them, assign a value to the option. For example, to turn one on:
++ >
++ > let g:ada_standard_types = 1
++>
++To disable them use ":unlet". Example:
++>
++ > unlet g:ada_standard_types
+
-+ " Strip whitespace & return
-+ return substitute (l:Match_String, '\s\+', '', 'g')
-+endfunction ada#Word
++You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
++temporarily before loading an Ada file. You can make these option settings
++permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon, to your "~/.vimrc"
++file.
+
-+" Section: ada#List_Tag (...) {{{1
-+"
-+" List tags in quickfix window
-+"
-+function ada#List_Tag (...)
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let l:Tag_Word = ada#Word (a:1, a:2)
-+ elseif a:0 > 0
-+ let l:Tag_Word = a:1
-+ else
-+ let l:Tag_Word = ada#Word ()
-+ endif
++Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find the
++performance unacceptable, turn on |g:ada_withuse_ordinary|.
+
-+ echo "Searching for" l:Tag_Word
++Syntax folding instructions (|fold-syntax|) are added when |g:ada_folding| is
++set.
+
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . l:Tag_Word . '$'
-+ let l:Tag_List = taglist (l:Pattern)
-+ let l:Error_List = []
-+ "
-+ " add symbols
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in l:Tag_List
-+ if l:Tag_Item['kind'] == ''
-+ let l:Tag_Item['kind'] = 's'
-+ endif
++==============================================================================
++2. File type Plug-in ~
++ *ft-ada-indent* *ft-ada-plugin*
+
-+ let l:Error_List += [
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['filename'] . '|' .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['cmd'] . '|' .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['kind'] . "\t" .
-+ \ l:Tag_Item['name'] ]
-+ endfor
-+ set errorformat=%f\|%l\|%m
-+ cexpr l:Error_List
-+ cwindow
-+endfunction ada#List_Tag
-+
-+" Section: ada#Jump_Tag (Word, Mode) {{{1
-+"
-+" Word tag - include '.' and if Ada make uppercase
-+"
-+function ada#Jump_Tag (Word, Mode)
-+ if a:Word == ''
-+ " Get current word
-+ let l:Word = ada#Word()
-+ if l:Word == ''
-+ throw "NOT_FOUND: no identifier found."
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let l:Word = a:Word
-+ endif
++The Ada plug-in provides support for:
+
-+ echo "Searching for " . l:Word
++ - auto indenting (|indent.txt|)
++ - insert completion (|i_CTRL-N|)
++ - user completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
++ - tag searches (|tagsrch.txt|)
++ - Quick Fix (|quickfix.txt|)
++ - backspace handling (|'backspace'|)
++ - comment handling (|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
+
-+ try
-+ execute a:Mode l:Word
-+ catch /.*:E426:.*/
-+ let ignorecase = &ignorecase
-+ set ignorecase
-+ execute a:Mode l:Word
-+ let &ignorecase = ignorecase
-+ endtry
++The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
++files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
+
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#Jump_Tag
++==============================================================================
++3. Omni Completion ~
++ *ft-ada-omni*
+
-+" Section: ada#Insert_Backspace () {{{1
-+"
-+" Backspace at end of line after auto-inserted commentstring '-- ' wipes it
-+"
-+function ada#Insert_Backspace ()
-+ let l:Line = getline ('.')
-+ if col ('.') > strlen (l:Line) &&
-+ \ match (l:Line, '-- $') != -1 &&
-+ \ match (&comments,'--') != -1
-+ return "\<bs>\<bs>\<bs>"
-+ else
-+ return "\<bs>"
-+ endif
++The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
++by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net). The
++complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
++tags file.
+
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#InsertBackspace
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
++ *gnat-xref*
+
-+" Section: Insert Completions {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: ada#User_Complete(findstart, base) {{{2
-+"
-+" This function is used for the 'complete' option.
-+"
-+function! ada#User_Complete(findstart, base)
-+ if a:findstart == 1
-+ "
-+ " locate the start of the word
-+ "
-+ let line = getline ('.')
-+ let start = col ('.') - 1
-+ while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\i\|'''
-+ let start -= 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return start
-+ else
-+ "
-+ " look up matches
-+ "
-+ let l:Pattern = '^' . a:base . '.*$'
-+ "
-+ " add keywords
-+ "
-+ for Tag_Item in g:ada#Keywords
-+ if l:Tag_Item['word'] =~? l:Pattern
-+ if complete_add (l:Tag_Item) == 0
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ if complete_check ()
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endfor
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+endfunction ada#User_Complete
++GNAT XREF uses the compiler internal information (ali-files) to produce the
++tags file. This has the advantage to be 100% correct and the option of deep
++nested analysis. However the code must compile, the generator is quite
++slow and the created tags file contains only the basic Ctags information for
++each entry - not enough for some of the more advanced Vim code browser
++plug-ins.
+
-+" Section: ada#Completion (cmd) {{{2
-+"
-+" Word completion (^N/^R/^X^]) - force '.' inclusion
-+function ada#Completion (cmd)
-+ set iskeyword+=46
-+ return a:cmd . "\<C-R>=ada#Completion_End ()\<CR>"
-+endfunction ada#Completion
++NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
++ output - If nothing is printed then usually the parameters are wrong.
++ Here some important tips:
+
-+" Section: ada#Completion_End () {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Completion_End ()
-+ set iskeyword-=46
-+ return ''
-+endfunction ada#Completion_End
++1) You need to compile your code first and use the "-aO" option to point to
++ your .ali files.
++2) "gnat xref -v ../Include/adacl.ads" won't work - use the "gnat xref -v
++ -aI../Include adacl.ads" instead.
++3) "gnat xref -v -aI../Include *.ad?" won't work - use "cd ../Include" and
++ then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
++4) Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
++ -Padacl.gpr".
++5) VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
++ --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
++6) Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
++ the file assorted.
+
-+" Section: ada#Create_Tags {{{1
-+"
-+function ada#Create_Tags (option)
-+ if a:option == 'file'
-+ let l:Filename = fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p')
-+ elseif a:option == 'dir'
-+ let l:Filename =
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.ada " .
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.adb " .
-+ \ fnamemodify (bufname ('%'), ':p:h') . "*.ads"
-+ else
-+ let l:Filename = a:option
-+ endif
-+ execute '!ctags --excmd=number ' . l:Filename
-+endfunction ada#Create_Tags
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
++ *ada-ctags*
+
-+" Section: ada#Switch_Session {{{1
-+"
-+function ada#Switch_Session (New_Session)
-+ "
-+ " you should not save to much date into the seession since they will
-+ " be sourced
-+ "
-+ set sessionoptions=buffers,curdir,folds,globals,resize,slash,tabpages,tabpages,unix,winpos,winsize
++Exuberant Ctags uses it's own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
++fast, produces a lot of extra informations (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
++and can run on files which currently do not compile.
+
-+ if a:New_Session != v:this_session
-+ "
-+ " We actualy got a new session - otherwise there
-+ " is nothing to do.
-+ "
-+ if strlen (v:this_session) > 0
-+ execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ endif
++There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
+
-+ let v:this_session = a:New_Session
++You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
++support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
++(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
+
-+ "if filereadable (v:this_session)
-+ "execute 'source ' . v:this_session
-+ "endif
++The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
++support yet.
+
-+ augroup ada_session
-+ autocmd!
-+ autocmd VimLeavePre * execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ augroup END
-+ "
-+ "if exists ("g:Tlist_Auto_Open") && g:Tlist_Auto_Open
-+ "TlistOpen
-+ "endif
++==============================================================================
++4. Compiler Support ~
++ *ada-compiler*
+
-+ endif
++The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
++compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
++provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
++collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
++development of specialized compiler plug-ins fine tuned to your development
++environment.
+
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#Switch_Session
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++4.1 GNAT ~
++ *compiler-gnat*
+
-+" Section: GNAT Pretty Printer folding {{{1
-+"
-+if exists('g:ada_folding') && g:ada_folding[0] == 'g'
-+ "
-+ " Lines consisting only of ')' ';' are due to a gnat pretty bug and
-+ " have the same level as the line above (can't happen in the first
-+ " line).
-+ "
-+ let s:Fold_Collate = '^\([;)]*$\|'
++GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
++several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
+
-+ "
-+ " some lone statements are folded with the line above
-+ "
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'i') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<is\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'b') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<begin\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'p') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<private\>$\|'
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'x') >= 0
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '\s\+\<exception\>$\|'
-+ endif
++The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
++immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
++setting:
++ >
++ > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
+
-+ " We also handle empty lines and
-+ " comments here.
-+ let s:Fold_Collate .= '--\)'
-+
-+ function ada#Pretty_Print_Folding (Line) " {{{2
-+ let l:Text = getline (a:Line)
-+
-+ if l:Text =~ s:Fold_Collate
-+ "
-+ " fold with line above
-+ "
-+ let l:Level = "="
-+ elseif l:Text =~ '^\s\+('
-+ "
-+ " gnat outdents a line which stards with a ( by one characters so
-+ " that parameters which follow are aligned.
-+ "
-+ let l:Level = (indent (a:Line) + 1) / &shiftwidth
-+ else
-+ let l:Level = indent (a:Line) / &shiftwidth
-+ endif
++Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
++like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
++separately for all projects.
+
-+ return l:Level
-+ endfunction ada#Pretty_Print_Folding " }}}2
-+endif
++ *gnat_members*
++GNAT OBJECT ~
+
-+" Section: Options and Menus {{{1
-+"
-+" Section: ada#Switch_Syntax_Options {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (option)
-+ syntax off
-+ if exists ('g:ada_' . a:option)
-+ unlet g:ada_{a:option}
-+ echo a:option . 'now off'
-+ else
-+ let g:ada_{a:option}=1
-+ echo a:option . 'now on'
-+ endif
-+ syntax on
-+endfunction ada#Switch_Syntax_Option
++ *g:gnat.Make()*
++g:gnat.Make()
++ Calls|g:gnat.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
++ |quickfix| window.
+
-+" Section: ada#Map_Menu {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Map_Menu (Text, Keys, Command)
-+ if a:Keys[0] == ':'
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . a:Keys .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "command -buffer " .
-+ \ a:Keys[1:] .
-+ \" :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ elseif a:Keys[0] == '<'
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . a:Keys .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "nnoremap <buffer> " .
-+ \ a:Keys .
-+ \" :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "inoremap <buffer> " .
-+ \ a:Keys .
-+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ else
-+ if exists("g:mapleader")
-+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
-+ else
-+ let l:leader = '\'
-+ endif
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-+ execute
-+ \ "nnoremap <buffer>" .
-+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \" :" . a:Command
-+ execute
-+ \ "inoremap <buffer>" .
-+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \" <C-O>:" . a:Command
-+ endif
-+ return
-+endfunction
++ *g:gnat.Pretty()*
++g:gnat.Pretty()
++ Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
+
-+" Section: ada#Map_Popup {{{2
-+"
-+function ada#Map_Popup (Text, Keys, Command)
-+ if exists("g:mapleader")
-+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
-+ else
-+ let l:leader = '\'
-+ endif
-+ execute
-+ \ "50amenu " .
-+ \ "PopUp." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
++ *g:gnat.Find()*
++g:gnat.Find()
++ Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (a:Text, a:Keys, a:Command)
-+ return
-+endfunction ada#Map_Popup
++ *g:gnat.Tags()*
++g:gnat.Tags()
++ Calls|g:gnat.Tags_Command|
+
-+" }}}1
++ *g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
++g:gnat.Set_Project_File([{file}])
++ Set gnat project file and load associated session. An open
++ project will be closed and the session written. If called
++ without file name the file selector opens for selection of a
++ project file. If called with an empty string then the project
++ and associated session are closed.
+
-+lockvar g:ada#WordRegex
-+lockvar g:ada#DotWordRegex
-+lockvar g:ada#Comment
-+lockvar! g:ada#Keywords
-+lockvar! g:ada#Ctags_Kinds
++ *g:gnat.Project_File*
++g:gnat.Project_File string
++ Current project file.
+
-+finish " 1}}}
++ *g:gnat.Make_Command*
++g:gnat.Make_Command string
++ External command used for|g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: compiler-decada
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++ *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
++g:gnat.Pretty_Program string
++ External command used for|g:gnat.Pretty()|
+
-+function decada#Unit_Name () dict " {{{1
-+ " Convert filename into acs unit:
-+ " 1: remove the file extenstion.
-+ " 2: replace all double '_' or '-' with an dot (which denotes a separate)
-+ " 3: remove a trailing '_' (wich denotes a specification)
-+ return substitute (substitute (expand ("%:t:r"), '__\|-', ".", "g"), '_$', "", '')
-+endfunction decada#Unit_Name " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#Make () dict " {{{1
-+ let l:make_prg = substitute (g:self.Make_Command, '%<', self.Unit_Name(), '')
-+ let &errorformat = g:self.Error_Format
-+ let &makeprg = l:make_prg
-+ wall
-+ make
-+ copen
-+ set wrap
-+ wincmd W
-+endfunction decada#Build " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#Set_Session (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if a:0 > 0
-+ call ada#Switch_Session (a:1)
-+ elseif argc() == 0 && strlen (v:servername) > 0
-+ call ada#Switch_Session (
-+ \ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]decada_" .
-+ \ v:servername . ".vim")
-+ endif
-+ return
-+endfunction decada#Set_Session " }}}1
-+
-+function decada#New () " }}}1
-+ let Retval = {
-+ \ 'Make' : function ('decada#Make'),
-+ \ 'Unit_Name' : function ('decada#Unit_Name'),
-+ \ 'Set_Session' : function ('decada#Set_Session'),
-+ \ 'Project_Dir' : '',
-+ \ 'Make_Command' : 'ACS COMPILE /Wait /Log /NoPreLoad /Optimize=Development /Debug %<',
-+ \ 'Error_Format' : '%+A%%ADAC-%t-%m,%C %#%m,%Zat line number %l in file %f,' .
-+ \ '%+I%%ada-I-%m,%C %#%m,%Zat line number %l in file %f'}
-+
-+ return Retval
-+endfunction decada#New " }}}1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/autoload/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (GNAT)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 05.08.2006 MK Add session support
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
-+" Help Page: compiler-gnat
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++ *g:gnat.Find_Program*
++g:gnat.Find_Program string
++ External command used for|g:gnat.Find()|
+
-+if version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++ *g:gnat.Tags_Command*
++g:gnat.Tags_Command string
++ External command used for|g:gnat.Tags()|
+
-+function gnat#Make () dict " {{{1
-+ let &l:makeprg = self.Get_Command('Make')
-+ let &l:errorformat = self.Error_Format
-+ wall
-+ make
-+ copen
-+ set wrap
-+ wincmd W
-+endfunction gnat#Make " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Pretty () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Pretty')
-+endfunction gnat#Make " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Find () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Find')
-+endfunction gnat#Find " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Tags () dict " {{{1
-+ execute "!" . self.Get_Command('Tags')
-+ edit tags
-+ call gnat#Insert_Tags_Header ()
-+ update
-+ quit
-+endfunction gnat#Tags " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Set_Project_File (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if a:0 > 0
-+ let self.Project_File = a:1
-+
-+ if ! filereadable (self.Project_File)
-+ let self.Project_File = findfile (
-+ \ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ':r'),
-+ \ $ADA_PROJECT_PATH,
-+ \ 1)
-+ endif
-+ elseif strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', self.Project_File)
-+ elseif expand ("%:e") == 'gpr'
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', expand ("%:e"))
-+ else
-+ let self.Project_File = browse (0, 'GNAT Project File?', '', 'default.gpr')
-+ endif
++ *g:gnat.Error_Format*
++g:gnat.Error_Format string
++ Error format (|'errorformat'|)
+
-+ if strlen (v:this_session) > 0
-+ execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
-+ endif
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++4.2 Dec Ada ~
++ *compiler-hpada* *compiler-decada*
++ *compiler-vaxada* *compiler-compaqada*
+
-+ "if strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
-+ "if has("vms")
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session (
-+ "\ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]gnat_" .
-+ "\ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
-+ "else
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session (
-+ "\ expand('~') . "/vimfiles/session/gnat_" .
-+ "\ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
-+ "endif
-+ "else
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session ('')
-+ "endif
++Dec Ada (also known by - in chronological order - VAX Ada, Dec Ada, Compaq Ada
++and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
++compile the current unit.
+
-+ return
-+endfunction gnat#Set_Project_File " }}}1
++The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
++passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
++convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
++'__' are allowed.
+
-+function gnat#Get_Command (Command) dict " {{{1
-+ let l:Command = eval ('self.' . a:Command . '_Command')
-+ return eval (l:Command)
-+endfunction gnat#Get_Command " }}}1
++ *decada_members*
++DEC ADA OBJECT ~
+
-+function gnat#Set_Session (...) dict " {{{1
-+ if argc() == 1 && fnamemodify (argv(0), ':e') == 'gpr'
-+ call self.Set_Project_File (argv(0))
-+ elseif strlen (v:servername) > 0
-+ call self.Set_Project_File (v:servername . '.gpr')
-+ endif
-+endfunction gnat#Set_Session " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#New () " {{{1
-+ let l:Retval = {
-+ \ 'Make' : function ('gnat#Make'),
-+ \ 'Pretty' : function ('gnat#Pretty'),
-+ \ 'Find' : function ('gnat#Find'),
-+ \ 'Tags' : function ('gnat#Tags'),
-+ \ 'Set_Project_File' : function ('gnat#Set_Project_File'),
-+ \ 'Set_Session' : function ('gnat#Set_Session'),
-+ \ 'Get_Command' : function ('gnat#Get_Command'),
-+ \ 'Project_File' : '',
-+ \ 'Make_Command' : '"gnat make -P " . self.Project_File . " -F -gnatef "',
-+ \ 'Pretty_Command' : '"gnat pretty -P " . self.Project_File . " "',
-+ \ 'Find_Program' : '"gnat find -P " . self.Project_File . " -F "',
-+ \ 'Tags_Command' : '"gnat xref -P " . self.Project_File . " -v *.AD*"',
-+ \ 'Error_Format' : '%f:%l:%c: %trror: %m,' .
-+ \ '%f:%l:%c: %tarning: %m,' .
-+ \ '%f:%l:%c: (%ttyle) %m'}
-+
-+ return l:Retval
-+endfunction gnat#New " }}}1
-+
-+function gnat#Insert_Tags_Header () " {{{1
-+ 1insert
-+!_TAG_FILE_FORMAT 1 /extended format; --format=1 will not append ;" to lines/
-+!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 1 /0=unsorted, 1=sorted, 2=foldcase/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_AUTHOR AdaCore /info@adacore.com/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_NAME gnatxref //
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_URL http://www.adacore.com /official site/
-+!_TAG_PROGRAM_VERSION 5.05w //
-+.
-+ return
-+endfunction gnat#Insert_Tags_Header " }}}1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=0 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/colors/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/colors/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 51
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/818/trunk/tools/vim/colors
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/colors/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/colors/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
++ *g:decada.Make()*
++g:decada.Make() function
++ Calls|g:decada.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
++ |quickfix| window.
+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/colors/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/colors/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
-+8
++ *g:decada.Unit_Name()*
++g:decada.Unit_Name() function
++ Get the Unit name for the current file.
+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/colors
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
++ *g:decada.Make_Command*
++g:decada.Make_Command string
++ External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+
++ *g:decada.Error_Format*
++g:decada.Error_Format| string
++ Error format (|'errorformat'|).
+
++==============================================================================
++5. References ~
++ *ada-reference*
+
-+2007-12-03T21:21:48.223203Z
-+818
-+krischik
-+has-props
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++5.1 Options ~
++ *ft-ada-options*
+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
++ *g:ada_standard_types*
++g:ada_standard_types bool (true when exists)
++ Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
+
++ *g:ada_space_errors*
++ *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
++ *g:ada_no_tab_space_error*
++ *g:ada_all_tab_usage*
++g:ada_space_errors bool (true when exists)
++ Highlight extraneous errors in spaces ...
++ g:ada_no_trail_space_error
++ - but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
++ g:ada_no_tab_space_error
++ - but ignore tabs after spaces
++ g:ada_all_tab_usage
++ - highlight all tab use
+
++ *g:ada_line_errors*
++g:ada_line_errors bool (true when exists)
++ Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
++ option is quite CPU intensive.
+
++ *g:ada_rainbow_color*
++g:ada_rainbow_color bool (true when exists)
++ Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
++ rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
+
++ *g:ada_folding*
++g:ada_folding set ('sigpft')
++ Use folding for Ada sources.
++ 's': activate syntax folding on load
++ 'p': fold packages
++ 'f': fold functions and procedures
++ 't': fold types
++ 'c': fold conditionals
++ 'g': activate gnat pretty print folding on load
++ 'i': lone 'is' folded with line above
++ 'b': lone 'begin' folded with line above
++ 'p': lone 'private' folded with line above
++ 'x': lone 'exception' folded with line above
++ 'i': activate indent folding on load
+
++ Note: Syntax folding is in an early (unuseable) stage and
++ indent or gnat pretty folding is suggested.
+
++ For gnat pretty folding to work the following settings are
++ suggested: -cl3 -M79 -c2 -c3 -c4 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5
+
++ For indent folding to work the following settings are
++ suggested: shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3
+
++ *g:ada_abbrev*
++g:ada_abbrev bool (true when exists)
++ Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
++ by the various completion methods.
+
++ *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
++g:ada_withuse_ordinary bool (true when exists)
++ Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords (when used to
++ reference other compilation units they're normally highlighted
++ specially).
+
++ *g:ada_begin_preproc*
++g:ada_begin_preproc bool (true when exists)
++ Show all begin-like keywords using the colouring of C
++ preprocessor commands.
+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/colors/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/colors/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/colors/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/decada.vim vim71_ada/1/compiler/decada.vim
---- vim71/1/compiler/decada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-+" $Id: decada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
-+" History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 08.09.2006 MK Correct double load protection.
-+" Help Page: compiler-decada
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++ *g:ada_omni_with_keywords*
++g:ada_omni_with_keywords
++ Add Keywords, Pragmas, Attributes to omni-completions
++ (|compl-omni|). Note: You can always complete then with user
++ completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|).
+
-+if (exists("current_compiler") &&
-+ \ current_compiler == "decada") ||
-+ \ version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++ *g:ada_extended_tagging*
++g:ada_extended_tagging enum ('jump', 'list')
++ use extended tagging, two options are available
++ 'jump': use tjump to jump.
++ 'list': add tags quick fix list.
++ Normal tagging does not support function or operator
++ overloading as these features are not available in C and
++ tagging was originally developed for C.
+
-+let current_compiler = "decada"
++ *g:ada_extended_completion*
++g:ada_extended_completion
++ Uses extended completion for <C-N> and <C-R> completions
++ (|i_CTRL-N|). In this mode the '.' is used as part of the
++ identifier so that 'Object.Method' or 'Package.Procedure' are
++ completed together.
+
-+if !exists("g:decada")
-+ let g:decada = decada#New ()
++ *g:ada_gnat_extensions*
++g:ada_gnat_extensions bool (true when exists)
++ Support GNAT extensions.
+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Dec Ada.Build',
-+ \'<F7>',
-+ \'call decada.Make ()')
++ *g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
++g:ada_with_gnat_project_files bool (true when exists)
++ Add gnat project file keywords and Attributes.
+
-+ call g:decada.Set_Session ()
-+endif
++ *g:ada_default_compiler*
++g:ada_default_compiler string
++ set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
++ 'decada'.
+
-+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-+ "
-+ " plugin loaded by other means then the "compiler" command
-+ "
-+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
-+endif
++An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
++and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
++set makes no difference.
+
-+execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
-+execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++5.3 Commands ~
++ *ft-ada-commands*
+
-+finish " 1}}}
++:AdaRainbow *:AdaRainbow*
++ Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
++ '(' and ')'
+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/gnat.vim vim71_ada/1/compiler/gnat.vim
---- vim71/1/compiler/gnat.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (GNAT)
-+" $Id: gnat.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
-+" Help Page: compiler-gnat
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++:AdaLines *:AdaLines*
++ Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
+
-+if (exists("current_compiler") &&
-+ \ current_compiler == "gnat") ||
-+ \ version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++:AdaSpaces *:AdaSpaces*
++ Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
+
-+let current_compiler = "gnat"
++:AdaTagDir *:AdaTagDir*
++ Creates tags file for the directory of the current file.
+
-+if !exists("g:gnat")
-+ let g:gnat = gnat#New ()
++:AdaTagFile *:AdaTagFile*
++ Creates tags file for the current file.
+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Build',
-+ \ '<F7>',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Make ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Pretty Print',
-+ \ ':GnatPretty',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Pretty ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Tags',
-+ \ ':GnatTags',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Tags ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Find',
-+ \ ':GnatFind',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Find ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Set Projectfile\.\.\.',
-+ \ ':SetProject',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Set_Project_File ()')
++:AdaTypes *:AdaTypes*
++ Toggles standard types (|g:ada_standard_types|) colour.
+
-+ call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
-+endif
++:GnatFind *:GnatFind*
++ Calls |g:gnat.Find()|
+
-+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-+ "
-+ " plugin loaded by other means then the "compiler" command
-+ "
-+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
-+endif
++:GnatPretty *:GnatPretty*
++ Calls |g:gnat.Pretty()|
+
-+execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
-+execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
++:GnatTags *:GnatTags*
++ Calls |g:gnat.Tags()|
+
-+finish " 1}}}
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++5.3 Variables ~
++ *ft-ada-variables*
+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=0 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 53
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/compiler
-+END
-+gnat.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 62
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim
-+END
-+decada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 64
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+gnat.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+1429fc395240f10289ac4836746ac1ba
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+decada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+5c01783740adbd6492b7197377e85d74
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/decada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/prop-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/decada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 08.09.2006 MK Correct double load protection.
-+" Help Page: compiler-decada
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++ *g:gnat*
++g:gnat object
++ Control object which manages GNAT compiles. The object
++ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
++ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
++ for details.
+
-+if (exists("current_compiler") &&
-+ \ current_compiler == "decada") ||
-+ \ version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
++ *g:decada*
++g:decada object
++ Control object which manages Dec Ada compiles. The object
++ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
++ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'decada'. See
++ |decada_members|for details.
+
-+let current_compiler = "decada"
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++5.4 Constants ~
++ *ft-ada-constants*
++ ft-ada-constants
+
-+if !exists("g:decada")
-+ let g:decada = decada#New ()
++All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Dec Ada.Build',
-+ \'<F7>',
-+ \'call decada.Make ()')
++ *g:ada#WordRegex*
++g:ada#WordRegex string
++ Regular expression to search for Ada words
+
-+ call g:decada.Set_Session ()
-+endif
++ *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
++g:ada#DotWordRegex string
++ Regular expression to search for Ada words separated by dots.
+
-+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-+ "
-+ " plugin loaded by other means then the "compiler" command
-+ "
-+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
-+endif
++ *g:ada#Comment*
++g:ada#Comment string
++ Regular expression to search for Ada comments
+
-+execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
-+execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
++ *g:ada#Keywords*
++g:ada#Keywords list of dictionaries
++ List of keywords, attributes etc. pp. in the format used by
++ omni completion. See |complete-items| for details.
+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/compiler/.svn/text-base/gnat.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
-+" Language: Ada (GNAT)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
-+" Help Page: compiler-gnat
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if (exists("current_compiler") &&
-+ \ current_compiler == "gnat") ||
-+ \ version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let current_compiler = "gnat"
-+
-+if !exists("g:gnat")
-+ let g:gnat = gnat#New ()
-+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Build',
-+ \ '<F7>',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Make ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Pretty Print',
-+ \ ':GnatPretty',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Pretty ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Tags',
-+ \ ':GnatTags',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Tags ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Find',
-+ \ ':GnatFind',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Find ()')
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \ 'GNAT.Set Projectfile\.\.\.',
-+ \ ':SetProject',
-+ \ 'call gnat.Set_Project_File ()')
++ *g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
++g:ada#Ctags_Kinds dictionary of lists
++ Dictionary of the various kinds of items which the Ada support
++ for Ctags generates.
+
-+ call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
-+endif
++------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++5.2 Functions ~
++ *ft-ada-functions*
+
-+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-+ "
-+ " plugin loaded by other means then the "compiler" command
-+ "
-+ command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
-+endif
++ada#Word([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Word()*
++ Return full name of Ada entity under the cursor (or at given
++ line/column), stripping white space/newlines as necessary.
+
-+execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
-+execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
++ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Listtags()*
++ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
++ given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
+
-+finish " 1}}}
++ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode}) *ada#Jump_Tag()*
++ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
++ given line/column) in the tag jump list. Mode can either be
++ 'tjump' or 'stjump'.
+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=0 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/ft_ada.txt vim71_ada/1/doc/ft_ada.txt
---- vim71/1/doc/ft_ada.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/ft_ada.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
-+*ft_ada.txt* Ada File type Plug-ins Last change: 2007 Seb 17
++ada#Create_Tags ({option}) *ada#Create_Tags()*
++ Creates tag file using Ctags. The option can either be 'file'
++ for the current file, 'dir' for the directory of the current
++ file or a file name.
+
++gnat#Insert_Tags_Header() *gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
++ Adds the tag file header (!_TAG_) information to the current
++ file which are missing from the GNAT XREF output.
+
-+ ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
++ada#Switch_Syntax_Option ({option}) *ada#Switch_Syntax_Option()*
++ Toggles highlighting options on or off. Used for the Ada menu.
+
-+ADA *ada.vim*
++ *gnat#New()*
++gnat#New ()
++ Create a new gnat object. See |g:gnat| for details.
+
-+1. Syntax Highlighting |ft-ada-syntax|
-+2. Plug-in |ft-ada-plugin|
-+3. Omni Completion |ft-ada-omni|
-+ 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" |gnat-xref|
-+ 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags" |ada-ctags|
-+4. Compiler Support |ada-compiler|
-+ 4.1 GNAT |compiler-gnat|
-+ 4.1 Dec Ada |compiler-decada|
-+5. References |ada-reference|
-+ 5.1 Options |ft-ada-options|
-+ 5.2 Functions |ft-ada-functions|
-+ 5.3 Commands |ft-ada-commands|
-+ 5.4 Variables |ft-ada-variables|
-+ 5.5 Constants |ft-ada-contstants|
-+8. Extra Plug-ins |ada-extra-plugins|
+
+==============================================================================
-+1. Syntax Highlighting ~
-+ *ft-ada-syntax*
-+
-+This mode is designed for the 2005 edition of Ada ("Ada 2005"), which includes
-+support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on. It handles code
-+written for the original Ada language ("Ada83", "Ada87", "Ada95") as well,
-+though code which uses Ada 2005-only keywords will be wrongly colored (such
-+code should be fixed anyway). For more information about Ada, see
-+http://www.adapower.com.
-+
-+The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
-+
-+For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same character
-+in "A-5" is an operator. Normally, a "with" or "use" clause referencing
-+another compilation unit is coloured the same way as C's "#include" is coloured.
-+If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat" groups coloured differently, then "end
-+if" and "end loop" will be coloured as part of those respective groups.
-+
-+You can set these to different colours using vim's "highlight" command (e.g.,
-+to change how loops are displayed, enter the command ":hi Repeat" followed by
-+the colour specification; on simple terminals the colour specification
-+ctermfg=White often shows well).
-+
-+There are several options you can select in this Ada mode. See|ft-ada-options|
-+for a complete list.
-+
-+To enable them, assign a value to the option. For example, to turn one on:
-+ >
-+ > let g:ada_standard_types = 1
-+>
-+To disable them use ":unlet". Example:
-+>
-+ > unlet g:ada_standard_types
++8. Extra Plugins ~
++ *ada-extra-plugins*
+
-+You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
-+temporarily before loading an Ada file. You can make these option settings
-+permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon, to your "~/.vimrc"
-+file.
++You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
++and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
+
-+Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find the
-+performance unacceptable, turn on |g:ada_withuse_ordinary|.
++backup.vim
++ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
++ Keeps as many backups as you like so you don't have to.
+
-+Syntax folding instructions (|fold-syntax|) are added when |g:ada_folding| is
-+set.
++rainbow_parenthsis.vim
++ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1561
++ Very helpful since Ada uses only '(' and ')'.
+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. File type Plug-in ~
-+ *ft-ada-indent* *ft-ada-plugin*
++nerd_comments.vim
++ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1218
++ Excellent commenting and uncommenting support for almost any
++ programming language.
+
-+The Ada plug-in provides support for:
++matchit.vim
++ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
++ '%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
++ style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
+
-+ - auto indenting (|indent.txt|)
-+ - insert completion (|i_CTRL-N|)
-+ - user completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
-+ - tag searches (|tagsrch.txt|)
-+ - Quick Fix (|quickfix.txt|)
-+ - backspace handling (|'backspace'|)
-+ - comment handling (|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
++taglist.vim
++ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273
++ Source code explorer sidebar. There is a patch for Ada available.
+
-+The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
-+files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
++The GNU Ada Project distribution (http://gnuada.sourceforge.net) of Vim
++contains all of the above.
+
+==============================================================================
-+3. Omni Completion ~
-+ *ft-ada-omni*
-+
-+The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
-+by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net). The
-+complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
-+tags file.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
-+ *gnat-xref*
-+
-+GNAT XREF uses the compiler internal information (ali-files) to produce the
-+tags file. This has the advantage to be 100% correct and the option of deep
-+nested analysis. However the code must compile, the generator is quite
-+slow and the created tags file contains only the basic Ctags information for
-+each entry - not enough for some of the more advanced Vim code browser
-+plug-ins.
-+
-+NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
-+ output - If nothing is printed then usually the parameters are wrong.
-+ Here some important tips:
-+
-+1) You need to compile your code first and use the "-aO" option to point to
-+ your .ali files.
-+2) "gnat xref -v ../Include/adacl.ads" won't work - use the "gnat xref -v
-+ -aI../Include adacl.ads" instead.
-+3) "gnat xref -v -aI../Include *.ad?" won't work - use "cd ../Include" and
-+ then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
-+4) Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
-+ -Padacl.gpr".
-+5) VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
-+ --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
-+6) Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
-+ the file assorted.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
-+ *ada-ctags*
-+
-+Exuberant Ctags uses it's own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
-+fast, produces a lot of extra informations (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
-+and can run on files which currently do not compile.
-+
-+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
-+
-+You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
-+support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
-+(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
++vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
++vim: filetype=help
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim 2007-05-05 19:17:45.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
+ " Language: Ada (2005)
+-" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.3 2007/05/05 17:17:45 vimboss Exp $
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
++" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
++" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
++" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
+ " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:17:45 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.3 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
++" $Author: krischik $
++" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
++" Version: 4.5
++" $Revision: 774 $
++" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+@@ -17,6 +18,7 @@
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
+ " autoload
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
++" 08.07.2007 TV fix default compiler problems.
+ " Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Provides mapping overrides for tag jumping that figure out the current
+@@ -30,7 +32,7 @@
+ endif
+
+ " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+-let b:did_ftplugin = 38
++let b:did_ftplugin = 45
+
+ "
+ " Temporarily set cpoptions to ensure the script loads OK
+@@ -104,8 +106,17 @@
+ \ s:notend . '\<record\>:\<end\>\s\+\<record\>'
+ endif
+
+
-+The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
-+support yet.
+ " Section: Compiler {{{1
+ "
++if ! exists("g:ada_default_compiler")
++ if has("vms")
++ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'decada'
++ else
++ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
++ endif
++endif
+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Compiler Support ~
-+ *ada-compiler*
-+
-+The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
-+compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
-+provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
-+collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
-+development of specialized compiler plug-ins fine tuned to your development
-+environment.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 GNAT ~
-+ *compiler-gnat*
-+
-+GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
-+several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
-+
-+The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
-+immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
-+setting:
-+ >
-+ > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
-+
-+Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
-+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
-+separately for all projects.
-+
-+ *gnat_members*
-+GNAT OBJECT ~
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Make()*
-+g:gnat.Make()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty()*
-+g:gnat.Pretty()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
+ if ! exists("current_compiler") ||
+ \ current_compiler != g:ada_default_compiler
+ execute "compiler " . g:ada_default_compiler
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/indent/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/indent/ada.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/indent/ada.vim 2007-05-05 19:25:37.000000000 +0200
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/indent/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " Description: Vim Ada indent file
+ " Language: Ada (2005)
+-" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.4 2007/05/05 17:25:37 vimboss Exp $
++" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
+ " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
+-" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
++" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
+ " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
+-" $Author: vimboss $
+-" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:25:37 $
+-" Version: 4.2
+-" $Revision: 1.4 $
+-" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim $
++" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
++" $Author: krischik $
++" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
++" Version: 4.5
++" $Revision: 774 $
++" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim $
+ " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
+ " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
+ " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
+ " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
++" 19.09.2007 NO g: missing before ada#Comment
+ " Help Page: ft-vim-indent
+ "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ " ToDo:
+@@ -27,7 +29,7 @@
+ finish
+ endif
+
+-let b:did_indent = 1
++let b:did_indent = 45
+
+ setlocal indentexpr=GetAdaIndent()
+ setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0}
+@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
+ " Seems to work OK as it 'starts' with the indent of the /previous/ line.
+ function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
+- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
++ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
+ while lnum > 1
+ if a:stop_at != '' && line =~ '^\s*' . a:stop_at && indent(lnum) < a:prev_indent
+ return a:prev_indent
+@@ -72,7 +74,7 @@
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
+ while 1
+- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
++ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
+ break
+ endif
+@@ -116,7 +118,7 @@
+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
+ while 1
+ let line = getline(lnum)
+- let line = substitute( line, ada#Comment, '', '' )
++ let line = substitute( line, g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
+ if line !~ '^\s*$'
+ break
+ endif
+@@ -143,7 +145,8 @@
+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
+ while 1
+- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
++ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
++
+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
+ break
+ endif
+@@ -222,7 +225,7 @@
+ exe lnum
+ exe 'normal! $F)%'
+ if getline('.') =~ '^\s*('
+- " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for ada#Comment here)
++ " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for g:ada#Comment here)
+ let ind = indent( prevnonblank( line('.')-1 ) )
+ else
+ let ind = indent('.')
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash
+--- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
++#!/bin/bash
+
-+ *g:gnat.Find()*
-+g:gnat.Find()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
++svn propedit \
++ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
++ svn:ignore \
++ "${@}" ;
+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags()*
-+g:gnat.Tags()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Tags_Command|
++# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
++# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm
+--- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
++::!C:\Bin\4Portable\App\4\4nt.EXE
++::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
++:: Description: Works like "tail -f" .
++:: $Id: svnignore.btm 806 2007-11-21 09:35:26Z krischik $
++:: Maintainer: Martin Krischik
++:: Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
++:: $Author: krischik $
++:: $Date: 2007-11-21 10:35:26 +0100 (Mi, 21 Nov 2007) $
++:: Version: 3.0
++:: $Revision: 806 $
++:: $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.btm $
++:: History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
++:: Help Page: tail.txt
++::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
+
-+ *g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
-+g:gnat.Set_Project_File([{file}])
-+ Set gnat project file and load associated session. An open
-+ project will be closed and the session written. If called
-+ without file name the file selector opens for selection of a
-+ project file. If called with an empty string then the project
-+ and associated session are closed.
++svn propedit ^
++ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" ^
++ svn:ignore ^
++ "%[$]"
+
-+ *g:gnat.Project_File*
-+g:gnat.Project_File string
-+ Current project file.
++::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
++:: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
++::
++:: Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
++::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
++:: vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
++:: vim: filetype=btm encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh
+--- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
++#!/bin/zsh
++#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++# Description: Works like "tail -f" .
++# $Id: svnignore.zsh 818 2007-12-03 21:21:48Z krischik $
++# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
++# Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
++# $Author: krischik $
++# $Date: 2007-12-03 22:21:48 +0100 (Mo, 03 Dez 2007) $
++# Version: 3.0
++# $Revision: 818 $
++# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.zsh $
++# History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
++# Help Page: tail.txt
++#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
-+ *g:gnat.Make_Command*
-+g:gnat.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
++setopt No_X_Trace;
+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
-+g:gnat.Pretty_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Pretty()|
++svn propedit \
++ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
++ svn:ignore \
++ "${=@}" ;
+
-+ *g:gnat.Find_Program*
-+g:gnat.Find_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Find()|
++#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
++#
++# Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
++#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
++# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
++# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/vim.bash vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.bash
+--- vim71/runtime/macros/vim.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
++#!/bin/echo usage: source
++########################################################### {{{1 ###########
++# Description: Set alias names for a custom installed vim/ctags.
++# Language: Bash Shell Script
++# $Id: vim.bash 820 2007-12-08 11:05:30Z krischik $
++# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
++# $Author: krischik $
++# $Date: 2007-12-08 12:05:30 +0100 (Sa, 08 Dez 2007) $
++# Version: 3.6
++# $Revision: 820 $
++# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/vim.bash $
++# History: 26.07.2006 MK pretty new
++# Usage: copy to /etc/profile.d and make world executable
++########################################################### }}}1 ###########
+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags_Command*
-+g:gnat.Tags_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Tags()|
+
-+ *g:gnat.Error_Format*
-+g:gnat.Error_Format string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|)
++if ! type lxpm 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null; then
+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Dec Ada ~
-+ *compiler-hpada* *compiler-decada*
-+ *compiler-vaxada* *compiler-compaqada*
++ # Variablen
++ UName=$(uname)
+
-+Dec Ada (also known by - in chronological order - VAX Ada, Dec Ada, Compaq Ada
-+and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
-+compile the current unit.
++ case "${UName}" in # {{{1
++ (Linux*) # {{{2
++ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
++ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
++ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
++ else
++ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}2
++ (CYGWIN*) # {{{2
++ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
++ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
++ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
++ else
++ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}2
++ (SunOS) # {{{2
++ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
++ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
++ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
++ elif test -x "${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
++ declare -x VIM="${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools";
++ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
++ PATH="${VIM}/bin:${PATH}"
++ else
++ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ fi
++ ;; # }}}2
++ (*) # {{{2
++ ;; # }}}2
++ esac; # }}}1
+
-+The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
-+passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
-+convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
-+'__' are allowed.
++ # Simple Functions
+
-+ *decada_members*
-+DEC ADA OBJECT ~
++ for i in ctags etags eview evim ex gview gvim gvimdiff rgview rgvim rview rvim view vim vimdiff vimtutor xxd; do # {{{1
+
-+ *g:decada.Make()*
-+g:decada.Make() function
-+ Calls|g:decada.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
++ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
++ (MINGW*) # {{{3
++ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
++ declare -x -f ${i};
+
-+ *g:decada.Unit_Name()*
-+g:decada.Unit_Name() function
-+ Get the Unit name for the current file.
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe \"\${@}\"
++ return;
++ }"
++ else
++ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}3
++ (Linux|CYGWIN*) # {{{3
++ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
++ declare -x -f ${i};
+
-+ *g:decada.Make_Command*
-+g:decada.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
++ \"${VIM}/bin/${i}\" \"\${@}\" ;
++ return;
++ }"
++ else
++ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}3
++ (*) # {{{3
++ ;; # }}}3
++ esac; # }}}2
++ done; # }}}1
+
-+ *g:decada.Error_Format*
-+g:decada.Error_Format| string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|).
++ # Server Functions
+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. References ~
-+ *ada-reference*
++ for i in lxpm med epm; do # {{{1
++ declare -x -f ${i}
+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.1 Options ~
-+ *ft-ada-options*
++ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
++ (MINGW*) # {{{3
++ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ if test -z "\${1}"; then
++ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ else
++ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ fi;
++ return;
++ }"
++ else
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ if test -z "\${1}"; then
++ gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ else
++ gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ fi;
++ return;
++ }"
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}3
++ (Linux|CYGWIN*|SunOS) # {{{3
++ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
++ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
++ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" \"\${@}\" \
++ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ else
++ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
++ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" \
++ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ fi
++ return;
++ }"
++ else
++ eval "function ${i} ()
++ {
++ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
++ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ else
++ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
++ fi
++ return;
++ }"
++ fi;
++ ;; # }}}3
++ (*) # {{{3
++ ;; # }}}3
++ esac; # }}}2
++ done; # }}}1
+
-+ *g:ada_standard_types*
-+g:ada_standard_types bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
++ # Some applications read the EDITOR variable to determine your favourite text
++ # editor. So uncomment the line below and enter the editor of your choice :-)
++ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
++ declare -x EDITOR="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
++ declare -x VISUAL="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
++ else
++ declare -x EDITOR="$(which gvim) -f";
++ declare -x VISUAL="$(which gvim) -f";
++ fi;
++ # Unset local Variablen
+
-+ *g:ada_space_errors*
-+ *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_no_tab_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_all_tab_usage*
-+g:ada_space_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight extraneous errors in spaces ...
-+ g:ada_no_trail_space_error
-+ - but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
-+ g:ada_no_tab_space_error
-+ - but ignore tabs after spaces
-+ g:ada_all_tab_usage
-+ - highlight all tab use
++ unset UName
+
-+ *g:ada_line_errors*
-+g:ada_line_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
-+ option is quite CPU intensive.
++ printf "\e[42m%-30.30s : \e[43m %-40.40s \e[m\n" "$(basename ${BASH_SOURCE:-${0}})" "VIM 7.0 symbols set."
+
-+ *g:ada_rainbow_color*
-+g:ada_rainbow_color bool (true when exists)
-+ Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
-+ rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
++fi;
+
-+ *g:ada_folding*
-+g:ada_folding set ('sigpft')
-+ Use folding for Ada sources.
-+ 's': activate syntax folding on load
-+ 'p': fold packages
-+ 'f': fold functions and procedures
-+ 't': fold types
-+ 'c': fold conditionals
-+ 'g': activate gnat pretty print folding on load
-+ 'i': lone 'is' folded with line above
-+ 'b': lone 'begin' folded with line above
-+ 'p': lone 'private' folded with line above
-+ 'x': lone 'exception' folded with line above
-+ 'i': activate indent folding on load
++########################################################### {{{1 ###########
++# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
++#
++# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
++# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
++# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++#
++# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
++# GNU General Public License for more details.
++#
++# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
++########################################################### }}}1 ###########
++# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
++# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/vim.zsh vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.zsh
+--- vim71/runtime/macros/vim.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
++#!/bin/echo usage: source
+
-+ Note: Syntax folding is in an early (unuseable) stage and
-+ indent or gnat pretty folding is suggested.
++setopt No_Verbose
++setopt No_X_Trace
++setopt Typeset_Silent;
+
-+ For gnat pretty folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: -cl3 -M79 -c2 -c3 -c4 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5
++#
++# Bash script is zsh compatible
++#
++HOSTNAME="${HOSTNAME:-${HOST}}"
++BASH_SOURCE="$(basename ${0} .zsh).bash"
++source "$(dirname ${0})/${BASH_SOURCE}"
++unset BASH_SOURCE;
+
-+ For indent folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3
++############################################################# {{{1 ###########
++# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
++# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
+diff -urN vim71/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim
+--- vim71/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
++++ vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
+@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
++" matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
++" Last Change: Tue Oct 24 11:00 AM 2006 EDT
++" Maintainer: Benji Fisher PhD <benji@member.AMS.org>
++" Version: 1.12, for Vim 6.3+
++" URL: http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
+
-+ *g:ada_abbrev*
-+g:ada_abbrev bool (true when exists)
-+ Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
-+ by the various completion methods.
-+
-+ *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
-+g:ada_withuse_ordinary bool (true when exists)
-+ Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords (when used to
-+ reference other compilation units they're normally highlighted
-+ specially).
++" Documentation:
++" The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
+
-+ *g:ada_begin_preproc*
-+g:ada_begin_preproc bool (true when exists)
-+ Show all begin-like keywords using the colouring of C
-+ preprocessor commands.
++" Credits:
++" Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
++" Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
++" Support for comments by Douglas Potts
++" Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
++" Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
++" Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
++" languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
++" Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
+
-+ *g:ada_omni_with_keywords*
-+g:ada_omni_with_keywords
-+ Add Keywords, Pragmas, Attributes to omni-completions
-+ (|compl-omni|). Note: You can always complete then with user
-+ completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|).
++" Debugging:
++" If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
++" :MatchDebug to activate debugging for the current buffer
++" This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
++" variables. See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
+
-+ *g:ada_extended_tagging*
-+g:ada_extended_tagging enum ('jump', 'list')
-+ use extended tagging, two options are available
-+ 'jump': use tjump to jump.
-+ 'list': add tags quick fix list.
-+ Normal tagging does not support function or operator
-+ overloading as these features are not available in C and
-+ tagging was originally developed for C.
++" TODO: I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
++" This would require an option: how many lines to scan (default 1).
++" This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
++" TODO: Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
++" the features that I have implemented.
++" TODO: Eliminate the MultiMatch function. Add yet another argument to
++" Match_wrapper() instead.
++" TODO: Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
++" TODO: Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
++" TODO: Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
++" work but extend it.
+
-+ *g:ada_extended_completion*
-+g:ada_extended_completion
-+ Uses extended completion for <C-N> and <C-R> completions
-+ (|i_CTRL-N|). In this mode the '.' is used as part of the
-+ identifier so that 'Object.Method' or 'Package.Procedure' are
-+ completed together.
++" allow user to prevent loading
++" and prevent duplicate loading
++if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
++ finish
++endif
++let loaded_matchit = 1
++let s:last_mps = ""
++let s:last_words = ""
+
-+ *g:ada_gnat_extensions*
-+g:ada_gnat_extensions bool (true when exists)
-+ Support GNAT extensions.
++let s:save_cpo = &cpo
++set cpo&vim
+
-+ *g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
-+g:ada_with_gnat_project_files bool (true when exists)
-+ Add gnat project file keywords and Attributes.
++nnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
++nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
++vnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
++vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
++onoremap <silent> % v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
++onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
+
-+ *g:ada_default_compiler*
-+g:ada_default_compiler string
-+ set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
-+ 'decada'.
++" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
++nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
++nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "n") <CR>
++vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
++vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
++" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
++" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "v") <CR>m'gv``
++onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
++onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "o") <CR>
+
-+An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
-+and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
-+set makes no difference.
++" text object:
++vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Commands ~
-+ *ft-ada-commands*
++" Auto-complete mappings: (not yet "ready for prime time")
++" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
++" specify a key binding.
++" let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
++" let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
++" if exists("g:match_auto")
++" execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
++" endif
++" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
++" execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
++" endif
++" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
++" execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
++" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
+
-+:AdaRainbow *:AdaRainbow*
-+ Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
-+ '(' and ')'
++let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
+
-+:AdaLines *:AdaLines*
-+ Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
++function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
++ " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
++ let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
++ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
++ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
++ endif
++ let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
++ set ve=
++ " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
++ " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
++ if a:mode == "v"
++ execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
++ endif
++ " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
++ let startline = line(".")
++ let startcol = col(".")
++ " Use default behavior if called with a count or if no patterns are defined.
++ if v:count
++ exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
++ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ elseif !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
++ silent! normal! %
++ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ end
+
-+:AdaSpaces *:AdaSpaces*
-+ Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
++ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
++ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
++ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
++ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
++ "
++ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
++ if b:match_words =~ ":"
++ let match_words = b:match_words
++ else
++ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
++ endif
++" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
++ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
++ \ exists("b:match_debug")
++ let s:last_words = match_words
++ let s:last_mps = &mps
++ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
++ let s:do_BR = 0
++ let s:pat = match_words
++ else
++ let s:do_BR = 1
++ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
++ endif
++ " The next several lines were here before
++ " BF started messing with this script.
++ " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
++ " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
++ " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
++ " \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
++ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
++ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
++ " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
++ let s:all = s:pat . (strlen(s:pat) ? "," : "") . default
++ let s:all = substitute(s:all, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
++ let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
++ " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ let b:match_pat = s:pat
++ endif
++ endif
+
-+:AdaTagDir *:AdaTagDir*
-+ Creates tags file for the directory of the current file.
++ " Second step: set the following local variables:
++ " matchline = line on which the cursor started
++ " curcol = number of characters before match
++ " prefix = regexp for start of line to start of match
++ " suffix = regexp for end of match to end of line
++ " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
++ " start on or before the cursor.
++ let matchline = getline(startline)
++ if a:word != ''
++ " word given
++ if a:word !~ s:all
++ echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
++ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ endif
++ let matchline = a:word
++ let curcol = 0
++ let prefix = '^\%('
++ let suffix = '\)$'
++ " Now the case when "word" is not given
++ else " Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
++ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
++ let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
++ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
++ let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
++ let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%' . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
++ let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$' : '\)$')
++ " If the match comes from the defaults, bail out.
++ if matchline !~ prefix .
++ \ substitute(s:pat, s:notslash.'\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . suffix
++ silent! norm! %
++ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ endif
++ endif
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
++ let b:match_col = curcol+1
++ endif
+
-+:AdaTagFile *:AdaTagFile*
-+ Creates tags file for the current file.
++ " Third step: Find the group and single word that match, and the original
++ " (backref) versions of these. Then, resolve the backrefs.
++ " Set the following local variable:
++ " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
++ " = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
++ "
++ " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
++ let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
++ \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
++ let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
++ " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
++ " 'while:endwhile' or whatever. A bit of a kluge: s:Choose() returns
++ " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
++ let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
++ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
++ let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
++ let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
++ " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
++ if s:do_BR " Do the hard part: resolve those backrefs!
++ let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
++ endif
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
++ let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
++ let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
++ endif
+
-+:AdaTypes *:AdaTypes*
-+ Toggles standard types (|g:ada_standard_types|) colour.
-+
-+:GnatFind *:GnatFind*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Find()|
-+
-+:GnatPretty *:GnatPretty*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Pretty()|
-+
-+:GnatTags *:GnatTags*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Tags()|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Variables ~
-+ *ft-ada-variables*
-+
-+ *g:gnat*
-+g:gnat object
-+ Control object which manages GNAT compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
-+ for details.
-+
-+ *g:decada*
-+g:decada object
-+ Control object which manages Dec Ada compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'decada'. See
-+ |decada_members|for details.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.4 Constants ~
-+ *ft-ada-constants*
-+ ft-ada-constants
-+
-+All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#WordRegex*
-+g:ada#WordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words
-+
-+ *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
-+g:ada#DotWordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words separated by dots.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Comment*
-+g:ada#Comment string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada comments
-+
-+ *g:ada#Keywords*
-+g:ada#Keywords list of dictionaries
-+ List of keywords, attributes etc. pp. in the format used by
-+ omni completion. See |complete-items| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
-+g:ada#Ctags_Kinds dictionary of lists
-+ Dictionary of the various kinds of items which the Ada support
-+ for Ctags generates.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.2 Functions ~
-+ *ft-ada-functions*
-+
-+ada#Word([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Word()*
-+ Return full name of Ada entity under the cursor (or at given
-+ line/column), stripping white space/newlines as necessary.
-+
-+ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Listtags()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
-+
-+ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode}) *ada#Jump_Tag()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) in the tag jump list. Mode can either be
-+ 'tjump' or 'stjump'.
-+
-+ada#Create_Tags ({option}) *ada#Create_Tags()*
-+ Creates tag file using Ctags. The option can either be 'file'
-+ for the current file, 'dir' for the directory of the current
-+ file or a file name.
-+
-+gnat#Insert_Tags_Header() *gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
-+ Adds the tag file header (!_TAG_) information to the current
-+ file which are missing from the GNAT XREF output.
-+
-+ada#Switch_Syntax_Option ({option}) *ada#Switch_Syntax_Option()*
-+ Toggles highlighting options on or off. Used for the Ada menu.
-+
-+ *gnat#New()*
-+gnat#New ()
-+ Create a new gnat object. See |g:gnat| for details.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Extra Plugins ~
-+ *ada-extra-plugins*
-+
-+You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
-+and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
-+
-+backup.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
-+ Keeps as many backups as you like so you don't have to.
-+
-+rainbow_parenthsis.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1561
-+ Very helpful since Ada uses only '(' and ')'.
-+
-+nerd_comments.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1218
-+ Excellent commenting and uncommenting support for almost any
-+ programming language.
-+
-+matchit.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
-+ '%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
-+ style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
-+
-+taglist.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273
-+ Source code explorer sidebar. There is a patch for Ada available.
-+
-+The GNU Ada Project distribution (http://gnuada.sourceforge.net) of Vim
-+contains all of the above.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+vim: filetype=help
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/matchit.txt vim71_ada/1/doc/matchit.txt
---- vim71/1/doc/matchit.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/matchit.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
-+*matchit.txt* Extended "%" matching
-+
-+For instructions on installing this file, type
-+ :help matchit-install
-+inside Vim.
-+
-+For Vim version 6.3. Last change: 2006 Feb 23
-+
-+
-+ VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Benji Fisher
-+
-+*matchit* *matchit.vim*
-+
-+1. Extended matching with "%" |matchit-intro|
-+2. Activation |matchit-activate|
-+3. Configuration |matchit-configure|
-+4. Supporting a New Language |matchit-newlang|
-+5. Known Bugs and Limitations |matchit-bugs|
-+
-+The functionality mentioned here is a plugin, see |add-plugin|.
-+This plugin is only available if 'compatible' is not set.
-+You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_matchit" variable
-+in your |vimrc| file: >
-+ :let loaded_matchit = 1
-+
-+{Vi does not have any of this}
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Extended matching with "%" *matchit-intro*
-+
-+ *matchit-%*
-+% Cycle forward through matching groups, such as "if", "else", "endif",
-+ as specified by |b:match_words|.
-+
-+ *g%* *v_g%* *o_g%*
-+g% Cycle backwards through matching groups, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. For example, go from "endif" to "else" to "if".
-+
-+ *[%* *v_[%* *o_[%*
-+[% Go to [count] previous unmatched group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. Similar to |[{|.
-+
-+ *]%* *v_]%* *o_]%*
-+]% Go to [count] next unmatched group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. Similar to |]}|.
-+
-+ *v_a%*
-+a% In Visual mode, select the matching group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|, containing the cursor. Similar to |v_a[|.
-+ A [count] is ignored, and only the first character of the closing
-+ pattern is selected.
-+
-+In Vim, as in plain vi, the percent key, |%|, jumps the cursor from a brace,
-+bracket, or paren to its match. This can be configured with the 'matchpairs'
-+option. The matchit plugin extends this in several ways:
-+
-+ You can match whole words, such as "if" and "endif", not just
-+ single characters. You can also specify a |regular-expression|.
-+ You can define groups with more than two words, such as "if",
-+ "else", "endif". Banging on the "%" key will cycle from the "if" to
-+ the first "else", the next "else", ..., the closing "endif", and back
-+ to the opening "if". Nested structures are skipped. Using |g%| goes
-+ in the reverse direction.
-+ By default, words inside comments and strings are ignored, unless
-+ the cursor is inside a comment or string when you type "%". If the
-+ only thing you want to do is modify the behavior of "%" so that it
-+ behaves this way, you can >
-+ :let b:match_words = &matchpairs
-+<
-+See |matchit-details| for details on what the script does, and |b:match_words|
-+for how to specify matching patterns.
-+
-+MODES: *matchit-modes* *matchit-v_%* *matchit-o_%*
-+
-+Mostly, % and related motions (|g%| and |[%| and |]%|) work just like built-in
-+|motion| commands in |Operator-pending| and |Visual| modes. However, you
-+cannot make these motions |linewise| or |characterwise|, since the |:omap|s
-+that define them start with "v" in order to make the default behavior
-+inclusive. (See |o_v|.) In other words, "dV%" will not work. The
-+work-around is to go through Visual mode: "V%d" will work.
-+
-+LANGUAGES: *matchit-languages*
-+
-+Currently, the following languages are supported: Ada, ASP with VBS, Csh,
-+DTD, Entity, Essbase, Fortran, HTML, JSP (same as HTML), LaTeX, Lua, Pascal,
-+SGML, Shell, Tcsh, Vim, XML. Other languages may already have support via
-+|filetype-plugin|s.
-+
-+To support a new language, see |matchit-newlang| below.
-+
-+DETAILS: *matchit-details* *matchit-parse*
-+
-+Here is an outline of what matchit.vim does each time you hit the "%" key. If
-+there are |backref|s in |b:match_words| then the first step is to produce a
-+version in which these back references have been eliminated; if there are no
-+|backref|s then this step is skipped. This step is called parsing. For
-+example, "\(foo\|bar\):end\1" is parsed to yield
-+"\(foo\|bar\):end\(foo\|bar\)". This can get tricky, especially if there are
-+nested groups. If debugging is turned on, the parsed version is saved as
-+|b:match_pat|.
-+
-+ *matchit-choose*
-+Next, the script looks for a word on the current line that matches the pattern
-+just constructed. It includes the patterns from the 'matchpairs' option.
-+The goal is to do what you expect, which turns out to be a little complicated.
-+The script follows these rules:
-+
-+ Insist on a match that ends on or after the cursor.
-+ Prefer a match that includes the cursor position (that is, one that
-+ starts on or before the cursor).
-+ Prefer a match that starts as close to the cursor as possible.
-+ Prefer a match in |b:match_words| to a match in 'matchpairs'.
-+ If more than one pattern in |b:match_words| matches, choose the one
-+ that is listed first.
-+
-+Examples:
-+
-+ Suppose you >
-+ :let b:match_words = '<:>,<tag>:</tag>'
-+< and hit "%" with the cursor on or before the "<" in "a <tag> is born".
-+ The pattern '<' comes first, so it is preferred over '<tag>', which
-+ also matches. If the cursor is on the "t", however, then '<tag>' is
-+ preferred, because this matches a bit of text containing the cursor.
-+ If the two groups of patterns were reversed then '<' would never be
-+ preferred.
-+
-+ Suppose you >
-+ :let b:match_words = 'if:end if'
-+< (Note the space!) and hit "%" with the cursor at the end of "end if".
-+ Then "if" matches, which is probably not what you want, but if the
-+ cursor starts on the "end " then "end if" is chosen. (You can avoid
-+ this problem by using a more complicated pattern.)
-+
-+If there is no match, the script falls back on the usual behavior of |%|. If
-+debugging is turned on, the matched bit of text is saved as |b:match_match|
-+and the cursor column of the start of the match is saved as |b:match_col|.
-+
-+Next, the script looks through |b:match_words| (original and parsed versions)
-+for the group and pattern that match. If debugging is turned on, the group is
-+saved as |b:match_ini| (the first pattern) and |b:match_tail| (the rest). If
-+there are |backref|s then, in addition, the matching pattern is saved as
-+|b:match_word| and a table of translations is saved as |b:match_table|. If
-+there are |backref|s, these are determined from the matching pattern and
-+|b:match_match| and substituted into each pattern in the matching group.
-+
-+The script decides whether to search forwards or backwards and chooses
-+arguments for the |searchpair()| function. Then, the cursor is moved to the
-+start of the match, and |searchpair()| is called. By default, matching
-+structures inside strings and comments are ignored. This can be changed by
-+setting |b:match_skip|.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Activation *matchit-activate*
-+
-+You can use this script as a plugin, by copying it to your plugin directory.
-+See |add-global-plugin| for instructions. You can also add a line to your
-+|vimrc| file, such as >
-+ :source $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim
-+or >
-+ :runtime macros/matchit.vim
-+Either way, the script should start working the next time you start up Vim.
-+
-+The script does nothing unless it finds a |buffer-variable| named
-+|b:match_words|. The script contains autocommands that set this variable for
-+various file types: see |matchit-languages| above. For a new language, you
-+can add autocommands to the script or to your vimrc file, but the recommended
-+method is to add a line such as >
-+ let b:match_words = '\<foo\>:\<bar\>'
-+to the |filetype-plugin| for your language. See |b:match_words| below for how
-+this variable is interpreted.
-+
-+TROUBLESHOOTING *matchit-troubleshoot*
-+
-+The script should work in most installations of Vim. It may not work if Vim
-+was compiled with a minimal feature set, for example if the |+syntax| option
-+was not enabled. If your Vim has support for syntax compiled in, but you do
-+not have |syntax| highlighting turned on, matchit.vim should work, but it may
-+fail to skip matching groups in comments and strings. If the |filetype|
-+mechanism is turned off, the |b:match_words| variable will probably not be
-+defined automatically.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Configuration *matchit-configure*
-+
-+There are several variables that govern the behavior of matchit.vim. Note
-+that these are variables local to the buffer, not options, so use |:let| to
-+define them, not |:set|. Some of these variables have values that matter; for
-+others, it only matters whether the variable has been defined. All of these
-+can be defined in the |filetype-plugin| or autocommand that defines
-+|b:match_words| or "on the fly."
-+
-+The main variable is |b:match_words|. It is described in the section below on
-+supporting a new language.
-+
-+ *MatchError* *matchit-hl* *matchit-highlight*
-+MatchError is the highlight group for error messages from the script. By
-+default, it is linked to WarningMsg. If you do not want to be bothered by
-+error messages, you can define this to be something invisible. For example,
-+if you use the GUI version of Vim and your command line is normally white, you
-+can do >
-+ :hi MatchError guifg=white guibg=white
-+<
-+ *b:match_ignorecase*
-+If you >
-+ :let b:match_ignorecase = 1
-+then matchit.vim acts as if 'ignorecase' is set: for example, "end" and "END"
-+are equivalent. If you >
-+ :let b:match_ignorecase = 0
-+then matchit.vim treats "end" and "END" differently. (There will be no
-+b:match_infercase option unless someone requests it.)
-+
-+ *b:match_debug*
-+Define b:match_debug if you want debugging information to be saved. See
-+|matchit-debug|, below.
-+
-+ *b:match_skip*
-+If b:match_skip is defined, it is passed as the skip argument to
-+|searchpair()|. This controls when matching structures are skipped, or
-+ignored. By default, they are ignored inside comments and strings, as
-+determined by the |syntax| mechanism. (If syntax highlighting is turned off,
-+nothing is skipped.) You can set b:match_skip to a string, which evaluates to
-+a non-zero, numerical value if the match is to be skipped or zero if the match
-+should not be skipped. In addition, the following special values are
-+supported by matchit.vim:
-+ s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-+ S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-+ r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-+ R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-+(The "s" is meant to suggest "syntax", and the "r" is meant to suggest
-+"regular expression".)
-+
-+Examples:
-+
-+ You can get the default behavior with >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+<
-+ If you want to skip matching structures unless they are at the start
-+ of the line (ignoring whitespace) then you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'R:^\s*'
-+< Do not do this if strings or comments can span several lines, since
-+ the normal syntax checking will not be done if you set b:match_skip.
-+
-+ In LaTeX, since "%" is used as the comment character, you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'r:%'
-+< Unfortunately, this will skip anything after "\%", an escaped "%". To
-+ allow for this, and also "\\%" (an excaped backslash followed by the
-+ comment character) you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'r:\(^\|[^\\]\)\(\\\\\)*%'
-+<
-+ See the $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/vim.vim for an example that uses both
-+ syntax and a regular expression.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Supporting a New Language *matchit-newlang*
-+ *b:match_words*
-+In order for matchit.vim to support a new language, you must define a suitable
-+pattern for |b:match_words|. You may also want to set some of the
-+|matchit-configure| variables, as described above. If your language has a
-+complicated syntax, or many keywords, you will need to know something about
-+Vim's |regular-expression|s.
-+
-+The format for |b:match_words| is similar to that of the 'matchpairs' option:
-+it is a comma (,)-separated list of groups; each group is a colon(:)-separated
-+list of patterns (regular expressions). Commas and backslashes that are part
-+of a pattern should be escaped with backslashes ('\:' and '\,'). It is OK to
-+have only one group; the effect is undefined if a group has only one pattern.
-+A simple example is >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\<if\>:\<endif\>,'
-+ \ . '\<while\>:\<continue\>:\<break\>:\<endwhile\>'
-+(In Vim regular expressions, |\<| and |\>| denote word boundaries. Thus "if"
-+matches the end of "endif" but "\<if\>" does not.) Then banging on the "%"
-+key will bounce the cursor between "if" and the matching "endif"; and from
-+"while" to any matching "continue" or "break", then to the matching "endwhile"
-+and back to the "while". It is almost always easier to use |literal-string|s
-+(single quotes) as above: '\<if\>' rather than "\\<if\\>" and so on.
-+
-+Exception: If the ":" character does not appear in b:match_words, then it is
-+treated as an expression to be evaluated. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = 'GetMatchWords()'
-+allows you to define a function. This can return a different string depending
-+on the current syntax, for example.
-+
-+Once you have defined the appropriate value of |b:match_words|, you will
-+probably want to have this set automatically each time you edit the
-+appropriate file type. The recommended way to do this is by adding the
-+definition to a |filetype-plugin| file.
-+
-+Tips: Be careful that your initial pattern does not match your final pattern.
-+See the example above for the use of word-boundary expressions. It is usually
-+better to use ".\{-}" (as many as necessary) instead of ".*" (as many as
-+possible). See |\{-|. For example, in the string "<tag>label</tag>", "<.*>"
-+matches the whole string whereas "<.\{-}>" and "<[^>]*>" match "<tag>" and
-+"</tag>".
-+
-+ *matchit-spaces* *matchit-s:notend*
-+If "if" is to be paired with "end if" (Note the space!) then word boundaries
-+are not enough. Instead, define a regular expression s:notend that will match
-+anything but "end" and use it as follows: >
-+ :let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'
-+ :let b:match_words = s:notend . '\<if\>:\<end\s\+if\>'
-+< *matchit-s:sol*
-+This is a simplified version of what is done for Ada. The s:notend is a
-+|script-variable|. Similarly, you may want to define a start-of-line regular
-+expression >
-+ :let s:sol = '\%(^\|;\)\s*'
-+if keywords are only recognized after the start of a line or after a
-+semicolon (;), with optional white space.
-+
-+ *matchit-backref* *matchit-\1*
-+In any group, the expressions |\1|, |\2|, ..., |\9| refer to parts of the
-+INITIAL pattern enclosed in |\(|escaped parentheses|\)|. These are referred
-+to as back references, or backrefs. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\<b\(o\+\)\>:\(h\)\1\>'
-+means that "bo" pairs with "ho" and "boo" pairs with "hoo" and so on. Note
-+that "\1" does not refer to the "\(h\)" in this example. If you have
-+"\(nested \(parentheses\)\) then "\d" refers to the d-th "\(" and everything
-+up to and including the matching "\)": in "\(nested\(parentheses\)\)", "\1"
-+refers to everything and "\2" refers to "\(parentheses\)". If you use a
-+variable such as |s:notend| or |s:sol| in the previous paragraph then remember
-+to count any "\(" patterns in this variable. You do not have to count groups
-+defined by |\%(\)|.
-+
-+It should be possible to resolve back references from any pattern in the
-+group. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\(foo\)\(bar\):more\1:and\2:end\1\2'
-+would not work because "\2" cannot be determined from "morefoo" and "\1"
-+cannot be determined from "andbar". On the other hand, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-+should work (and have the same effect as "foobar:barfoo:endfoobar"), although
-+this has not been thoroughly tested.
-+
-+You can use |zero-width| patterns such as |\@<=| and |\zs|. (The latter has
-+not been thouroughly tested in matchit.vim.) For example, if the keyword "if"
-+must occur at the start of the line, with optional white space, you might use
-+the pattern "\(^\s*\)\@<=if" so that the cursor will end on the "i" instead of
-+at the start of the line. For another example, if HTML had only one tag then
-+one could >
-+ :let b:match_words = '<:>,<\@<=tag>:<\@<=/tag>'
-+so that "%" can bounce between matching "<" and ">" pairs or (starting on
-+"tag" or "/tag") between matching tags. Without the |\@<=|, the script would
-+bounce from "tag" to the "<" in "</tag>", and another "%" would not take you
-+back to where you started.
-+
-+DEBUGGING *matchit-debug* *:MatchDebug*
-+
-+If you are having trouble figuring out the appropriate definition of
-+|b:match_words| then you can take advantage of the same information I use when
-+debugging the script. This is especially true if you are not sure whether
-+your patterns or my script are at fault! To make this more convenient, I have
-+made the command :MatchDebug, which defines the variable |b:match_debug| and
-+creates a Matchit menu. This menu makes it convenient to check the values of
-+the variables described below. You will probably also want to read
-+|matchit-details| above.
-+
-+Defining the variable |b:match_debug| causes the script to set the following
-+variables, each time you hit the "%" key. Several of these are only defined
-+if |b:match_words| includes |backref|s.
-+
-+ *b:match_pat*
-+The b:match_pat variable is set to |b:match_words| with |backref|s parsed.
-+ *b:match_match*
-+The b:match_match variable is set to the bit of text that is recognized as a
-+match.
-+ *b:match_col*
-+The b:match_col variable is set to the cursor column of the start of the
-+matching text.
-+ *b:match_wholeBR*
-+The b:match_wholeBR variable is set to the comma-separated group of patterns
-+that matches, with |backref|s unparsed.
-+ *b:match_iniBR*
-+The b:match_iniBR variable is set to the first pattern in |b:match_wholeBR|.
-+ *b:match_ini*
-+The b:match_ini variable is set to the first pattern in |b:match_wholeBR|,
-+with |backref|s resolved from |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_tail*
-+The b:match_tail variable is set to the remaining patterns in
-+|b:match_wholeBR|, with |backref|s resolved from |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_word*
-+The b:match_word variable is set to the pattern from |b:match_wholeBR| that
-+matches |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_table*
-+The back reference '\'.d refers to the same thing as '\'.b:match_table[d] in
-+|b:match_word|.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. Known Bugs and Limitations *matchit-bugs*
-+
-+Just because I know about a bug does not mean that it is on my todo list. I
-+try to respond to reports of bugs that cause real problems. If it does not
-+cause serious problems, or if there is a work-around, a bug may sit there for
-+a while. Moral: if a bug (known or not) bothers you, let me know.
-+
-+The various |:vmap|s defined in the script (%, |g%|, |[%|, |]%|, |a%|) may
-+have undesired effects in Select mode |Select-mode-mapping|. At least, if you
-+want to replace the selection with any character in "ag%[]" there will be a
-+pause of |'updatetime'| first.
-+
-+It would be nice if "\0" were recognized as the entire pattern. That is, it
-+would be nice if "foo:\end\0" had the same effect as "\(foo\):\end\1". I may
-+try to implement this in a future version. (This is not so easy to arrange as
-+you might think!)
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+vim: filetype=help
-+vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/NERD_commenter.txt vim71_ada/1/doc/NERD_commenter.txt
---- vim71/1/doc/NERD_commenter.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/NERD_commenter.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@
-+*NERD_comments.txt* Plugin for commenting code v169
-+
-+
-+ NERD_COMMENTS REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERD_comments-contents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERD_comments|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERD_com-functionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERD_com-functionality-summary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERD_com-functionality-details|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERD_com-comment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERD_com-append-comment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERD_com-filetypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERD_com_sexy_comments|
-+ 3.Customisation...........................|NERD_com-customisation|
-+ 3.1 Customisation summary.............|NERD_com-cust-summary|
-+ 3.2 Customisation details.............|NERD_com-cust-details|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter customisation...|NERD_com-cust-delims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping customisation.........|NERD_com-cust-keys|
-+ 3.5 Sample regular expressions........|NERD_com-reg-exps|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERD_com-issues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERD_com-heuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Mark clobbering...................|NERD_com-mark-clobbering|
-+ 5.TODO list...............................|NERD_com-todo|
-+ 6.Credits.................................|NERD_com-credits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERD_comments*
-+
-+NERD_comments provides a set of handy key mappings for commenting code. These
-+mappings are consistent across all supported filetypes.
-+
-+When writing NERD_comments I have tried to give it as many features/options as
-+possible while keeping it so that the plugin can still be used with little or
-+no knowledge of these. The average user need only know about a few key
-+mappings to use NERD_comments while there are plenty of other features for the
-+l33t nerd take advantage of.
-+
-+Enjoy :D
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERD_com-functionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-summary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Note: <leader> is a user defined key that is used to start keymappings and
-+defaults to \. Check out |<leader>| for details.
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERD_com-insert-comment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+<leader>cc |NERD_com-comment-map|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cn |NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| but enforces nesting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c<space> |NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cm |NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ci |NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cs |NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+<leader>cy |NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c$ |NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cA |NERD_com-append-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cI |NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ca |NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cl OR <leader>cr OR <leader>cb |NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (<leader>cl), the right side (<leader>cr) or both sides
-+(<leader>cb).
-+
-+
-+<leader>cu |NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-details*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERD_com-comment*
-+<leader>cc
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then NERD_comments will try to comment out the exact text
-+that is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line and visual-block mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERD_com-nested-comment*
-+<leader>cn
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as <leader>cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If the filetype is covered by the |NERD_place_holder_regexp| option
-+then the previous comment delimiters will be replaced by place-holder
-+delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested comment will only be added if the
-+current commenting delimiters have no right delimiter (to avoid compiler
-+errors)
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_nest_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERD_com-toggle-comment*
-+<leader>c<space>
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+Using this mapping in visual or visual-block modes will cause it to work like
-+|NERD_com-comment|
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_toggle_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERD_com-minimal-comment*
-+<leader>cm
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+<leader>cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERD_lPlace|) if
-+NERD_place_holder_regexp is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERD_com-invert-comment*
-+<leader>ci
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_invert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERD_com-sexy-comment*
-+<leader>cs
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERD_com_sexy_commenting| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_sexy_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERD_com-yank-comment*
-+<leader>cy
-+Same as <leader>cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_yank_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERD_com-EOL-comment*
-+<leader>c$
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERD_com-append-comment*
-+<leader>cA
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_append_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERD_com-prepend-comment*
-+<leader>cI
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_prepend_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERD_com-insert-comment*
-+<C-c>
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+Works in insert mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_in_insert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERD_com-alt-delim*
-+<leader>ca
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit <leader>ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+keys for this mappings can be overridden with the
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_alt_com_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERD_com-aligned-comment*
-+<leader>cl <leader>cr <leader>cb
-+Same as <leader>cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mappings with: |NERD_com_align_left_map|, |NERD_com_align_right_map|
-+and |NERD_com_align_both_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERD_com-uncomment-line*
-+<leader>cu
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERD_com-issues| for details.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_uncom_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms|
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes *NERD_com-filetypes*
-+
-+Files that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asm
-+asn aspvbs atlas automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone btm caos catalog
-+c cfg cg ch cl clean clipper conf config cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl
-+cvs dcl def diff dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel
-+elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports fgl focexec form fortran foxpro
-+fvwm fx gdb gdmo gnuplot gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmlos ia64
-+icon idlang idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess
-+jgraph jproperties jproperties jsp kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 make maple masm master
-+matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc named
-+nasm nastran natural ncf netrw nqc nsis ocaml omnimark openroad opl ora ox
-+pascal pcap pccts perl pfmain php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plm plsql po
-+postscr pov povini ppd ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python
-+radiance ratpoison r rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl ruby sa
-+samba sas sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sicad
-+simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smil smith sml snnsnet snnspat snnsres
-+snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp strace svn tads
-+taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt
-+tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog vgrindefs vhdl vim virata vrml vsejcl webmacro
-+wget winbatch wml sh wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml xmodmap
-+xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments *NERD_com_sexy_comments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. NERD_comments
-+is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Customisation {{{2 *NERD_com-customisation*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Customisation summary *NERD_com-cust-summary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERD_menu_mode| Determines if a NERD comment menu will
-+ be made and whether the menu will have a
-+ keyboard shortcut.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms| Causes alternative comments not to be
-+ removed when uncommenting.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp| Causes spaces not to be removed when
-+ uncommenting if the filetype doesnt
-+ match |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_create_h_filetype| Creates a new filetype for .h files.
-+|NERD_lPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align left
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_mapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align right
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_rPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_shut_up| Stops all output from the script.
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to add spaces
-+ around the delimiters for.
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to use compact
-+ sexy comments for.
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Customisation details *NERD_com-cust-details*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp*
-+This option is set to a regular expression that is used to specify which
-+filetypes this option should be turned on for. If this covers the current
-+filetype then, when NERD_comments is doing a visual or visual-block comment
-+(but not a visual-line comment) it will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This normally means using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart and the
-+current delims are not. For example if we are editing the following java
-+code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then it will use the alternative delims as shown on
-+the right: >
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+By default this option is set to '.*' i.e is turned on for all filetypes.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_block_com_after_right*
-+This option affects commenting when it is done in visual-block mode. If this
-+option is turned on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the
-+selection block will be commented. Enable this option with: >
-+ let NERD_block_com_after_right=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERD_block_com_after_right=1 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode*
-+This option can take 2 values. By default NERD_comments tries to comment out
-+exactly what is selected in visual mode (v). For example if you select and
-+comment the following c code (using | to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest NERD_comments can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of visual-block mode ().
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms*
-+When uncommenting a line when there is an alternative commenting style for the
-+current filetype, this option tells the script not to look for, and remove,
-+comments delimiters of the alternative style. >
-+ let NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+<leader>cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms is set to 1.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp*
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. The current filetype matches the |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| option
-+ (which is a regular expression).
-+2. The current filtype doesnt match NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option
-+ (which is also a reg exp)
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if the current filetype matches
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| then set the
-+NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option in your vimrc so that it matches the
-+desired filetypes.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+Defaults to "^python$"
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_create_h_filetype*
-+If this option is set then NERD_comments will create a seperate filetype for h
-+files. This could be needed because some versions of vim treat h files as cpp
-+files which can be dodgy for commenting because if you are using // to comment
-+cpp files then this is invalid when you are commenting h files for a c
-+project (unless you arent adhering to the ANSI standard... naughty naughty).
-+To enable this option, stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_create_h_filetype = 1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_lPlace*
-+ *NERD_rPlace*
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERD_lPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERD_rPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with <leader>cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+NERD_lPlace defaults to '[>', NERD_rPlace defaults to '<]'.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_left_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their left delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_left_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){*/
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar;*/
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n");*/
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*}*/
-+<
-+If NERD_left_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_left_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their left
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_mapleader*
-+NERD_mapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+Assuming that <leader> == '\', the default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERD_mapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERD_com-cust-keys|).
-+
-+Default is <leader>c.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_menu_mode*
-+This option can take 3 values:
-+ "0": Turns the NERD commenter menu off completely.
-+ "1": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with <alt>-c as the menu shortcut.
-+
-+Default is "2".
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_place_holder_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+place-holder delimiters should be used for when adding nested comments.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_right_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their right delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_right_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /*foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /*printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /*printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*} */
-+<
-+If NERD_right_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_right_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their right
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_shut_up*
-+This option is used to prevent NERD_comments from echoing anything.
-+Stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_shut_up=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp*
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+This option is a regular expression that is used to specify which filetypes
-+NERD_comments should use spaces for (as in the first eg above).
-+NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp defaults to '^$'.
-+
-+See also |NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|.
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp*
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+The option NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp is a regular expression. If the
-+filetype that the user is commenting matches this regular expression then when
-+they do sexy comments they will look like the first comment above.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_nested_comments_default*
-+When this option is turned on comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit <leader>cc on a line that is already commented, or contains comments,
-+it will be commented again. >
-+ let NERD_use_nested_comments_default=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERD_com-cust-delims*
-+These options are used to tell NERD_comments which delimiters to use for a
-+given filetype when it first loads up. To set one of these options just stick
-+the corresponding line in your .vimrc. For example: if i want to use /* */ to
-+delimit comments in java files instead of // (which is the default) then I
-+would stick this line in my .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_use_c_style_java_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+Note that if filetype has two commenting styles, which are both supported, you
-+can switch between them with <leader>ca. See |NERD_com-alt-delim|. These
-+options only change which style is used when the script is initialsed.
-+
-+NERD_use_ada_with_spaces: use --<space> instead of -- for ada files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_acedb_comments: use /**/ instead of // for acedb files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ch_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ch files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clean_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clean files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clipper_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clipper files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cpp_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c++ files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cs_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c# files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dot_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dot files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dylan_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dylan files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_h_comments: use /**/ instead of // for h files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_hercules_comments: use /**/ instead of // for hercules files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_idl_comments: use /**/ instead of // for idl files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ishd_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ishd files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_java_comments: use /**/ instead of // for java files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_javascript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for javascript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_kscript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for kscript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_mel_comments: use /**/ instead of // for mel files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_named_comments: use /**/ instead of // for named files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pccts_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pccts files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_php_comments: use /* */ instead of // for php files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pike_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pike files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pilrc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pilrc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_plm_comments: use /**/ instead of // for plm files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pov_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pov files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_prolog_comments: use /**/ instead of % for prolog files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_rc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for rc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tads_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tads files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tsalt_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tsalt files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_uc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for uc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_verilog_comments: use /**/ instead of // for verilog files.
-+NERD_use_dash_dash_simula_comments: use -- instead of % for simula files.
-+NERD_use_dnl_style_automake_comments: use dnl instead of # for automake files.
-+NERD_use_hash_samba_comments: use # instead of ; for samba files.
-+NERD_use_long_haskell_comments: use {--} instead of -- for haskell files.
-+NERD_use_long_lisp_comments: use #||# instead of ; for lisp files.
-+NERD_use_long_lua_comments: use --[[]] instead of -- for lua files.
-+NERD_use_paren_star_pascal_comments: use (**) instead of {} for pascal files.
-+NERD_use_REM_basic_comments: use REM instead of ' for basic files.
-+NERD_use_single_part_c_comments: use // instead of /* */ for c files.
-+
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERD_com-cust-keys*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping <leader>foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<leader>foo"
-+<
-+
-+Check out |NERD_com-functionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+ *NERD_alt_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ca mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_alt_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_append_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ce mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_append_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_left_map*
-+To override the <leader>cl mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_left_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_both_map*
-+To override the <leader>cb mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_both_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_right_map*
-+To override the <leader>cr mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_right_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_in_insert_map*
-+To override the <C-c> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_in_insert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_invert_map*
-+To override the <leader>ci mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_invert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cc mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_nest_map*
-+To override the <leader>cn mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_nest_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_sexy_map*
-+To override the <leader>cs mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_sexy_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_toggle_map*
-+To override the <leader>c<space> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_toggle_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_minimal_map*
-+To override the <leader>cm mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_minimal_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>c$ mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_yank_map*
-+To override the <leader>cy mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_yank_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_uncom_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cu mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.5 Sample regular expressions *NERD_com-reg-exps*
-+
-+Many of the options in the NERD commenter must be set to regular
-+expressions... regular expressions can be a bit confusing so i have provided
-+some template ones here that you can start from:
-+
-+Regexp1: '.*'
-+Matches any filetype. This is useful for turning an option on for all files.
-+
-+Regexp2: '^$'
-+Matches no filetypes. This is useful for turning an option off for all files.
-+
-+Regexp3: '^\(java\)$'
-+Matches only the java filetype.
-+
-+Regexp4: '^\(c\|vim\)$'
-+Matches only c and vim filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp5: '^\(c.*\|vim\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well
-+as vim files.
-+
-+Regexp6: '^\(c.*\|java\|tex\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well as java and
-+tex filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp7: '^\(python\)\@!'
-+Matches anything other than 'python'.
-+
-+Regexp8: '^c\(s\)\@!'
-+Matches 'c' followed by anything accept an 's'.
-+
-+Regexp9: '^\(foo$\|bar$\|baz$\)\@!'
-+Matches any strings except 'foo', 'bar' and 'baz'.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERD_com-issues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERD_com-heuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERD_com-nesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.3 Mark clobbering *NERD_com-mark-clobbering*
-+
-+The script clobbers the s and t marks when doing most comments. Im not sure
-+how to save and restore the marks yet.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. TODO list {{{2 *NERD_com-todo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. Credits {{{2 *NERD_com-credits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+
-+
-+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 48
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/788/trunk/tools/vim/doc
-+END
-+NERD_commenter.txt
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 67
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/695/trunk/tools/vim/doc/NERD_commenter.txt
-+END
-+taglist.txt
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 60
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/695/trunk/tools/vim/doc/taglist.txt
-+END
-+matchit.txt
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 60
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/637/trunk/tools/vim/doc/matchit.txt
-+END
-+ft_ada.txt
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 59
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/doc/ft_ada.txt
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/doc
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-10-20T15:07:17.667304Z
-+788
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+NERD_commenter.txt
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+67487d5a77170782f3bad494085dedfb
-+2007-04-27T17:57:11.151403Z
-+695
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+taglist.txt
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+33a058766478d752e8d1dfe9071a08f3
-+2007-04-27T17:57:11.151403Z
-+695
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+matchit.txt
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+7ee1544d0c37d7a8d699cf0baf0b70f7
-+2007-03-12T16:56:27.566705Z
-+637
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+ft_ada.txt
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+0e59f93e383b93e67cd824c362123989
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/plain
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/matchit.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/matchit.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/matchit.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/matchit.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/plain
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/plain
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/taglist.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/taglist.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/taglist.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/prop-base/taglist.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/plain
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/ft_ada.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
-+*ft_ada.txt* Ada File type Plug-ins Last change: 2007 Seb 17
-+
-+
-+ ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+ADA *ada.vim*
-+
-+1. Syntax Highlighting |ft-ada-syntax|
-+2. Plug-in |ft-ada-plugin|
-+3. Omni Completion |ft-ada-omni|
-+ 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" |gnat-xref|
-+ 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags" |ada-ctags|
-+4. Compiler Support |ada-compiler|
-+ 4.1 GNAT |compiler-gnat|
-+ 4.1 Dec Ada |compiler-decada|
-+5. References |ada-reference|
-+ 5.1 Options |ft-ada-options|
-+ 5.2 Functions |ft-ada-functions|
-+ 5.3 Commands |ft-ada-commands|
-+ 5.4 Variables |ft-ada-variables|
-+ 5.5 Constants |ft-ada-contstants|
-+8. Extra Plug-ins |ada-extra-plugins|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Syntax Highlighting ~
-+ *ft-ada-syntax*
-+
-+This mode is designed for the 2005 edition of Ada ("Ada 2005"), which includes
-+support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on. It handles code
-+written for the original Ada language ("Ada83", "Ada87", "Ada95") as well,
-+though code which uses Ada 2005-only keywords will be wrongly colored (such
-+code should be fixed anyway). For more information about Ada, see
-+http://www.adapower.com.
-+
-+The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
-+
-+For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same character
-+in "A-5" is an operator. Normally, a "with" or "use" clause referencing
-+another compilation unit is coloured the same way as C's "#include" is coloured.
-+If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat" groups coloured differently, then "end
-+if" and "end loop" will be coloured as part of those respective groups.
-+
-+You can set these to different colours using vim's "highlight" command (e.g.,
-+to change how loops are displayed, enter the command ":hi Repeat" followed by
-+the colour specification; on simple terminals the colour specification
-+ctermfg=White often shows well).
-+
-+There are several options you can select in this Ada mode. See|ft-ada-options|
-+for a complete list.
-+
-+To enable them, assign a value to the option. For example, to turn one on:
-+ >
-+ > let g:ada_standard_types = 1
-+>
-+To disable them use ":unlet". Example:
-+>
-+ > unlet g:ada_standard_types
-+
-+You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
-+temporarily before loading an Ada file. You can make these option settings
-+permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon, to your "~/.vimrc"
-+file.
-+
-+Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find the
-+performance unacceptable, turn on |g:ada_withuse_ordinary|.
-+
-+Syntax folding instructions (|fold-syntax|) are added when |g:ada_folding| is
-+set.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. File type Plug-in ~
-+ *ft-ada-indent* *ft-ada-plugin*
-+
-+The Ada plug-in provides support for:
-+
-+ - auto indenting (|indent.txt|)
-+ - insert completion (|i_CTRL-N|)
-+ - user completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
-+ - tag searches (|tagsrch.txt|)
-+ - Quick Fix (|quickfix.txt|)
-+ - backspace handling (|'backspace'|)
-+ - comment handling (|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
-+
-+The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
-+files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Omni Completion ~
-+ *ft-ada-omni*
-+
-+The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
-+by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net). The
-+complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
-+tags file.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
-+ *gnat-xref*
-+
-+GNAT XREF uses the compiler internal information (ali-files) to produce the
-+tags file. This has the advantage to be 100% correct and the option of deep
-+nested analysis. However the code must compile, the generator is quite
-+slow and the created tags file contains only the basic Ctags information for
-+each entry - not enough for some of the more advanced Vim code browser
-+plug-ins.
-+
-+NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
-+ output - If nothing is printed then usually the parameters are wrong.
-+ Here some important tips:
-+
-+1) You need to compile your code first and use the "-aO" option to point to
-+ your .ali files.
-+2) "gnat xref -v ../Include/adacl.ads" won't work - use the "gnat xref -v
-+ -aI../Include adacl.ads" instead.
-+3) "gnat xref -v -aI../Include *.ad?" won't work - use "cd ../Include" and
-+ then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
-+4) Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
-+ -Padacl.gpr".
-+5) VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
-+ --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
-+6) Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
-+ the file assorted.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
-+ *ada-ctags*
-+
-+Exuberant Ctags uses it's own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
-+fast, produces a lot of extra informations (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
-+and can run on files which currently do not compile.
-+
-+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
-+
-+You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
-+support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
-+(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
-+
-+The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
-+support yet.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Compiler Support ~
-+ *ada-compiler*
-+
-+The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
-+compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
-+provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
-+collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
-+development of specialized compiler plug-ins fine tuned to your development
-+environment.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 GNAT ~
-+ *compiler-gnat*
-+
-+GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
-+several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
-+
-+The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
-+immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
-+setting:
-+ >
-+ > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
-+
-+Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
-+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
-+separately for all projects.
-+
-+ *gnat_members*
-+GNAT OBJECT ~
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Make()*
-+g:gnat.Make()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty()*
-+g:gnat.Pretty()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Find()*
-+g:gnat.Find()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags()*
-+g:gnat.Tags()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Tags_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
-+g:gnat.Set_Project_File([{file}])
-+ Set gnat project file and load associated session. An open
-+ project will be closed and the session written. If called
-+ without file name the file selector opens for selection of a
-+ project file. If called with an empty string then the project
-+ and associated session are closed.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Project_File*
-+g:gnat.Project_File string
-+ Current project file.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Make_Command*
-+g:gnat.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
-+g:gnat.Pretty_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Pretty()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Find_Program*
-+g:gnat.Find_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Find()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags_Command*
-+g:gnat.Tags_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Tags()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Error_Format*
-+g:gnat.Error_Format string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|)
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Dec Ada ~
-+ *compiler-hpada* *compiler-decada*
-+ *compiler-vaxada* *compiler-compaqada*
-+
-+Dec Ada (also known by - in chronological order - VAX Ada, Dec Ada, Compaq Ada
-+and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
-+compile the current unit.
-+
-+The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
-+passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
-+convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
-+'__' are allowed.
-+
-+ *decada_members*
-+DEC ADA OBJECT ~
-+
-+ *g:decada.Make()*
-+g:decada.Make() function
-+ Calls|g:decada.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
-+
-+ *g:decada.Unit_Name()*
-+g:decada.Unit_Name() function
-+ Get the Unit name for the current file.
-+
-+ *g:decada.Make_Command*
-+g:decada.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
-+
-+ *g:decada.Error_Format*
-+g:decada.Error_Format| string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|).
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. References ~
-+ *ada-reference*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.1 Options ~
-+ *ft-ada-options*
-+
-+ *g:ada_standard_types*
-+g:ada_standard_types bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
-+
-+ *g:ada_space_errors*
-+ *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_no_tab_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_all_tab_usage*
-+g:ada_space_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight extraneous errors in spaces ...
-+ g:ada_no_trail_space_error
-+ - but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
-+ g:ada_no_tab_space_error
-+ - but ignore tabs after spaces
-+ g:ada_all_tab_usage
-+ - highlight all tab use
-+
-+ *g:ada_line_errors*
-+g:ada_line_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
-+ option is quite CPU intensive.
-+
-+ *g:ada_rainbow_color*
-+g:ada_rainbow_color bool (true when exists)
-+ Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
-+ rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
-+
-+ *g:ada_folding*
-+g:ada_folding set ('sigpft')
-+ Use folding for Ada sources.
-+ 's': activate syntax folding on load
-+ 'p': fold packages
-+ 'f': fold functions and procedures
-+ 't': fold types
-+ 'c': fold conditionals
-+ 'g': activate gnat pretty print folding on load
-+ 'i': lone 'is' folded with line above
-+ 'b': lone 'begin' folded with line above
-+ 'p': lone 'private' folded with line above
-+ 'x': lone 'exception' folded with line above
-+ 'i': activate indent folding on load
-+
-+ Note: Syntax folding is in an early (unuseable) stage and
-+ indent or gnat pretty folding is suggested.
-+
-+ For gnat pretty folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: -cl3 -M79 -c2 -c3 -c4 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5
-+
-+ For indent folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3
-+
-+ *g:ada_abbrev*
-+g:ada_abbrev bool (true when exists)
-+ Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
-+ by the various completion methods.
-+
-+ *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
-+g:ada_withuse_ordinary bool (true when exists)
-+ Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords (when used to
-+ reference other compilation units they're normally highlighted
-+ specially).
-+
-+ *g:ada_begin_preproc*
-+g:ada_begin_preproc bool (true when exists)
-+ Show all begin-like keywords using the colouring of C
-+ preprocessor commands.
-+
-+ *g:ada_omni_with_keywords*
-+g:ada_omni_with_keywords
-+ Add Keywords, Pragmas, Attributes to omni-completions
-+ (|compl-omni|). Note: You can always complete then with user
-+ completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|).
-+
-+ *g:ada_extended_tagging*
-+g:ada_extended_tagging enum ('jump', 'list')
-+ use extended tagging, two options are available
-+ 'jump': use tjump to jump.
-+ 'list': add tags quick fix list.
-+ Normal tagging does not support function or operator
-+ overloading as these features are not available in C and
-+ tagging was originally developed for C.
-+
-+ *g:ada_extended_completion*
-+g:ada_extended_completion
-+ Uses extended completion for <C-N> and <C-R> completions
-+ (|i_CTRL-N|). In this mode the '.' is used as part of the
-+ identifier so that 'Object.Method' or 'Package.Procedure' are
-+ completed together.
-+
-+ *g:ada_gnat_extensions*
-+g:ada_gnat_extensions bool (true when exists)
-+ Support GNAT extensions.
-+
-+ *g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
-+g:ada_with_gnat_project_files bool (true when exists)
-+ Add gnat project file keywords and Attributes.
-+
-+ *g:ada_default_compiler*
-+g:ada_default_compiler string
-+ set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
-+ 'decada'.
-+
-+An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
-+and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
-+set makes no difference.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Commands ~
-+ *ft-ada-commands*
-+
-+:AdaRainbow *:AdaRainbow*
-+ Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
-+ '(' and ')'
-+
-+:AdaLines *:AdaLines*
-+ Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
-+
-+:AdaSpaces *:AdaSpaces*
-+ Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
-+
-+:AdaTagDir *:AdaTagDir*
-+ Creates tags file for the directory of the current file.
-+
-+:AdaTagFile *:AdaTagFile*
-+ Creates tags file for the current file.
-+
-+:AdaTypes *:AdaTypes*
-+ Toggles standard types (|g:ada_standard_types|) colour.
-+
-+:GnatFind *:GnatFind*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Find()|
-+
-+:GnatPretty *:GnatPretty*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Pretty()|
-+
-+:GnatTags *:GnatTags*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Tags()|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Variables ~
-+ *ft-ada-variables*
-+
-+ *g:gnat*
-+g:gnat object
-+ Control object which manages GNAT compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
-+ for details.
-+
-+ *g:decada*
-+g:decada object
-+ Control object which manages Dec Ada compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'decada'. See
-+ |decada_members|for details.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.4 Constants ~
-+ *ft-ada-constants*
-+ ft-ada-constants
-+
-+All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#WordRegex*
-+g:ada#WordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words
-+
-+ *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
-+g:ada#DotWordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words separated by dots.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Comment*
-+g:ada#Comment string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada comments
-+
-+ *g:ada#Keywords*
-+g:ada#Keywords list of dictionaries
-+ List of keywords, attributes etc. pp. in the format used by
-+ omni completion. See |complete-items| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
-+g:ada#Ctags_Kinds dictionary of lists
-+ Dictionary of the various kinds of items which the Ada support
-+ for Ctags generates.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.2 Functions ~
-+ *ft-ada-functions*
-+
-+ada#Word([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Word()*
-+ Return full name of Ada entity under the cursor (or at given
-+ line/column), stripping white space/newlines as necessary.
-+
-+ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Listtags()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
-+
-+ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode}) *ada#Jump_Tag()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) in the tag jump list. Mode can either be
-+ 'tjump' or 'stjump'.
-+
-+ada#Create_Tags ({option}) *ada#Create_Tags()*
-+ Creates tag file using Ctags. The option can either be 'file'
-+ for the current file, 'dir' for the directory of the current
-+ file or a file name.
-+
-+gnat#Insert_Tags_Header() *gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
-+ Adds the tag file header (!_TAG_) information to the current
-+ file which are missing from the GNAT XREF output.
-+
-+ada#Switch_Syntax_Option ({option}) *ada#Switch_Syntax_Option()*
-+ Toggles highlighting options on or off. Used for the Ada menu.
-+
-+ *gnat#New()*
-+gnat#New ()
-+ Create a new gnat object. See |g:gnat| for details.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Extra Plugins ~
-+ *ada-extra-plugins*
-+
-+You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
-+and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
-+
-+backup.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
-+ Keeps as many backups as you like so you don't have to.
-+
-+rainbow_parenthsis.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1561
-+ Very helpful since Ada uses only '(' and ')'.
-+
-+nerd_comments.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1218
-+ Excellent commenting and uncommenting support for almost any
-+ programming language.
-+
-+matchit.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
-+ '%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
-+ style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
-+
-+taglist.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273
-+ Source code explorer sidebar. There is a patch for Ada available.
-+
-+The GNU Ada Project distribution (http://gnuada.sourceforge.net) of Vim
-+contains all of the above.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+vim: filetype=help
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/matchit.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/matchit.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/matchit.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/matchit.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
-+*matchit.txt* Extended "%" matching
-+
-+For instructions on installing this file, type
-+ :help matchit-install
-+inside Vim.
-+
-+For Vim version 6.3. Last change: 2006 Feb 23
-+
-+
-+ VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Benji Fisher
-+
-+*matchit* *matchit.vim*
-+
-+1. Extended matching with "%" |matchit-intro|
-+2. Activation |matchit-activate|
-+3. Configuration |matchit-configure|
-+4. Supporting a New Language |matchit-newlang|
-+5. Known Bugs and Limitations |matchit-bugs|
-+
-+The functionality mentioned here is a plugin, see |add-plugin|.
-+This plugin is only available if 'compatible' is not set.
-+You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_matchit" variable
-+in your |vimrc| file: >
-+ :let loaded_matchit = 1
-+
-+{Vi does not have any of this}
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Extended matching with "%" *matchit-intro*
-+
-+ *matchit-%*
-+% Cycle forward through matching groups, such as "if", "else", "endif",
-+ as specified by |b:match_words|.
-+
-+ *g%* *v_g%* *o_g%*
-+g% Cycle backwards through matching groups, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. For example, go from "endif" to "else" to "if".
-+
-+ *[%* *v_[%* *o_[%*
-+[% Go to [count] previous unmatched group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. Similar to |[{|.
-+
-+ *]%* *v_]%* *o_]%*
-+]% Go to [count] next unmatched group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|. Similar to |]}|.
-+
-+ *v_a%*
-+a% In Visual mode, select the matching group, as specified by
-+ |b:match_words|, containing the cursor. Similar to |v_a[|.
-+ A [count] is ignored, and only the first character of the closing
-+ pattern is selected.
-+
-+In Vim, as in plain vi, the percent key, |%|, jumps the cursor from a brace,
-+bracket, or paren to its match. This can be configured with the 'matchpairs'
-+option. The matchit plugin extends this in several ways:
-+
-+ You can match whole words, such as "if" and "endif", not just
-+ single characters. You can also specify a |regular-expression|.
-+ You can define groups with more than two words, such as "if",
-+ "else", "endif". Banging on the "%" key will cycle from the "if" to
-+ the first "else", the next "else", ..., the closing "endif", and back
-+ to the opening "if". Nested structures are skipped. Using |g%| goes
-+ in the reverse direction.
-+ By default, words inside comments and strings are ignored, unless
-+ the cursor is inside a comment or string when you type "%". If the
-+ only thing you want to do is modify the behavior of "%" so that it
-+ behaves this way, you can >
-+ :let b:match_words = &matchpairs
-+<
-+See |matchit-details| for details on what the script does, and |b:match_words|
-+for how to specify matching patterns.
-+
-+MODES: *matchit-modes* *matchit-v_%* *matchit-o_%*
-+
-+Mostly, % and related motions (|g%| and |[%| and |]%|) work just like built-in
-+|motion| commands in |Operator-pending| and |Visual| modes. However, you
-+cannot make these motions |linewise| or |characterwise|, since the |:omap|s
-+that define them start with "v" in order to make the default behavior
-+inclusive. (See |o_v|.) In other words, "dV%" will not work. The
-+work-around is to go through Visual mode: "V%d" will work.
-+
-+LANGUAGES: *matchit-languages*
-+
-+Currently, the following languages are supported: Ada, ASP with VBS, Csh,
-+DTD, Entity, Essbase, Fortran, HTML, JSP (same as HTML), LaTeX, Lua, Pascal,
-+SGML, Shell, Tcsh, Vim, XML. Other languages may already have support via
-+|filetype-plugin|s.
-+
-+To support a new language, see |matchit-newlang| below.
-+
-+DETAILS: *matchit-details* *matchit-parse*
-+
-+Here is an outline of what matchit.vim does each time you hit the "%" key. If
-+there are |backref|s in |b:match_words| then the first step is to produce a
-+version in which these back references have been eliminated; if there are no
-+|backref|s then this step is skipped. This step is called parsing. For
-+example, "\(foo\|bar\):end\1" is parsed to yield
-+"\(foo\|bar\):end\(foo\|bar\)". This can get tricky, especially if there are
-+nested groups. If debugging is turned on, the parsed version is saved as
-+|b:match_pat|.
-+
-+ *matchit-choose*
-+Next, the script looks for a word on the current line that matches the pattern
-+just constructed. It includes the patterns from the 'matchpairs' option.
-+The goal is to do what you expect, which turns out to be a little complicated.
-+The script follows these rules:
-+
-+ Insist on a match that ends on or after the cursor.
-+ Prefer a match that includes the cursor position (that is, one that
-+ starts on or before the cursor).
-+ Prefer a match that starts as close to the cursor as possible.
-+ Prefer a match in |b:match_words| to a match in 'matchpairs'.
-+ If more than one pattern in |b:match_words| matches, choose the one
-+ that is listed first.
-+
-+Examples:
-+
-+ Suppose you >
-+ :let b:match_words = '<:>,<tag>:</tag>'
-+< and hit "%" with the cursor on or before the "<" in "a <tag> is born".
-+ The pattern '<' comes first, so it is preferred over '<tag>', which
-+ also matches. If the cursor is on the "t", however, then '<tag>' is
-+ preferred, because this matches a bit of text containing the cursor.
-+ If the two groups of patterns were reversed then '<' would never be
-+ preferred.
-+
-+ Suppose you >
-+ :let b:match_words = 'if:end if'
-+< (Note the space!) and hit "%" with the cursor at the end of "end if".
-+ Then "if" matches, which is probably not what you want, but if the
-+ cursor starts on the "end " then "end if" is chosen. (You can avoid
-+ this problem by using a more complicated pattern.)
-+
-+If there is no match, the script falls back on the usual behavior of |%|. If
-+debugging is turned on, the matched bit of text is saved as |b:match_match|
-+and the cursor column of the start of the match is saved as |b:match_col|.
-+
-+Next, the script looks through |b:match_words| (original and parsed versions)
-+for the group and pattern that match. If debugging is turned on, the group is
-+saved as |b:match_ini| (the first pattern) and |b:match_tail| (the rest). If
-+there are |backref|s then, in addition, the matching pattern is saved as
-+|b:match_word| and a table of translations is saved as |b:match_table|. If
-+there are |backref|s, these are determined from the matching pattern and
-+|b:match_match| and substituted into each pattern in the matching group.
-+
-+The script decides whether to search forwards or backwards and chooses
-+arguments for the |searchpair()| function. Then, the cursor is moved to the
-+start of the match, and |searchpair()| is called. By default, matching
-+structures inside strings and comments are ignored. This can be changed by
-+setting |b:match_skip|.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Activation *matchit-activate*
-+
-+You can use this script as a plugin, by copying it to your plugin directory.
-+See |add-global-plugin| for instructions. You can also add a line to your
-+|vimrc| file, such as >
-+ :source $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim
-+or >
-+ :runtime macros/matchit.vim
-+Either way, the script should start working the next time you start up Vim.
-+
-+The script does nothing unless it finds a |buffer-variable| named
-+|b:match_words|. The script contains autocommands that set this variable for
-+various file types: see |matchit-languages| above. For a new language, you
-+can add autocommands to the script or to your vimrc file, but the recommended
-+method is to add a line such as >
-+ let b:match_words = '\<foo\>:\<bar\>'
-+to the |filetype-plugin| for your language. See |b:match_words| below for how
-+this variable is interpreted.
-+
-+TROUBLESHOOTING *matchit-troubleshoot*
-+
-+The script should work in most installations of Vim. It may not work if Vim
-+was compiled with a minimal feature set, for example if the |+syntax| option
-+was not enabled. If your Vim has support for syntax compiled in, but you do
-+not have |syntax| highlighting turned on, matchit.vim should work, but it may
-+fail to skip matching groups in comments and strings. If the |filetype|
-+mechanism is turned off, the |b:match_words| variable will probably not be
-+defined automatically.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Configuration *matchit-configure*
-+
-+There are several variables that govern the behavior of matchit.vim. Note
-+that these are variables local to the buffer, not options, so use |:let| to
-+define them, not |:set|. Some of these variables have values that matter; for
-+others, it only matters whether the variable has been defined. All of these
-+can be defined in the |filetype-plugin| or autocommand that defines
-+|b:match_words| or "on the fly."
-+
-+The main variable is |b:match_words|. It is described in the section below on
-+supporting a new language.
-+
-+ *MatchError* *matchit-hl* *matchit-highlight*
-+MatchError is the highlight group for error messages from the script. By
-+default, it is linked to WarningMsg. If you do not want to be bothered by
-+error messages, you can define this to be something invisible. For example,
-+if you use the GUI version of Vim and your command line is normally white, you
-+can do >
-+ :hi MatchError guifg=white guibg=white
-+<
-+ *b:match_ignorecase*
-+If you >
-+ :let b:match_ignorecase = 1
-+then matchit.vim acts as if 'ignorecase' is set: for example, "end" and "END"
-+are equivalent. If you >
-+ :let b:match_ignorecase = 0
-+then matchit.vim treats "end" and "END" differently. (There will be no
-+b:match_infercase option unless someone requests it.)
-+
-+ *b:match_debug*
-+Define b:match_debug if you want debugging information to be saved. See
-+|matchit-debug|, below.
-+
-+ *b:match_skip*
-+If b:match_skip is defined, it is passed as the skip argument to
-+|searchpair()|. This controls when matching structures are skipped, or
-+ignored. By default, they are ignored inside comments and strings, as
-+determined by the |syntax| mechanism. (If syntax highlighting is turned off,
-+nothing is skipped.) You can set b:match_skip to a string, which evaluates to
-+a non-zero, numerical value if the match is to be skipped or zero if the match
-+should not be skipped. In addition, the following special values are
-+supported by matchit.vim:
-+ s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-+ S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-+ r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-+ R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-+(The "s" is meant to suggest "syntax", and the "r" is meant to suggest
-+"regular expression".)
-+
-+Examples:
-+
-+ You can get the default behavior with >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+<
-+ If you want to skip matching structures unless they are at the start
-+ of the line (ignoring whitespace) then you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'R:^\s*'
-+< Do not do this if strings or comments can span several lines, since
-+ the normal syntax checking will not be done if you set b:match_skip.
-+
-+ In LaTeX, since "%" is used as the comment character, you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'r:%'
-+< Unfortunately, this will skip anything after "\%", an escaped "%". To
-+ allow for this, and also "\\%" (an excaped backslash followed by the
-+ comment character) you can >
-+ :let b:match_skip = 'r:\(^\|[^\\]\)\(\\\\\)*%'
-+<
-+ See the $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/vim.vim for an example that uses both
-+ syntax and a regular expression.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Supporting a New Language *matchit-newlang*
-+ *b:match_words*
-+In order for matchit.vim to support a new language, you must define a suitable
-+pattern for |b:match_words|. You may also want to set some of the
-+|matchit-configure| variables, as described above. If your language has a
-+complicated syntax, or many keywords, you will need to know something about
-+Vim's |regular-expression|s.
-+
-+The format for |b:match_words| is similar to that of the 'matchpairs' option:
-+it is a comma (,)-separated list of groups; each group is a colon(:)-separated
-+list of patterns (regular expressions). Commas and backslashes that are part
-+of a pattern should be escaped with backslashes ('\:' and '\,'). It is OK to
-+have only one group; the effect is undefined if a group has only one pattern.
-+A simple example is >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\<if\>:\<endif\>,'
-+ \ . '\<while\>:\<continue\>:\<break\>:\<endwhile\>'
-+(In Vim regular expressions, |\<| and |\>| denote word boundaries. Thus "if"
-+matches the end of "endif" but "\<if\>" does not.) Then banging on the "%"
-+key will bounce the cursor between "if" and the matching "endif"; and from
-+"while" to any matching "continue" or "break", then to the matching "endwhile"
-+and back to the "while". It is almost always easier to use |literal-string|s
-+(single quotes) as above: '\<if\>' rather than "\\<if\\>" and so on.
-+
-+Exception: If the ":" character does not appear in b:match_words, then it is
-+treated as an expression to be evaluated. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = 'GetMatchWords()'
-+allows you to define a function. This can return a different string depending
-+on the current syntax, for example.
-+
-+Once you have defined the appropriate value of |b:match_words|, you will
-+probably want to have this set automatically each time you edit the
-+appropriate file type. The recommended way to do this is by adding the
-+definition to a |filetype-plugin| file.
-+
-+Tips: Be careful that your initial pattern does not match your final pattern.
-+See the example above for the use of word-boundary expressions. It is usually
-+better to use ".\{-}" (as many as necessary) instead of ".*" (as many as
-+possible). See |\{-|. For example, in the string "<tag>label</tag>", "<.*>"
-+matches the whole string whereas "<.\{-}>" and "<[^>]*>" match "<tag>" and
-+"</tag>".
-+
-+ *matchit-spaces* *matchit-s:notend*
-+If "if" is to be paired with "end if" (Note the space!) then word boundaries
-+are not enough. Instead, define a regular expression s:notend that will match
-+anything but "end" and use it as follows: >
-+ :let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'
-+ :let b:match_words = s:notend . '\<if\>:\<end\s\+if\>'
-+< *matchit-s:sol*
-+This is a simplified version of what is done for Ada. The s:notend is a
-+|script-variable|. Similarly, you may want to define a start-of-line regular
-+expression >
-+ :let s:sol = '\%(^\|;\)\s*'
-+if keywords are only recognized after the start of a line or after a
-+semicolon (;), with optional white space.
-+
-+ *matchit-backref* *matchit-\1*
-+In any group, the expressions |\1|, |\2|, ..., |\9| refer to parts of the
-+INITIAL pattern enclosed in |\(|escaped parentheses|\)|. These are referred
-+to as back references, or backrefs. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\<b\(o\+\)\>:\(h\)\1\>'
-+means that "bo" pairs with "ho" and "boo" pairs with "hoo" and so on. Note
-+that "\1" does not refer to the "\(h\)" in this example. If you have
-+"\(nested \(parentheses\)\) then "\d" refers to the d-th "\(" and everything
-+up to and including the matching "\)": in "\(nested\(parentheses\)\)", "\1"
-+refers to everything and "\2" refers to "\(parentheses\)". If you use a
-+variable such as |s:notend| or |s:sol| in the previous paragraph then remember
-+to count any "\(" patterns in this variable. You do not have to count groups
-+defined by |\%(\)|.
-+
-+It should be possible to resolve back references from any pattern in the
-+group. For example, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\(foo\)\(bar\):more\1:and\2:end\1\2'
-+would not work because "\2" cannot be determined from "morefoo" and "\1"
-+cannot be determined from "andbar". On the other hand, >
-+ :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-+should work (and have the same effect as "foobar:barfoo:endfoobar"), although
-+this has not been thoroughly tested.
-+
-+You can use |zero-width| patterns such as |\@<=| and |\zs|. (The latter has
-+not been thouroughly tested in matchit.vim.) For example, if the keyword "if"
-+must occur at the start of the line, with optional white space, you might use
-+the pattern "\(^\s*\)\@<=if" so that the cursor will end on the "i" instead of
-+at the start of the line. For another example, if HTML had only one tag then
-+one could >
-+ :let b:match_words = '<:>,<\@<=tag>:<\@<=/tag>'
-+so that "%" can bounce between matching "<" and ">" pairs or (starting on
-+"tag" or "/tag") between matching tags. Without the |\@<=|, the script would
-+bounce from "tag" to the "<" in "</tag>", and another "%" would not take you
-+back to where you started.
-+
-+DEBUGGING *matchit-debug* *:MatchDebug*
-+
-+If you are having trouble figuring out the appropriate definition of
-+|b:match_words| then you can take advantage of the same information I use when
-+debugging the script. This is especially true if you are not sure whether
-+your patterns or my script are at fault! To make this more convenient, I have
-+made the command :MatchDebug, which defines the variable |b:match_debug| and
-+creates a Matchit menu. This menu makes it convenient to check the values of
-+the variables described below. You will probably also want to read
-+|matchit-details| above.
-+
-+Defining the variable |b:match_debug| causes the script to set the following
-+variables, each time you hit the "%" key. Several of these are only defined
-+if |b:match_words| includes |backref|s.
-+
-+ *b:match_pat*
-+The b:match_pat variable is set to |b:match_words| with |backref|s parsed.
-+ *b:match_match*
-+The b:match_match variable is set to the bit of text that is recognized as a
-+match.
-+ *b:match_col*
-+The b:match_col variable is set to the cursor column of the start of the
-+matching text.
-+ *b:match_wholeBR*
-+The b:match_wholeBR variable is set to the comma-separated group of patterns
-+that matches, with |backref|s unparsed.
-+ *b:match_iniBR*
-+The b:match_iniBR variable is set to the first pattern in |b:match_wholeBR|.
-+ *b:match_ini*
-+The b:match_ini variable is set to the first pattern in |b:match_wholeBR|,
-+with |backref|s resolved from |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_tail*
-+The b:match_tail variable is set to the remaining patterns in
-+|b:match_wholeBR|, with |backref|s resolved from |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_word*
-+The b:match_word variable is set to the pattern from |b:match_wholeBR| that
-+matches |b:match_match|.
-+ *b:match_table*
-+The back reference '\'.d refers to the same thing as '\'.b:match_table[d] in
-+|b:match_word|.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. Known Bugs and Limitations *matchit-bugs*
-+
-+Just because I know about a bug does not mean that it is on my todo list. I
-+try to respond to reports of bugs that cause real problems. If it does not
-+cause serious problems, or if there is a work-around, a bug may sit there for
-+a while. Moral: if a bug (known or not) bothers you, let me know.
-+
-+The various |:vmap|s defined in the script (%, |g%|, |[%|, |]%|, |a%|) may
-+have undesired effects in Select mode |Select-mode-mapping|. At least, if you
-+want to replace the selection with any character in "ag%[]" there will be a
-+pause of |'updatetime'| first.
-+
-+It would be nice if "\0" were recognized as the entire pattern. That is, it
-+would be nice if "foo:\end\0" had the same effect as "\(foo\):\end\1". I may
-+try to implement this in a future version. (This is not so easy to arrange as
-+you might think!)
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+vim: filetype=help
-+vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@
-+*NERD_comments.txt* Plugin for commenting code v169
-+
-+
-+ NERD_COMMENTS REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERD_comments-contents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERD_comments|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERD_com-functionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERD_com-functionality-summary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERD_com-functionality-details|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERD_com-comment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERD_com-append-comment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERD_com-filetypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERD_com_sexy_comments|
-+ 3.Customisation...........................|NERD_com-customisation|
-+ 3.1 Customisation summary.............|NERD_com-cust-summary|
-+ 3.2 Customisation details.............|NERD_com-cust-details|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter customisation...|NERD_com-cust-delims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping customisation.........|NERD_com-cust-keys|
-+ 3.5 Sample regular expressions........|NERD_com-reg-exps|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERD_com-issues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERD_com-heuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Mark clobbering...................|NERD_com-mark-clobbering|
-+ 5.TODO list...............................|NERD_com-todo|
-+ 6.Credits.................................|NERD_com-credits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERD_comments*
-+
-+NERD_comments provides a set of handy key mappings for commenting code. These
-+mappings are consistent across all supported filetypes.
-+
-+When writing NERD_comments I have tried to give it as many features/options as
-+possible while keeping it so that the plugin can still be used with little or
-+no knowledge of these. The average user need only know about a few key
-+mappings to use NERD_comments while there are plenty of other features for the
-+l33t nerd take advantage of.
-+
-+Enjoy :D
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERD_com-functionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-summary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Note: <leader> is a user defined key that is used to start keymappings and
-+defaults to \. Check out |<leader>| for details.
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERD_com-insert-comment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+<leader>cc |NERD_com-comment-map|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cn |NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| but enforces nesting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c<space> |NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cm |NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ci |NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cs |NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+<leader>cy |NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c$ |NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cA |NERD_com-append-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cI |NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ca |NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cl OR <leader>cr OR <leader>cb |NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (<leader>cl), the right side (<leader>cr) or both sides
-+(<leader>cb).
-+
-+
-+<leader>cu |NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-details*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERD_com-comment*
-+<leader>cc
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then NERD_comments will try to comment out the exact text
-+that is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line and visual-block mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERD_com-nested-comment*
-+<leader>cn
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as <leader>cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If the filetype is covered by the |NERD_place_holder_regexp| option
-+then the previous comment delimiters will be replaced by place-holder
-+delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested comment will only be added if the
-+current commenting delimiters have no right delimiter (to avoid compiler
-+errors)
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_nest_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERD_com-toggle-comment*
-+<leader>c<space>
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+Using this mapping in visual or visual-block modes will cause it to work like
-+|NERD_com-comment|
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_toggle_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERD_com-minimal-comment*
-+<leader>cm
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+<leader>cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERD_lPlace|) if
-+NERD_place_holder_regexp is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERD_com-invert-comment*
-+<leader>ci
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_invert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERD_com-sexy-comment*
-+<leader>cs
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERD_com_sexy_commenting| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_sexy_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERD_com-yank-comment*
-+<leader>cy
-+Same as <leader>cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_yank_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERD_com-EOL-comment*
-+<leader>c$
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERD_com-append-comment*
-+<leader>cA
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_append_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERD_com-prepend-comment*
-+<leader>cI
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_prepend_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERD_com-insert-comment*
-+<C-c>
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+Works in insert mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_in_insert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERD_com-alt-delim*
-+<leader>ca
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit <leader>ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+keys for this mappings can be overridden with the
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_alt_com_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERD_com-aligned-comment*
-+<leader>cl <leader>cr <leader>cb
-+Same as <leader>cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mappings with: |NERD_com_align_left_map|, |NERD_com_align_right_map|
-+and |NERD_com_align_both_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERD_com-uncomment-line*
-+<leader>cu
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERD_com-issues| for details.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_uncom_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms|
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes *NERD_com-filetypes*
-+
-+Files that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asm
-+asn aspvbs atlas automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone btm caos catalog
-+c cfg cg ch cl clean clipper conf config cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl
-+cvs dcl def diff dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel
-+elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports fgl focexec form fortran foxpro
-+fvwm fx gdb gdmo gnuplot gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmlos ia64
-+icon idlang idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess
-+jgraph jproperties jproperties jsp kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 make maple masm master
-+matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc named
-+nasm nastran natural ncf netrw nqc nsis ocaml omnimark openroad opl ora ox
-+pascal pcap pccts perl pfmain php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plm plsql po
-+postscr pov povini ppd ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python
-+radiance ratpoison r rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl ruby sa
-+samba sas sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sicad
-+simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smil smith sml snnsnet snnspat snnsres
-+snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp strace svn tads
-+taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt
-+tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog vgrindefs vhdl vim virata vrml vsejcl webmacro
-+wget winbatch wml sh wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml xmodmap
-+xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments *NERD_com_sexy_comments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. NERD_comments
-+is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Customisation {{{2 *NERD_com-customisation*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Customisation summary *NERD_com-cust-summary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERD_menu_mode| Determines if a NERD comment menu will
-+ be made and whether the menu will have a
-+ keyboard shortcut.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms| Causes alternative comments not to be
-+ removed when uncommenting.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp| Causes spaces not to be removed when
-+ uncommenting if the filetype doesnt
-+ match |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_create_h_filetype| Creates a new filetype for .h files.
-+|NERD_lPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align left
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_mapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align right
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_rPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_shut_up| Stops all output from the script.
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to add spaces
-+ around the delimiters for.
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to use compact
-+ sexy comments for.
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Customisation details *NERD_com-cust-details*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp*
-+This option is set to a regular expression that is used to specify which
-+filetypes this option should be turned on for. If this covers the current
-+filetype then, when NERD_comments is doing a visual or visual-block comment
-+(but not a visual-line comment) it will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This normally means using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart and the
-+current delims are not. For example if we are editing the following java
-+code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then it will use the alternative delims as shown on
-+the right: >
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+By default this option is set to '.*' i.e is turned on for all filetypes.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_block_com_after_right*
-+This option affects commenting when it is done in visual-block mode. If this
-+option is turned on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the
-+selection block will be commented. Enable this option with: >
-+ let NERD_block_com_after_right=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERD_block_com_after_right=1 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode*
-+This option can take 2 values. By default NERD_comments tries to comment out
-+exactly what is selected in visual mode (v). For example if you select and
-+comment the following c code (using | to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest NERD_comments can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of visual-block mode ().
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms*
-+When uncommenting a line when there is an alternative commenting style for the
-+current filetype, this option tells the script not to look for, and remove,
-+comments delimiters of the alternative style. >
-+ let NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+<leader>cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms is set to 1.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp*
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. The current filetype matches the |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| option
-+ (which is a regular expression).
-+2. The current filtype doesnt match NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option
-+ (which is also a reg exp)
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if the current filetype matches
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| then set the
-+NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option in your vimrc so that it matches the
-+desired filetypes.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+Defaults to "^python$"
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_create_h_filetype*
-+If this option is set then NERD_comments will create a seperate filetype for h
-+files. This could be needed because some versions of vim treat h files as cpp
-+files which can be dodgy for commenting because if you are using // to comment
-+cpp files then this is invalid when you are commenting h files for a c
-+project (unless you arent adhering to the ANSI standard... naughty naughty).
-+To enable this option, stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_create_h_filetype = 1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_lPlace*
-+ *NERD_rPlace*
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERD_lPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERD_rPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with <leader>cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+NERD_lPlace defaults to '[>', NERD_rPlace defaults to '<]'.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_left_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their left delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_left_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){*/
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar;*/
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n");*/
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*}*/
-+<
-+If NERD_left_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_left_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their left
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_mapleader*
-+NERD_mapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+Assuming that <leader> == '\', the default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERD_mapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERD_com-cust-keys|).
-+
-+Default is <leader>c.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_menu_mode*
-+This option can take 3 values:
-+ "0": Turns the NERD commenter menu off completely.
-+ "1": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with <alt>-c as the menu shortcut.
-+
-+Default is "2".
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_place_holder_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+place-holder delimiters should be used for when adding nested comments.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_right_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their right delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_right_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /*foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /*printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /*printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*} */
-+<
-+If NERD_right_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_right_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their right
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_shut_up*
-+This option is used to prevent NERD_comments from echoing anything.
-+Stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_shut_up=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp*
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+This option is a regular expression that is used to specify which filetypes
-+NERD_comments should use spaces for (as in the first eg above).
-+NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp defaults to '^$'.
-+
-+See also |NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|.
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp*
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+The option NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp is a regular expression. If the
-+filetype that the user is commenting matches this regular expression then when
-+they do sexy comments they will look like the first comment above.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_nested_comments_default*
-+When this option is turned on comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit <leader>cc on a line that is already commented, or contains comments,
-+it will be commented again. >
-+ let NERD_use_nested_comments_default=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERD_com-cust-delims*
-+These options are used to tell NERD_comments which delimiters to use for a
-+given filetype when it first loads up. To set one of these options just stick
-+the corresponding line in your .vimrc. For example: if i want to use /* */ to
-+delimit comments in java files instead of // (which is the default) then I
-+would stick this line in my .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_use_c_style_java_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+Note that if filetype has two commenting styles, which are both supported, you
-+can switch between them with <leader>ca. See |NERD_com-alt-delim|. These
-+options only change which style is used when the script is initialsed.
-+
-+NERD_use_ada_with_spaces: use --<space> instead of -- for ada files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_acedb_comments: use /**/ instead of // for acedb files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ch_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ch files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clean_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clean files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clipper_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clipper files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cpp_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c++ files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cs_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c# files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dot_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dot files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dylan_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dylan files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_h_comments: use /**/ instead of // for h files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_hercules_comments: use /**/ instead of // for hercules files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_idl_comments: use /**/ instead of // for idl files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ishd_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ishd files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_java_comments: use /**/ instead of // for java files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_javascript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for javascript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_kscript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for kscript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_mel_comments: use /**/ instead of // for mel files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_named_comments: use /**/ instead of // for named files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pccts_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pccts files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_php_comments: use /* */ instead of // for php files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pike_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pike files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pilrc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pilrc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_plm_comments: use /**/ instead of // for plm files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pov_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pov files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_prolog_comments: use /**/ instead of % for prolog files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_rc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for rc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tads_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tads files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tsalt_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tsalt files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_uc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for uc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_verilog_comments: use /**/ instead of // for verilog files.
-+NERD_use_dash_dash_simula_comments: use -- instead of % for simula files.
-+NERD_use_dnl_style_automake_comments: use dnl instead of # for automake files.
-+NERD_use_hash_samba_comments: use # instead of ; for samba files.
-+NERD_use_long_haskell_comments: use {--} instead of -- for haskell files.
-+NERD_use_long_lisp_comments: use #||# instead of ; for lisp files.
-+NERD_use_long_lua_comments: use --[[]] instead of -- for lua files.
-+NERD_use_paren_star_pascal_comments: use (**) instead of {} for pascal files.
-+NERD_use_REM_basic_comments: use REM instead of ' for basic files.
-+NERD_use_single_part_c_comments: use // instead of /* */ for c files.
-+
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERD_com-cust-keys*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping <leader>foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<leader>foo"
-+<
-+
-+Check out |NERD_com-functionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+ *NERD_alt_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ca mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_alt_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_append_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ce mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_append_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_left_map*
-+To override the <leader>cl mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_left_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_both_map*
-+To override the <leader>cb mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_both_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_right_map*
-+To override the <leader>cr mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_right_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_in_insert_map*
-+To override the <C-c> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_in_insert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_invert_map*
-+To override the <leader>ci mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_invert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cc mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_nest_map*
-+To override the <leader>cn mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_nest_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_sexy_map*
-+To override the <leader>cs mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_sexy_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_toggle_map*
-+To override the <leader>c<space> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_toggle_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_minimal_map*
-+To override the <leader>cm mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_minimal_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>c$ mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_yank_map*
-+To override the <leader>cy mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_yank_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_uncom_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cu mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.5 Sample regular expressions *NERD_com-reg-exps*
-+
-+Many of the options in the NERD commenter must be set to regular
-+expressions... regular expressions can be a bit confusing so i have provided
-+some template ones here that you can start from:
-+
-+Regexp1: '.*'
-+Matches any filetype. This is useful for turning an option on for all files.
-+
-+Regexp2: '^$'
-+Matches no filetypes. This is useful for turning an option off for all files.
-+
-+Regexp3: '^\(java\)$'
-+Matches only the java filetype.
-+
-+Regexp4: '^\(c\|vim\)$'
-+Matches only c and vim filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp5: '^\(c.*\|vim\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well
-+as vim files.
-+
-+Regexp6: '^\(c.*\|java\|tex\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well as java and
-+tex filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp7: '^\(python\)\@!'
-+Matches anything other than 'python'.
-+
-+Regexp8: '^c\(s\)\@!'
-+Matches 'c' followed by anything accept an 's'.
-+
-+Regexp9: '^\(foo$\|bar$\|baz$\)\@!'
-+Matches any strings except 'foo', 'bar' and 'baz'.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERD_com-issues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERD_com-heuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERD_com-nesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.3 Mark clobbering *NERD_com-mark-clobbering*
-+
-+The script clobbers the s and t marks when doing most comments. Im not sure
-+how to save and restore the marks yet.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. TODO list {{{2 *NERD_com-todo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. Credits {{{2 *NERD_com-credits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+
-+
-+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/taglist.txt.svn-base vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/taglist.txt.svn-base
---- vim71/1/doc/.svn/text-base/taglist.txt.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/.svn/text-base/taglist.txt.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,1494 @@
-+*taglist.txt* Plugin for browsing source code
-+
-+Author: Yegappan Lakshmanan (yegappan AT yahoo DOT com)
-+For Vim version 6.0 and above
-+Last change: 2007 February 18
-+
-+1. Overview |taglist-intro|
-+2. Taglist on the internet |taglist-internet|
-+3. Requirements |taglist-requirements|
-+4. Installation |taglist-install|
-+5. Usage |taglist-using|
-+6. Options |taglist-options|
-+7. Commands |taglist-commands|
-+8. Global functions |taglist-functions|
-+9. Extending |taglist-extend|
-+10. FAQ |taglist-faq|
-+11. License |taglist-license|
-+12. Todo |taglist-todo|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-intro*
-+1. Overview~
-+
-+The "Tag List" plugin is a source code browser plugin for Vim. This plugin
-+allows you to efficiently browse through source code files for different
-+programming languages. The "Tag List" plugin provides the following features:
-+
-+ * Displays the tags (functions, classes, structures, variables, etc.)
-+ defined in a file in a vertically or horizontally split Vim window.
-+ * In GUI Vim, optionally displays the tags in the Tags drop-down menu and
-+ in the popup menu.
-+ * Automatically updates the taglist window as you switch between
-+ files/buffers. As you open new files, the tags defined in the new files
-+ are added to the existing file list and the tags defined in all the
-+ files are displayed grouped by the filename.
-+ * When a tag name is selected from the taglist window, positions the
-+ cursor at the definition of the tag in the source file.
-+ * Automatically highlights the current tag name.
-+ * Groups the tags by their type and displays them in a foldable tree.
-+ * Can display the prototype and scope of a tag.
-+ * Can optionally display the tag prototype instead of the tag name in the
-+ taglist window.
-+ * The tag list can be sorted either by name or by chronological order.
-+ * Supports the following language files: Assembly, ASP, Awk, Beta, C,
-+ C++, C#, Cobol, Eiffel, Erlang, Fortran, HTML, Java, Javascript, Lisp,
-+ Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, Rexx, Ruby, Scheme, Shell, Slang,
-+ SML, Sql, TCL, Verilog, Vim and Yacc.
-+ * Can be easily extended to support new languages. Support for
-+ existing languages can be modified easily.
-+ * Provides functions to display the current tag name in the Vim status
-+ line or the window title bar.
-+ * The list of tags and files in the taglist can be saved and
-+ restored across Vim sessions.
-+ * Provides commands to get the name and prototype of the current tag.
-+ * Runs in both console/terminal and GUI versions of Vim.
-+ * Works with the winmanager plugin. Using the winmanager plugin, you
-+ can use Vim plugins like the file explorer, buffer explorer and the
-+ taglist plugin at the same time like an IDE.
-+ * Can be used in both Unix and MS-Windows systems.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-internet*
-+2. Taglist on the internet~
-+
-+The home page of the taglist plugin is at:
-+>
-+ http://vim-taglist.sourceforge.net/
-+<
-+You can subscribe to the taglist mailing list to post your questions or
-+suggestions for improvement or to send bug reports. Visit the following page
-+for subscribing to the mailing list:
-+>
-+ http://groups.yahoo.com/group/taglist
-+<
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-requirements*
-+3. Requirements~
-+
-+The taglist plugin requires the following:
-+
-+ * Vim version 6.0 and above
-+ * Exuberant ctags 5.0 and above
-+
-+The taglist plugin will work on all the platforms where the exuberant ctags
-+utility and Vim are supported (this includes MS-Windows and Unix based
-+systems).
-+
-+The taglist plugin relies on the exuberant ctags utility to dynamically
-+generate the tag listing. The exuberant ctags utility must be installed in
-+your system to use this plugin. The exuberant ctags utility is shipped with
-+most of the Linux distributions. You can download the exuberant ctags utility
-+from
-+>
-+ http://ctags.sourceforge.net
-+<
-+The taglist plugin doesn't use or create a tags file and there is no need to
-+create a tags file to use this plugin. The taglist plugin will not work with
-+the GNU ctags or the Unix ctags utility.
-+
-+This plugin relies on the Vim "filetype" detection mechanism to determine the
-+type of the current file. You have to turn on the Vim filetype detection by
-+adding the following line to your .vimrc file:
-+>
-+ filetype on
-+<
-+The taglist plugin will not work if you run Vim in the restricted mode (using
-+the -Z command-line argument).
-+
-+The taglist plugin uses the Vim system() function to invoke the exuberant
-+ctags utility. If Vim is compiled without the system() function then you
-+cannot use the taglist plugin. Some of the Linux distributions (Suse) compile
-+Vim without the system() function for security reasons.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-install*
-+4. Installation~
-+
-+1. Download the taglist.zip file and unzip the files to the $HOME/.vim or the
-+ $HOME/vimfiles or the $VIM/vimfiles directory. After this step, you should
-+ have the following two files (the directory structure should be preserved):
-+
-+ plugin/taglist.vim - main taglist plugin file
-+ doc/taglist.txt - documentation (help) file
-+
-+ Refer to the |add-plugin|and |'runtimepath'| Vim help pages for more
-+ details about installing Vim plugins.
-+2. Change to the $HOME/.vim/doc or $HOME/vimfiles/doc or $VIM/vimfiles/doc
-+ directory, start Vim and run the ":helptags ." command to process the
-+ taglist help file. Without this step, you cannot jump to the taglist help
-+ topics.
-+3. If the exuberant ctags utility is not present in one of the directories in
-+ the PATH environment variable, then set the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable to
-+ point to the location of the exuberant ctags utility (not to the directory)
-+ in the .vimrc file.
-+4. If you are running a terminal/console version of Vim and the terminal
-+ doesn't support changing the window width then set the
-+ 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to 0 in the .vimrc file.
-+5. Restart Vim.
-+6. You can now use the ":TlistToggle" command to open/close the taglist
-+ window. You can use the ":help taglist" command to get more information
-+ about using the taglist plugin.
-+
-+To uninstall the taglist plugin, remove the plugin/taglist.vim and
-+doc/taglist.txt files from the $HOME/.vim or $HOME/vimfiles directory.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-using*
-+5. Usage~
-+
-+The taglist plugin can be used in several different ways.
-+
-+1. You can keep the taglist window open during the entire editing session. On
-+ opening the taglist window, the tags defined in all the files in the Vim
-+ buffer list will be displayed in the taglist window. As you edit files, the
-+ tags defined in them will be added to the taglist window. You can select a
-+ tag from the taglist window and jump to it. The current tag will be
-+ highlighted in the taglist window. You can close the taglist window when
-+ you no longer need the window.
-+2. You can configure the taglist plugin to process the tags defined in all the
-+ edited files always. In this configuration, even if the taglist window is
-+ closed and the taglist menu is not displayed, the taglist plugin will
-+ processes the tags defined in newly edited files. You can then open the
-+ taglist window only when you need to select a tag and then automatically
-+ close the taglist window after selecting the tag.
-+3. You can configure the taglist plugin to display only the tags defined in
-+ the current file in the taglist window. By default, the taglist plugin
-+ displays the tags defined in all the files in the Vim buffer list. As you
-+ switch between files, the taglist window will be refreshed to display only
-+ the tags defined in the current file.
-+4. In GUI Vim, you can use the Tags pull-down and popup menu created by the
-+ taglist plugin to display the tags defined in the current file and select a
-+ tag to jump to it. You can use the menu without opening the taglist window.
-+ By default, the Tags menu is disabled.
-+5. You can configure the taglist plugin to display the name of the current tag
-+ in the Vim window status line or in the Vim window title bar. For this to
-+ work without the taglist window or menu, you need to configure the taglist
-+ plugin to process the tags defined in a file always.
-+6. You can save the tags defined in multiple files to a taglist session file
-+ and load it when needed. You can also configure the taglist plugin to not
-+ update the taglist window when editing new files. You can then manually add
-+ files to the taglist window.
-+
-+Opening the taglist window~
-+You can open the taglist window using the ":TlistOpen" or the ":TlistToggle"
-+commands. The ":TlistOpen" command opens the taglist window and jumps to it.
-+The ":TlistToggle" command opens or closes (toggle) the taglist window and the
-+cursor remains in the current window. If the 'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'
-+variable is set to 1, then the ":TlistToggle" command opens the taglist window
-+and moves the cursor to the taglist window.
-+
-+You can map a key to invoke these commands. For example, the following command
-+creates a normal mode mapping for the <F8> key to toggle the taglist window.
-+>
-+ nnoremap <silent> <F8> :TlistToggle<CR>
-+<
-+Add the above mapping to your ~/.vimrc or $HOME/_vimrc file.
-+
-+To automatically open the taglist window on Vim startup, set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Open' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can also open the taglist window on startup using the following command
-+line:
-+>
-+ $ vim +TlistOpen
-+<
-+Closing the taglist window~
-+You can close the taglist window from the taglist window by pressing 'q' or
-+using the Vim ":q" command. You can also use any of the Vim window commands to
-+close the taglist window. Invoking the ":TlistToggle" command when the taglist
-+window is opened, closes the taglist window. You can also use the
-+":TlistClose" command to close the taglist window.
-+
-+To automatically close the taglist window when a tag or file is selected, you
-+can set the 'Tlist_Close_On_Select' variable to 1. To exit Vim when only the
-+taglist window is present, set the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' variable to 1.
-+
-+Jumping to a tag or a file~
-+You can select a tag in the taglist window either by pressing the <Enter> key
-+or by double clicking the tag name using the mouse. To jump to a tag on a
-+single mouse click set the 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' variable to 1.
-+
-+If the selected file is already opened in a window, then the cursor is moved
-+to that window. If the file is not currently opened in a window then the file
-+is opened in the window used by the taglist plugin to show the previously
-+selected file. If there are no usable windows, then the file is opened in a
-+new window. The file is not opened in special windows like the quickfix
-+window, preview window and windows containing buffer with the 'buftype' option
-+set.
-+
-+To jump to the tag in a new window, press the 'o' key. To open the file in the
-+previous window (Ctrl-W_p) use the 'P' key. You can press the 'p' key to jump
-+to the tag but still keep the cursor in the taglist window (preview).
-+
-+To open the selected file in a tab, use the 't' key. If the file is already
-+present in a tab then the cursor is moved to that tab otherwise the file is
-+opened in a new tab. To jump to a tag in a new tab press Ctrl-t. The taglist
-+window is automatically opened in the newly created tab.
-+
-+Instead of jumping to a tag, you can open a file by pressing the <Enter> key
-+or by double clicking the file name using the mouse.
-+
-+In the taglist window, you can use the [[ or <Backspace> key to jump to the
-+beginning of the previous file. You can use the ]] or <Tab> key to jump to the
-+beginning of the next file. When you reach the first or last file, the search
-+wraps around and the jumps to the next/previous file.
-+
-+Highlighting the current tag~
-+The taglist plugin automatically highlights the name of the current tag in the
-+taglist window. The Vim |CursorHold| autocmd event is used for this. If the
-+current tag name is not visible in the taglist window, then the taglist window
-+contents are scrolled to make that tag name visible. You can also use the
-+":TlistHighlightTag" command to force the highlighting of the current tag.
-+
-+The tag name is highlighted if no activity is performed for |'updatetime'|
-+milliseconds. The default value for this Vim option is 4 seconds. To avoid
-+unexpected problems, you should not set the |'updatetime'| option to a very
-+low value.
-+
-+To disable the automatic highlighting of the current tag name in the taglist
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag' variable to zero.
-+
-+When entering a Vim buffer/window, the taglist plugin automatically highlights
-+the current tag in that buffer/window. If you like to disable the automatic
-+highlighting of the current tag when entering a buffer, set the
-+'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter' variable to zero.
-+
-+Adding files to the taglist~
-+When the taglist window is opened, all the files in the Vim buffer list are
-+processed and the supported files are added to the taglist. When you edit a
-+file in Vim, the taglist plugin automatically processes this file and adds it
-+to the taglist. If you close the taglist window, the tag information in the
-+taglist is retained.
-+
-+To process files even when the taglist window is not open, set the
-+'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can manually add multiple files to the taglist without opening them using
-+the ":TlistAddFiles" and the ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands.
-+
-+For example, to add all the C files in the /my/project/dir directory to the
-+taglist, you can use the following command:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFiles /my/project/dir/*.c
-+<
-+Note that when adding several files with a large number of tags or a large
-+number of files, it will take several seconds to several minutes for the
-+taglist plugin to process all the files. You should not interrupt the taglist
-+plugin by pressing <CTRL-C>.
-+
-+You can recursively add multiple files from a directory tree using the
-+":TlistAddFilesRecursive" command:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive /my/project/dir *.c
-+<
-+This command takes two arguments. The first argument specifies the directory
-+from which to recursively add the files. The second optional argument
-+specifies the wildcard matching pattern for selecting the files to add. The
-+default pattern is * and all the files are added.
-+
-+Displaying tags for only one file~
-+The taglist window displays the tags for all the files in the Vim buffer list
-+and all the manually added files. To display the tags for only the current
-+active buffer, set the 'Tlist_Show_One_File' variable to 1.
-+
-+Removing files from the taglist~
-+You can remove a file from the taglist window, by pressing the 'd' key when the
-+cursor is on one of the tags listed for the file in the taglist window. The
-+removed file will no longer be displayed in the taglist window in the current
-+Vim session. To again display the tags for the file, open the file in a Vim
-+window and then use the ":TlistUpdate" command or use ":TlistAddFiles" command
-+to add the file to the taglist.
-+
-+When a buffer is removed from the Vim buffer list using the ":bdelete" or the
-+":bwipeout" command, the taglist is updated to remove the stored information
-+for this buffer.
-+
-+Updating the tags displayed for a file~
-+The taglist plugin keeps track of the modification time of a file. When the
-+modification time changes (the file is modified), the taglist plugin
-+automatically updates the tags listed for that file. The modification time of
-+a file is checked when you enter a window containing that file or when you
-+load that file.
-+
-+You can also update or refresh the tags displayed for a file by pressing the
-+"u" key in the taglist window. If an existing file is modified, after the file
-+is saved, the taglist plugin automatically updates the tags displayed for the
-+file.
-+
-+You can also use the ":TlistUpdate" command to update the tags for the current
-+buffer after you made some changes to it. You should save the modified buffer
-+before you update the taglist window. Otherwise the listed tags will not
-+include the new tags created in the buffer.
-+
-+If you have deleted the tags displayed for a file in the taglist window using
-+the 'd' key, you can again display the tags for that file using the
-+":TlistUpdate" command.
-+
-+Controlling the taglist updates~
-+To disable the automatic processing of new files or modified files, you can
-+set the 'Tlist_Auto_Update' variable to zero. When this variable is set to
-+zero, the taglist is updated only when you use the ":TlistUpdate" command or
-+the ":TlistAddFiles" or the ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands. You can use
-+this option to control which files are added to the taglist.
-+
-+You can use the ":TlistLock" command to lock the taglist contents. After this
-+command is executed, new files are not automatically added to the taglist.
-+When the taglist is locked, you can use the ":TlistUpdate" command to add the
-+current file or the ":TlistAddFiles" or ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands to
-+add new files to the taglist. To unlock the taglist, use the ":TlistUnlock"
-+command.
-+
-+Displaying the tag prototype~
-+To display the prototype of the tag under the cursor in the taglist window,
-+press the space bar. If you place the cursor on a tag name in the taglist
-+window, then the tag prototype is displayed at the Vim status line after
-+|'updatetime'| milliseconds. The default value for the |'updatetime'| Vim
-+option is 4 seconds.
-+
-+You can get the name and prototype of a tag without opening the taglist window
-+and the taglist menu using the ":TlistShowTag" and the ":TlistShowPrototype"
-+commands. These commands will work only if the current file is already present
-+in the taglist. To use these commands without opening the taglist window, set
-+the 'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can use the ":TlistShowTag" command to display the name of the tag at or
-+before the specified line number in the specified file. If the file name and
-+line number are not supplied, then this command will display the name of the
-+current tag. For example,
-+>
-+ :TlistShowTag
-+ :TlistShowTag myfile.java 100
-+<
-+You can use the ":TlistShowPrototype" command to display the prototype of the
-+tag at or before the specified line number in the specified file. If the file
-+name and the line number are not supplied, then this command will display the
-+prototype of the current tag. For example,
-+>
-+ :TlistShowPrototype
-+ :TlistShowPrototype myfile.c 50
-+<
-+In the taglist window, when the mouse is moved over a tag name, the tag
-+prototype is displayed in a balloon. This works only in GUI versions where
-+balloon evaluation is supported.
-+
-+Taglist window contents~
-+The taglist window contains the tags defined in various files in the taglist
-+grouped by the filename and by the tag type (variable, function, class, etc.).
-+For tags with scope information (like class members, structures inside
-+structures, etc.), the scope information is displayed in square brackets "[]"
-+after the tag name.
-+
-+The contents of the taglist buffer/window are managed by the taglist plugin.
-+The |'filetype'| for the taglist buffer is set to 'taglist'. The Vim
-+|'modifiable'| option is turned off for the taglist buffer. You should not
-+manually edit the taglist buffer, by setting the |'modifiable'| flag. If you
-+manually edit the taglist buffer contents, then the taglist plugin will be out
-+of sync with the taglist buffer contents and the plugin will no longer work
-+correctly. To redisplay the taglist buffer contents again, close the taglist
-+window and reopen it.
-+
-+Opening and closing the tag and file tree~
-+In the taglist window, the tag names are displayed as a foldable tree using
-+the Vim folding support. You can collapse the tree using the '-' key or using
-+the Vim |zc| fold command. You can open the tree using the '+' key or using
-+the Vim |zo| fold command. You can open all the folds using the '*' key or
-+using the Vim |zR| fold command. You can also use the mouse to open/close the
-+folds. You can close all the folds using the '=' key. You should not manually
-+create or delete the folds in the taglist window.
-+
-+To automatically close the fold for the inactive files/buffers and open only
-+the fold for the current buffer in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close' variable to 1.
-+
-+Sorting the tags for a file~
-+The tags displayed in the taglist window can be sorted either by their name or
-+by their chronological order. The default sorting method is by the order in
-+which the tags appear in a file. You can change the default sort method by
-+setting the 'Tlist_Sort_Type' variable to either "name" or "order". You can
-+sort the tags by their name by pressing the "s" key in the taglist window. You
-+can again sort the tags by their chronological order using the "s" key. Each
-+file in the taglist window can be sorted using different order.
-+
-+Zooming in and out of the taglist window~
-+You can press the 'x' key in the taglist window to maximize the taglist
-+window width/height. The window will be maximized to the maximum possible
-+width/height without closing the other existing windows. You can again press
-+'x' to restore the taglist window to the default width/height.
-+
-+ *taglist-session*
-+Taglist Session~
-+A taglist session refers to the group of files and their tags stored in the
-+taglist in a Vim session.
-+
-+You can save and restore a taglist session (and all the displayed tags) using
-+the ":TlistSessionSave" and ":TlistSessionLoad" commands.
-+
-+To save the information about the tags and files in the taglist to a file, use
-+the ":TlistSessionSave" command and specify the filename:
-+>
-+ :TlistSessionSave <file name>
-+<
-+To load a saved taglist session, use the ":TlistSessionLoad" command: >
-+
-+ :TlistSessionLoad <file name>
-+<
-+When you load a taglist session file, the tags stored in the file will be
-+added to the tags already stored in the taglist.
-+
-+The taglist session feature can be used to save the tags for large files or a
-+group of frequently used files (like a project). By using the taglist session
-+file, you can minimize the amount to time it takes to load/refresh the taglist
-+for multiple files.
-+
-+You can create more than one taglist session file for multiple groups of
-+files.
-+
-+Displaying the tag name in the Vim status line or the window title bar~
-+You can use the Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line() function provided by the taglist
-+plugin to display the current tag name in the Vim status line or the window
-+title bar. Similarly, you can use the Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()
-+function to display the current tag prototype in the Vim status line or the
-+window title bar.
-+
-+For example, the following command can be used to display the current tag name
-+in the status line:
-+>
-+ :set statusline=%<%f%=%([%{Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()}]%)
-+<
-+The following command can be used to display the current tag name in the
-+window title bar:
-+>
-+ :set title titlestring=%<%f\ %([%{Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()}]%)
-+<
-+Note that the current tag name can be displayed only after the file is
-+processed by the taglist plugin. For this, you have to either set the
-+'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1 or open the taglist window or use
-+the taglist menu. For more information about configuring the Vim status line,
-+refer to the documentation for the Vim |'statusline'| option.
-+
-+Changing the taglist window highlighting~
-+The following Vim highlight groups are defined and used to highlight the
-+various entities in the taglist window:
-+
-+ TagListTagName - Used for tag names
-+ TagListTagScope - Used for tag scope
-+ TagListTitle - Used for tag titles
-+ TagListComment - Used for comments
-+ TagListFileName - Used for filenames
-+
-+By default, these highlight groups are linked to the standard Vim highlight
-+groups. If you want to change the colors used for these highlight groups,
-+prefix the highlight group name with 'My' and define it in your .vimrc or
-+.gvimrc file: MyTagListTagName, MyTagListTagScope, MyTagListTitle,
-+MyTagListComment and MyTagListFileName. For example, to change the colors
-+used for tag names, you can use the following command:
-+>
-+ :highlight MyTagListTagName guifg=blue ctermfg=blue
-+<
-+Controlling the taglist window~
-+To use a horizontally split taglist window, instead of a vertically split
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window' variable to 1.
-+
-+To use a vertically split taglist window on the rightmost side of the Vim
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Use_Right_Window' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can specify the width of the vertically split taglist window, by setting
-+the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable. You can specify the height of the horizontally
-+split taglist window, by setting the 'Tlist_WinHeight' variable.
-+
-+When opening a vertically split taglist window, the Vim window width is
-+increased to accommodate the new taglist window. When the taglist window is
-+closed, the Vim window is reduced. To disable this, set the
-+'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to zero.
-+
-+To reduce the number of empty lines in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_Compact_Format' variable to 1.
-+
-+To not display the Vim fold column in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column' variable to zero.
-+
-+To display the tag prototypes instead of the tag names in the taglist window,
-+set the 'Tlist_Display_Prototype' variable to 1.
-+
-+To not display the scope of the tags next to the tag names, set the
-+'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope' variable to zero.
-+
-+ *taglist-keys*
-+Taglist window key list~
-+The following table lists the description of the keys that can be used
-+in the taglist window.
-+
-+ Key Description~
-+
-+ <CR> Jump to the location where the tag under cursor is
-+ defined.
-+ o Jump to the location where the tag under cursor is
-+ defined in a new window.
-+ P Jump to the tag in the previous (Ctrl-W_p) window.
-+ p Display the tag definition in the file window and
-+ keep the cursor in the taglist window itself.
-+ t Jump to the tag in a new tab. If the file is already
-+ opened in a tab, move to that tab.
-+ Ctrl-t Jump to the tag in a new tab.
-+ <Space> Display the prototype of the tag under the cursor.
-+ For file names, display the full path to the file,
-+ file type and the number of tags. For tag types, display the
-+ tag type and the number of tags.
-+ u Update the tags listed in the taglist window
-+ s Change the sort order of the tags (by name or by order)
-+ d Remove the tags for the file under the cursor
-+ x Zoom-in or Zoom-out the taglist window
-+ + Open a fold
-+ - Close a fold
-+ * Open all folds
-+ = Close all folds
-+ [[ Jump to the beginning of the previous file
-+ <Backspace> Jump to the beginning of the previous file
-+ ]] Jump to the beginning of the next file
-+ <Tab> Jump to the beginning of the next file
-+ q Close the taglist window
-+ <F1> Display help
-+
-+The above keys will work in both the normal mode and the insert mode.
-+
-+ *taglist-menu*
-+Taglist menu~
-+When using GUI Vim, the taglist plugin can display the tags defined in the
-+current file in the drop-down menu and the popup menu. By default, this
-+feature is turned off. To turn on this feature, set the 'Tlist_Show_Menu'
-+variable to 1.
-+
-+You can jump to a tag by selecting the tag name from the menu. You can use the
-+taglist menu independent of the taglist window i.e. you don't need to open the
-+taglist window to get the taglist menu.
-+
-+When you switch between files/buffers, the taglist menu is automatically
-+updated to display the tags defined in the current file/buffer.
-+
-+The tags are grouped by their type (variables, functions, classes, methods,
-+etc.) and displayed as a separate sub-menu for each type. If all the tags
-+defined in a file are of the same type (e.g. functions), then the sub-menu is
-+not used.
-+
-+If the number of items in a tag type submenu exceeds the value specified by
-+the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable, then the submenu will be split into
-+multiple submenus. The default setting for 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' is 25.
-+The first and last tag names in the submenu are used to form the submenu name.
-+The menu items are prefixed by alpha-numeric characters for easy selection by
-+keyboard.
-+
-+If the popup menu support is enabled (the |'mousemodel'| option contains
-+"popup"), then the tags menu is added to the popup menu. You can access
-+the popup menu by right clicking on the GUI window.
-+
-+You can regenerate the tags menu by selecting the 'Tags->Refresh menu' entry.
-+You can sort the tags listed in the menu either by name or by order by
-+selecting the 'Tags->Sort menu by->Name/Order' menu entry.
-+
-+You can tear-off the Tags menu and keep it on the side of the Vim window
-+for quickly locating the tags.
-+
-+Using the taglist plugin with the winmanager plugin~
-+You can use the taglist plugin with the winmanager plugin. This will allow you
-+to use the file explorer, buffer explorer and the taglist plugin at the same
-+time in different windows. To use the taglist plugin with the winmanager
-+plugin, set 'TagList' in the 'winManagerWindowLayout' variable. For example,
-+to use the file explorer plugin and the taglist plugin at the same time, use
-+the following setting: >
-+
-+ let winManagerWindowLayout = 'FileExplorer|TagList'
-+<
-+Getting help~
-+If you have installed the taglist help file (this file), then you can use the
-+Vim ":help taglist-<keyword>" command to get help on the various taglist
-+topics.
-+
-+You can press the <F1> key in the taglist window to display the help
-+information about using the taglist window. If you again press the <F1> key,
-+the help information is removed from the taglist window.
-+
-+ *taglist-debug*
-+Debugging the taglist plugin~
-+You can use the ":TlistDebug" command to enable logging of the debug messages
-+from the taglist plugin. To display the logged debug messages, you can use the
-+":TlistMessages" command. To disable the logging of the debug messages, use
-+the ":TlistUndebug" command.
-+
-+You can specify a file name to the ":TlistDebug" command to log the debug
-+messages to a file. Otherwise, the debug messages are stored in a script-local
-+variable. In the later case, to minimize memory usage, only the last 3000
-+characters from the debug messages are stored.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-options*
-+6. Options~
-+
-+A number of Vim variables control the behavior of the taglist plugin. These
-+variables are initialized to a default value. By changing these variables you
-+can change the behavior of the taglist plugin. You need to change these
-+settings only if you want to change the behavior of the taglist plugin. You
-+should use the |:let| command in your .vimrc file to change the setting of any
-+of these variables.
-+
-+The configurable taglist variables are listed below. For a detailed
-+description of these variables refer to the text below this table.
-+
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag'| Automatically highlight the current tag in the
-+ taglist.
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Open'| Open the taglist window when Vim starts.
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Update'| Automatically update the taglist to include
-+ newly edited files.
-+|'Tlist_Close_On_Select'| Close the taglist window when a file or tag is
-+ selected.
-+|'Tlist_Compact_Format'| Remove extra information and blank lines from
-+ the taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd'| Specifies the path to the ctags utility.
-+|'Tlist_Display_Prototype'| Show prototypes and not tags in the taglist
-+ window.
-+|'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope'| Show tag scope next to the tag name.
-+|'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'| Show the fold indicator column in the taglist
-+ window.
-+|'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow'| Close Vim if the taglist is the only window.
-+|'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close'| Close tag folds for inactive buffers.
-+|'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'|
-+ Jump to taglist window on open.
-+|'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter'|
-+ On entering a buffer, automatically highlight
-+ the current tag.
-+|'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth'| Increase the Vim window width to accommodate
-+ the taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'| Maximum number of items in a tags sub-menu.
-+|'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length'| Maximum tag length used in a tag menu entry.
-+|'Tlist_Process_File_Always'| Process files even when the taglist window is
-+ closed.
-+|'Tlist_Show_Menu'| Display the tags menu.
-+|'Tlist_Show_One_File'| Show tags for the current buffer only.
-+|'Tlist_Sort_Type'| Sort method used for arranging the tags.
-+|'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'| Use a horizontally split window for the
-+ taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Use_Right_Window'| Place the taglist window on the right side.
-+|'Tlist_Use_SingleClick'| Single click on a tag jumps to it.
-+|'Tlist_WinHeight'| Horizontally split taglist window height.
-+|'Tlist_WinWidth'| Vertically split taglist window width.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag~
-+The taglist plugin will automatically highlight the current tag in the taglist
-+window. If you want to disable this, then you can set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag' variable to zero. Note that even though the current
-+tag highlighting is disabled, the tags for a new file will still be added to
-+the taglist window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag = 0
-+<
-+With the above variable set to 1, you can use the ":TlistHighlightTag" command
-+to highlight the current tag.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Open'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Open~
-+To automatically open the taglist window, when you start Vim, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Open' variable to 1. By default, this variable is set to zero and
-+the taglist window will not be opened automatically on Vim startup.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Open = 1
-+<
-+The taglist window is opened only when a supported type of file is opened on
-+Vim startup. For example, if you open text files, then the taglist window will
-+not be opened.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Update'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Update~
-+When a new file is edited, the tags defined in the file are automatically
-+processed and added to the taglist. To stop adding new files to the taglist,
-+set the 'Tlist_Auto_Update' variable to zero. By default, this variable is set
-+to 1.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Update = 0
-+<
-+With the above variable set to 1, you can use the ":TlistUpdate" command to
-+add the tags defined in the current file to the taglist.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Close_On_Select'*
-+Tlist_Close_On_Select~
-+If you want to close the taglist window when a file or tag is selected, then
-+set the 'Tlist_Close_On_Select' variable to 1. By default, this variable is
-+set zero and when you select a tag or file from the taglist window, the window
-+is not closed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Close_On_Select = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Compact_Format'*
-+Tlist_Compact_Format~
-+By default, empty lines are used to separate different tag types displayed for
-+a file and the tags displayed for different files in the taglist window. If
-+you want to display as many tags as possible in the taglist window, you can
-+set the 'Tlist_Compact_Format' variable to 1 to get a compact display.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Compact_Format = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd'*
-+Tlist_Ctags_Cmd~
-+The 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable specifies the location (path) of the exuberant
-+ctags utility. If exuberant ctags is present in any one of the directories in
-+the PATH environment variable, then there is no need to set this variable.
-+
-+The exuberant ctags tool can be installed under different names. When the
-+taglist plugin starts up, if the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable is not set, it
-+checks for the names exuberant-ctags, exctags, ctags, ctags.exe and tags in
-+the PATH environment variable. If any one of the named executable is found,
-+then the Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable is set to that name.
-+
-+If exuberant ctags is not present in one of the directories specified in the
-+PATH environment variable, then set this variable to point to the location of
-+the ctags utility in your system. Note that this variable should point to the
-+fully qualified exuberant ctags location and NOT to the directory in which
-+exuberant ctags is installed. If the exuberant ctags tool is not found in
-+either PATH or in the specified location, then the taglist plugin will not be
-+loaded. Examples:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'd:\tools\ctags.exe'
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = '/usr/local/bin/ctags'
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Display_Prototype'*
-+Tlist_Display_Prototype~
-+By default, only the tag name will be displayed in the taglist window. If you
-+like to see tag prototypes instead of names, set the 'Tlist_Display_Prototype'
-+variable to 1. By default, this variable is set to zero and only tag names
-+will be displayed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Display_Prototype = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope'*
-+Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope~
-+By default, the scope of a tag (like a C++ class) will be displayed in
-+square brackets next to the tag name. If you don't want the tag scopes
-+to be displayed, then set the 'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope' to zero. By default,
-+this variable is set to 1 and the tag scopes will be displayed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'*
-+Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column~
-+By default, the Vim fold column is enabled and displayed in the taglist
-+window. If you wish to disable this (for example, when you are working with a
-+narrow Vim window or terminal), you can set the 'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'
-+variable to zero.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow'*
-+Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow~
-+If you want to exit Vim if only the taglist window is currently opened, then
-+set the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' variable to 1. By default, this variable is
-+set to zero and the Vim instance will not be closed if only the taglist window
-+is present.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close'*
-+Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close~
-+By default, the tags tree displayed in the taglist window for all the files is
-+opened. You can close/fold the tags tree for the files manually. To
-+automatically close the tags tree for inactive files, you can set the
-+'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close' variable to 1. When this variable is set to 1,
-+the tags tree for the current buffer is automatically opened and for all the
-+other buffers is closed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'*
-+Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen~
-+When the taglist window is opened using the ':TlistToggle' command, this
-+option controls whether the cursor is moved to the taglist window or remains
-+in the current window. By default, this option is set to 0 and the cursor
-+remains in the current window. When this variable is set to 1, the cursor
-+moves to the taglist window after opening the taglist window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter'*
-+Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter~
-+When you enter a Vim buffer/window, the current tag in that buffer/window is
-+automatically highlighted in the taglist window. If the current tag name is
-+not visible in the taglist window, then the taglist window contents are
-+scrolled to make that tag name visible. If you like to disable the automatic
-+highlighting of the current tag when entering a buffer, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter' variable to zero. The default setting for
-+this variable is 1.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth'*
-+Tlist_Inc_Winwidth~
-+By default, when the width of the window is less than 100 and a new taglist
-+window is opened vertically, then the window width is increased by the value
-+set in the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable to accommodate the new window. The value
-+of this variable is used only if you are using a vertically split taglist
-+window.
-+
-+If your terminal doesn't support changing the window width from Vim (older
-+version of xterm running in a Unix system) or if you see any weird problems in
-+the screen due to the change in the window width or if you prefer not to
-+adjust the window width then set the 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to zero.
-+CAUTION: If you are using the MS-Windows version of Vim in a MS-DOS command
-+window then you must set this variable to zero, otherwise the system may hang
-+due to a Vim limitation (explained in :help win32-problems)
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'*
-+Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items~
-+If a file contains too many tags of a particular type (function, variable,
-+class, etc.), greater than that specified by the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'
-+variable, then the menu for that tag type will be split into multiple
-+sub-menus. The default setting for the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable is
-+25. This can be changed by setting the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items = 20
-+<
-+The name of the submenu is formed using the names of the first and the last
-+tag entries in that submenu.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length'*
-+Tlist_Max_Tag_Length~
-+Only the first 'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length' characters from the tag names will be
-+used to form the tag type submenu name. The default value for this variable is
-+10. Change the 'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length' setting if you want to include more or
-+less characters:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Max_Tag_Length = 10
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Process_File_Always'*
-+Tlist_Process_File_Always~
-+By default, the taglist plugin will generate and process the tags defined in
-+the newly opened files only when the taglist window is opened or when the
-+taglist menu is enabled. When the taglist window is closed, the taglist plugin
-+will stop processing the tags for newly opened files.
-+
-+You can set the 'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1 to generate the list
-+of tags for new files even when the taglist window is closed and the taglist
-+menu is disabled.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Process_File_Always = 1
-+<
-+To use the ":TlistShowTag" and the ":TlistShowPrototype" commands without the
-+taglist window and the taglist menu, you should set this variable to 1.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Show_Menu'*
-+Tlist_Show_Menu~
-+When using GUI Vim, you can display the tags defined in the current file in a
-+menu named "Tags". By default, this feature is turned off. To turn on this
-+feature, set the 'Tlist_Show_Menu' variable to 1:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Show_Menu = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Show_One_File'*
-+Tlist_Show_One_File~
-+By default, the taglist plugin will display the tags defined in all the loaded
-+buffers in the taglist window. If you prefer to display the tags defined only
-+in the current buffer, then you can set the 'Tlist_Show_One_File' to 1. When
-+this variable is set to 1, as you switch between buffers, the taglist window
-+will be refreshed to display the tags for the current buffer and the tags for
-+the previous buffer will be removed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Show_One_File = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Sort_Type'*
-+Tlist_Sort_Type~
-+The 'Tlist_Sort_Type' variable specifies the sort order for the tags in the
-+taglist window. The tags can be sorted either alphabetically by their name or
-+by the order of their appearance in the file (chronological order). By
-+default, the tag names will be listed by the order in which they are defined
-+in the file. You can change the sort type (from name to order or from order to
-+name) by pressing the "s" key in the taglist window. You can also change the
-+default sort order by setting 'Tlist_Sort_Type' to "name" or "order":
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Sort_Type = "name"
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'*
-+Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window~
-+Be default, the tag names are displayed in a vertically split window. If you
-+prefer a horizontally split window, then set the 'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'
-+variable to 1. If you are running MS-Windows version of Vim in a MS-DOS
-+command window, then you should use a horizontally split window instead of a
-+vertically split window. Also, if you are using an older version of xterm in a
-+Unix system that doesn't support changing the xterm window width, you should
-+use a horizontally split window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_Right_Window'*
-+Tlist_Use_Right_Window~
-+By default, the vertically split taglist window will appear on the left hand
-+side. If you prefer to open the window on the right hand side, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Use_Right_Window' variable to 1:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_Right_Window = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_SingleClick'*
-+Tlist_Use_SingleClick~
-+By default, when you double click on the tag name using the left mouse
-+button, the cursor will be positioned at the definition of the tag. You
-+can set the 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' variable to 1 to jump to a tag when
-+you single click on the tag name using the mouse. By default this variable
-+is set to zero.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_SingleClick = 1
-+<
-+Due to a bug in Vim, if you set 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' to 1 and try to resize
-+the taglist window using the mouse, then Vim will crash. This problem is fixed
-+in Vim 6.3 and above. In the meantime, instead of resizing the taglist window
-+using the mouse, you can use normal Vim window resizing commands to resize the
-+taglist window.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_WinHeight'*
-+Tlist_WinHeight~
-+The default height of the horizontally split taglist window is 10. This can be
-+changed by modifying the 'Tlist_WinHeight' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_WinHeight = 20
-+<
-+The |'winfixheight'| option is set for the taglist window, to maintain the
-+height of the taglist window, when new Vim windows are opened and existing
-+windows are closed.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_WinWidth'*
-+Tlist_WinWidth~
-+The default width of the vertically split taglist window is 30. This can be
-+changed by modifying the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_WinWidth = 20
-+<
-+Note that the value of the |'winwidth'| option setting determines the minimum
-+width of the current window. If you set the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable to a
-+value less than that of the |'winwidth'| option setting, then Vim will use the
-+value of the |'winwidth'| option.
-+
-+When new Vim windows are opened and existing windows are closed, the taglist
-+plugin will try to maintain the width of the taglist window to the size
-+specified by the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-commands*
-+7. Commands~
-+
-+The taglist plugin provides the following ex-mode commands:
-+
-+|:TlistAddFiles| Add multiple files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistAddFilesRecursive|
-+ Add files recursively to the taglist.
-+|:TlistClose| Close the taglist window.
-+|:TlistDebug| Start logging of taglist debug messages.
-+|:TlistLock| Stop adding new files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistMessages| Display the logged taglist plugin debug messages.
-+|:TlistOpen| Open and jump to the taglist window.
-+|:TlistSessionSave| Save the information about files and tags in the
-+ taglist to a session file.
-+|:TlistSessionLoad| Load the information about files and tags stored
-+ in a session file to taglist.
-+|:TlistShowPrototype| Display the prototype of the tag at or before the
-+ specified line number.
-+|:TlistShowTag| Display the name of the tag defined at or before the
-+ specified line number.
-+|:TlistHighlightTag| Highlight the current tag in the taglist window.
-+|:TlistToggle| Open or close (toggle) the taglist window.
-+|:TlistUndebug| Stop logging of taglist debug messages.
-+|:TlistUnlock| Start adding new files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistUpdate| Update the tags for the current buffer.
-+
-+ *:TlistAddFiles*
-+:TlistAddFiles {file(s)} [file(s) ...]
-+ Add one or more specified files to the taglist. You can
-+ specify multiple filenames using wildcards. To specify a
-+ file name with space character, you should escape the space
-+ character with a backslash.
-+ Examples:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFiles *.c *.cpp
-+ :TlistAddFiles file1.html file2.html
-+<
-+ If you specify a large number of files, then it will take some
-+ time for the taglist plugin to process all of them. The
-+ specified files will not be edited in a Vim window and will
-+ not be added to the Vim buffer list.
-+
-+ *:TlistAddFilesRecursive*
-+:TlistAddFilesRecursive {directory} [ {pattern} ]
-+ Add files matching {pattern} recursively from the specified
-+ {directory} to the taglist. If {pattern} is not specified,
-+ then '*' is assumed. To specify the current directory, use "."
-+ for {directory}. To specify a directory name with space
-+ character, you should escape the space character with a
-+ backslash.
-+ Examples:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive myproject *.java
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive smallproject
-+<
-+ If large number of files are present in the specified
-+ directory tree, then it will take some time for the taglist
-+ plugin to process all of them.
-+
-+ *:TlistClose*
-+:TlistClose Close the taglist window. This command can be used from any
-+ one of the Vim windows.
-+
-+ *:TlistDebug*
-+:TlistDebug [filename]
-+ Start logging of debug messages from the taglist plugin.
-+ If {filename} is specified, then the debug messages are stored
-+ in the specified file. Otherwise, the debug messages are
-+ stored in a script local variable. If the file {filename} is
-+ already present, then it is overwritten.
-+
-+ *:TlistLock*
-+:TlistLock
-+ Lock the taglist and don't process new files. After this
-+ command is executed, newly edited files will not be added to
-+ the taglist.
-+
-+ *:TlistMessages*
-+:TlistMessages
-+ Display the logged debug messages from the taglist plugin
-+ in a window. This command works only when logging to a
-+ script-local variable.
-+
-+ *:TlistOpen*
-+:TlistOpen Open and jump to the taglist window. Creates the taglist
-+ window, if the window is not opened currently. After executing
-+ this command, the cursor is moved to the taglist window. When
-+ the taglist window is opened for the first time, all the files
-+ in the buffer list are processed and the tags defined in them
-+ are displayed in the taglist window.
-+
-+ *:TlistSessionSave*
-+:TlistSessionSave {filename}
-+ Saves the information about files and tags in the taglist to
-+ the specified file. This command can be used to save and
-+ restore the taglist contents across Vim sessions.
-+
-+ *:TlistSessionLoad*
-+:TlistSessionLoad {filename}
-+ Load the information about files and tags stored in the
-+ specified session file to the taglist.
-+
-+ *:TlistShowPrototype*
-+:TlistShowPrototype [filename] [linenumber]
-+ Display the prototype of the tag at or before the specified
-+ line number. If the file name and the line number are not
-+ specified, then the current file name and line number are
-+ used. A tag spans multiple lines starting from the line where
-+ it is defined to the line before the next tag. This command
-+ displays the prototype for the tag for any line number in this
-+ range.
-+
-+ *:TlistShowTag*
-+:TlistShowTag [filename] [linenumber]
-+ Display the name of the tag defined at or before the specified
-+ line number. If the file name and the line number are not
-+ specified, then the current file name and line number are
-+ used. A tag spans multiple lines starting from the line where
-+ it is defined to the line before the next tag. This command
-+ displays the tag name for any line number in this range.
-+
-+ *:TlistHighlightTag*
-+:TlistHighlightTag
-+ Highlight the current tag in the taglist window. By default,
-+ the taglist plugin periodically updates the taglist window to
-+ highlight the current tag. This command can be used to force
-+ the taglist plugin to highlight the current tag.
-+
-+ *:TlistToggle*
-+:TlistToggle Open or close (toggle) the taglist window. Opens the taglist
-+ window, if the window is not opened currently. Closes the
-+ taglist window, if the taglist window is already opened. When
-+ the taglist window is opened for the first time, all the files
-+ in the buffer list are processed and the tags are displayed in
-+ the taglist window. After executing this command, the cursor
-+ is not moved from the current window to the taglist window.
-+
-+ *:TlistUndebug*
-+:TlistUndebug
-+ Stop logging of debug messages from the taglist plugin.
-+
-+ *:TlistUnlock*
-+:TlistUnlock
-+ Unlock the taglist and start processing newly edited files.
-+
-+ *:TlistUpdate*
-+:TlistUpdate Update the tags information for the current buffer. This
-+ command can be used to re-process the current file/buffer and
-+ get the tags information. As the taglist plugin uses the file
-+ saved in the disk (instead of the file displayed in a Vim
-+ buffer), you should save a modified buffer before you update
-+ the taglist. Otherwise the listed tags will not include the
-+ new tags created in the buffer. You can use this command even
-+ when the taglist window is not opened.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-functions*
-+8. Global functions~
-+
-+The taglist plugin provides several global functions that can be used from
-+other Vim plugins to interact with the taglist plugin. These functions are
-+described below.
-+
-+|Tlist_Update_File_Tags()| Update the tags for the specified file
-+|Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()| Return the prototype of the tag at or
-+ before the specified line number in the
-+ specified file.
-+|Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()| Return the name of the tag at or
-+ before the specified line number in
-+ the specified file.
-+|Tlist_Set_App()| Set the name of the application
-+ controlling the taglist window.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Update_File_Tags()*
-+Tlist_Update_File_Tags({filename}, {filetype})
-+ Update the tags for the file {filename}. The second argument
-+ specifies the Vim filetype for the file. If the taglist plugin
-+ has not processed the file previously, then the exuberant
-+ ctags tool is invoked to generate the tags for the file.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()*
-+Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line([{filename}, {linenumber}])
-+ Return the prototype of the tag at or before the specified
-+ line number in the specified file. If the filename and line
-+ number are not specified, then the current buffer name and the
-+ current line number are used.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()*
-+Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line([{filename}, {linenumber}])
-+ Return the name of the tag at or before the specified line
-+ number in the specified file. If the filename and line number
-+ are not specified, then the current buffer name and the
-+ current line number are used.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Set_App()*
-+Tlist_Set_App({appname})
-+ Set the name of the plugin that controls the taglist plugin
-+ window and buffer. This can be used to integrate the taglist
-+ plugin with other Vim plugins.
-+
-+ For example, the winmanager plugin and the Cream package use
-+ this function and specify the appname as "winmanager" and
-+ "cream" respectively.
-+
-+ By default, the taglist plugin is a stand-alone plugin and
-+ controls the taglist window and buffer. If the taglist window
-+ is controlled by an external plugin, then the appname should
-+ be set appropriately.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-extend*
-+9. Extending~
-+
-+The taglist plugin supports all the languages supported by the exuberant ctags
-+tool, which includes the following languages: Assembly, ASP, Awk, Beta, C,
-+C++, C#, Cobol, Eiffel, Erlang, Fortran, HTML, Java, Javascript, Lisp, Lua,
-+Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, Rexx, Ruby, Scheme, Shell, Slang, SML, Sql,
-+TCL, Verilog, Vim and Yacc.
-+
-+You can extend the taglist plugin to add support for new languages and also
-+modify the support for the above listed languages.
-+
-+You should NOT make modifications to the taglist plugin script file to add
-+support for new languages. You will lose these changes when you upgrade to the
-+next version of the taglist plugin. Instead you should follow the below
-+described instructions to extend the taglist plugin.
-+
-+You can extend the taglist plugin by setting variables in the .vimrc or _vimrc
-+file. The name of these variables depends on the language name and is
-+described below.
-+
-+Modifying support for an existing language~
-+To modify the support for an already supported language, you have to set the
-+tlist_xxx_settings variable in the ~/.vimrc or $HOME/_vimrc file. Replace xxx
-+with the Vim filetype name for the language file. For example, to modify the
-+support for the perl language files, you have to set the tlist_perl_settings
-+variable. To modify the support for java files, you have to set the
-+tlist_java_settings variable.
-+
-+To determine the filetype name used by Vim for a file, use the following
-+command in the buffer containing the file:
-+
-+ :set filetype
-+
-+The above command will display the Vim filetype for the current buffer.
-+
-+The format of the value set in the tlist_xxx_settings variable is
-+
-+ <language_name>;flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+
-+The different fields in the value are separated by the ';' character.
-+
-+The first field 'language_name' is the name used by exuberant ctags to refer
-+to this language file. This name can be different from the file type name used
-+by Vim. For example, for C++, the language name used by ctags is 'c++' but the
-+filetype name used by Vim is 'cpp'. To get the list of language names
-+supported by exuberant ctags, use the following command:
-+
-+ $ ctags --list-maps=all
-+
-+The remaining fields follow the format "flag:name". The sub-field 'flag' is
-+the language specific flag used by exuberant ctags to generate the
-+corresponding tags. For example, for the C language, to list only the
-+functions, the 'f' flag is used. To get the list of flags supported by
-+exuberant ctags for the various languages use the following command:
-+
-+ $ ctags --list-kinds=all
-+
-+The sub-field 'name' specifies the title text to use for displaying the tags
-+of a particular type. For example, 'name' can be set to 'functions'. This
-+field can be set to any text string name.
-+
-+For example, to list only the classes and functions defined in a C++ language
-+file, add the following line to your .vimrc file:
-+
-+ let tlist_cpp_settings = 'c++;c:class;f:function'
-+
-+In the above setting, 'cpp' is the Vim filetype name and 'c++' is the name
-+used by the exuberant ctags tool. 'c' and 'f' are the flags passed to
-+exuberant ctags to list C++ classes and functions and 'class' is the title
-+used for the class tags and 'function' is the title used for the function tags
-+in the taglist window.
-+
-+For example, to display only functions defined in a C file and to use "My
-+Functions" as the title for the function tags, use
-+
-+ let tlist_c_settings = 'c;f:My Functions'
-+
-+When you set the tlist_xxx_settings variable, you will override the default
-+setting used by the taglist plugin for the 'xxx' language. You cannot add to
-+the default options used by the taglist plugin for a particular file type. To
-+add to the options used by the taglist plugin for a language, copy the option
-+values from the taglist plugin file to your .vimrc file and modify it.
-+
-+Adding support for a new language~
-+If you want to add support for a new language to the taglist plugin, you need
-+to first extend the exuberant ctags tool. For more information about extending
-+exuberant ctags, visit the following page:
-+
-+ http://ctags.sourceforge.net/EXTENDING.html
-+
-+To add support for a new language, set the tlist_xxx_settings variable in the
-+~/.vimrc file appropriately as described above. Replace 'xxx' in the variable
-+name with the Vim filetype name for the new language.
-+
-+For example, to extend the taglist plugin to support the latex language, you
-+can use the following line (assuming, you have already extended exuberant
-+ctags to support the latex language):
-+
-+ let tlist_tex_settings='latex;b:bibitem;c:command;l:label'
-+
-+With the above line, when you edit files of filetype "tex" in Vim, the taglist
-+plugin will invoke the exuberant ctags tool passing the "latex" filetype and
-+the flags b, c and l to generate the tags. The text heading 'bibitem',
-+'command' and 'label' will be used in the taglist window for the tags which
-+are generated for the flags b, c and l respectively.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-faq*
-+10. Frequently Asked Questions~
-+
-+Q. The taglist plugin doesn't work. The taglist window is empty and the tags
-+ defined in a file are not displayed.
-+A. Are you using Vim version 6.0 and above? The taglist plugin relies on the
-+ features supported by Vim version 6.0 and above. You can use the following
-+ command to get the Vim version:
-+>
-+ $ vim --version
-+<
-+ Are you using exuberant ctags version 5.0 and above? The taglist plugin
-+ relies on the features supported by exuberant ctags and will not work with
-+ GNU ctags or the Unix ctags utility. You can use the following command to
-+ determine whether the ctags installed in your system is exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ $ ctags --version
-+<
-+ Is exuberant ctags present in one of the directories in your PATH? If not,
-+ you need to set the Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable to point to the location of
-+ exuberant ctags. Use the following Vim command to verify that this is setup
-+ correctly:
-+>
-+ :echo system(Tlist_Ctags_Cmd . ' --version')
-+<
-+ The above command should display the version information for exuberant
-+ ctags.
-+
-+ Did you turn on the Vim filetype detection? The taglist plugin relies on
-+ the filetype detected by Vim and passes the filetype to the exuberant ctags
-+ utility to parse the tags. Check the output of the following Vim command:
-+>
-+ :filetype
-+<
-+ The output of the above command should contain "filetype detection:ON".
-+ To turn on the filetype detection, add the following line to the .vimrc or
-+ _vimrc file:
-+>
-+ filetype on
-+<
-+ Is your version of Vim compiled with the support for the system() function?
-+ The following Vim command should display 1:
-+>
-+ :echo exists('*system')
-+<
-+ In some Linux distributions (particularly Suse Linux), the default Vim
-+ installation is built without the support for the system() function. The
-+ taglist plugin uses the system() function to invoke the exuberant ctags
-+ utility. You need to rebuild Vim after enabling the support for the
-+ system() function. If you use the default build options, the system()
-+ function will be supported.
-+
-+ Do you have the |'shellslash'| option set? You can try disabling the
-+ |'shellslash'| option. When the taglist plugin invokes the exuberant ctags
-+ utility with the path to the file, if the incorrect slashes are used, then
-+ you will see errors.
-+
-+ Check the shell related Vim options values using the following command:
-+>
-+ :set shell? shellcmdflag? shellpipe?
-+ :set shellquote? shellredir? shellxquote?
-+<
-+ If these options are set in your .vimrc or _vimrc file, try removing those
-+ lines.
-+
-+ Are you using a Unix shell in a MS-Windows environment? For example,
-+ the Unix shell from the MKS-toolkit. Do you have the SHELL environment
-+ set to point to this shell? You can try resetting the SHELL environment
-+ variable.
-+
-+ If you are using a Unix shell on MS-Windows, you should try to use
-+ exuberant ctags that is compiled for Unix-like environments so that
-+ exuberant ctags will understand path names with forward slash characters.
-+
-+ Is your filetype supported by the exuberant ctags utility? The file types
-+ supported by the exuberant ctags utility are listed in the ctags help. If a
-+ file type is not supported, you have to extend exuberant ctags. You can use
-+ the following command to list the filetypes supported by exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ ctags --list-languages
-+<
-+ Run the following command from the shell prompt and check whether the tags
-+ defined in your file are listed in the output from exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ ctags -f - --format=2 --excmd=pattern --fields=nks <filename>
-+<
-+ If you see your tags in the output from the above command, then the
-+ exuberant ctags utility is properly parsing your file.
-+
-+ Do you have the .ctags or _ctags or the ctags.cnf file in your home
-+ directory for specifying default options or for extending exuberant ctags?
-+ If you do have this file, check the options in this file and make sure
-+ these options are not interfering with the operation of the taglist plugin.
-+
-+ If you are using MS-Windows, check the value of the TEMP and TMP
-+ environment variables. If these environment variables are set to a path
-+ with space characters in the name, then try using the DOS 8.3 short name
-+ for the path or set them to a path without the space characters in the
-+ name. For example, if the temporary directory name is "C:\Documents and
-+ Settings\xyz\Local Settings\Temp", then try setting the TEMP variable to
-+ the following:
-+>
-+ set TEMP=C:\DOCUMEN~1\xyz\LOCALS~1\Temp
-+<
-+ If exuberant ctags is installed in a directory with space characters in the
-+ name, then try adding the directory to the PATH environment variable or try
-+ setting the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable to the shortest path name to ctags
-+ or try copying the exuberant ctags to a path without space characters in
-+ the name. For example, if exuberant ctags is installed in the directory
-+ "C:\Program Files\Ctags", then try setting the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable
-+ as below:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd='C:\Progra~1\Ctags\ctags.exe'
-+<
-+Q. When I try to open the taglist window, I am seeing the following error
-+ message. How do I fix this problem?
-+
-+ Taglist: Failed to generate tags for /my/path/to/file
-+ ctags: illegal option -- -^@usage: ctags [-BFadtuwvx] [-f tagsfile] file ...
-+
-+A. The taglist plugin will work only with the exuberant ctags tool. You
-+ cannot use the GNU ctags or the Unix ctags program with the taglist plugin.
-+ You will see an error message similar to the one shown above, if you try
-+ use a non-exuberant ctags program with Vim. To fix this problem, either add
-+ the exuberant ctags tool location to the PATH environment variable or set
-+ the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable.
-+
-+Q. A file has more than one tag with the same name. When I select a tag name
-+ from the taglist window, the cursor is positioned at the incorrect tag
-+ location.
-+A. The taglist plugin uses the search pattern generated by the exuberant ctags
-+ utility to position the cursor at the location of a tag definition. If a
-+ file has more than one tag with the same name and same prototype, then the
-+ search pattern will be the same. In this case, when searching for the tag
-+ pattern, the cursor may be positioned at the incorrect location.
-+
-+Q. I have made some modifications to my file and introduced new
-+ functions/classes/variables. I have not yet saved my file. The taglist
-+ plugin is not displaying the new tags when I update the taglist window.
-+A. The exuberant ctags utility will process only files that are present in the
-+ disk. To list the tags defined in a file, you have to save the file and
-+ then update the taglist window.
-+
-+Q. I have created a ctags file using the exuberant ctags utility for my source
-+ tree. How do I configure the taglist plugin to use this tags file?
-+A. The taglist plugin doesn't use a tags file stored in disk. For every opened
-+ file, the taglist plugin invokes the exuberant ctags utility to get the
-+ list of tags dynamically. The Vim system() function is used to invoke
-+ exuberant ctags and get the ctags output. This function internally uses a
-+ temporary file to store the output. This file is deleted after the output
-+ from the command is read. So you will never see the file that contains the
-+ output of exuberant ctags.
-+
-+Q. When I set the |'updatetime'| option to a low value (less than 1000) and if
-+ I keep pressing a key with the taglist window open, the current buffer
-+ contents are changed. Why is this?
-+A. The taglist plugin uses the |CursorHold| autocmd to highlight the current
-+ tag. The CursorHold autocmd triggers for every |'updatetime'| milliseconds.
-+ If the |'updatetime'| option is set to a low value, then the CursorHold
-+ autocmd will be triggered frequently. As the taglist plugin changes
-+ the focus to the taglist window to highlight the current tag, this could
-+ interfere with the key movement resulting in changing the contents of
-+ the current buffer. The workaround for this problem is to not set the
-+ |'updatetime'| option to a low value.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-license*
-+11. License~
-+Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute the taglist plugin, with or
-+without modifications, provided that this copyright notice is copied with it.
-+Like anything else that's free, taglist.vim is provided *as is* and comes with
-+no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. In no event will the
-+copyright holder be liable for any damamges resulting from the use of this
-+software.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-todo*
-+12. Todo~
-+
-+1. Group tags according to the scope and display them. For example,
-+ group all the tags belonging to a C++/Java class
-+2. Support for displaying tags in a modified (not-yet-saved) file.
-+3. Automatically open the taglist window only for selected filetypes.
-+ For other filetypes, close the taglist window.
-+4. When using the shell from the MKS toolkit, the taglist plugin
-+ doesn't work.
-+5. The taglist plugin doesn't work with files edited remotely using the
-+ netrw plugin. The exuberant ctags utility cannot process files over
-+ scp/rcp/ftp, etc.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+
-+vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:
-diff -urN vim71/1/doc/taglist.txt vim71_ada/1/doc/taglist.txt
---- vim71/1/doc/taglist.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/doc/taglist.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,1494 @@
-+*taglist.txt* Plugin for browsing source code
-+
-+Author: Yegappan Lakshmanan (yegappan AT yahoo DOT com)
-+For Vim version 6.0 and above
-+Last change: 2007 February 18
-+
-+1. Overview |taglist-intro|
-+2. Taglist on the internet |taglist-internet|
-+3. Requirements |taglist-requirements|
-+4. Installation |taglist-install|
-+5. Usage |taglist-using|
-+6. Options |taglist-options|
-+7. Commands |taglist-commands|
-+8. Global functions |taglist-functions|
-+9. Extending |taglist-extend|
-+10. FAQ |taglist-faq|
-+11. License |taglist-license|
-+12. Todo |taglist-todo|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-intro*
-+1. Overview~
-+
-+The "Tag List" plugin is a source code browser plugin for Vim. This plugin
-+allows you to efficiently browse through source code files for different
-+programming languages. The "Tag List" plugin provides the following features:
-+
-+ * Displays the tags (functions, classes, structures, variables, etc.)
-+ defined in a file in a vertically or horizontally split Vim window.
-+ * In GUI Vim, optionally displays the tags in the Tags drop-down menu and
-+ in the popup menu.
-+ * Automatically updates the taglist window as you switch between
-+ files/buffers. As you open new files, the tags defined in the new files
-+ are added to the existing file list and the tags defined in all the
-+ files are displayed grouped by the filename.
-+ * When a tag name is selected from the taglist window, positions the
-+ cursor at the definition of the tag in the source file.
-+ * Automatically highlights the current tag name.
-+ * Groups the tags by their type and displays them in a foldable tree.
-+ * Can display the prototype and scope of a tag.
-+ * Can optionally display the tag prototype instead of the tag name in the
-+ taglist window.
-+ * The tag list can be sorted either by name or by chronological order.
-+ * Supports the following language files: Assembly, ASP, Awk, Beta, C,
-+ C++, C#, Cobol, Eiffel, Erlang, Fortran, HTML, Java, Javascript, Lisp,
-+ Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, Rexx, Ruby, Scheme, Shell, Slang,
-+ SML, Sql, TCL, Verilog, Vim and Yacc.
-+ * Can be easily extended to support new languages. Support for
-+ existing languages can be modified easily.
-+ * Provides functions to display the current tag name in the Vim status
-+ line or the window title bar.
-+ * The list of tags and files in the taglist can be saved and
-+ restored across Vim sessions.
-+ * Provides commands to get the name and prototype of the current tag.
-+ * Runs in both console/terminal and GUI versions of Vim.
-+ * Works with the winmanager plugin. Using the winmanager plugin, you
-+ can use Vim plugins like the file explorer, buffer explorer and the
-+ taglist plugin at the same time like an IDE.
-+ * Can be used in both Unix and MS-Windows systems.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-internet*
-+2. Taglist on the internet~
-+
-+The home page of the taglist plugin is at:
-+>
-+ http://vim-taglist.sourceforge.net/
-+<
-+You can subscribe to the taglist mailing list to post your questions or
-+suggestions for improvement or to send bug reports. Visit the following page
-+for subscribing to the mailing list:
-+>
-+ http://groups.yahoo.com/group/taglist
-+<
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-requirements*
-+3. Requirements~
-+
-+The taglist plugin requires the following:
-+
-+ * Vim version 6.0 and above
-+ * Exuberant ctags 5.0 and above
-+
-+The taglist plugin will work on all the platforms where the exuberant ctags
-+utility and Vim are supported (this includes MS-Windows and Unix based
-+systems).
-+
-+The taglist plugin relies on the exuberant ctags utility to dynamically
-+generate the tag listing. The exuberant ctags utility must be installed in
-+your system to use this plugin. The exuberant ctags utility is shipped with
-+most of the Linux distributions. You can download the exuberant ctags utility
-+from
-+>
-+ http://ctags.sourceforge.net
-+<
-+The taglist plugin doesn't use or create a tags file and there is no need to
-+create a tags file to use this plugin. The taglist plugin will not work with
-+the GNU ctags or the Unix ctags utility.
-+
-+This plugin relies on the Vim "filetype" detection mechanism to determine the
-+type of the current file. You have to turn on the Vim filetype detection by
-+adding the following line to your .vimrc file:
-+>
-+ filetype on
-+<
-+The taglist plugin will not work if you run Vim in the restricted mode (using
-+the -Z command-line argument).
-+
-+The taglist plugin uses the Vim system() function to invoke the exuberant
-+ctags utility. If Vim is compiled without the system() function then you
-+cannot use the taglist plugin. Some of the Linux distributions (Suse) compile
-+Vim without the system() function for security reasons.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-install*
-+4. Installation~
-+
-+1. Download the taglist.zip file and unzip the files to the $HOME/.vim or the
-+ $HOME/vimfiles or the $VIM/vimfiles directory. After this step, you should
-+ have the following two files (the directory structure should be preserved):
-+
-+ plugin/taglist.vim - main taglist plugin file
-+ doc/taglist.txt - documentation (help) file
-+
-+ Refer to the |add-plugin|and |'runtimepath'| Vim help pages for more
-+ details about installing Vim plugins.
-+2. Change to the $HOME/.vim/doc or $HOME/vimfiles/doc or $VIM/vimfiles/doc
-+ directory, start Vim and run the ":helptags ." command to process the
-+ taglist help file. Without this step, you cannot jump to the taglist help
-+ topics.
-+3. If the exuberant ctags utility is not present in one of the directories in
-+ the PATH environment variable, then set the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable to
-+ point to the location of the exuberant ctags utility (not to the directory)
-+ in the .vimrc file.
-+4. If you are running a terminal/console version of Vim and the terminal
-+ doesn't support changing the window width then set the
-+ 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to 0 in the .vimrc file.
-+5. Restart Vim.
-+6. You can now use the ":TlistToggle" command to open/close the taglist
-+ window. You can use the ":help taglist" command to get more information
-+ about using the taglist plugin.
-+
-+To uninstall the taglist plugin, remove the plugin/taglist.vim and
-+doc/taglist.txt files from the $HOME/.vim or $HOME/vimfiles directory.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-using*
-+5. Usage~
-+
-+The taglist plugin can be used in several different ways.
-+
-+1. You can keep the taglist window open during the entire editing session. On
-+ opening the taglist window, the tags defined in all the files in the Vim
-+ buffer list will be displayed in the taglist window. As you edit files, the
-+ tags defined in them will be added to the taglist window. You can select a
-+ tag from the taglist window and jump to it. The current tag will be
-+ highlighted in the taglist window. You can close the taglist window when
-+ you no longer need the window.
-+2. You can configure the taglist plugin to process the tags defined in all the
-+ edited files always. In this configuration, even if the taglist window is
-+ closed and the taglist menu is not displayed, the taglist plugin will
-+ processes the tags defined in newly edited files. You can then open the
-+ taglist window only when you need to select a tag and then automatically
-+ close the taglist window after selecting the tag.
-+3. You can configure the taglist plugin to display only the tags defined in
-+ the current file in the taglist window. By default, the taglist plugin
-+ displays the tags defined in all the files in the Vim buffer list. As you
-+ switch between files, the taglist window will be refreshed to display only
-+ the tags defined in the current file.
-+4. In GUI Vim, you can use the Tags pull-down and popup menu created by the
-+ taglist plugin to display the tags defined in the current file and select a
-+ tag to jump to it. You can use the menu without opening the taglist window.
-+ By default, the Tags menu is disabled.
-+5. You can configure the taglist plugin to display the name of the current tag
-+ in the Vim window status line or in the Vim window title bar. For this to
-+ work without the taglist window or menu, you need to configure the taglist
-+ plugin to process the tags defined in a file always.
-+6. You can save the tags defined in multiple files to a taglist session file
-+ and load it when needed. You can also configure the taglist plugin to not
-+ update the taglist window when editing new files. You can then manually add
-+ files to the taglist window.
-+
-+Opening the taglist window~
-+You can open the taglist window using the ":TlistOpen" or the ":TlistToggle"
-+commands. The ":TlistOpen" command opens the taglist window and jumps to it.
-+The ":TlistToggle" command opens or closes (toggle) the taglist window and the
-+cursor remains in the current window. If the 'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'
-+variable is set to 1, then the ":TlistToggle" command opens the taglist window
-+and moves the cursor to the taglist window.
-+
-+You can map a key to invoke these commands. For example, the following command
-+creates a normal mode mapping for the <F8> key to toggle the taglist window.
-+>
-+ nnoremap <silent> <F8> :TlistToggle<CR>
-+<
-+Add the above mapping to your ~/.vimrc or $HOME/_vimrc file.
-+
-+To automatically open the taglist window on Vim startup, set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Open' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can also open the taglist window on startup using the following command
-+line:
-+>
-+ $ vim +TlistOpen
-+<
-+Closing the taglist window~
-+You can close the taglist window from the taglist window by pressing 'q' or
-+using the Vim ":q" command. You can also use any of the Vim window commands to
-+close the taglist window. Invoking the ":TlistToggle" command when the taglist
-+window is opened, closes the taglist window. You can also use the
-+":TlistClose" command to close the taglist window.
-+
-+To automatically close the taglist window when a tag or file is selected, you
-+can set the 'Tlist_Close_On_Select' variable to 1. To exit Vim when only the
-+taglist window is present, set the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' variable to 1.
-+
-+Jumping to a tag or a file~
-+You can select a tag in the taglist window either by pressing the <Enter> key
-+or by double clicking the tag name using the mouse. To jump to a tag on a
-+single mouse click set the 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' variable to 1.
-+
-+If the selected file is already opened in a window, then the cursor is moved
-+to that window. If the file is not currently opened in a window then the file
-+is opened in the window used by the taglist plugin to show the previously
-+selected file. If there are no usable windows, then the file is opened in a
-+new window. The file is not opened in special windows like the quickfix
-+window, preview window and windows containing buffer with the 'buftype' option
-+set.
-+
-+To jump to the tag in a new window, press the 'o' key. To open the file in the
-+previous window (Ctrl-W_p) use the 'P' key. You can press the 'p' key to jump
-+to the tag but still keep the cursor in the taglist window (preview).
-+
-+To open the selected file in a tab, use the 't' key. If the file is already
-+present in a tab then the cursor is moved to that tab otherwise the file is
-+opened in a new tab. To jump to a tag in a new tab press Ctrl-t. The taglist
-+window is automatically opened in the newly created tab.
-+
-+Instead of jumping to a tag, you can open a file by pressing the <Enter> key
-+or by double clicking the file name using the mouse.
-+
-+In the taglist window, you can use the [[ or <Backspace> key to jump to the
-+beginning of the previous file. You can use the ]] or <Tab> key to jump to the
-+beginning of the next file. When you reach the first or last file, the search
-+wraps around and the jumps to the next/previous file.
-+
-+Highlighting the current tag~
-+The taglist plugin automatically highlights the name of the current tag in the
-+taglist window. The Vim |CursorHold| autocmd event is used for this. If the
-+current tag name is not visible in the taglist window, then the taglist window
-+contents are scrolled to make that tag name visible. You can also use the
-+":TlistHighlightTag" command to force the highlighting of the current tag.
-+
-+The tag name is highlighted if no activity is performed for |'updatetime'|
-+milliseconds. The default value for this Vim option is 4 seconds. To avoid
-+unexpected problems, you should not set the |'updatetime'| option to a very
-+low value.
-+
-+To disable the automatic highlighting of the current tag name in the taglist
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag' variable to zero.
-+
-+When entering a Vim buffer/window, the taglist plugin automatically highlights
-+the current tag in that buffer/window. If you like to disable the automatic
-+highlighting of the current tag when entering a buffer, set the
-+'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter' variable to zero.
-+
-+Adding files to the taglist~
-+When the taglist window is opened, all the files in the Vim buffer list are
-+processed and the supported files are added to the taglist. When you edit a
-+file in Vim, the taglist plugin automatically processes this file and adds it
-+to the taglist. If you close the taglist window, the tag information in the
-+taglist is retained.
-+
-+To process files even when the taglist window is not open, set the
-+'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can manually add multiple files to the taglist without opening them using
-+the ":TlistAddFiles" and the ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands.
-+
-+For example, to add all the C files in the /my/project/dir directory to the
-+taglist, you can use the following command:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFiles /my/project/dir/*.c
-+<
-+Note that when adding several files with a large number of tags or a large
-+number of files, it will take several seconds to several minutes for the
-+taglist plugin to process all the files. You should not interrupt the taglist
-+plugin by pressing <CTRL-C>.
-+
-+You can recursively add multiple files from a directory tree using the
-+":TlistAddFilesRecursive" command:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive /my/project/dir *.c
-+<
-+This command takes two arguments. The first argument specifies the directory
-+from which to recursively add the files. The second optional argument
-+specifies the wildcard matching pattern for selecting the files to add. The
-+default pattern is * and all the files are added.
-+
-+Displaying tags for only one file~
-+The taglist window displays the tags for all the files in the Vim buffer list
-+and all the manually added files. To display the tags for only the current
-+active buffer, set the 'Tlist_Show_One_File' variable to 1.
-+
-+Removing files from the taglist~
-+You can remove a file from the taglist window, by pressing the 'd' key when the
-+cursor is on one of the tags listed for the file in the taglist window. The
-+removed file will no longer be displayed in the taglist window in the current
-+Vim session. To again display the tags for the file, open the file in a Vim
-+window and then use the ":TlistUpdate" command or use ":TlistAddFiles" command
-+to add the file to the taglist.
-+
-+When a buffer is removed from the Vim buffer list using the ":bdelete" or the
-+":bwipeout" command, the taglist is updated to remove the stored information
-+for this buffer.
-+
-+Updating the tags displayed for a file~
-+The taglist plugin keeps track of the modification time of a file. When the
-+modification time changes (the file is modified), the taglist plugin
-+automatically updates the tags listed for that file. The modification time of
-+a file is checked when you enter a window containing that file or when you
-+load that file.
-+
-+You can also update or refresh the tags displayed for a file by pressing the
-+"u" key in the taglist window. If an existing file is modified, after the file
-+is saved, the taglist plugin automatically updates the tags displayed for the
-+file.
-+
-+You can also use the ":TlistUpdate" command to update the tags for the current
-+buffer after you made some changes to it. You should save the modified buffer
-+before you update the taglist window. Otherwise the listed tags will not
-+include the new tags created in the buffer.
-+
-+If you have deleted the tags displayed for a file in the taglist window using
-+the 'd' key, you can again display the tags for that file using the
-+":TlistUpdate" command.
-+
-+Controlling the taglist updates~
-+To disable the automatic processing of new files or modified files, you can
-+set the 'Tlist_Auto_Update' variable to zero. When this variable is set to
-+zero, the taglist is updated only when you use the ":TlistUpdate" command or
-+the ":TlistAddFiles" or the ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands. You can use
-+this option to control which files are added to the taglist.
-+
-+You can use the ":TlistLock" command to lock the taglist contents. After this
-+command is executed, new files are not automatically added to the taglist.
-+When the taglist is locked, you can use the ":TlistUpdate" command to add the
-+current file or the ":TlistAddFiles" or ":TlistAddFilesRecursive" commands to
-+add new files to the taglist. To unlock the taglist, use the ":TlistUnlock"
-+command.
-+
-+Displaying the tag prototype~
-+To display the prototype of the tag under the cursor in the taglist window,
-+press the space bar. If you place the cursor on a tag name in the taglist
-+window, then the tag prototype is displayed at the Vim status line after
-+|'updatetime'| milliseconds. The default value for the |'updatetime'| Vim
-+option is 4 seconds.
-+
-+You can get the name and prototype of a tag without opening the taglist window
-+and the taglist menu using the ":TlistShowTag" and the ":TlistShowPrototype"
-+commands. These commands will work only if the current file is already present
-+in the taglist. To use these commands without opening the taglist window, set
-+the 'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can use the ":TlistShowTag" command to display the name of the tag at or
-+before the specified line number in the specified file. If the file name and
-+line number are not supplied, then this command will display the name of the
-+current tag. For example,
-+>
-+ :TlistShowTag
-+ :TlistShowTag myfile.java 100
-+<
-+You can use the ":TlistShowPrototype" command to display the prototype of the
-+tag at or before the specified line number in the specified file. If the file
-+name and the line number are not supplied, then this command will display the
-+prototype of the current tag. For example,
-+>
-+ :TlistShowPrototype
-+ :TlistShowPrototype myfile.c 50
-+<
-+In the taglist window, when the mouse is moved over a tag name, the tag
-+prototype is displayed in a balloon. This works only in GUI versions where
-+balloon evaluation is supported.
-+
-+Taglist window contents~
-+The taglist window contains the tags defined in various files in the taglist
-+grouped by the filename and by the tag type (variable, function, class, etc.).
-+For tags with scope information (like class members, structures inside
-+structures, etc.), the scope information is displayed in square brackets "[]"
-+after the tag name.
-+
-+The contents of the taglist buffer/window are managed by the taglist plugin.
-+The |'filetype'| for the taglist buffer is set to 'taglist'. The Vim
-+|'modifiable'| option is turned off for the taglist buffer. You should not
-+manually edit the taglist buffer, by setting the |'modifiable'| flag. If you
-+manually edit the taglist buffer contents, then the taglist plugin will be out
-+of sync with the taglist buffer contents and the plugin will no longer work
-+correctly. To redisplay the taglist buffer contents again, close the taglist
-+window and reopen it.
-+
-+Opening and closing the tag and file tree~
-+In the taglist window, the tag names are displayed as a foldable tree using
-+the Vim folding support. You can collapse the tree using the '-' key or using
-+the Vim |zc| fold command. You can open the tree using the '+' key or using
-+the Vim |zo| fold command. You can open all the folds using the '*' key or
-+using the Vim |zR| fold command. You can also use the mouse to open/close the
-+folds. You can close all the folds using the '=' key. You should not manually
-+create or delete the folds in the taglist window.
-+
-+To automatically close the fold for the inactive files/buffers and open only
-+the fold for the current buffer in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close' variable to 1.
-+
-+Sorting the tags for a file~
-+The tags displayed in the taglist window can be sorted either by their name or
-+by their chronological order. The default sorting method is by the order in
-+which the tags appear in a file. You can change the default sort method by
-+setting the 'Tlist_Sort_Type' variable to either "name" or "order". You can
-+sort the tags by their name by pressing the "s" key in the taglist window. You
-+can again sort the tags by their chronological order using the "s" key. Each
-+file in the taglist window can be sorted using different order.
-+
-+Zooming in and out of the taglist window~
-+You can press the 'x' key in the taglist window to maximize the taglist
-+window width/height. The window will be maximized to the maximum possible
-+width/height without closing the other existing windows. You can again press
-+'x' to restore the taglist window to the default width/height.
-+
-+ *taglist-session*
-+Taglist Session~
-+A taglist session refers to the group of files and their tags stored in the
-+taglist in a Vim session.
-+
-+You can save and restore a taglist session (and all the displayed tags) using
-+the ":TlistSessionSave" and ":TlistSessionLoad" commands.
-+
-+To save the information about the tags and files in the taglist to a file, use
-+the ":TlistSessionSave" command and specify the filename:
-+>
-+ :TlistSessionSave <file name>
-+<
-+To load a saved taglist session, use the ":TlistSessionLoad" command: >
-+
-+ :TlistSessionLoad <file name>
-+<
-+When you load a taglist session file, the tags stored in the file will be
-+added to the tags already stored in the taglist.
-+
-+The taglist session feature can be used to save the tags for large files or a
-+group of frequently used files (like a project). By using the taglist session
-+file, you can minimize the amount to time it takes to load/refresh the taglist
-+for multiple files.
-+
-+You can create more than one taglist session file for multiple groups of
-+files.
-+
-+Displaying the tag name in the Vim status line or the window title bar~
-+You can use the Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line() function provided by the taglist
-+plugin to display the current tag name in the Vim status line or the window
-+title bar. Similarly, you can use the Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()
-+function to display the current tag prototype in the Vim status line or the
-+window title bar.
-+
-+For example, the following command can be used to display the current tag name
-+in the status line:
-+>
-+ :set statusline=%<%f%=%([%{Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()}]%)
-+<
-+The following command can be used to display the current tag name in the
-+window title bar:
-+>
-+ :set title titlestring=%<%f\ %([%{Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()}]%)
-+<
-+Note that the current tag name can be displayed only after the file is
-+processed by the taglist plugin. For this, you have to either set the
-+'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1 or open the taglist window or use
-+the taglist menu. For more information about configuring the Vim status line,
-+refer to the documentation for the Vim |'statusline'| option.
-+
-+Changing the taglist window highlighting~
-+The following Vim highlight groups are defined and used to highlight the
-+various entities in the taglist window:
-+
-+ TagListTagName - Used for tag names
-+ TagListTagScope - Used for tag scope
-+ TagListTitle - Used for tag titles
-+ TagListComment - Used for comments
-+ TagListFileName - Used for filenames
-+
-+By default, these highlight groups are linked to the standard Vim highlight
-+groups. If you want to change the colors used for these highlight groups,
-+prefix the highlight group name with 'My' and define it in your .vimrc or
-+.gvimrc file: MyTagListTagName, MyTagListTagScope, MyTagListTitle,
-+MyTagListComment and MyTagListFileName. For example, to change the colors
-+used for tag names, you can use the following command:
-+>
-+ :highlight MyTagListTagName guifg=blue ctermfg=blue
-+<
-+Controlling the taglist window~
-+To use a horizontally split taglist window, instead of a vertically split
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window' variable to 1.
-+
-+To use a vertically split taglist window on the rightmost side of the Vim
-+window, set the 'Tlist_Use_Right_Window' variable to 1.
-+
-+You can specify the width of the vertically split taglist window, by setting
-+the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable. You can specify the height of the horizontally
-+split taglist window, by setting the 'Tlist_WinHeight' variable.
-+
-+When opening a vertically split taglist window, the Vim window width is
-+increased to accommodate the new taglist window. When the taglist window is
-+closed, the Vim window is reduced. To disable this, set the
-+'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to zero.
-+
-+To reduce the number of empty lines in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_Compact_Format' variable to 1.
-+
-+To not display the Vim fold column in the taglist window, set the
-+'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column' variable to zero.
-+
-+To display the tag prototypes instead of the tag names in the taglist window,
-+set the 'Tlist_Display_Prototype' variable to 1.
-+
-+To not display the scope of the tags next to the tag names, set the
-+'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope' variable to zero.
-+
-+ *taglist-keys*
-+Taglist window key list~
-+The following table lists the description of the keys that can be used
-+in the taglist window.
-+
-+ Key Description~
-+
-+ <CR> Jump to the location where the tag under cursor is
-+ defined.
-+ o Jump to the location where the tag under cursor is
-+ defined in a new window.
-+ P Jump to the tag in the previous (Ctrl-W_p) window.
-+ p Display the tag definition in the file window and
-+ keep the cursor in the taglist window itself.
-+ t Jump to the tag in a new tab. If the file is already
-+ opened in a tab, move to that tab.
-+ Ctrl-t Jump to the tag in a new tab.
-+ <Space> Display the prototype of the tag under the cursor.
-+ For file names, display the full path to the file,
-+ file type and the number of tags. For tag types, display the
-+ tag type and the number of tags.
-+ u Update the tags listed in the taglist window
-+ s Change the sort order of the tags (by name or by order)
-+ d Remove the tags for the file under the cursor
-+ x Zoom-in or Zoom-out the taglist window
-+ + Open a fold
-+ - Close a fold
-+ * Open all folds
-+ = Close all folds
-+ [[ Jump to the beginning of the previous file
-+ <Backspace> Jump to the beginning of the previous file
-+ ]] Jump to the beginning of the next file
-+ <Tab> Jump to the beginning of the next file
-+ q Close the taglist window
-+ <F1> Display help
-+
-+The above keys will work in both the normal mode and the insert mode.
-+
-+ *taglist-menu*
-+Taglist menu~
-+When using GUI Vim, the taglist plugin can display the tags defined in the
-+current file in the drop-down menu and the popup menu. By default, this
-+feature is turned off. To turn on this feature, set the 'Tlist_Show_Menu'
-+variable to 1.
-+
-+You can jump to a tag by selecting the tag name from the menu. You can use the
-+taglist menu independent of the taglist window i.e. you don't need to open the
-+taglist window to get the taglist menu.
-+
-+When you switch between files/buffers, the taglist menu is automatically
-+updated to display the tags defined in the current file/buffer.
-+
-+The tags are grouped by their type (variables, functions, classes, methods,
-+etc.) and displayed as a separate sub-menu for each type. If all the tags
-+defined in a file are of the same type (e.g. functions), then the sub-menu is
-+not used.
-+
-+If the number of items in a tag type submenu exceeds the value specified by
-+the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable, then the submenu will be split into
-+multiple submenus. The default setting for 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' is 25.
-+The first and last tag names in the submenu are used to form the submenu name.
-+The menu items are prefixed by alpha-numeric characters for easy selection by
-+keyboard.
-+
-+If the popup menu support is enabled (the |'mousemodel'| option contains
-+"popup"), then the tags menu is added to the popup menu. You can access
-+the popup menu by right clicking on the GUI window.
-+
-+You can regenerate the tags menu by selecting the 'Tags->Refresh menu' entry.
-+You can sort the tags listed in the menu either by name or by order by
-+selecting the 'Tags->Sort menu by->Name/Order' menu entry.
-+
-+You can tear-off the Tags menu and keep it on the side of the Vim window
-+for quickly locating the tags.
-+
-+Using the taglist plugin with the winmanager plugin~
-+You can use the taglist plugin with the winmanager plugin. This will allow you
-+to use the file explorer, buffer explorer and the taglist plugin at the same
-+time in different windows. To use the taglist plugin with the winmanager
-+plugin, set 'TagList' in the 'winManagerWindowLayout' variable. For example,
-+to use the file explorer plugin and the taglist plugin at the same time, use
-+the following setting: >
-+
-+ let winManagerWindowLayout = 'FileExplorer|TagList'
-+<
-+Getting help~
-+If you have installed the taglist help file (this file), then you can use the
-+Vim ":help taglist-<keyword>" command to get help on the various taglist
-+topics.
-+
-+You can press the <F1> key in the taglist window to display the help
-+information about using the taglist window. If you again press the <F1> key,
-+the help information is removed from the taglist window.
-+
-+ *taglist-debug*
-+Debugging the taglist plugin~
-+You can use the ":TlistDebug" command to enable logging of the debug messages
-+from the taglist plugin. To display the logged debug messages, you can use the
-+":TlistMessages" command. To disable the logging of the debug messages, use
-+the ":TlistUndebug" command.
-+
-+You can specify a file name to the ":TlistDebug" command to log the debug
-+messages to a file. Otherwise, the debug messages are stored in a script-local
-+variable. In the later case, to minimize memory usage, only the last 3000
-+characters from the debug messages are stored.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-options*
-+6. Options~
-+
-+A number of Vim variables control the behavior of the taglist plugin. These
-+variables are initialized to a default value. By changing these variables you
-+can change the behavior of the taglist plugin. You need to change these
-+settings only if you want to change the behavior of the taglist plugin. You
-+should use the |:let| command in your .vimrc file to change the setting of any
-+of these variables.
-+
-+The configurable taglist variables are listed below. For a detailed
-+description of these variables refer to the text below this table.
-+
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag'| Automatically highlight the current tag in the
-+ taglist.
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Open'| Open the taglist window when Vim starts.
-+|'Tlist_Auto_Update'| Automatically update the taglist to include
-+ newly edited files.
-+|'Tlist_Close_On_Select'| Close the taglist window when a file or tag is
-+ selected.
-+|'Tlist_Compact_Format'| Remove extra information and blank lines from
-+ the taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd'| Specifies the path to the ctags utility.
-+|'Tlist_Display_Prototype'| Show prototypes and not tags in the taglist
-+ window.
-+|'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope'| Show tag scope next to the tag name.
-+|'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'| Show the fold indicator column in the taglist
-+ window.
-+|'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow'| Close Vim if the taglist is the only window.
-+|'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close'| Close tag folds for inactive buffers.
-+|'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'|
-+ Jump to taglist window on open.
-+|'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter'|
-+ On entering a buffer, automatically highlight
-+ the current tag.
-+|'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth'| Increase the Vim window width to accommodate
-+ the taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'| Maximum number of items in a tags sub-menu.
-+|'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length'| Maximum tag length used in a tag menu entry.
-+|'Tlist_Process_File_Always'| Process files even when the taglist window is
-+ closed.
-+|'Tlist_Show_Menu'| Display the tags menu.
-+|'Tlist_Show_One_File'| Show tags for the current buffer only.
-+|'Tlist_Sort_Type'| Sort method used for arranging the tags.
-+|'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'| Use a horizontally split window for the
-+ taglist window.
-+|'Tlist_Use_Right_Window'| Place the taglist window on the right side.
-+|'Tlist_Use_SingleClick'| Single click on a tag jumps to it.
-+|'Tlist_WinHeight'| Horizontally split taglist window height.
-+|'Tlist_WinWidth'| Vertically split taglist window width.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag~
-+The taglist plugin will automatically highlight the current tag in the taglist
-+window. If you want to disable this, then you can set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag' variable to zero. Note that even though the current
-+tag highlighting is disabled, the tags for a new file will still be added to
-+the taglist window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag = 0
-+<
-+With the above variable set to 1, you can use the ":TlistHighlightTag" command
-+to highlight the current tag.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Open'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Open~
-+To automatically open the taglist window, when you start Vim, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Auto_Open' variable to 1. By default, this variable is set to zero and
-+the taglist window will not be opened automatically on Vim startup.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Open = 1
-+<
-+The taglist window is opened only when a supported type of file is opened on
-+Vim startup. For example, if you open text files, then the taglist window will
-+not be opened.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Auto_Update'*
-+Tlist_Auto_Update~
-+When a new file is edited, the tags defined in the file are automatically
-+processed and added to the taglist. To stop adding new files to the taglist,
-+set the 'Tlist_Auto_Update' variable to zero. By default, this variable is set
-+to 1.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Update = 0
-+<
-+With the above variable set to 1, you can use the ":TlistUpdate" command to
-+add the tags defined in the current file to the taglist.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Close_On_Select'*
-+Tlist_Close_On_Select~
-+If you want to close the taglist window when a file or tag is selected, then
-+set the 'Tlist_Close_On_Select' variable to 1. By default, this variable is
-+set zero and when you select a tag or file from the taglist window, the window
-+is not closed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Close_On_Select = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Compact_Format'*
-+Tlist_Compact_Format~
-+By default, empty lines are used to separate different tag types displayed for
-+a file and the tags displayed for different files in the taglist window. If
-+you want to display as many tags as possible in the taglist window, you can
-+set the 'Tlist_Compact_Format' variable to 1 to get a compact display.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Compact_Format = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd'*
-+Tlist_Ctags_Cmd~
-+The 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable specifies the location (path) of the exuberant
-+ctags utility. If exuberant ctags is present in any one of the directories in
-+the PATH environment variable, then there is no need to set this variable.
-+
-+The exuberant ctags tool can be installed under different names. When the
-+taglist plugin starts up, if the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable is not set, it
-+checks for the names exuberant-ctags, exctags, ctags, ctags.exe and tags in
-+the PATH environment variable. If any one of the named executable is found,
-+then the Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable is set to that name.
-+
-+If exuberant ctags is not present in one of the directories specified in the
-+PATH environment variable, then set this variable to point to the location of
-+the ctags utility in your system. Note that this variable should point to the
-+fully qualified exuberant ctags location and NOT to the directory in which
-+exuberant ctags is installed. If the exuberant ctags tool is not found in
-+either PATH or in the specified location, then the taglist plugin will not be
-+loaded. Examples:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'd:\tools\ctags.exe'
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = '/usr/local/bin/ctags'
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Display_Prototype'*
-+Tlist_Display_Prototype~
-+By default, only the tag name will be displayed in the taglist window. If you
-+like to see tag prototypes instead of names, set the 'Tlist_Display_Prototype'
-+variable to 1. By default, this variable is set to zero and only tag names
-+will be displayed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Display_Prototype = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope'*
-+Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope~
-+By default, the scope of a tag (like a C++ class) will be displayed in
-+square brackets next to the tag name. If you don't want the tag scopes
-+to be displayed, then set the 'Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope' to zero. By default,
-+this variable is set to 1 and the tag scopes will be displayed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'*
-+Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column~
-+By default, the Vim fold column is enabled and displayed in the taglist
-+window. If you wish to disable this (for example, when you are working with a
-+narrow Vim window or terminal), you can set the 'Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column'
-+variable to zero.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow'*
-+Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow~
-+If you want to exit Vim if only the taglist window is currently opened, then
-+set the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' variable to 1. By default, this variable is
-+set to zero and the Vim instance will not be closed if only the taglist window
-+is present.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close'*
-+Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close~
-+By default, the tags tree displayed in the taglist window for all the files is
-+opened. You can close/fold the tags tree for the files manually. To
-+automatically close the tags tree for inactive files, you can set the
-+'Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close' variable to 1. When this variable is set to 1,
-+the tags tree for the current buffer is automatically opened and for all the
-+other buffers is closed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen'*
-+Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen~
-+When the taglist window is opened using the ':TlistToggle' command, this
-+option controls whether the cursor is moved to the taglist window or remains
-+in the current window. By default, this option is set to 0 and the cursor
-+remains in the current window. When this variable is set to 1, the cursor
-+moves to the taglist window after opening the taglist window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter'*
-+Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter~
-+When you enter a Vim buffer/window, the current tag in that buffer/window is
-+automatically highlighted in the taglist window. If the current tag name is
-+not visible in the taglist window, then the taglist window contents are
-+scrolled to make that tag name visible. If you like to disable the automatic
-+highlighting of the current tag when entering a buffer, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter' variable to zero. The default setting for
-+this variable is 1.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth'*
-+Tlist_Inc_Winwidth~
-+By default, when the width of the window is less than 100 and a new taglist
-+window is opened vertically, then the window width is increased by the value
-+set in the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable to accommodate the new window. The value
-+of this variable is used only if you are using a vertically split taglist
-+window.
-+
-+If your terminal doesn't support changing the window width from Vim (older
-+version of xterm running in a Unix system) or if you see any weird problems in
-+the screen due to the change in the window width or if you prefer not to
-+adjust the window width then set the 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to zero.
-+CAUTION: If you are using the MS-Windows version of Vim in a MS-DOS command
-+window then you must set this variable to zero, otherwise the system may hang
-+due to a Vim limitation (explained in :help win32-problems)
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 0
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'*
-+Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items~
-+If a file contains too many tags of a particular type (function, variable,
-+class, etc.), greater than that specified by the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items'
-+variable, then the menu for that tag type will be split into multiple
-+sub-menus. The default setting for the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable is
-+25. This can be changed by setting the 'Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items = 20
-+<
-+The name of the submenu is formed using the names of the first and the last
-+tag entries in that submenu.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length'*
-+Tlist_Max_Tag_Length~
-+Only the first 'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length' characters from the tag names will be
-+used to form the tag type submenu name. The default value for this variable is
-+10. Change the 'Tlist_Max_Tag_Length' setting if you want to include more or
-+less characters:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Max_Tag_Length = 10
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Process_File_Always'*
-+Tlist_Process_File_Always~
-+By default, the taglist plugin will generate and process the tags defined in
-+the newly opened files only when the taglist window is opened or when the
-+taglist menu is enabled. When the taglist window is closed, the taglist plugin
-+will stop processing the tags for newly opened files.
-+
-+You can set the 'Tlist_Process_File_Always' variable to 1 to generate the list
-+of tags for new files even when the taglist window is closed and the taglist
-+menu is disabled.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Process_File_Always = 1
-+<
-+To use the ":TlistShowTag" and the ":TlistShowPrototype" commands without the
-+taglist window and the taglist menu, you should set this variable to 1.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_Show_Menu'*
-+Tlist_Show_Menu~
-+When using GUI Vim, you can display the tags defined in the current file in a
-+menu named "Tags". By default, this feature is turned off. To turn on this
-+feature, set the 'Tlist_Show_Menu' variable to 1:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Show_Menu = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Show_One_File'*
-+Tlist_Show_One_File~
-+By default, the taglist plugin will display the tags defined in all the loaded
-+buffers in the taglist window. If you prefer to display the tags defined only
-+in the current buffer, then you can set the 'Tlist_Show_One_File' to 1. When
-+this variable is set to 1, as you switch between buffers, the taglist window
-+will be refreshed to display the tags for the current buffer and the tags for
-+the previous buffer will be removed.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Show_One_File = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Sort_Type'*
-+Tlist_Sort_Type~
-+The 'Tlist_Sort_Type' variable specifies the sort order for the tags in the
-+taglist window. The tags can be sorted either alphabetically by their name or
-+by the order of their appearance in the file (chronological order). By
-+default, the tag names will be listed by the order in which they are defined
-+in the file. You can change the sort type (from name to order or from order to
-+name) by pressing the "s" key in the taglist window. You can also change the
-+default sort order by setting 'Tlist_Sort_Type' to "name" or "order":
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Sort_Type = "name"
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'*
-+Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window~
-+Be default, the tag names are displayed in a vertically split window. If you
-+prefer a horizontally split window, then set the 'Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window'
-+variable to 1. If you are running MS-Windows version of Vim in a MS-DOS
-+command window, then you should use a horizontally split window instead of a
-+vertically split window. Also, if you are using an older version of xterm in a
-+Unix system that doesn't support changing the xterm window width, you should
-+use a horizontally split window.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_Right_Window'*
-+Tlist_Use_Right_Window~
-+By default, the vertically split taglist window will appear on the left hand
-+side. If you prefer to open the window on the right hand side, you can set the
-+'Tlist_Use_Right_Window' variable to 1:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_Right_Window = 1
-+<
-+ *'Tlist_Use_SingleClick'*
-+Tlist_Use_SingleClick~
-+By default, when you double click on the tag name using the left mouse
-+button, the cursor will be positioned at the definition of the tag. You
-+can set the 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' variable to 1 to jump to a tag when
-+you single click on the tag name using the mouse. By default this variable
-+is set to zero.
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Use_SingleClick = 1
-+<
-+Due to a bug in Vim, if you set 'Tlist_Use_SingleClick' to 1 and try to resize
-+the taglist window using the mouse, then Vim will crash. This problem is fixed
-+in Vim 6.3 and above. In the meantime, instead of resizing the taglist window
-+using the mouse, you can use normal Vim window resizing commands to resize the
-+taglist window.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_WinHeight'*
-+Tlist_WinHeight~
-+The default height of the horizontally split taglist window is 10. This can be
-+changed by modifying the 'Tlist_WinHeight' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_WinHeight = 20
-+<
-+The |'winfixheight'| option is set for the taglist window, to maintain the
-+height of the taglist window, when new Vim windows are opened and existing
-+windows are closed.
-+
-+ *'Tlist_WinWidth'*
-+Tlist_WinWidth~
-+The default width of the vertically split taglist window is 30. This can be
-+changed by modifying the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_WinWidth = 20
-+<
-+Note that the value of the |'winwidth'| option setting determines the minimum
-+width of the current window. If you set the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable to a
-+value less than that of the |'winwidth'| option setting, then Vim will use the
-+value of the |'winwidth'| option.
-+
-+When new Vim windows are opened and existing windows are closed, the taglist
-+plugin will try to maintain the width of the taglist window to the size
-+specified by the 'Tlist_WinWidth' variable.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-commands*
-+7. Commands~
-+
-+The taglist plugin provides the following ex-mode commands:
-+
-+|:TlistAddFiles| Add multiple files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistAddFilesRecursive|
-+ Add files recursively to the taglist.
-+|:TlistClose| Close the taglist window.
-+|:TlistDebug| Start logging of taglist debug messages.
-+|:TlistLock| Stop adding new files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistMessages| Display the logged taglist plugin debug messages.
-+|:TlistOpen| Open and jump to the taglist window.
-+|:TlistSessionSave| Save the information about files and tags in the
-+ taglist to a session file.
-+|:TlistSessionLoad| Load the information about files and tags stored
-+ in a session file to taglist.
-+|:TlistShowPrototype| Display the prototype of the tag at or before the
-+ specified line number.
-+|:TlistShowTag| Display the name of the tag defined at or before the
-+ specified line number.
-+|:TlistHighlightTag| Highlight the current tag in the taglist window.
-+|:TlistToggle| Open or close (toggle) the taglist window.
-+|:TlistUndebug| Stop logging of taglist debug messages.
-+|:TlistUnlock| Start adding new files to the taglist.
-+|:TlistUpdate| Update the tags for the current buffer.
-+
-+ *:TlistAddFiles*
-+:TlistAddFiles {file(s)} [file(s) ...]
-+ Add one or more specified files to the taglist. You can
-+ specify multiple filenames using wildcards. To specify a
-+ file name with space character, you should escape the space
-+ character with a backslash.
-+ Examples:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFiles *.c *.cpp
-+ :TlistAddFiles file1.html file2.html
-+<
-+ If you specify a large number of files, then it will take some
-+ time for the taglist plugin to process all of them. The
-+ specified files will not be edited in a Vim window and will
-+ not be added to the Vim buffer list.
-+
-+ *:TlistAddFilesRecursive*
-+:TlistAddFilesRecursive {directory} [ {pattern} ]
-+ Add files matching {pattern} recursively from the specified
-+ {directory} to the taglist. If {pattern} is not specified,
-+ then '*' is assumed. To specify the current directory, use "."
-+ for {directory}. To specify a directory name with space
-+ character, you should escape the space character with a
-+ backslash.
-+ Examples:
-+>
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive myproject *.java
-+ :TlistAddFilesRecursive smallproject
-+<
-+ If large number of files are present in the specified
-+ directory tree, then it will take some time for the taglist
-+ plugin to process all of them.
-+
-+ *:TlistClose*
-+:TlistClose Close the taglist window. This command can be used from any
-+ one of the Vim windows.
-+
-+ *:TlistDebug*
-+:TlistDebug [filename]
-+ Start logging of debug messages from the taglist plugin.
-+ If {filename} is specified, then the debug messages are stored
-+ in the specified file. Otherwise, the debug messages are
-+ stored in a script local variable. If the file {filename} is
-+ already present, then it is overwritten.
-+
-+ *:TlistLock*
-+:TlistLock
-+ Lock the taglist and don't process new files. After this
-+ command is executed, newly edited files will not be added to
-+ the taglist.
-+
-+ *:TlistMessages*
-+:TlistMessages
-+ Display the logged debug messages from the taglist plugin
-+ in a window. This command works only when logging to a
-+ script-local variable.
-+
-+ *:TlistOpen*
-+:TlistOpen Open and jump to the taglist window. Creates the taglist
-+ window, if the window is not opened currently. After executing
-+ this command, the cursor is moved to the taglist window. When
-+ the taglist window is opened for the first time, all the files
-+ in the buffer list are processed and the tags defined in them
-+ are displayed in the taglist window.
-+
-+ *:TlistSessionSave*
-+:TlistSessionSave {filename}
-+ Saves the information about files and tags in the taglist to
-+ the specified file. This command can be used to save and
-+ restore the taglist contents across Vim sessions.
-+
-+ *:TlistSessionLoad*
-+:TlistSessionLoad {filename}
-+ Load the information about files and tags stored in the
-+ specified session file to the taglist.
-+
-+ *:TlistShowPrototype*
-+:TlistShowPrototype [filename] [linenumber]
-+ Display the prototype of the tag at or before the specified
-+ line number. If the file name and the line number are not
-+ specified, then the current file name and line number are
-+ used. A tag spans multiple lines starting from the line where
-+ it is defined to the line before the next tag. This command
-+ displays the prototype for the tag for any line number in this
-+ range.
-+
-+ *:TlistShowTag*
-+:TlistShowTag [filename] [linenumber]
-+ Display the name of the tag defined at or before the specified
-+ line number. If the file name and the line number are not
-+ specified, then the current file name and line number are
-+ used. A tag spans multiple lines starting from the line where
-+ it is defined to the line before the next tag. This command
-+ displays the tag name for any line number in this range.
-+
-+ *:TlistHighlightTag*
-+:TlistHighlightTag
-+ Highlight the current tag in the taglist window. By default,
-+ the taglist plugin periodically updates the taglist window to
-+ highlight the current tag. This command can be used to force
-+ the taglist plugin to highlight the current tag.
-+
-+ *:TlistToggle*
-+:TlistToggle Open or close (toggle) the taglist window. Opens the taglist
-+ window, if the window is not opened currently. Closes the
-+ taglist window, if the taglist window is already opened. When
-+ the taglist window is opened for the first time, all the files
-+ in the buffer list are processed and the tags are displayed in
-+ the taglist window. After executing this command, the cursor
-+ is not moved from the current window to the taglist window.
-+
-+ *:TlistUndebug*
-+:TlistUndebug
-+ Stop logging of debug messages from the taglist plugin.
-+
-+ *:TlistUnlock*
-+:TlistUnlock
-+ Unlock the taglist and start processing newly edited files.
-+
-+ *:TlistUpdate*
-+:TlistUpdate Update the tags information for the current buffer. This
-+ command can be used to re-process the current file/buffer and
-+ get the tags information. As the taglist plugin uses the file
-+ saved in the disk (instead of the file displayed in a Vim
-+ buffer), you should save a modified buffer before you update
-+ the taglist. Otherwise the listed tags will not include the
-+ new tags created in the buffer. You can use this command even
-+ when the taglist window is not opened.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-functions*
-+8. Global functions~
-+
-+The taglist plugin provides several global functions that can be used from
-+other Vim plugins to interact with the taglist plugin. These functions are
-+described below.
-+
-+|Tlist_Update_File_Tags()| Update the tags for the specified file
-+|Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()| Return the prototype of the tag at or
-+ before the specified line number in the
-+ specified file.
-+|Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()| Return the name of the tag at or
-+ before the specified line number in
-+ the specified file.
-+|Tlist_Set_App()| Set the name of the application
-+ controlling the taglist window.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Update_File_Tags()*
-+Tlist_Update_File_Tags({filename}, {filetype})
-+ Update the tags for the file {filename}. The second argument
-+ specifies the Vim filetype for the file. If the taglist plugin
-+ has not processed the file previously, then the exuberant
-+ ctags tool is invoked to generate the tags for the file.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line()*
-+Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line([{filename}, {linenumber}])
-+ Return the prototype of the tag at or before the specified
-+ line number in the specified file. If the filename and line
-+ number are not specified, then the current buffer name and the
-+ current line number are used.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line()*
-+Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line([{filename}, {linenumber}])
-+ Return the name of the tag at or before the specified line
-+ number in the specified file. If the filename and line number
-+ are not specified, then the current buffer name and the
-+ current line number are used.
-+
-+ *Tlist_Set_App()*
-+Tlist_Set_App({appname})
-+ Set the name of the plugin that controls the taglist plugin
-+ window and buffer. This can be used to integrate the taglist
-+ plugin with other Vim plugins.
-+
-+ For example, the winmanager plugin and the Cream package use
-+ this function and specify the appname as "winmanager" and
-+ "cream" respectively.
-+
-+ By default, the taglist plugin is a stand-alone plugin and
-+ controls the taglist window and buffer. If the taglist window
-+ is controlled by an external plugin, then the appname should
-+ be set appropriately.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-extend*
-+9. Extending~
-+
-+The taglist plugin supports all the languages supported by the exuberant ctags
-+tool, which includes the following languages: Assembly, ASP, Awk, Beta, C,
-+C++, C#, Cobol, Eiffel, Erlang, Fortran, HTML, Java, Javascript, Lisp, Lua,
-+Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, Rexx, Ruby, Scheme, Shell, Slang, SML, Sql,
-+TCL, Verilog, Vim and Yacc.
-+
-+You can extend the taglist plugin to add support for new languages and also
-+modify the support for the above listed languages.
-+
-+You should NOT make modifications to the taglist plugin script file to add
-+support for new languages. You will lose these changes when you upgrade to the
-+next version of the taglist plugin. Instead you should follow the below
-+described instructions to extend the taglist plugin.
-+
-+You can extend the taglist plugin by setting variables in the .vimrc or _vimrc
-+file. The name of these variables depends on the language name and is
-+described below.
-+
-+Modifying support for an existing language~
-+To modify the support for an already supported language, you have to set the
-+tlist_xxx_settings variable in the ~/.vimrc or $HOME/_vimrc file. Replace xxx
-+with the Vim filetype name for the language file. For example, to modify the
-+support for the perl language files, you have to set the tlist_perl_settings
-+variable. To modify the support for java files, you have to set the
-+tlist_java_settings variable.
-+
-+To determine the filetype name used by Vim for a file, use the following
-+command in the buffer containing the file:
-+
-+ :set filetype
-+
-+The above command will display the Vim filetype for the current buffer.
-+
-+The format of the value set in the tlist_xxx_settings variable is
-+
-+ <language_name>;flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+
-+The different fields in the value are separated by the ';' character.
-+
-+The first field 'language_name' is the name used by exuberant ctags to refer
-+to this language file. This name can be different from the file type name used
-+by Vim. For example, for C++, the language name used by ctags is 'c++' but the
-+filetype name used by Vim is 'cpp'. To get the list of language names
-+supported by exuberant ctags, use the following command:
-+
-+ $ ctags --list-maps=all
-+
-+The remaining fields follow the format "flag:name". The sub-field 'flag' is
-+the language specific flag used by exuberant ctags to generate the
-+corresponding tags. For example, for the C language, to list only the
-+functions, the 'f' flag is used. To get the list of flags supported by
-+exuberant ctags for the various languages use the following command:
-+
-+ $ ctags --list-kinds=all
-+
-+The sub-field 'name' specifies the title text to use for displaying the tags
-+of a particular type. For example, 'name' can be set to 'functions'. This
-+field can be set to any text string name.
-+
-+For example, to list only the classes and functions defined in a C++ language
-+file, add the following line to your .vimrc file:
-+
-+ let tlist_cpp_settings = 'c++;c:class;f:function'
-+
-+In the above setting, 'cpp' is the Vim filetype name and 'c++' is the name
-+used by the exuberant ctags tool. 'c' and 'f' are the flags passed to
-+exuberant ctags to list C++ classes and functions and 'class' is the title
-+used for the class tags and 'function' is the title used for the function tags
-+in the taglist window.
-+
-+For example, to display only functions defined in a C file and to use "My
-+Functions" as the title for the function tags, use
-+
-+ let tlist_c_settings = 'c;f:My Functions'
-+
-+When you set the tlist_xxx_settings variable, you will override the default
-+setting used by the taglist plugin for the 'xxx' language. You cannot add to
-+the default options used by the taglist plugin for a particular file type. To
-+add to the options used by the taglist plugin for a language, copy the option
-+values from the taglist plugin file to your .vimrc file and modify it.
-+
-+Adding support for a new language~
-+If you want to add support for a new language to the taglist plugin, you need
-+to first extend the exuberant ctags tool. For more information about extending
-+exuberant ctags, visit the following page:
-+
-+ http://ctags.sourceforge.net/EXTENDING.html
-+
-+To add support for a new language, set the tlist_xxx_settings variable in the
-+~/.vimrc file appropriately as described above. Replace 'xxx' in the variable
-+name with the Vim filetype name for the new language.
-+
-+For example, to extend the taglist plugin to support the latex language, you
-+can use the following line (assuming, you have already extended exuberant
-+ctags to support the latex language):
-+
-+ let tlist_tex_settings='latex;b:bibitem;c:command;l:label'
-+
-+With the above line, when you edit files of filetype "tex" in Vim, the taglist
-+plugin will invoke the exuberant ctags tool passing the "latex" filetype and
-+the flags b, c and l to generate the tags. The text heading 'bibitem',
-+'command' and 'label' will be used in the taglist window for the tags which
-+are generated for the flags b, c and l respectively.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-faq*
-+10. Frequently Asked Questions~
-+
-+Q. The taglist plugin doesn't work. The taglist window is empty and the tags
-+ defined in a file are not displayed.
-+A. Are you using Vim version 6.0 and above? The taglist plugin relies on the
-+ features supported by Vim version 6.0 and above. You can use the following
-+ command to get the Vim version:
-+>
-+ $ vim --version
-+<
-+ Are you using exuberant ctags version 5.0 and above? The taglist plugin
-+ relies on the features supported by exuberant ctags and will not work with
-+ GNU ctags or the Unix ctags utility. You can use the following command to
-+ determine whether the ctags installed in your system is exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ $ ctags --version
-+<
-+ Is exuberant ctags present in one of the directories in your PATH? If not,
-+ you need to set the Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable to point to the location of
-+ exuberant ctags. Use the following Vim command to verify that this is setup
-+ correctly:
-+>
-+ :echo system(Tlist_Ctags_Cmd . ' --version')
-+<
-+ The above command should display the version information for exuberant
-+ ctags.
-+
-+ Did you turn on the Vim filetype detection? The taglist plugin relies on
-+ the filetype detected by Vim and passes the filetype to the exuberant ctags
-+ utility to parse the tags. Check the output of the following Vim command:
-+>
-+ :filetype
-+<
-+ The output of the above command should contain "filetype detection:ON".
-+ To turn on the filetype detection, add the following line to the .vimrc or
-+ _vimrc file:
-+>
-+ filetype on
-+<
-+ Is your version of Vim compiled with the support for the system() function?
-+ The following Vim command should display 1:
-+>
-+ :echo exists('*system')
-+<
-+ In some Linux distributions (particularly Suse Linux), the default Vim
-+ installation is built without the support for the system() function. The
-+ taglist plugin uses the system() function to invoke the exuberant ctags
-+ utility. You need to rebuild Vim after enabling the support for the
-+ system() function. If you use the default build options, the system()
-+ function will be supported.
-+
-+ Do you have the |'shellslash'| option set? You can try disabling the
-+ |'shellslash'| option. When the taglist plugin invokes the exuberant ctags
-+ utility with the path to the file, if the incorrect slashes are used, then
-+ you will see errors.
-+
-+ Check the shell related Vim options values using the following command:
-+>
-+ :set shell? shellcmdflag? shellpipe?
-+ :set shellquote? shellredir? shellxquote?
-+<
-+ If these options are set in your .vimrc or _vimrc file, try removing those
-+ lines.
-+
-+ Are you using a Unix shell in a MS-Windows environment? For example,
-+ the Unix shell from the MKS-toolkit. Do you have the SHELL environment
-+ set to point to this shell? You can try resetting the SHELL environment
-+ variable.
-+
-+ If you are using a Unix shell on MS-Windows, you should try to use
-+ exuberant ctags that is compiled for Unix-like environments so that
-+ exuberant ctags will understand path names with forward slash characters.
-+
-+ Is your filetype supported by the exuberant ctags utility? The file types
-+ supported by the exuberant ctags utility are listed in the ctags help. If a
-+ file type is not supported, you have to extend exuberant ctags. You can use
-+ the following command to list the filetypes supported by exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ ctags --list-languages
-+<
-+ Run the following command from the shell prompt and check whether the tags
-+ defined in your file are listed in the output from exuberant ctags:
-+>
-+ ctags -f - --format=2 --excmd=pattern --fields=nks <filename>
-+<
-+ If you see your tags in the output from the above command, then the
-+ exuberant ctags utility is properly parsing your file.
-+
-+ Do you have the .ctags or _ctags or the ctags.cnf file in your home
-+ directory for specifying default options or for extending exuberant ctags?
-+ If you do have this file, check the options in this file and make sure
-+ these options are not interfering with the operation of the taglist plugin.
-+
-+ If you are using MS-Windows, check the value of the TEMP and TMP
-+ environment variables. If these environment variables are set to a path
-+ with space characters in the name, then try using the DOS 8.3 short name
-+ for the path or set them to a path without the space characters in the
-+ name. For example, if the temporary directory name is "C:\Documents and
-+ Settings\xyz\Local Settings\Temp", then try setting the TEMP variable to
-+ the following:
-+>
-+ set TEMP=C:\DOCUMEN~1\xyz\LOCALS~1\Temp
-+<
-+ If exuberant ctags is installed in a directory with space characters in the
-+ name, then try adding the directory to the PATH environment variable or try
-+ setting the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable to the shortest path name to ctags
-+ or try copying the exuberant ctags to a path without space characters in
-+ the name. For example, if exuberant ctags is installed in the directory
-+ "C:\Program Files\Ctags", then try setting the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable
-+ as below:
-+>
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd='C:\Progra~1\Ctags\ctags.exe'
-+<
-+Q. When I try to open the taglist window, I am seeing the following error
-+ message. How do I fix this problem?
-+
-+ Taglist: Failed to generate tags for /my/path/to/file
-+ ctags: illegal option -- -^@usage: ctags [-BFadtuwvx] [-f tagsfile] file ...
-+
-+A. The taglist plugin will work only with the exuberant ctags tool. You
-+ cannot use the GNU ctags or the Unix ctags program with the taglist plugin.
-+ You will see an error message similar to the one shown above, if you try
-+ use a non-exuberant ctags program with Vim. To fix this problem, either add
-+ the exuberant ctags tool location to the PATH environment variable or set
-+ the 'Tlist_Ctags_Cmd' variable.
-+
-+Q. A file has more than one tag with the same name. When I select a tag name
-+ from the taglist window, the cursor is positioned at the incorrect tag
-+ location.
-+A. The taglist plugin uses the search pattern generated by the exuberant ctags
-+ utility to position the cursor at the location of a tag definition. If a
-+ file has more than one tag with the same name and same prototype, then the
-+ search pattern will be the same. In this case, when searching for the tag
-+ pattern, the cursor may be positioned at the incorrect location.
-+
-+Q. I have made some modifications to my file and introduced new
-+ functions/classes/variables. I have not yet saved my file. The taglist
-+ plugin is not displaying the new tags when I update the taglist window.
-+A. The exuberant ctags utility will process only files that are present in the
-+ disk. To list the tags defined in a file, you have to save the file and
-+ then update the taglist window.
-+
-+Q. I have created a ctags file using the exuberant ctags utility for my source
-+ tree. How do I configure the taglist plugin to use this tags file?
-+A. The taglist plugin doesn't use a tags file stored in disk. For every opened
-+ file, the taglist plugin invokes the exuberant ctags utility to get the
-+ list of tags dynamically. The Vim system() function is used to invoke
-+ exuberant ctags and get the ctags output. This function internally uses a
-+ temporary file to store the output. This file is deleted after the output
-+ from the command is read. So you will never see the file that contains the
-+ output of exuberant ctags.
-+
-+Q. When I set the |'updatetime'| option to a low value (less than 1000) and if
-+ I keep pressing a key with the taglist window open, the current buffer
-+ contents are changed. Why is this?
-+A. The taglist plugin uses the |CursorHold| autocmd to highlight the current
-+ tag. The CursorHold autocmd triggers for every |'updatetime'| milliseconds.
-+ If the |'updatetime'| option is set to a low value, then the CursorHold
-+ autocmd will be triggered frequently. As the taglist plugin changes
-+ the focus to the taglist window to highlight the current tag, this could
-+ interfere with the key movement resulting in changing the contents of
-+ the current buffer. The workaround for this problem is to not set the
-+ |'updatetime'| option to a low value.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-license*
-+11. License~
-+Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute the taglist plugin, with or
-+without modifications, provided that this copyright notice is copied with it.
-+Like anything else that's free, taglist.vim is provided *as is* and comes with
-+no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. In no event will the
-+copyright holder be liable for any damamges resulting from the use of this
-+software.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+ *taglist-todo*
-+12. Todo~
-+
-+1. Group tags according to the scope and display them. For example,
-+ group all the tags belonging to a C++/Java class
-+2. Support for displaying tags in a modified (not-yet-saved) file.
-+3. Automatically open the taglist window only for selected filetypes.
-+ For other filetypes, close the taglist window.
-+4. When using the shell from the MKS toolkit, the taglist plugin
-+ doesn't work.
-+5. The taglist plugin doesn't work with files edited remotely using the
-+ netrw plugin. The exuberant ctags utility cannot process files over
-+ scp/rcp/ftp, etc.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+
-+vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/ada.vim
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/ada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada detection file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftdetect/ada.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if exists("s:loaded_ftdetect_ada")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let s:loaded_ftdetect_ada=45
-+
-+if has("vms")
-+ autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpr,*.ada_m,*.adc setfiletype ada
-+else
-+ autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpr setfiletype ada
-+endif
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 53
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/ftdetect
-+END
-+ada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 61
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/ftdetect/ada.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 52
-+*.Backup
-+*.tgz
-+*.tar.bz2
-+*.rpm
-+*.swp
-+*.log
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftdetect
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+ada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+3cc0764c406db398377e8d9214445c63
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/ftdetect/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftdetect/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada detection file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if exists("s:loaded_ftdetect_ada")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let s:loaded_ftdetect_ada=45
-+
-+if has("vms")
-+ autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpr,*.ada_m,*.adc setfiletype ada
-+else
-+ autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpr setfiletype ada
-+endif
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/ada.vim
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/ada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 08.07.2007 TV fix default compiler problems.
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Provides mapping overrides for tag jumping that figure out the current
-+" Ada object and tag jump to that, not the 'simple' vim word.
-+" Similarly allows <Ctrl-N> matching of full-length ada entities from tags.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
-+if exists ("b:did_ftplugin") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
-+let b:did_ftplugin = 45
-+
-+"
-+" Temporarily set cpoptions to ensure the script loads OK
-+"
-+let s:cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+set cpoptions-=C
-+
-+" Section: Comments {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \
-+setlocal commentstring=--\ \ %s
-+setlocal complete=.,w,b,u,t,i
-+
-+" Section: Tagging {{{1
-+"
-+if exists ("g:ada_extended_tagging")
-+ " Make local tag mappings for this buffer (if not already set)
-+ if g:ada_extended_tagging == 'jump'
-+ if mapcheck('<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-]> :call ada#Jump_Tag ('', 'tjump')<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck('g<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> g<C-]> :call ada#Jump_Tag ('','stjump')<cr>
-+ endif
-+ elseif g:ada_extended_tagging == 'list'
-+ if mapcheck('<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-]> :call ada#List_Tag ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck('g<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> g<C-]> :call ada#List_Tag ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Completion {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal completefunc=ada#User_Complete
-+setlocal omnifunc=adacomplete#Complete
-+
-+if exists ("g:ada_extended_completion")
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-N>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-N> <C-R>=ada#Completion("\<lt>C-N>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-P>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-P> <C-R>=ada#Completion("\<lt>C-P>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-X><C-]>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-X><C-]> <C-R>=<SID>ada#Completion("\<lt>C-X>\<lt>C-]>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<bs>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <silent> <unique> <buffer> <bs> <C-R>=ada#Insert_Backspace ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Matchit {{{1
-+"
-+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer & matchit is used
-+"
-+if !exists ("b:match_words") &&
-+ \ exists ("loaded_matchit")
-+ "
-+ " The following lines enable the macros/matchit.vim plugin for
-+ " Ada-specific extended matching with the % key.
-+ "
-+ let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'
-+ let b:match_words =
-+ \ s:notend . '\<if\>:\<elsif\>:\<else\>:\<end\>\s\+\<if\>,' .
-+ \ s:notend . '\<case\>:\<when\>:\<end\>\s\+\<case\>,' .
-+ \ '\%(\<while\>.*\|\<for\>.*\|'.s:notend.'\)\<loop\>:\<end\>\s\+\<loop\>,' .
-+ \ '\%(\<do\>\|\<begin\>\):\<exception\>:\<end\>\s*\%($\|[;A-Z]\),' .
-+ \ s:notend . '\<record\>:\<end\>\s\+\<record\>'
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Section: Compiler {{{1
-+"
-+if ! exists("g:ada_default_compiler")
-+ if has("vms")
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'decada'
-+ else
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+if ! exists("current_compiler") ||
-+ \ current_compiler != g:ada_default_compiler
-+ execute "compiler " . g:ada_default_compiler
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Folding {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_folding")
-+ if g:ada_folding[0] == 'i'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=indent
-+ setlocal foldignore=--
-+ setlocal foldnestmax=5
-+ elseif g:ada_folding[0] == 'g'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=expr
-+ setlocal foldexpr=ada#Pretty_Print_Folding(v:lnum)
-+ elseif g:ada_folding[0] == 's'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=syntax
-+ endif
-+ setlocal tabstop=8
-+ setlocal softtabstop=3
-+ setlocal shiftwidth=3
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Abbrev {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_abbrev")
-+ iabbrev ret return
-+ iabbrev proc procedure
-+ iabbrev pack package
-+ iabbrev func function
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Commands, Mapping, Menus {{{1
-+"
-+call ada#Map_Popup (
-+ \ 'Tag.List',
-+ \ 'l',
-+ \ 'call ada#List_Tag ()')
-+call ada#Map_Popup (
-+ \'Tag.Jump',
-+ \'j',
-+ \'call ada#Jump_Tag ()')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Tag.Create File',
-+ \':AdaTagFile',
-+ \'call ada#Create_Tags (''file'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Tag.Create Dir',
-+ \':AdaTagDir',
-+ \'call ada#Create_Tags (''dir'')')
-+
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Space Errors',
-+ \ ':AdaSpaces',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''space_errors'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Lines Errors',
-+ \ ':AdaLines',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''line_errors'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Rainbow Color',
-+ \ ':AdaRainbow',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''rainbow_color'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Standard Types',
-+ \ ':AdaTypes',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''standard_types'')')
-+
-+" 1}}}
-+" Reset cpoptions
-+let &cpoptions = s:cpoptions
-+unlet s:cpoptions
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 53
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin
-+END
-+ada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 61
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+ada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+271552b843be34dd99efdb2e180aa4ec
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/ftplugin/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/ftplugin/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-+" autoload
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 08.07.2007 TV fix default compiler problems.
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Provides mapping overrides for tag jumping that figure out the current
-+" Ada object and tag jump to that, not the 'simple' vim word.
-+" Similarly allows <Ctrl-N> matching of full-length ada entities from tags.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
-+if exists ("b:did_ftplugin") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
-+let b:did_ftplugin = 45
-+
-+"
-+" Temporarily set cpoptions to ensure the script loads OK
-+"
-+let s:cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+set cpoptions-=C
-+
-+" Section: Comments {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal comments=O:--,:--\ \
-+setlocal commentstring=--\ \ %s
-+setlocal complete=.,w,b,u,t,i
-+
-+" Section: Tagging {{{1
-+"
-+if exists ("g:ada_extended_tagging")
-+ " Make local tag mappings for this buffer (if not already set)
-+ if g:ada_extended_tagging == 'jump'
-+ if mapcheck('<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-]> :call ada#Jump_Tag ('', 'tjump')<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck('g<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> g<C-]> :call ada#Jump_Tag ('','stjump')<cr>
-+ endif
-+ elseif g:ada_extended_tagging == 'list'
-+ if mapcheck('<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-]> :call ada#List_Tag ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck('g<C-]>','n') == ''
-+ nnoremap <unique> <buffer> g<C-]> :call ada#List_Tag ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Completion {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal completefunc=ada#User_Complete
-+setlocal omnifunc=adacomplete#Complete
-+
-+if exists ("g:ada_extended_completion")
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-N>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-N> <C-R>=ada#Completion("\<lt>C-N>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-P>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-P> <C-R>=ada#Completion("\<lt>C-P>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<C-X><C-]>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <unique> <buffer> <C-X><C-]> <C-R>=<SID>ada#Completion("\<lt>C-X>\<lt>C-]>")<cr>
-+ endif
-+ if mapcheck ('<bs>','i') == ''
-+ inoremap <silent> <unique> <buffer> <bs> <C-R>=ada#Insert_Backspace ()<cr>
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Matchit {{{1
-+"
-+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer & matchit is used
-+"
-+if !exists ("b:match_words") &&
-+ \ exists ("loaded_matchit")
-+ "
-+ " The following lines enable the macros/matchit.vim plugin for
-+ " Ada-specific extended matching with the % key.
-+ "
-+ let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'
-+ let b:match_words =
-+ \ s:notend . '\<if\>:\<elsif\>:\<else\>:\<end\>\s\+\<if\>,' .
-+ \ s:notend . '\<case\>:\<when\>:\<end\>\s\+\<case\>,' .
-+ \ '\%(\<while\>.*\|\<for\>.*\|'.s:notend.'\)\<loop\>:\<end\>\s\+\<loop\>,' .
-+ \ '\%(\<do\>\|\<begin\>\):\<exception\>:\<end\>\s*\%($\|[;A-Z]\),' .
-+ \ s:notend . '\<record\>:\<end\>\s\+\<record\>'
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Section: Compiler {{{1
-+"
-+if ! exists("g:ada_default_compiler")
-+ if has("vms")
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'decada'
-+ else
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+if ! exists("current_compiler") ||
-+ \ current_compiler != g:ada_default_compiler
-+ execute "compiler " . g:ada_default_compiler
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Folding {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_folding")
-+ if g:ada_folding[0] == 'i'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=indent
-+ setlocal foldignore=--
-+ setlocal foldnestmax=5
-+ elseif g:ada_folding[0] == 'g'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=expr
-+ setlocal foldexpr=ada#Pretty_Print_Folding(v:lnum)
-+ elseif g:ada_folding[0] == 's'
-+ setlocal foldmethod=syntax
-+ endif
-+ setlocal tabstop=8
-+ setlocal softtabstop=3
-+ setlocal shiftwidth=3
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Abbrev {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_abbrev")
-+ iabbrev ret return
-+ iabbrev proc procedure
-+ iabbrev pack package
-+ iabbrev func function
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Commands, Mapping, Menus {{{1
-+"
-+call ada#Map_Popup (
-+ \ 'Tag.List',
-+ \ 'l',
-+ \ 'call ada#List_Tag ()')
-+call ada#Map_Popup (
-+ \'Tag.Jump',
-+ \'j',
-+ \'call ada#Jump_Tag ()')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Tag.Create File',
-+ \':AdaTagFile',
-+ \'call ada#Create_Tags (''file'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Tag.Create Dir',
-+ \':AdaTagDir',
-+ \'call ada#Create_Tags (''dir'')')
-+
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Space Errors',
-+ \ ':AdaSpaces',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''space_errors'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Lines Errors',
-+ \ ':AdaLines',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''line_errors'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Rainbow Color',
-+ \ ':AdaRainbow',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''rainbow_color'')')
-+call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Highlight.Toggle Standard Types',
-+ \ ':AdaTypes',
-+ \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''standard_types'')')
-+
-+" 1}}}
-+" Reset cpoptions
-+let &cpoptions = s:cpoptions
-+unlet s:cpoptions
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/indent/ada.vim
---- vim71/1/indent/ada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada indent file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim $
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 19.09.2007 NO g: missing before ada#Comment
-+" Help Page: ft-vim-indent
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" ToDo:
-+" Verify handling of multi-line exprs. and recovery upon the final ';'.
-+" Correctly find comments given '"' and "" ==> " syntax.
-+" Combine the two large block-indent functions into one?
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
-+if exists("b:did_indent") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let b:did_indent = 45
-+
-+setlocal indentexpr=GetAdaIndent()
-+setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0}
-+setlocal indentkeys+=0=~then,0=~end,0=~elsif,0=~when,0=~exception,0=~begin,0=~is,0=~record
-+
-+" Only define the functions once.
-+if exists("*GetAdaIndent")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+if exists("g:ada_with_gnat_project_files")
-+ let s:AdaBlockStart = '^\s*\(if\>\|while\>\|else\>\|elsif\>\|loop\>\|for\>.*\<\(loop\|use\)\>\|declare\>\|begin\>\|type\>.*\<is\>[^;]*$\|\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>\|procedure\>\|function\>\|accept\>\|do\>\|task\>\|package\>\|project\>\|then\>\|when\>\|is\>\)'
-+else
-+ let s:AdaBlockStart = '^\s*\(if\>\|while\>\|else\>\|elsif\>\|loop\>\|for\>.*\<\(loop\|use\)\>\|declare\>\|begin\>\|type\>.*\<is\>[^;]*$\|\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>\|procedure\>\|function\>\|accept\>\|do\>\|task\>\|package\>\|then\>\|when\>\|is\>\)'
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: s:MainBlockIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Try to find indent of the block we're in
-+" prev_indent = the previous line's indent
-+" prev_lnum = previous line (to start looking on)
-+" blockstart = expr. that indicates a possible start of this block
-+" stop_at = if non-null, if a matching line is found, gives up!
-+" No recursive previous block analysis: simply look for a valid line
-+" with a lesser or equal indent than we currently (on prev_lnum) have.
-+" This shouldn't work as well as it appears to with lines that are currently
-+" nowhere near the correct indent (e.g., start of line)!
-+" Seems to work OK as it 'starts' with the indent of the /previous/ line.
-+function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ while lnum > 1
-+ if a:stop_at != '' && line =~ '^\s*' . a:stop_at && indent(lnum) < a:prev_indent
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*' . a:blockstart
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ if ind < a:prev_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just move back one
-+ return a:prev_indent - &sw
-+endfunction MainBlockIndent
-+
-+" Section: s:EndBlockIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Try to find indent of the block we're in (and about to complete),
-+" including handling of nested blocks. Works on the 'end' of a block.
-+" prev_indent = the previous line's indent
-+" prev_lnum = previous line (to start looking on)
-+" blockstart = expr. that indicates a possible start of this block
-+" blockend = expr. that indicates a possible end of this block
-+function s:EndBlockIndent( prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, blockend )
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ let line = getline(lnum)
-+ let ends = 0
-+ while lnum > 1
-+ if getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*' . a:blockstart
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ if ends <= 0
-+ if ind < a:prev_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let ends = ends - 1
-+ endif
-+ elseif getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*' . a:blockend
-+ let ends = ends + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = getline(lnum)
-+ let line = substitute( line, g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just move back one
-+ return a:prev_indent - &sw
-+endfunction EndBlockIndent
-+
-+" Section: s:StatementIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Return indent of previous statement-start
-+" (after we've indented due to multi-line statements).
-+" This time, we start searching on the line *before* the one given (which is
-+" the end of a statement - we want the previous beginning).
-+function s:StatementIndent( current_indent, prev_lnum )
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ while lnum > 0
-+ let prev_lnum = lnum
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:current_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ " Leave indent alone if our ';' line is part of a ';'-delineated
-+ " aggregate (e.g., procedure args.) or first line after a block start.
-+ if line =~ s:AdaBlockStart || line =~ '(\s*$'
-+ return a:current_indent
-+ endif
-+ if line !~ '[.=(]\s*$'
-+ let ind = indent(prev_lnum)
-+ if ind < a:current_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just use current one
-+ return a:current_indent
-+endfunction StatementIndent
-+
-+
-+" Section: GetAdaIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Find correct indent of a new line based upon what went before
-+"
-+function GetAdaIndent()
-+ " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ let package_line = 0
-+
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only/non-cpp line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Get default indent (from prev. line)
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ let initind = ind
-+
-+ " Now check what's on the previous line
-+ if line =~ s:AdaBlockStart || line =~ '(\s*$'
-+ " Check for false matches to AdaBlockStart
-+ let false_match = 0
-+ if line =~ '^\s*\(procedure\|function\|package\)\>.*\<is\s*new\>'
-+ " Generic instantiation
-+ let false_match = 1
-+ elseif line =~ ')\s*;\s*$' || line =~ '^\([^(]*([^)]*)\)*[^(]*;\s*$'
-+ " forward declaration
-+ let false_match = 1
-+ endif
-+ " Move indent in
-+ if ! false_match
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ endif
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(case\|exception\)\>'
-+ " Move indent in twice (next 'when' will move back)
-+ let ind = ind + 2 * &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\s*record\>'
-+ " Move indent back to tallying 'type' preceeding the 'record'.
-+ " Allow indent to be equal to 'end record's.
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+&sw, lnum, 'type\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '\(^\s*new\>.*\)\@<!)\s*[;,]\s*$'
-+ " Revert to indent of line that started this parenthesis pair
-+ exe lnum
-+ exe 'normal! $F)%'
-+ if getline('.') =~ '^\s*('
-+ " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for g:ada#Comment here)
-+ let ind = indent( prevnonblank( line('.')-1 ) )
-+ else
-+ let ind = indent('.')
-+ endif
-+ exe v:lnum
-+ elseif line =~ '[.=(]\s*$'
-+ " A statement continuation - move in one
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*new\>'
-+ " Multiple line generic instantiation ('package blah is\nnew thingy')
-+ let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - &sw, lnum )
-+ elseif line =~ ';\s*$'
-+ " Statement end (but not 'end' ) - try to find current statement-start indent
-+ let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind, lnum )
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Check for potential argument list on next line
-+ let continuation = (line =~ '[A-Za-z0-9_]\s*$')
-+
-+
-+ " Check current line; search for simplistic matching start-of-block
-+ let line = getline(v:lnum)
-+ if line =~ '^\s*#'
-+ " Start of line for ada-pp
-+ let ind = 0
-+ elseif continuation && line =~ '^\s*('
-+ " Don't do this if we've already indented due to the previous line
-+ if ind == initind
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ endif
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(begin\|is\)\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(procedure\|function\|declare\|package\|task\)\>', 'begin\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*record\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(else\|elsif\)\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*when\>'
-+ " Align 'when' one /in/ from matching block start
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<if\>'
-+ " End of if statements
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', 'end\>\s*\<if\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<loop\>'
-+ " End of loops
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(\(while\|for\)\>.*\)\?\<loop\>', 'end\>\s*\<loop\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<record\>'
-+ " End of records
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>', 'end\>\s*\<record\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<procedure\>'
-+ " End of procedures
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'procedure\>.*\<is\>', 'end\>\s*\<procedure\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<case\>'
-+ " End of case statement
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'case\>.*\<is\>', 'end\>\s*\<case\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>'
-+ " General case for end
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(if\|while\|for\|loop\|accept\|begin\|record\|case\|exception\|package\)\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*exception\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'begin\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*then\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
-+ endif
-+
-+ return ind
-+endfunction GetAdaIndent
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 51
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/indent
-+END
-+ada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 59
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+ada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+0c3e48d95515e29fbb4a8bef5d6d97dc
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/indent/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/indent/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/indent/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada indent file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 19.09.2007 NO g: missing before ada#Comment
-+" Help Page: ft-vim-indent
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" ToDo:
-+" Verify handling of multi-line exprs. and recovery upon the final ';'.
-+" Correctly find comments given '"' and "" ==> " syntax.
-+" Combine the two large block-indent functions into one?
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
-+if exists("b:did_indent") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let b:did_indent = 45
-+
-+setlocal indentexpr=GetAdaIndent()
-+setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0}
-+setlocal indentkeys+=0=~then,0=~end,0=~elsif,0=~when,0=~exception,0=~begin,0=~is,0=~record
-+
-+" Only define the functions once.
-+if exists("*GetAdaIndent")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+if exists("g:ada_with_gnat_project_files")
-+ let s:AdaBlockStart = '^\s*\(if\>\|while\>\|else\>\|elsif\>\|loop\>\|for\>.*\<\(loop\|use\)\>\|declare\>\|begin\>\|type\>.*\<is\>[^;]*$\|\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>\|procedure\>\|function\>\|accept\>\|do\>\|task\>\|package\>\|project\>\|then\>\|when\>\|is\>\)'
-+else
-+ let s:AdaBlockStart = '^\s*\(if\>\|while\>\|else\>\|elsif\>\|loop\>\|for\>.*\<\(loop\|use\)\>\|declare\>\|begin\>\|type\>.*\<is\>[^;]*$\|\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>\|procedure\>\|function\>\|accept\>\|do\>\|task\>\|package\>\|then\>\|when\>\|is\>\)'
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: s:MainBlockIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Try to find indent of the block we're in
-+" prev_indent = the previous line's indent
-+" prev_lnum = previous line (to start looking on)
-+" blockstart = expr. that indicates a possible start of this block
-+" stop_at = if non-null, if a matching line is found, gives up!
-+" No recursive previous block analysis: simply look for a valid line
-+" with a lesser or equal indent than we currently (on prev_lnum) have.
-+" This shouldn't work as well as it appears to with lines that are currently
-+" nowhere near the correct indent (e.g., start of line)!
-+" Seems to work OK as it 'starts' with the indent of the /previous/ line.
-+function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ while lnum > 1
-+ if a:stop_at != '' && line =~ '^\s*' . a:stop_at && indent(lnum) < a:prev_indent
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*' . a:blockstart
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ if ind < a:prev_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just move back one
-+ return a:prev_indent - &sw
-+endfunction MainBlockIndent
-+
-+" Section: s:EndBlockIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Try to find indent of the block we're in (and about to complete),
-+" including handling of nested blocks. Works on the 'end' of a block.
-+" prev_indent = the previous line's indent
-+" prev_lnum = previous line (to start looking on)
-+" blockstart = expr. that indicates a possible start of this block
-+" blockend = expr. that indicates a possible end of this block
-+function s:EndBlockIndent( prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, blockend )
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ let line = getline(lnum)
-+ let ends = 0
-+ while lnum > 1
-+ if getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*' . a:blockstart
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ if ends <= 0
-+ if ind < a:prev_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let ends = ends - 1
-+ endif
-+ elseif getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*' . a:blockend
-+ let ends = ends + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = getline(lnum)
-+ let line = substitute( line, g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:prev_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just move back one
-+ return a:prev_indent - &sw
-+endfunction EndBlockIndent
-+
-+" Section: s:StatementIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Return indent of previous statement-start
-+" (after we've indented due to multi-line statements).
-+" This time, we start searching on the line *before* the one given (which is
-+" the end of a statement - we want the previous beginning).
-+function s:StatementIndent( current_indent, prev_lnum )
-+ let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-+ while lnum > 0
-+ let prev_lnum = lnum
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return a:current_indent
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ " Leave indent alone if our ';' line is part of a ';'-delineated
-+ " aggregate (e.g., procedure args.) or first line after a block start.
-+ if line =~ s:AdaBlockStart || line =~ '(\s*$'
-+ return a:current_indent
-+ endif
-+ if line !~ '[.=(]\s*$'
-+ let ind = indent(prev_lnum)
-+ if ind < a:current_indent
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ " Fallback - just use current one
-+ return a:current_indent
-+endfunction StatementIndent
-+
-+
-+" Section: GetAdaIndent {{{1
-+"
-+" Find correct indent of a new line based upon what went before
-+"
-+function GetAdaIndent()
-+ " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ let package_line = 0
-+
-+ " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only/non-cpp line
-+ while 1
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
-+ if lnum <= 0
-+ return ind
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Get default indent (from prev. line)
-+ let ind = indent(lnum)
-+ let initind = ind
-+
-+ " Now check what's on the previous line
-+ if line =~ s:AdaBlockStart || line =~ '(\s*$'
-+ " Check for false matches to AdaBlockStart
-+ let false_match = 0
-+ if line =~ '^\s*\(procedure\|function\|package\)\>.*\<is\s*new\>'
-+ " Generic instantiation
-+ let false_match = 1
-+ elseif line =~ ')\s*;\s*$' || line =~ '^\([^(]*([^)]*)\)*[^(]*;\s*$'
-+ " forward declaration
-+ let false_match = 1
-+ endif
-+ " Move indent in
-+ if ! false_match
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ endif
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(case\|exception\)\>'
-+ " Move indent in twice (next 'when' will move back)
-+ let ind = ind + 2 * &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\s*record\>'
-+ " Move indent back to tallying 'type' preceeding the 'record'.
-+ " Allow indent to be equal to 'end record's.
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind+&sw, lnum, 'type\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '\(^\s*new\>.*\)\@<!)\s*[;,]\s*$'
-+ " Revert to indent of line that started this parenthesis pair
-+ exe lnum
-+ exe 'normal! $F)%'
-+ if getline('.') =~ '^\s*('
-+ " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for g:ada#Comment here)
-+ let ind = indent( prevnonblank( line('.')-1 ) )
-+ else
-+ let ind = indent('.')
-+ endif
-+ exe v:lnum
-+ elseif line =~ '[.=(]\s*$'
-+ " A statement continuation - move in one
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*new\>'
-+ " Multiple line generic instantiation ('package blah is\nnew thingy')
-+ let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind - &sw, lnum )
-+ elseif line =~ ';\s*$'
-+ " Statement end (but not 'end' ) - try to find current statement-start indent
-+ let ind = s:StatementIndent( ind, lnum )
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Check for potential argument list on next line
-+ let continuation = (line =~ '[A-Za-z0-9_]\s*$')
-+
-+
-+ " Check current line; search for simplistic matching start-of-block
-+ let line = getline(v:lnum)
-+ if line =~ '^\s*#'
-+ " Start of line for ada-pp
-+ let ind = 0
-+ elseif continuation && line =~ '^\s*('
-+ " Don't do this if we've already indented due to the previous line
-+ if ind == initind
-+ let ind = ind + &sw
-+ endif
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(begin\|is\)\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(procedure\|function\|declare\|package\|task\)\>', 'begin\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*record\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'type\>\|for\>.*\<use\>', '' ) + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*\(else\|elsif\)\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*when\>'
-+ " Align 'when' one /in/ from matching block start
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(case\|exception\)\>', '' ) + &sw
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<if\>'
-+ " End of if statements
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', 'end\>\s*\<if\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<loop\>'
-+ " End of loops
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(\(while\|for\)\>.*\)\?\<loop\>', 'end\>\s*\<loop\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<record\>'
-+ " End of records
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(type\>.*\)\=\<record\>', 'end\>\s*\<record\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<procedure\>'
-+ " End of procedures
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'procedure\>.*\<is\>', 'end\>\s*\<procedure\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>\s*\<case\>'
-+ " End of case statement
-+ let ind = s:EndBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'case\>.*\<is\>', 'end\>\s*\<case\>' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*end\>'
-+ " General case for end
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, '\(if\|while\|for\|loop\|accept\|begin\|record\|case\|exception\|package\)\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*exception\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'begin\>', '' )
-+ elseif line =~ '^\s*then\>'
-+ let ind = s:MainBlockIndent( ind, lnum, 'if\>', '' )
-+ endif
-+
-+ return ind
-+endfunction GetAdaIndent
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: textwidth=78 wrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 51
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/820/trunk/tools/vim/macros
-+END
-+svnignore.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 66
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/467/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.bash
-+END
-+vim.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 60
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/820/trunk/tools/vim/macros/vim.bash
-+END
-+svnignore.btm
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 65
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/806/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.btm
-+END
-+svnignore.zsh
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 65
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/818/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.zsh
-+END
-+vim.zsh
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 59
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/820/trunk/tools/vim/macros/vim.zsh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-12-08T11:05:30.504500Z
-+820
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+svnignore.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+c642481322f646fd974e97b84ada8dd1
-+2006-11-23T19:22:39.181709Z
-+467
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+vim.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+b727d059d581444336f20c5a98cb38f4
-+2007-12-08T11:05:30.504500Z
-+820
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svnignore.btm
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+d80c852daa65bf28d8e6f77aa176dcf5
-+2007-11-21T09:35:26.131421Z
-+806
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svnignore.zsh
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+6eea8120eb524add32e145b4ae2fcd78
-+2007-12-03T21:21:48.223203Z
-+818
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+vim.zsh
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:02.000000Z
-+07a5ffc95ea930774810e3d04144cbff
-+2007-12-08T11:05:30.504500Z
-+820
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 15
-+text/x-dosbatch
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/prop-base/vim.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${@}" ;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.btm.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-+::!C:\Bin\4Portable\App\4\4nt.EXE
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+:: $Id$
-+:: Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+:: Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+:: $Author$
-+:: $Date$
-+:: Version: 3.0
-+:: $Revision$
-+:: $HeadURL$
-+:: History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+:: Help Page: tail.txt
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+
-+svn propedit ^
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" ^
-+ svn:ignore ^
-+ "%[$]"
-+
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+::
-+:: Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+:: vim: filetype=btm encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/svnignore.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
-+#!/bin/zsh
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+# $Id$
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+# $Author$
-+# $Date$
-+# Version: 3.0
-+# $Revision$
-+# $HeadURL$
-+# History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+# Help Page: tail.txt
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+setopt No_X_Trace;
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${=@}" ;
-+
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Description: Set alias names for a custom installed vim/ctags.
-+# Language: Bash Shell Script
-+# $Id$
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# $Author$
-+# $Date$
-+# Version: 3.6
-+# $Revision$
-+# $HeadURL$
-+# History: 26.07.2006 MK pretty new
-+# Usage: copy to /etc/profile.d and make world executable
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+
-+
-+if ! type lxpm 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null; then
-+
-+ # Variablen
-+ UName=$(uname)
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{1
-+ (Linux*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (CYGWIN*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (SunOS) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ elif test -x "${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ PATH="${VIM}/bin:${PATH}"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (*) # {{{2
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ esac; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Simple Functions
-+
-+ for i in ctags etags eview evim ex gview gvim gvimdiff rgview rgvim rview rvim view vim vimdiff vimtutor xxd; do # {{{1
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe \"\${@}\"
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/${i}\" \"\${@}\" ;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Server Functions
-+
-+ for i in lxpm med epm; do # {{{1
-+ declare -x -f ${i}
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*|SunOS) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Some applications read the EDITOR variable to determine your favourite text
-+ # editor. So uncomment the line below and enter the editor of your choice :-)
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x EDITOR="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ else
-+ declare -x EDITOR="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ fi;
-+ # Unset local Variablen
-+
-+ unset UName
-+
-+ printf "\e[42m%-30.30s : \e[43m %-40.40s \e[m\n" "$(basename ${BASH_SOURCE:-${0}})" "VIM 7.0 symbols set."
-+
-+fi;
-+
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-+#
-+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-+# GNU General Public License for more details.
-+#
-+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/.svn/text-base/vim.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+
-+setopt No_Verbose
-+setopt No_X_Trace
-+setopt Typeset_Silent;
-+
-+#
-+# Bash script is zsh compatible
-+#
-+HOSTNAME="${HOSTNAME:-${HOST}}"
-+BASH_SOURCE="$(basename ${0} .zsh).bash"
-+source "$(dirname ${0})/${BASH_SOURCE}"
-+unset BASH_SOURCE;
-+
-+############################################################# {{{1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/svnignore.bash vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.bash
---- vim71/1/macros/svnignore.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${@}" ;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/svnignore.btm vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.btm
---- vim71/1/macros/svnignore.btm 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.btm 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-+::!C:\Bin\4Portable\App\4\4nt.EXE
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+:: $Id: svnignore.btm 806 2007-11-21 09:35:26Z krischik $
-+:: Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+:: Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+:: $Author: krischik $
-+:: $Date: 2007-11-21 10:35:26 +0100 (Mi, 21 Nov 2007) $
-+:: Version: 3.0
-+:: $Revision: 806 $
-+:: $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.btm $
-+:: History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+:: Help Page: tail.txt
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+
-+svn propedit ^
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" ^
-+ svn:ignore ^
-+ "%[$]"
-+
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+::
-+:: Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+:: vim: filetype=btm encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/svnignore.zsh vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.zsh
---- vim71/1/macros/svnignore.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/svnignore.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
-+#!/bin/zsh
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+# $Id: svnignore.zsh 818 2007-12-03 21:21:48Z krischik $
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+# $Author: krischik $
-+# $Date: 2007-12-03 22:21:48 +0100 (Mo, 03 Dez 2007) $
-+# Version: 3.0
-+# $Revision: 818 $
-+# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.zsh $
-+# History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+# Help Page: tail.txt
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+setopt No_X_Trace;
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${=@}" ;
-+
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/vim.bash vim71_ada/1/macros/vim.bash
---- vim71/1/macros/vim.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/vim.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Description: Set alias names for a custom installed vim/ctags.
-+# Language: Bash Shell Script
-+# $Id: vim.bash 820 2007-12-08 11:05:30Z krischik $
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# $Author: krischik $
-+# $Date: 2007-12-08 12:05:30 +0100 (Sa, 08 Dez 2007) $
-+# Version: 3.6
-+# $Revision: 820 $
-+# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/vim.bash $
-+# History: 26.07.2006 MK pretty new
-+# Usage: copy to /etc/profile.d and make world executable
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+
-+
-+if ! type lxpm 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null; then
-+
-+ # Variablen
-+ UName=$(uname)
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{1
-+ (Linux*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (CYGWIN*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (SunOS) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ elif test -x "${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ PATH="${VIM}/bin:${PATH}"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (*) # {{{2
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ esac; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Simple Functions
-+
-+ for i in ctags etags eview evim ex gview gvim gvimdiff rgview rgvim rview rvim view vim vimdiff vimtutor xxd; do # {{{1
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe \"\${@}\"
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/${i}\" \"\${@}\" ;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Server Functions
-+
-+ for i in lxpm med epm; do # {{{1
-+ declare -x -f ${i}
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*|SunOS) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Some applications read the EDITOR variable to determine your favourite text
-+ # editor. So uncomment the line below and enter the editor of your choice :-)
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x EDITOR="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ else
-+ declare -x EDITOR="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ fi;
-+ # Unset local Variablen
-+
-+ unset UName
-+
-+ printf "\e[42m%-30.30s : \e[43m %-40.40s \e[m\n" "$(basename ${BASH_SOURCE:-${0}})" "VIM 7.0 symbols set."
-+
-+fi;
-+
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-+#
-+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-+# GNU General Public License for more details.
-+#
-+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/macros/vim.zsh vim71_ada/1/macros/vim.zsh
---- vim71/1/macros/vim.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/macros/vim.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+
-+setopt No_Verbose
-+setopt No_X_Trace
-+setopt Typeset_Silent;
-+
-+#
-+# Bash script is zsh compatible
-+#
-+HOSTNAME="${HOSTNAME:-${HOST}}"
-+BASH_SOURCE="$(basename ${0} .zsh).bash"
-+source "$(dirname ${0})/${BASH_SOURCE}"
-+unset BASH_SOURCE;
-+
-+############################################################# {{{1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/matchit.vim vim71_ada/1/plugin/matchit.vim
---- vim71/1/plugin/matchit.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/matchit.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
-+" matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-+" Last Change: Tue Oct 24 11:00 AM 2006 EDT
-+" Maintainer: Benji Fisher PhD <benji@member.AMS.org>
-+" Version: 1.12, for Vim 6.3+
-+" URL: http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
-+
-+" Documentation:
-+" The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
-+
-+" Credits:
-+" Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
-+" Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
-+" Support for comments by Douglas Potts
-+" Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
-+" Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
-+" Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
-+" languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
-+" Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
-+
-+" Debugging:
-+" If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
-+" :MatchDebug to activate debugging for the current buffer
-+" This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
-+" variables. See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
-+
-+" TODO: I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
-+" This would require an option: how many lines to scan (default 1).
-+" This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
-+" TODO: Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
-+" the features that I have implemented.
-+" TODO: Eliminate the MultiMatch function. Add yet another argument to
-+" Match_wrapper() instead.
-+" TODO: Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-+" TODO: Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
-+" TODO: Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
-+" work but extend it.
-+
-+" allow user to prevent loading
-+" and prevent duplicate loading
-+if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_matchit = 1
-+let s:last_mps = ""
-+let s:last_words = ""
-+
-+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-+set cpo&vim
-+
-+nnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
-+vnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> % v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
-+
-+" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
-+nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "n") <CR>
-+vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
-+vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "o") <CR>
-+
-+" text object:
-+vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
-+
-+" Auto-complete mappings: (not yet "ready for prime time")
-+" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
-+" specify a key binding.
-+" let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
-+" let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
-+" if exists("g:match_auto")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
-+" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
-+
-+let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
-+
-+function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
-+ set ve=
-+ " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
-+ " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
-+ if a:mode == "v"
-+ execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
-+ endif
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+ " Use default behavior if called with a count or if no patterns are defined.
-+ if v:count
-+ exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ elseif !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ silent! normal! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ end
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ "
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ " The next several lines were here before
-+ " BF started messing with this script.
-+ " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
-+ " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
-+ " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
-+ " \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
-+ let s:all = s:pat . (strlen(s:pat) ? "," : "") . default
-+ let s:all = substitute(s:all, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
-+ " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: set the following local variables:
-+ " matchline = line on which the cursor started
-+ " curcol = number of characters before match
-+ " prefix = regexp for start of line to start of match
-+ " suffix = regexp for end of match to end of line
-+ " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
-+ " start on or before the cursor.
-+ let matchline = getline(startline)
-+ if a:word != ''
-+ " word given
-+ if a:word !~ s:all
-+ echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ let matchline = a:word
-+ let curcol = 0
-+ let prefix = '^\%('
-+ let suffix = '\)$'
-+ " Now the case when "word" is not given
-+ else " Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
-+ let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
-+ let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%' . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
-+ let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$' : '\)$')
-+ " If the match comes from the defaults, bail out.
-+ if matchline !~ prefix .
-+ \ substitute(s:pat, s:notslash.'\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . suffix
-+ silent! norm! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
-+ let b:match_col = curcol+1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Third step: Find the group and single word that match, and the original
-+ " (backref) versions of these. Then, resolve the backrefs.
-+ " Set the following local variable:
-+ " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
-+ " = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
-+ "
-+ " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+ let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
-+ \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+ " 'while:endwhile' or whatever. A bit of a kluge: s:Choose() returns
-+ " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
-+ let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+ let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+ let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+ if s:do_BR " Do the hard part: resolve those backrefs!
-+ let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
-+ let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fourth step: Set the arguments for searchpair().
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
-+ let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let fin = strpart(group, j)
-+ "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ " Set mid. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let mid = ""
-+ endif
-+ " Set flag. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let flag = "bW"
-+ else
-+ let flag = "W"
-+ endif
-+ " Set skip.
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_ini = ini
-+ let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fifth step: actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
-+ " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
-+ " normal! 0
-+ " if curcol
-+ " execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
-+ " endif
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = "0"
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
-+ let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
-+ " Restore cursor position and original screen.
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ normal! m'
-+ if sp_return > 0
-+ execute final_position
-+ endif
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
-+endfun
-+
-+" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
-+" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
-+fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
-+ execute "set" a:options
-+ " Open folds, if appropriate.
-+ if a:mode != "o"
-+ if &foldopen =~ "percent"
-+ normal! zv
-+ endif
-+ " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
-+ " (for example, d%).
-+ " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
-+ elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
-+ \ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
-+ if a:0
-+ " Check whether the match is a single character. If not, move to the
-+ " end of the match.
-+ let matchline = getline(".")
-+ let currcol = col(".")
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ if endcol > currcol " This is NOT off by one!
-+ execute "normal!" . (endcol - currcol) . "l"
-+ endif
-+ endif " a:0
-+ endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
-+ return 0
-+endfun
-+
-+" Example (simplified HTML patterns): if
-+" a:groupBR = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
-+" a:prefix = '^.\{3}\('
-+" a:group = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
-+" a:suffix = '\).\{2}$'
-+" a:matchline = "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
-+" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
-+fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
-+ \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
-+ return a:group
-+ endif
-+ let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
-+ let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
-+ \ a:groupBR)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
-+ if wordBR != ini
-+ let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
-+ else
-+ " let table = "----------"
-+ let table = ""
-+ let d = 0
-+ while d < 10
-+ if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
-+ " let table[d] = d
-+ let table = table . d
-+ else
-+ let table = table . "-"
-+ endif
-+ let d = d + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let d = 9
-+ while d
-+ if table[d] != "-"
-+ let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
-+ \ '\'.table[d], "")
-+ " Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
-+ let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
-+ execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
-+ let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
-+ let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
-+ \ escape(backref, '\\'), 'g')
-+ endif
-+ let d = d-1
-+ endwhile
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ if s:do_BR
-+ let b:match_table = table
-+ let b:match_word = word
-+ else
-+ let b:match_table = ""
-+ let b:match_word = ""
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return ini . ":" . tailBR
-+endfun
-+
-+" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
-+" a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
-+" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
-+" return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
-+fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
-+ let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ let parsed = ""
-+ while groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
-+ let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
-+ let groups = strpart(groups, j)
-+ let parsed = parsed . ini
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ while i != -1
-+ " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
-+ let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
-+ endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
-+ let parsed = parsed . ","
-+ endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ return parsed
-+endfun
-+
-+" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
-+" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
-+" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
-+" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
-+" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
-+" ends after a:start .
-+" Usage:
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
-+" let i = match(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let j = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let match = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
-+fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
-+ let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
-+ let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
-+ if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
-+ let prefix = ''
-+ endif
-+ return prefix . group . suffix
-+endfun
-+
-+" No extra arguments: s:Ref(string, d) will
-+" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
-+" to and including the matching '\)'.
-+" One argument: s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
-+" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
-+" Two arguments: s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
-+" executed, having the effect of
-+" :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
-+" :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
-+fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ if a:d == 0
-+ let start = 0
-+ else
-+ let cnt = a:d
-+ let match = a:string
-+ while cnt
-+ let cnt = cnt - 1
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
-+ if index == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let match = strpart(match, index)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = len - strlen(match)
-+ if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
-+ return start - 2
-+ endif
-+ let cnt = 1
-+ while cnt
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
-+ if index == -2
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
-+ let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1) " ')'
-+ " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
-+ let match = strpart(match, index+1)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = start - 2
-+ let len = len - start - strlen(match)
-+ endif
-+ if a:0 == 1
-+ return len
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
-+ else
-+ return strpart(a:string, start, len)
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
-+" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
-+" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
-+" s:Count(string, pattern).
-+fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
-+ let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
-+ return strlen(foo)
-+ endif
-+ let result = 0
-+ let foo = a:string
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ while index != -1
-+ let result = result + 1
-+ let foo = strpart(foo, index)
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ endwhile
-+ return result
-+endfun
-+
-+" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
-+" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'. That is, the first
-+" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
-+" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
-+" by '\3'. The hard part is dealing with nesting...
-+" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
-+" unless it is preceded by "\".
-+fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
-+ let word = a:target
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ let table = "----------"
-+ while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
-+ let d = word[i]
-+ let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
-+ " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref. Before we do this,
-+ " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
-+ " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
-+ " into backref. Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on. The group
-+ " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
-+ " s within a:source.
-+ " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
-+ let w = s:Count(
-+ \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
-+ let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
-+ while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ \ && s < 10
-+ if table[s] == "-"
-+ if w + b < 10
-+ " let table[s] = w + b
-+ let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
-+ endif
-+ let b = b + 1
-+ let s = s + 1
-+ else
-+ execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
-+ let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
-+ let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
-+ \ . strpart(backref, start+len)
-+ let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
-+ if a:output == "table"
-+ return table
-+ elseif a:output == "word"
-+ return word
-+ else
-+ return table . word
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Assume a:comma = ",". Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
-+" a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
-+" a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
-+" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
-+" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
-+fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
-+ let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if i == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ if a:0
-+ let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
-+ endif
-+ return current
-+endfun
-+
-+" Call this function to turn on debugging information. Every time the main
-+" script is run, buffer variables will be saved. These can be used directly
-+" or viewed using the menu items below.
-+if !exists(":MatchDebug")
-+ command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
-+endif
-+
-+fun! s:Match_debug()
-+ let b:match_debug = 1 " Save debugging information.
-+ " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
-+ amenu &Matchit.&pat :echo b:match_pat<CR>
-+ " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&match :echo b:match_match<CR>
-+ " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
-+ amenu &Matchit.&curcol :echo b:match_col<CR>
-+ " wholeBR = matching group, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR :echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
-+ " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.ini&BR :echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
-+ " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&ini :echo b:match_ini<CR>
-+ " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&tail :echo b:match_tail<CR>
-+ " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&word :echo b:match_word<CR>
-+ " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
-+ amenu &Matchit.t&able :echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
-+endfun
-+
-+" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
-+" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
-+" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
-+" let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
-+" will return to the original position. If there is a problem, do not
-+" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
-+" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
-+" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching. It might be a good
-+" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
-+fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
-+ if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ return ""
-+ end
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
-+ \ '[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: figure out the patterns for searchpair()
-+ " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
-+ " - TODO: A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
-+ " - into separate functions!
-+ let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
-+ let open = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let open = '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
-+ let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ " normal! H
-+ " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+
-+ " Third step: call searchpair().
-+ " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
-+ let openpat = substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = '0'
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ mark '
-+ let level = v:count1
-+ while level
-+ if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let level = level - 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return restore_cursor
-+endfun
-+
-+" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
-+" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
-+" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
-+" as s:Match_wrapper() . Later, it may get its own patterns,
-+" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
-+" fun! s:Autocomplete()
-+" echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
-+" if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+" return ""
-+" end
-+" let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
-+"
-+" if startpos == ""
-+" return ""
-+" endif
-+" " - TODO: figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
-+" " - the appropriate closing.
-+" let matchline = getline(".")
-+" let curcol = col(".") - 1
-+" " - TODO: Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
-+" let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+" let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{' . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
-+" let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$' : '\)$')
-+" " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+" let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+" let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
-+" " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+" " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
-+" let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+" let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+" let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+" let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+" " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+" if s:do_BR
-+" let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+" endif
-+" " let g:group = group
-+"
-+" " - TODO: Construct the closing from group.
-+" let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
-+" execute startpos
-+" return fake
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Close all open structures. "Get the heck out of here!"
-+" fun! s:Gthhoh()
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" while strlen(close)
-+" put=close
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" endwhile
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
-+" s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-+" S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-+" r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-+" R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-+fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
-+ let skip = a:str
-+ if skip[1] == ":"
-+ if skip[0] == "s"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "S"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "r"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "R"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return skip
-+endfun
-+
-+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
-+
-+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim vim71_ada/1/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim
---- vim71/1/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,4553 @@
-+" vim global plugin that provides easy code commenting for various file types
-+" Last Change: 29 sep 2007
-+" Maintainer: Martin Grenfell <martin_grenfell at msn.com>
-+let s:NERD_commenter_version = 2.1.4
-+
-+" For help documentation type :help NERDCommenter. If this fails, Restart vim
-+" and try again. If it sill doesnt work... the help page is at the bottom
-+" of this file.
-+
-+" Section: script init stuff {{{1
-+if exists("loaded_nerd_comments")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+if v:version < 700
-+ echoerr "NERDCommenter: this plugin requires vim >= 7. DOWNLOAD IT! You'll thank me later!"
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_nerd_comments = 1
-+
-+" Section: spaces init {{{2
-+" Occasionally we need to grab a string of spaces so just make one here
-+let s:spaces = ""
-+while strlen(s:spaces) < 100
-+ let s:spaces = s:spaces . " "
-+endwhile
-+
-+" Function: s:InitVariable() function {{{2
-+" This function is used to initialise a given variable to a given value. The
-+" variable is only initialised if it does not exist prior
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -var: the name of the var to be initialised
-+" -value: the value to initialise var to
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 1 if the var is set, 0 otherwise
-+function s:InitVariable(var, value)
-+ if !exists(a:var)
-+ exec 'let ' . a:var . ' = ' . "'" . a:value . "'"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: space string init{{{2
-+" When putting spaces after the left delim and before the right we use
-+" s:spaceStr for the space char. This way we can make it add anything after
-+" the left and before the right by modifying this variable
-+let s:spaceStr = ' '
-+let s:lenSpaceStr = strlen(s:spaceStr)
-+
-+" Section: variable init calls {{{2
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCompactSexyComs", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDefaultNesting", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMenuMode", 3)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDLPlace", "[>")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUsePlaceHolders", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveAltComs", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRPlace", "<]")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDShutUp", '0')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDSpaceDelims", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDelimiterRequests", 1)
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMapleader", ',c')
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAltComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'a')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAppendComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'A')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignBothMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'b')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignLeftMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'l')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignRightMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'r')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComInInsertMap", '<C-c>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineInvertMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'i')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'c')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineNestMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'n')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineSexyMap", g:NERDMapleader . 's')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineToggleMap", g:NERDMapleader . '<space>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMinimalMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'm')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineYankMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'y')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComToEOLMap", g:NERDMapleader . '$')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDPrependComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'I')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUncomLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'u')
-+let s:NERDFileNameEscape="[]#*$%'\" ?`!&();<>\\"
-+
-+" Section: Comment mapping functions, autocommands and commands {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Section: Comment enabler autocommands {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+if !exists("nerd_autocmds_loaded")
-+ let nerd_autocmds_loaded=1
-+
-+ augroup commentEnablers
-+
-+ "if the user enters a buffer or reads a buffer then we gotta set up
-+ "the comment delimiters for that new filetype
-+ autocmd BufEnter,BufRead * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 0)
-+
-+ "if the filetype of a buffer changes, force the script to reset the
-+ "delims for the buffer
-+ autocmd Filetype * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 1)
-+ augroup END
-+
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype) function {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for setting up buffer scoped variables for the
-+" given filetype.
-+"
-+" These variables include the comment delimiters for the given filetype and calls
-+" MapDelimiters or MapDelimitersWithAlternative passing in these delimiters.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -filetype: the filetype to set delimiters for
-+" -forceReset: 1 if the delimiters should be reset if they have already be
-+" set for this buffer.
-+"
-+function s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype, forceReset)
-+ "if we have already set the delimiters for this buffer then dont go thru
-+ "it again
-+ if !a:forceReset && exists("b:left") && b:left != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let b:sexyComMarker = ''
-+
-+ "check the filetype against all known filetypes to see if we have
-+ "hardcoded the comment delimiters to use
-+ if a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abaqus"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('**', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "acedb"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ada"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '-- ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahk"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "amiga"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ampl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ant"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apache"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apachestyle"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm68k"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aspvbs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('''', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "atlas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('C','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autohotkey"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autoit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "automake"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('#','', 'dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ave"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'",'')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "awk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "basic"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("'",'', 'REM ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "b"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bdf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('COMMENT ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bindzone"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "btm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('::', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "caos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "catalog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "c"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cfg"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cg"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ch"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "changelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clean"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clipper"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cmake"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "config"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "context"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cpp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "crontab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cs"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "css"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cupl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csv"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cvs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('CVS:','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debchangelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debcontrol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debsources"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "def"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "desktop"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "diff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "django"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "docbk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dns"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('REM ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dot"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dracula"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dsl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<dtml-comment>','</dtml-comment>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dylan"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'ebuild'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ecd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'eclass'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eiffel"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elmfilt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "erlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--', '-->', '<%#', '%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "expect"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "exports"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fetchmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fgl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "focexec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('-*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "form"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fortran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "foxpro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fstab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fvwm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fx"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gams"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdmo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "geek"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('GEEK_COMMENT:', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-keywords'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-mask'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-use'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gnuplot"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "groovy"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gtkrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "haskell"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '{-', '-}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "h"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "help"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hercules"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "html"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmldjango"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmlos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','/#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ia64"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "icon"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idl"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "indent"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inform"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inittab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ishd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "iss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "java"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "javascript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jess"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jgraph"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jproperties"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jsp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<%--', '--%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kconfig"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kix"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ldif"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lftp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lifelines"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lilo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lisp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#|', '|#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lite"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lookupfile"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lotos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lout"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lprolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lua"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '--[[', ']]')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lynx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "m4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('> ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "make"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "maple"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "masm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "master"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "matlab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mel"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mma"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "model"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "moduala."
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula3"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "monk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mush"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "muttrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "named"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nastran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "natural"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ncf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netdict"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netrw"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nqc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nroff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('\"', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nsis"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "objc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ocaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "occam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omlet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omnimark"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "openroad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "opl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("REM", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ora"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "otl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ox"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pascal"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('{','}', '(*', '*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "passwd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWith('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pccts"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "perl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pfmain"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "php"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','','/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "phtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pic"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pike"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pilrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pine"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plaintex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plsql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "po"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "postscr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pov"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "povini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppwiz"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';;', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "procmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "progress"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "prolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%','','/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "psf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ptcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "python"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "qf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "radiance"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "Rails-log"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ratpoison"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "r"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "readline"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rebol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "registry"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "remind"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rexx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "robots"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rpl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('..', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rtf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sa"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "samba"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sass"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sather"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scheme"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scilab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "screen"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scsh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sed"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "selectbuf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmldecl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmllnx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sicad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "simula"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%', '', '--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sinda"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "skill"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slrnrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smarty"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('{*', '*}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smith"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsnet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnspat"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsres"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snobol4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "specman"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spice"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlforms"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlj"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "squid"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "st"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "stp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "strace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "svn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "SVNcommitlog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tads"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "taglist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tags"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tak"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "terminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "text"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texinfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("@c ", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texmf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tidy"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tli"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "trasys"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("$", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsalt"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsscl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tssgm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("comment = '","'")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'","")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vcscommit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vera"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/','//','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog_systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vgrindefs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vhdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vim"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "viminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "virata"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vo_base"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vrml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vsejcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "webmacro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('##', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wget"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "winbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "[^w]*sh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wvdial"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xdefaults"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xf86conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xhtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xkb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmath"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmodmap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xsd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xslt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yacc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "z8a"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+
-+ elseif a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("","", "", "")
-+
-+ "we have not hardcoded the comment delimiters to use for this filetype so
-+ "get them from &commentstring.
-+ else
-+ "print a disclaimer to the user :)
-+ if !g:NERDShutUp
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unknown filetype '".a:filetype."', setting delimiters by &commentstring.\nPleeeeease email the author of the NERD commenter with this filetype\nand its delimiters!", 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "extract the delims from &commentstring
-+ let left= substitute(&commentstring, '\(.*\)%s.*', '\1', '')
-+ let right= substitute(&commentstring, '.*%s\(.*\)', '\1', 'g')
-+
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(left,right)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimiters(left, right) function {{{2
-+" This function is a wrapper for s:MapDelimiters(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, useAlt) and is called when there
-+" is no alternative comment delimiters for the current filetype
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimiters(left, right)
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(a:left, a:right, "", "")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt) function {{{2
-+" this function sets up the comment delimiter buffer variables
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the string defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -right: the string defining the comment end delimiter
-+" -leftAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -rightAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment end delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt)
-+ if !exists('g:NERD_' . &filetype . '_alt_style')
-+ let b:left = a:left
-+ let b:right = a:right
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ let b:left = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = a:rightAlt
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:left
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:right
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to swap the delimiters that are being used to the
-+" alternative delimiters for that filetype. For example, if a c++ file is
-+" being edited and // comments are being used, after this function is called
-+" /**/ comments will be used.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -printMsgs: if this is 1 then a message is echoed to the user telling them
-+" if this function changed the delimiters or not
-+function s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs)
-+ "if both of the alternative delimiters are empty then there is no
-+ "alternative comment style so bail out
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Cannot use alternative delimiters, none are specified", 0)
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "save the current delimiters
-+ let tempLeft = b:left
-+ let tempRight = b:right
-+
-+ "swap current delimiters for alternative
-+ let b:left = b:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = b:rightAlt
-+
-+ "set the previously current delimiters to be the new alternative ones
-+ let b:leftAlt = tempLeft
-+ let b:rightAlt = tempRight
-+
-+ "tell the user what comment delimiters they are now using
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ let leftNoEsc = b:left
-+ let rightNoEsc = b:right
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Now using " . leftNoEsc . " " . rightNoEsc . " to delimit comments", 1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: Comment delimiter add/removal functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Function: s:AppendCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function appends comment delimiters at the EOL and places the cursor in
-+" position to start typing the comment
-+function s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+ let insOrApp = (isLineEmpty==1 ? 'i' : 'A')
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the end of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . (isLineEmpty ? '' : ' ') . left . right . " "
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested ) {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment out a region of code. This region is
-+" specified as a bounding box by arguments to the function.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the line number for the top line of code in the region
-+" -bottom: the line number for the bottom line of code in the region
-+" -lSide: the column number for the left most column in the region
-+" -rSide: the column number for the right most column in the region
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether comments should be nested
-+function s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested )
-+ " we need to create local copies of these arguments so we can modify them
-+ let top = a:top
-+ let bottom = a:bottom
-+ let lSide = a:lSide
-+ let rSide = a:rSide
-+
-+ "if the top or bottom line starts with tabs we have to adjust the left and
-+ "right boundaries so that they are set as though the tabs were spaces
-+ let topline = getline(top)
-+ let bottomline = getline(bottom)
-+ if s:HasLeadingTabs(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the top line and adjust the left
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(topline)
-+ if lSide < numTabs
-+ let lSide = &ts * lSide
-+ else
-+ let lSide = (lSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the bottom line and adjust the right
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(bottomline)
-+ let rSide = (rSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we must check that bottom IS actually below top, if it is not then we
-+ "swap top and bottom. Similarly for left and right.
-+ if bottom < top
-+ let temp = top
-+ let top = bottom
-+ let bottom = top
-+ endif
-+ if rSide < lSide
-+ let temp = lSide
-+ let lSide = rSide
-+ let rSide = temp
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the current delimiters arent multipart then we will switch to the
-+ "alternative delims (if THEY are) as the comment will be better and more
-+ "accurate with multipart delims
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "start the commenting from the top and keep commenting till we reach the
-+ "bottom
-+ let currentLine=top
-+ while currentLine <= bottom
-+
-+ "check if we are allowed to comment this line
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "convert the leading tabs into spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "dont comment lines that begin after the right boundary of the
-+ "block unless the user has specified to do so
-+ if theLine !~ '^ \{' . rSide . '\}' || !g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty
-+
-+ "attempt to place the cursor in on the left of the boundary box,
-+ "then check if we were successful, if not then we cant comment this
-+ "line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ if s:CanPlaceCursor(currentLine, lSide)
-+
-+ let leftSpaced = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let rightSpaced = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ "stick the left delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, lSide-1) . leftSpaced . strpart(theLine, lSide-1)
-+
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ "stick the right delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, rSide+strlen(leftSpaced)) . rightSpaced . strpart(theLine, rSide+strlen(rightSpaced))
-+
-+ let firstLeftDelim = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, theLine)
-+ let lastRightDelim = s:LastIndexOfDelim(b:right, theLine)
-+
-+ if firstLeftDelim != -1 && lastRightDelim != -1
-+ let searchStr = strpart(theLine, 0, lastRightDelim)
-+ let searchStr = strpart(searchStr, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left))
-+
-+ "replace the outter most delims in searchStr with
-+ "place-holders
-+ let theLineWithPlaceHolders = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, searchStr)
-+
-+ "add the right delimiter onto the line
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left)) . theLineWithPlaceHolders . strpart(theLine, lastRightDelim)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "restore tabs if needed
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -alignRight/alignLeft: 0/1 if the comments delimiters should/shouldnt be
-+" aligned left/right
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ " we need to get the left and right indexes of the leftmost char in the
-+ " block of of lines and the right most char so that we can do alignment of
-+ " the delimiters if the user has specified
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ let rightAlignIndx = s:RightMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+
-+ " gotta add the length of the left delimiter onto the rightAlignIndx cos
-+ " we'll be adding a left delim to the line
-+ let rightAlignIndx = rightAlignIndx + strlen(s:GetLeft(0,1,0))
-+
-+ " now we actually comment the lines. Do it line by line
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if a:forceNested && g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+
-+ " check if we can comment this line
-+ if !isCommented || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders || s:Multipart()
-+ if a:alignLeft
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(b:left, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ if a:alignRight
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelimAligned(b:right, theLine, rightAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines in a minimal style. I
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ "check that minimal comments can be done on this filetype
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if we need to use place holders for the comment, make sure they are
-+ "enabled for this filetype
-+ if !g:NERDUsePlaceHolders && s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Settings exception: Placeoholders are required but disabled.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the left and right delims to smack on
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+
-+ "make sure all multipart delims on the lines are replaced with
-+ "placeholders to prevent illegal syntax
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while(currentLine <= a:lastLine)
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ReplaceDelims(left, right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, theLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "add the delim to the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:firstLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(left, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:firstLine, theLine)
-+
-+ "add the delim to the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lastLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:lastLine, theLine)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment lines in the 'Sexy' style. eg in c:
-+" /*
-+" * This is a sexy comment
-+" */
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+function s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0, 0)
-+
-+ "check if we can do a sexy comment with the available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot perform sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "make sure the lines arent already commented sexually
-+ if !s:CanSexyCommentLines(a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Nesting exception: cannot nest sexy comments'
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0,0)
-+ let sexyComMarkerSpaced = s:GetSexyComMarker(1,0)
-+
-+
-+ " we jam the comment as far to the right as possible
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(1, 1, a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+
-+ "check if we should use the compact style i.e that the left/right
-+ "delimiters should appear on the first and last lines of the code and not
-+ "on separate lines above/below the first/last lines of code
-+ if g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ let spaceString = (g:NERDSpaceDelims ? s:spaceStr : '')
-+
-+ "comment the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(left . spaceString, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:bottomline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(spaceString . right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:bottomline, theLine)
-+ else
-+
-+ " add the left delimiter one line above the lines that are to be commented
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! O'
-+ call setline(a:topline, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . left )
-+
-+ " add the right delimiter after bottom line (we have to add 1 cos we moved
-+ " the lines down when we added the left delim
-+ call cursor(a:bottomline+1, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! o'
-+ call setline(a:bottomline+2, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . right )
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ " go thru each line adding the sexyComMarker marker to the start of each
-+ " line in the appropriate place to align them with the comment delims
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline + !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ " get the line and convert the tabs to spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+
-+ " add the sexyComMarker
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . sexyComMarkerSpaced . strpart(theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ " set the line and move onto the next one
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" Applies "toggle" commenting to the given range of lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanToggleCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentRegion(topline, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol) function {{{2
-+" This function comments chunks of text selected in visual mode.
-+" It will comment exactly the text that they have selected.
-+" Args:
-+" -topLine: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -topCol: top left col for this comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomCol: the bottom right col for this comment
-+" -forceNested: whether the caller wants comments to be nested if the
-+" line(s) are already commented
-+function s:CommentRegion(topLine, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol, forceNested)
-+
-+ "switch delims (if we can) if the current set isnt multipart
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && s:AltMultipart() && !g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is only one line in the comment then just do it
-+ if a:topLine == a:bottomLine
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:bottomLine, a:topCol, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "there are multiple lines in the comment
-+ else
-+ "comment the top line
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:topLine, a:topCol, strlen(getline(a:topLine)), a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "comment out all the lines in the middle of the comment
-+ let topOfRange = a:topLine+1
-+ let bottomOfRange = a:bottomLine-1
-+ if topOfRange <= bottomOfRange
-+ call s:CommentLines(a:forceNested, 0, 0, topOfRange, bottomOfRange)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let bottom = getline(a:bottomLine)
-+ let numLeadingSpacesTabs = strlen(substitute(bottom, '^\([ \t]*\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:bottomLine, a:bottomLine, numLeadingSpacesTabs+1, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "stick the cursor back on the char it was on before the comment
-+ call cursor(a:topLine, a:topCol + strlen(b:left) + g:NERDSpaceDelims)
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine) function {{{2
-+" Inverts the comments on the lines between and including the given line
-+" numbers i.e all commented lines are uncommented and vice versa
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine: the top of the range of lines to be inverted
-+" -lastLine: the bottom of the range of lines to be inverted
-+function s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ " go thru all lines in the given range
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+
-+ " if the line is commented normally, uncomment it
-+ if s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+
-+ " check if the line is commented sexually
-+ elseif !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let currentLine = bottomBound - (numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved) + 1
-+
-+ " the line isnt commented
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: NERDComment(isVisual, alignLeft, alignRight, type) function {{{2
-+" This function is a Wrapper for the main commenting functions
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -isVisual: a flag indicating whether the comment is requested in visual
-+" mode or not
-+" -type: the type of commenting requested. Can be 'sexy', 'invert',
-+" 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+" 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+function! NERDComment(isVisual, type) range
-+ " we want case sensitivity when commenting
-+ let prevIgnoreCase = &ignorecase
-+ set noignorecase
-+
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ let firstLine = line("'<")
-+ let lastLine = line("'>")
-+ let firstCol = col("'<")
-+ let lastCol = col("'>")
-+ else
-+ let firstLine = a:firstline
-+ let lastLine = a:lastline
-+ endif
-+
-+ let countWasGiven = (a:isVisual == 0 && firstLine != lastLine)
-+
-+ let forceNested = (a:type == 'nested' || g:NERDDefaultNesting)
-+
-+ if a:type == 'norm' || a:type == 'nested'
-+ if a:isVisual && visualmode() == ""
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, lastLine, firstCol, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ elseif a:isVisual && visualmode() == "v" && (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==0 || (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==2 && s:HasMultipartDelims()))
-+ call s:CommentRegion(firstLine, firstCol, lastLine, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, 0, 0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth'
-+ let alignLeft = (a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ let alignRight = (a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'invert'
-+ call s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'sexy'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesSexy(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comments cannot be done with the available delimiters", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Nesting/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comment aborted. Nested sexy cannot be nested", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toggle'
-+ let theLine = getline(firstLine)
-+
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(firstLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'minimal'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters.", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Settings/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Place holders are required but disabled.", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toEOL'
-+ call s:SaveScreenState()
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, firstLine, col("."), col("$")-1, 1)
-+ call s:RestoreScreenState()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'prepend'
-+ call s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'append'
-+ call s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'insert'
-+ call s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'uncomment'
-+ call s:UncommentLines(0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'yank'
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ normal gvy
-+ elseif countWasGiven
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'yank'
-+ else
-+ normal Y
-+ endif
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'call NERDComment('. a:isVisual .', "norm")'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let &ignorecase = prevIgnoreCase
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween() function {{{2
-+" This is function is called to place comment delimiters down and place the
-+" cursor between them
-+function s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ let theLine = getline(".")
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine) || (theLine =~ '^ *$' && !&expandtab)
-+
-+ "convert tabs to spaces and adjust the cursors column to take this into
-+ "account
-+ let untabbedCol = s:UntabbedCol(theLine, col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine))
-+ call cursor(line("."), untabbedCol)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isDelimOnEOL = col(".") >= strlen(getline("."))
-+
-+ " if the cursor is in the first col then we gotta insert rather than
-+ " append the comment delimiters here
-+ let insOrApp = (col(".")==1 ? 'i' : 'a')
-+
-+ " place the delimiters down. We do it differently depending on whether
-+ " there is a left AND right delimiter
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left . right
-+ execute ":normal " . lenRight . "h"
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left
-+
-+ " if we are tacking the delim on the EOL then we gotta add a space
-+ " after it cos when we go out of insert mode the cursor will move back
-+ " one and the user wont be in position to type the comment.
-+ if isDelimOnEOL
-+ execute 'normal a '
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if needed convert spaces back to tabs and adjust the cursors col
-+ "accordingly
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let tabbedCol = s:TabbedCol(getline("."), col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(getline(".")))
-+ call cursor(line("."), tabbedCol)
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PrependCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function prepends comment delimiters to the start of line and places
-+" the cursor in position to start typing the comment
-+function s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+
-+ "if the line is empty then we need to know about this later on
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the start of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal I" . left . right
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal I" . left
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if the line was empty then we gotta add an extra space on the end because
-+ "the cursor will move back one more at the end of the last "execute"
-+ "command
-+ if isLineEmpty && lenRight == 0
-+ execute ":normal a "
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line) {{{2
-+" this function is called to remove the first left comment delimiter and the
-+" last right delimiter of the given line.
-+"
-+" The args left and right must be strings. If there is no right delimiter (as
-+" is the case for e.g vim file comments) them the arg right should be ""
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+" -line: the line to remove the delimiters from
-+function s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line)
-+
-+ let l:left = a:left
-+ let l:right = a:right
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(left)
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let delimsSpaced = (g:NERDSpaceDelims || g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces)
-+
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "look for the left delimiter, if we find it, remove it.
-+ let leftIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, line)
-+ if leftIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+lenLeft)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space after the left delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, leftIndx, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "look for the right delimiter, if we find it, remove it
-+ let rightIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, line)
-+ if rightIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx) . strpart(line, rightIndx+lenRight)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space before the right delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && s:Multipart()
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr) . strpart(line, rightIndx)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine) {{{2
-+" This function uncomments the given lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" onlyWholeLineComs: should be 1 for toggle style uncommenting
-+" topLine: the top line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+" bottomLine: the bottom line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine)
-+ "make local copies of a:firstline and a:lastline and, if need be, swap
-+ "them around if the top line is below the bottom
-+ let l:firstline = a:topLine
-+ let l:lastline = a:bottomLine
-+ if firstline > lastline
-+ let firstline = lastline
-+ let lastline = a:topLine
-+ endif
-+
-+ "go thru each line uncommenting each line removing sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = firstline
-+ while currentLine <= lastline
-+
-+ "check the current line to see if it is part of a sexy comment
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+ if !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+
-+ "we need to store the num lines in the buf before the comment is
-+ "removed so we know how many lines were removed when the sexy com
-+ "was removed
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let numLinesRemoved = numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved
-+ let currentLine = sexyComBounds[1] - numLinesRemoved + 1
-+ let lastline = lastline - numLinesRemoved
-+
-+ "no sexy com was detected so uncomment the line as normal
-+ else
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:onlyWholeLineComs && (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine))
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ elseif !a:onlyWholeLineComs
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the comment characters associated with the sexy
-+" comment spanning the given lines
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0,1)
-+
-+
-+ "check if it is even possible for sexy comments to exist with the
-+ "available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot uncomment sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let leftUnEsc = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,0)
-+ let rightUnEsc = s:GetSexyComRight(0,0)
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+ let sexyComMarkerUnEsc = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 0)
-+
-+ "the markerOffset is how far right we need to move the sexyComMarker to
-+ "line it up with the end of the left delim
-+ let markerOffset = strlen(leftUnEsc)-strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+
-+ " go thru the intermediate lines of the sexy comment and remove the
-+ " sexy comment markers (eg the '*'s on the start of line in a c sexy
-+ " comment)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ " remove the sexy comment marker from the line. We also remove the
-+ " space after it if there is one and if appropriate options are set
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(theLine)
-+
-+ " move onto the next line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " gotta make a copy of a:bottomline cos we modify the position of the
-+ " last line it if we remove the topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the first line so we can remove the left delim from it
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+
-+ " if the first line contains only the left delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left . '[ \t]*$' && !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+ let bottomline = bottomline - 1
-+
-+ " topline contains more than just the left delim
-+ else
-+
-+ " remove the delim. If there is a space after it
-+ " then remove this too if appropriate
-+ let delimIndx = stridx(theLine, leftUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " get the last line so we can remove the right delim
-+ let theLine = getline(bottomline)
-+
-+ " if the bottomline contains only the right delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right . '[ \t]*$'
-+ call cursor(bottomline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+
-+ " the last line contains more than the right delim
-+ else
-+ " remove the right delim. If there is a space after it and
-+ " if the appropriate options are set then remove this too.
-+ let delimIndx = s:LastIndexOfDelim(rightUnEsc, theLine)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if the last line also starts with a sexy comment marker then we
-+ " remove this as well
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+
-+ " remove the sexyComMarker. If there is a space after it then
-+ " remove that too
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(bottomline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLineNormal(line) {{{2
-+" uncomments the given line and returns the result
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLineNormal(line)
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "get the comment status on the line so we know how it is commented
-+ let lineCommentStatus = s:IsCommentedOuttermost(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:left and b:right so remove these delims
-+ if lineCommentStatus == 1
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:leftAlt and b:rightAlt so remove these delims
-+ elseif lineCommentStatus == 2 && g:NERDRemoveAltComs
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is not properly commented with any delims so we check if it has
-+ "any random left or right delims on it and remove the outtermost ones
-+ else
-+ "get the positions of all delim types on the line
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxRight = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:right, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "remove the outter most left comment delim
-+ if indxLeft != -1 && (indxLeft < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:left, '', line)
-+ elseif indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:leftAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "remove the outter most right comment delim
-+ if indxRight != -1 && (indxRight < indxRightAlt || indxRightAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:right, '', line)
-+ elseif indxRightAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:rightAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxLeftPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDLPlace, line)
-+
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+
-+ let right = b:right
-+ let left = b:left
-+ if !s:Multipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if there are place-holders on the line then we check to see if they are
-+ "the outtermost delimiters on the line. If so then we replace them with
-+ "real delimiters
-+ if indxLeftPlace != -1
-+ if (indxLeftPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+ elseif indxRightPlace != -1
-+ if (indxRightPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function is called to uncomment lines that arent a sexy comment
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom line numbers of the comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+ let line = getline(currentLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, s:UncommentLineNormal(line))
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Section: Other helper functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '^\([ \t]*\)', '\1' . a:delim, '')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+
-+ "if the line is not long enough then bung some extra spaces on the front
-+ "so we can align the delim properly
-+ let theLine = a:theLine
-+ if strlen(theLine) < a:alignIndx
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx - strlen(theLine))
-+ endif
-+
-+ return strpart(theLine, 0, a:alignIndx) . a:delim . strpart(theLine, a:alignIndx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ if a:delim == ''
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+ if a:delim == ""
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+
-+ " when we align the right delim we are just adding spaces
-+ " so we get a string containing the needed spaces (it
-+ " could be empty)
-+ let extraSpaces = ''
-+ let extraSpaces = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx-strlen(a:theLine))
-+
-+ " add the right delim
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', extraSpaces . a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AltMultipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the alternative delims are multipart
-+function s:AltMultipart()
-+ return b:rightAlt != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the caller wants comments to be nested
-+" if the current line is already commented
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if !isCommented
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is commented but nesting is allowed then return true
-+ if a:forceNested && (!s:Multipart() || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the cursor can be placed exactly in the given position
-+function s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col)
-+ let c = col(".")
-+ let l = line(".")
-+ call cursor(a:line, a:col)
-+ let success = (line(".") == a:line && col(".") == a:col)
-+ call cursor(l,c)
-+ return success
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" Return: 1 if the given lines can be commented sexually, 0 otherwise
-+function s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline)
-+ " see if the selected regions have any sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while(currentLine <= a:bottomline)
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(currentLine)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be toggle commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+ if (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)) && !a:forceNested
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading tabs on that line into
-+" spaces
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading tabs will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\t*' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\(\t*\)' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$' , '\1\t\2' , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading spaces on that line into
-+" tabs
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading spaces will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\( *\)\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\( *\)\t', '\1' . s:TabSpace() , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line) {{{2
-+" Converts the leading white space to tabs/spaces depending on &ts
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to convert
-+function s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^ *\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^ *\zs\t\ze', s:TabSpace(), "g")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if !&expandtab
-+ let toReturn = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(toReturn)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function counts the number of substrings contained in another string.
-+" These substrings are only counted if they are not escaped with escChar
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to look for searchstr in
-+" -searchstr: the substring to search for in str
-+" -escChar: the escape character which, when preceding an instance of
-+" searchstr, will cause it not to be counted
-+function s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar)
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of searchstr
-+ let indx = stridx(a:str, a:searchstr)
-+
-+ "if there is an instance of searchstr in str process it
-+ if indx != -1
-+ "get the remainder of str after this instance of searchstr is removed
-+ let lensearchstr = strlen(a:searchstr)
-+ let strLeft = strpart(a:str, indx+lensearchstr)
-+
-+ "if this instance of searchstr is not escaped, add one to the count
-+ "and recurse. If it is escaped, just recurse
-+ if !s:IsEscaped(a:str, indx, a:escChar)
-+ return 1 + s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ else
-+ return s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block of lines has a delimiter (a:delim) in it
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the comment delimiter to check the block for
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom)
-+ let currentLine = a:top
-+ while currentLine < a:bottom
-+ let theline = getline(currentLine)
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:delim, theline) != -1
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block has a >= 1 multipart delimiter in it
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom)
-+ if s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:left, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:right, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ else
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:leftAlt, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:rightAlt, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:Esc(str) {{{2
-+" Escapes all the tricky chars in the given string
-+function s:Esc(str)
-+ let charsToEsc = '*/\."&$+'
-+ return escape(a:str, charsToEsc)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line) {{{2
-+" This function is used to get the string index of the input comment delimiter
-+" on the input line. If no valid comment delimiter is found in the line then
-+" -1 is returned
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are looking to find the index of
-+" -line: the line we are looking for delimiter on
-+function s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line)
-+
-+ "make sure the delimiter isnt empty otherwise we go into an infinite loop.
-+ if a:delimiter == ""
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+ let lenDel = strlen(l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of the delimiter
-+ let delIndx = stridx(a:line, l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "keep looping thru the line till we either find a real comment delimiter
-+ "or run off the EOL
-+ while delIndx != -1
-+
-+ "if we are not off the EOL get the str before the possible delimiter
-+ "in question and check if it really is a delimiter. If it is, return
-+ "its position
-+ if delIndx != -1
-+ if s:IsDelimValid(l:delimiter, delIndx, a:line)
-+ return delIndx
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we have not yet found a real comment delimiter so move past the
-+ "current one we are lookin at
-+ let restOfLine = strpart(a:line, delIndx + lenDel)
-+ let distToNextDelim = stridx(restOfLine , l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "if distToNextDelim is -1 then there is no more potential delimiters
-+ "on the line so set delIndx to -1. Otherwise, move along the line by
-+ "distToNextDelim
-+ if distToNextDelim == -1
-+ let delIndx = -1
-+ else
-+ let delIndx = delIndx + lenDel + distToNextDelim
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "there is no comment delimiter on this line
-+ return -1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a line number and tests whether this line number is
-+" the top/bottom/middle line of a sexy comment. If it is then the top/bottom
-+" lines of the sexy comment are returned
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number that is to be tested whether it is the
-+" top/bottom/middle line of a sexy com
-+" Returns:
-+" A string that has the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment encoded in it.
-+" The format is 'topline,bottomline'. If a:lineNum turns out not to be the
-+" top/bottom/middle of a sexy comment then -1 is returned
-+function s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum)
-+
-+ "find which delimiters to look for as the start/end delims of the comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,0,1)
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(1,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(1,0,1)
-+ else
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "initialise the top/bottom line numbers of the sexy comment to -1
-+ let top = -1
-+ let bottom = -1
-+
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+ while top == -1 || bottom == -1
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the top of the sexy comment
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left && theLine !~ '.*' . right
-+ let top = currentLine
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the bottom of the sexy comment
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right && theLine !~ '.*' . left
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "the right delimiter is on the same line as the last sexyComMarker
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker . '.*' . right
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "we have not found the top or bottom line so we assume currentLine is an
-+ "intermediate line and look to prove otherwise
-+ else
-+
-+ "if the line doesnt start with a sexyComMarker then it is not a sexy
-+ "comment
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if top is -1 then we havent found the top yet so keep looking up
-+ if top == -1
-+ let currentLine = currentLine - 1
-+ "if we have found the top line then go down looking for the bottom
-+ else
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return [top, bottom]
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the left/left-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get left or left-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:left
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if b:leftAlt == ''
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = delim . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetRight(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the right/right-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get right or right-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetRight(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:right
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = s:spaceStr . delim
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComMarker() {{{2
-+" Returns the sexy comment marker for the current filetype.
-+"
-+" C style sexy comments are assumed if possible. If not then the sexy comment
-+" marker is the last char of the delimiter pair that has both left and right
-+" delims and has the longest left delim
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies whether the marker is to have a space string after it
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the marker are to be ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComMarker(space, esc)
-+ let sexyComMarker = b:sexyComMarker
-+
-+ "if there is no hardcoded marker then we find one
-+ if sexyComMarker == ''
-+
-+ "if the filetype has c style comments then use standard c sexy
-+ "comments
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let sexyComMarker = '*'
-+ else
-+ "find a comment marker by getting the longest available left delim
-+ "(that has a corresponding right delim) and taking the last char
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the last char of left
-+ let sexyComMarker = strpart(left, strlen(left)-1)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let sexyComMarker = sexyComMarker . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:Esc(sexyComMarker)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return sexyComMarker
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the left delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the end
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let left = '/*'
-+ else
-+ "grab the longest left delim that has a right
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let left = left . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let left = s:Esc(left)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return left
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the right delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible.
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the start
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims
-+" is specified for the current filetype)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let right = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let right = '*/'
-+ else
-+ "grab the right delim that pairs with the longest left delim
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let right = s:spaceStr . right
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let right = s:Esc(right)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return right
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasMultipartDelims() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has at least one set of multipart delims
-+function s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ return s:Multipart() || s:AltMultipart()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasLeadingTabs(...) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if any of the given strings have leading tabs
-+function s:HasLeadingTabs(...)
-+ for s in a:000
-+ if s =~ '^\t.*'
-+ return 1
-+ end
-+ endfor
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:HasCStyleComments() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has c style comment delimiters
-+function s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ return (b:left == '/*' && b:right == '*/') || (b:leftAlt == '/*' && b:rightAlt == '*/')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision) {{{2
-+" Install help documentation.
-+" Arguments:
-+" full_name: Full name of this vim plugin script, including path name.
-+" revision: Revision of the vim script. #version# mark in the document file
-+" will be replaced with this string with 'v' prefix.
-+" Return:
-+" 1 if new document installed, 0 otherwise.
-+" Note: Cleaned and generalized by guo-peng Wen.
-+"
-+" Note about authorship: this function was taken from the vimspell plugin
-+" which can be found at http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=465
-+"
-+function s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision)
-+ " Name of the document path based on the system we use:
-+ if has("vms")
-+ " No chance that this script will work with
-+ " VMS - to much pathname juggling here.
-+ return 1
-+ elseif (has("unix"))
-+ " On UNIX like system, using forward slash:
-+ let l:slash_char = '/'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir -p '
-+ else
-+ " On M$ system, use backslash. Also mkdir syntax is different.
-+ " This should only work on W2K and up.
-+ let l:slash_char = '\'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir '
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:doc_path = l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+ let l:doc_home = l:slash_char . '.vim' . l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+
-+ " Figure out document path based on full name of this script:
-+ let l:vim_plugin_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h')
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h:h') . l:doc_path
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ "Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path, 0)
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Try a default configuration in user home:
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = expand("~") . l:doc_home
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Put a warning:
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unable to open documentation directory \ntype :help add-local-help for more information.", 0)
-+ echo l:vim_doc_path
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Exit if we have problem to access the document directory:
-+ if (!isdirectory(l:vim_plugin_path) || !isdirectory(l:vim_doc_path) || filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) != 2)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Full name of script and documentation file:
-+ let l:script_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t')
-+ let l:doc_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t:r') . '.txt'
-+ let l:plugin_file = l:vim_plugin_path . l:slash_char . l:script_name
-+ let l:doc_file = l:vim_doc_path . l:slash_char . l:doc_name
-+
-+ " Bail out if document file is still up to date:
-+ if (filereadable(l:doc_file) && getftime(l:plugin_file) < getftime(l:doc_file))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Prepare window position restoring command:
-+ if (strlen(@%))
-+ let l:go_back = 'b ' . bufnr("%")
-+ else
-+ let l:go_back = 'enew!'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create a new buffer & read in the plugin file (me):
-+ setl nomodeline
-+ exe 'enew!'
-+ exe 'r ' . escape(l:plugin_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ setl modeline
-+ let l:buf = bufnr("%")
-+ setl noswapfile modifiable
-+
-+ norm zR
-+ norm gg
-+
-+ " Delete from first line to a line starts with
-+ " === START_DOC
-+ 1,/^=\{3,}\s\+START_DOC\C/ d
-+
-+ " Delete from a line starts with
-+ " === END_DOC
-+ " to the end of the documents:
-+ /^=\{3,}\s\+END_DOC\C/,$ d
-+
-+ " Remove fold marks:
-+ :%s/{\{3}[1-9]/ /
-+
-+ " Add modeline for help doc: the modeline string is mangled intentionally
-+ " to avoid it be recognized by VIM:
-+ call append(line('$'), '')
-+ call append(line('$'), ' v' . 'im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:')
-+
-+ " Replace revision:
-+ "exe "normal :1s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+ exe "normal :%s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+
-+ " Save the help document:
-+ exe 'w! ' . escape(l:doc_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+ exe l:go_back
-+ exe 'bw ' . l:buf
-+
-+ " Build help tags:
-+ exe 'helptags ' . escape(l:vim_doc_path,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"either set of delimiters or if it is part of a sexy comment
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number of the line to check
-+function s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line is commented normally return 1
-+ if s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment return 1
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommented(left, right, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+function s:IsCommented(left, right, line)
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line) != -1 && (s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, a:line) != -1 || !s:Multipart())
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters at the start of the line i.e the left delimiter is the
-+"first thing on the line (apart from spaces\tabs)
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left: the left delimiter to check for
-+function s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(a:line)
-+ let numSpaces = strlen(substitute(theLine, '^\( *\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ let delimIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, theLine)
-+ return delimIndx == numSpaces
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line) {{{2
-+" Finds the type of the outtermost delims on the line
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if the outtermost comments on it are
-+" left/right
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+" -leftAlt/rightAlt: the left and right alternative delimiters to check for
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the line is not commented with either set of delims
-+" 1 if the line is commented with the left/right delim set
-+" 2 if the line is commented with the leftAlt/rightAlt delim set
-+function s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line)
-+ "get the first positions of the left delims and the last positions of the
-+ "right delims
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:leftAlt, a:line)
-+ let indxRight = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:right, a:line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ "check if the line has a left delim before a leftAlt delim
-+ if (indxLeft <= indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1) && indxLeft != -1
-+ "check if the line has a right delim after any rightAlt delim
-+ if (indxRight > indxRightAlt && indxRight > indxLeft) || !s:Multipart()
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "check if the line has a leftAlt delim before a left delim
-+ elseif (indxLeftAlt <= indxLeft || indxLeft == -1) && indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ "check if the line has a rightAlt delim after any right delim
-+ if (indxRightAlt > indxRight && indxRightAlt > indxLeftAlt) || !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return 2
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line) {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for determining whether a given instance of a
-+" comment delimiter is a real delimiter or not. For example, in java the
-+" // string is a comment delimiter but in the line:
-+" System.out.println("//");
-+" it does not count as a comment delimiter. This function is responsible for
-+" distinguishing between such cases. It does so by applying a set of
-+" heuristics that are not fool proof but should work most of the time.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are validating
-+" -delIndx: the position of delimiter in line
-+" -line: the line that delimiter occurs in
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the given delimiter is not a real delimiter (as far as we can tell) ,
-+" 1 otherwise
-+function s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line)
-+ "get the delimiter without the escchars
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+
-+ "get the strings before and after the delimiter
-+ let preComStr = strpart(a:line, 0, a:delIndx)
-+ let postComStr = strpart(a:line, a:delIndx+strlen(delimiter))
-+
-+ "to check if the delimiter is real, make sure it isnt preceded by
-+ "an odd number of quotes and followed by the same (which would indicate
-+ "that it is part of a string and therefore is not a comment)
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "'", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "'", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "`", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "`", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if the comment delimiter is escaped, assume it isnt a real delimiter
-+ if s:IsEscaped(a:line, a:delIndx, "\\")
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "vim comments are so fuckin stupid!! Why the hell do they have comment
-+ "delimiters that are used elsewhere in the syntax?!?! We need to check
-+ "some conditions especially for vim
-+ if &filetype == "vim"
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the delimiter is on the very first char of the line or is the
-+ "first non-tab/space char on the line then it is a valid comment delimiter
-+ if a:delIndx == 0 || a:line =~ "^[ \t]\\{" . a:delIndx . "\\}\".*$"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let numLeftParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "(", "\\")
-+ let numRightParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, ")", "\\")
-+
-+ "if the quote is inside brackets then assume it isnt a comment
-+ if numLeftParen > numRightParen
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line has an even num of unescaped "'s then we can assume that
-+ "any given " is not a comment delimiter
-+ if s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(a:line, "\"", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsNumEven(num) {{{2
-+" A small function the returns 1 if the input number is even and 0 otherwise
-+" Args:
-+" -num: the number to check
-+function s:IsNumEven(num)
-+ return (a:num % 2) == 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string, an index into that string and an esc char and
-+" returns 1 if the char at the index is escaped (i.e if it is preceded by an
-+" odd number of esc chars)
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to check
-+" -indx: the index into str that we want to check
-+" -escChar: the escape char the char at indx may be ESCed with
-+function s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar)
-+ "initialise numEscChars to 0 and look at the char before indx
-+ let numEscChars = 0
-+ let curIndx = a:indx-1
-+
-+ "keep going back thru str until we either reach the start of the str or
-+ "run out of esc chars
-+ while curIndx >= 0 && strpart(a:str, curIndx, 1) == a:escChar
-+
-+ "we have found another esc char so add one to the count and move left
-+ "one char
-+ let numEscChars = numEscChars + 1
-+ let curIndx = curIndx - 1
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if there is an odd num of esc chars directly before the char at indx then
-+ "the char at indx is escaped
-+ return !s:IsNumEven(numEscChars)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsInSexyComment(line) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the given line number is part of a sexy comment
-+function s:IsInSexyComment(line)
-+ return !empty(s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(a:line))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns 1 if the lines between and
-+" including the given line numbers are a sexy comment. It returns 0 otherwise.
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line that the possible sexy comment starts on
-+" -bottomline: the line that the possible sexy comment stops on
-+function s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "get the delim set that would be used for a sexy comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "swap the top and bottom line numbers around if need be
-+ let topline = a:topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+ if bottomline < topline
-+ topline = bottomline
-+ bottomline = a:topline
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is < 2 lines in the comment it cannot be sexy
-+ if (bottomline - topline) <= 0
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the top line doesnt begin with a left delim then the comment isnt sexy
-+ if getline(a:topline) !~ '^[ \t]*' . left
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim on the top line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, getline(a:topline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a left delim on the bottom line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(left, getline(a:bottomline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the bottom line doesnt begin with a right delim then the comment isnt
-+ "sexy
-+ if getline(a:bottomline) !~ '^.*' . right . '$'
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "check each of the intermediate lines to make sure they start with a
-+ "sexyComMarker
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim in an intermediate line then the block isnt
-+ "a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, theLine) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "we have not found anything to suggest that this isnt a sexy comment so
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and returns the last index of
-+" that delimiter in string
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the delimiter to look for
-+" -str: the string to look for delim in
-+function s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str)
-+ let delim = a:delim
-+ let lenDelim = strlen(delim)
-+
-+ "set index to the first occurrence of delim. If there is no occurrence then
-+ "bail
-+ let indx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, a:str)
-+ if indx == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "keep moving to the next instance of delim in str till there is none left
-+ while 1
-+
-+ "search for the next delim after the previous one
-+ let searchStr = strpart(a:str, indx+lenDelim)
-+ let indx2 = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, searchStr)
-+
-+ "if we find a delim update indx to record the position of it, if we
-+ "dont find another delim then indx is the last one so break out of
-+ "this loop
-+ if indx2 != -1
-+ let indx = indx + indx2 + lenDelim
-+ else
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return indx
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the left most
-+" char (that is not a space or a tab) on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ " declare the left most index as an extreme value
-+ let leftMostIndx = 1000
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating leftMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and if it is allowed to be commented, or is not
-+ " commented, check it
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+ " convert spaces to tabs and get the number of leading spaces for
-+ " this line and update leftMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let leadSpaceOfLine = strlen( substitute(theLine, '\(^[ \t]*\).*$','\1','') )
-+ if leadSpaceOfLine < leftMostIndx
-+ let leftMostIndx = leadSpaceOfLine
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if leftMostIndx == 1000
-+ return 0
-+ else
-+ return leftMostIndx
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:Multipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the current delims are multipart
-+function s:Multipart()
-+ return b:right != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+" -msg: the message to echo
-+" -typeOfMsg: 0 = warning message
-+" 1 = normal message
-+function s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg)
-+ if a:typeOfMsg == 0
-+ echohl WarningMsg
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ echohl None
-+ elseif a:typeOfMsg == 1
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s) {{{2
-+" returns the number of leading tabs in the given string
-+function s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s)
-+ return strlen(substitute(a:s, '^\(\t*\).*$', '\1', ""))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumLinesInBuf() {{{2
-+" Returns the number of lines in the current buffer
-+function s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ return line('$')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a string, 2 delimiters in that string and 2 strings
-+" to replace these delimiters with.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace1: the first delimiter to replace
-+" -toReplace2: the second delimiter to replace
-+" -replacor1: the string to replace toReplace1 with
-+" -replacor2: the string to replace toReplace2 with
-+" -str: the string that the delimiters to be replaced are in
-+function s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(a:toReplace1, a:replacor1, a:str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(a:toReplace2, a:replacor2, line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the left most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+function s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ "get the left most occurrence of toReplace
-+ let indxToReplace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS an occurrence of toReplace in str then replace it and return
-+ "the resulting string
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ return line
-+ endif
-+
-+ return a:str
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the right most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+"
-+function s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ let lenToReplace = strlen(toReplace)
-+
-+ "get the index of the last delim in str
-+ let indxToReplace = s:LastIndexOfDelim(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS a delimiter in str, replace it and return the result
-+ let line = a:str
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ endif
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:RestoreScreenState() {{{2
-+"
-+"Sets the screen state back to what it was when s:SaveScreenState was last
-+"called.
-+"
-+function s:RestoreScreenState()
-+ if !exists("t:NERDComOldTopLine") || !exists("t:NERDComOldPos")
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter exception: cannot restore screen'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call cursor(t:NERDComOldTopLine, 0)
-+ normal zt
-+ call setpos(".", t:NERDComOldPos)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the right most
-+" char on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+ let rightMostIndx = -1
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating rightMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and see if it is commentable, otherwise it doesnt
-+ " count
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+
-+ " update rightMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let lineLen = strlen(theLine)
-+ if lineLen > rightMostIndx
-+ let rightMostIndx = lineLen
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return rightMostIndx
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:SaveScreenState() {{{2
-+"Saves the current cursor position in the current buffer and the window
-+"scroll position
-+function s:SaveScreenState()
-+ let t:NERDComOldPos = getpos(".")
-+ let t:NERDComOldTopLine = line("w0")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outter most multi-part delims for
-+" place holders
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line)
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, a:line)
-+ let isCommentedAlt = s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ let line2 = a:line
-+
-+ "if the line is commented and there is a right delimiter, replace
-+ "the delims with place-holders
-+ if isCommented && s:Multipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+
-+ "similarly if the line is commented with the alternative
-+ "delimiters
-+ elseif isCommentedAlt && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line2
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outtermost place holders for
-+" multi-part delims
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, a:line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:TabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Gets the col number for given line and existing col number. The new col
-+" number is the col number when all leading spaces are converted to tabs
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the rel col for
-+" -col: the abs col
-+function s:TabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineSpacesToTabs = substitute(lineTruncated, s:TabSpace(), '\t', 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineSpacesToTabs)
-+endfunction
-+"FUNCTION: s:TabSpace() {{{2
-+"returns a string of spaces equal in length to &tabstop
-+function s:TabSpace()
-+ let tabSpace = ""
-+ let spacesPerTab = &tabstop
-+ while spacesPerTab > 0
-+ let tabSpace = tabSpace . " "
-+ let spacesPerTab = spacesPerTab - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return tabSpace
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UnEsc(str, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the escape chars from a string
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to remove esc chars from
-+" -escChar: the escape char to be removed
-+function s:UnEsc(str, escChar)
-+ return substitute(a:str, a:escChar, "", "g")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UntabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Takes a line and a col and returns the absolute column of col taking into
-+" account that a tab is worth 3 or 4 (or whatever) spaces.
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the abs col for
-+" -col: the col that doesnt take into account tabs
-+function s:UntabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineTabsToSpaces = substitute(lineTruncated, '\t', s:TabSpace(), 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineTabsToSpaces)
-+endfunction
-+" Section: Comment mapping setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+" This is where the mappings calls are made that set up the commenting key
-+" mappings.
-+
-+" set up the mapping to switch to/from alternative delimiters
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDAltComMap . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do toggle comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapp to do minimal comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines sexily
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "sexy")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do invert comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "invert")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "invert")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to yank then comment out lines
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "yank")<CR>'
-+execute 'vmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "yank")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left and right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do nested comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to uncomment a line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to comment out to the end of the line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComToEOLMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDAppendComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDPrependComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to insert comment delims at the cursor position in insert mode
-+execute 'inoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComInInsertMap . ' ' . '<SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+" Section: Menu item setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+"check if the user wants the menu to be displayed
-+if g:NERDMenuMode != 0
-+
-+ let menuRoot = ""
-+ if g:NERDMenuMode == 1
-+ let menuRoot = 'comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 2
-+ let menuRoot = '&comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 3
-+ let menuRoot = '&Plugin.&comment'
-+ endif
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ To\ EOL<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComToEOLMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"invert")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"invert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"sexy")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0Y' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0ygv' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Append\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAppendComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Prepend\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDPrependComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep2- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent>' . menuRoot.'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' <esc>:call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep3- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Use\ Alternative\ Delimiters<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAltComMap, '\') . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<CR>'
-+
-+
-+ execute 'imenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Insert\ Delims<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComInInsertMap, '\') . ' <SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu '. menuRoot .'.-Sep4- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent>'. menuRoot .'.Help<TAB>:help\ NERDCommenterContents :help NERDCommenterContents<CR>'
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Doc installation call {{{1
-+silent call s:InstallDocumentation(expand('<sfile>:p'), s:NERD_commenter_version)
-+
-+finish
-+"=============================================================================
-+" Section: The help file {{{1
-+" Title {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+=== START_DOC
-+*NERD_commenter.txt* Plugin for commenting code #version#
-+
-+
-+ NERD COMMENTER REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERDCommenterContents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERDCommenter|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERDComFunctionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERDComFunctionalitySummary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERDComFunctionalityDetails|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERDComComment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERDComNestedComment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERDComToggleComment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERDComMinimalComment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERDComInvertComment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERDComSexyComment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERDComYankComment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERDComEOLComment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERDComAppendComment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERDComPrependComment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERDComInsertComment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERDComAltDelim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERDComAlignedComment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERDComUncommentLine|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERDComFiletypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERDComSexyComments|
-+ 2.5 The NERDComment function..........|NERDComNERDComment|
-+ 3.Options.................................|NERDComOptions|
-+ 3.1 Options summary...................|NERDComOptionsSummary|
-+ 3.2 Options details...................|NERDComOptionsDetails|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter Options.........|NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping Options...............|NERDComMappings|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERDComIssues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERDComHeuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERDComNesting|
-+ 5.The author..............................|NERDComAuthor|
-+ 6.TODO list...............................|NERDComTodo|
-+ 7.Changelog...............................|NERDComChangelog|
-+ 8.Credits.................................|NERDComCredits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERDCommenter*
-+
-+The NERD commenter provides many different commenting operations and styles
-+which may be invoked via key mappings and a commenting menu. These operations
-+are available for most filetypes.
-+
-+There are also options available that allow you to tweak the commenting engine
-+to you taste.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERDComFunctionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalitySummary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERDComInsertComment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+[count],cc |NERDComComment|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+[count],cn |NERDComNestedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| but forces nesting.
-+
-+
-+[count],c<space> |NERDComToggleComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cm |NERDComMinimalComment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+[count],ci |NERDComInvertComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cs |NERDComSexyComment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+[count],cy |NERDComYankComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+,c$ |NERDComEOLComment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+,cA |NERDComAppendComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+,cI |NERDComPrependComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERDComInsertComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+,ca |NERDComAltDelim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+[count],cl
-+[count],cr
-+[count],cb |NERDComAlignedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (,cl), the right side (,cr) or both sides
-+(,cb).
-+
-+
-+[count],cu |NERDComUncommentLine|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalityDetails*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERDComComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cc
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then the script will try to comment out the exact text that
-+is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERDComNestedComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cn
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineNestMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as ,cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If |NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set then the previous comment delimiters will
-+be replaced by place-holder delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested
-+comment will only be added if the current commenting delimiters have no right
-+delimiter (to avoid syntax errors)
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDDefaultNesting|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERDComToggleComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],c<space>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineToggleMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERDComMinimalComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cm
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+,cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERDLPlace|) if
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERDComInvertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ci
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineInvertMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERDComSexyComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cs
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineSexyMap
-+Applicable modes: normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERDComSexyComments| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERDComYankComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cy
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineYankMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERDComEOLComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,c$
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComToEOLMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERDComAppendComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cA
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAppendComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERDComPrependComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cI
-+Change the mapping with: NERDPrependComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERDComInsertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: <C-c>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComInInsertMap.
-+Applicable modes: insert.
-+
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERDComAltDelim*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ca
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAltComMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit ,ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+
-+See also |NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERDComAlignedComment*
-+
-+Default mappings: [count],cl [count],cr [count],cb
-+Change the mappings with: NERDComAlignLeftMap, NERDComAlignRightMap and
-+NERDComAlignBothMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERDComUncommentLine*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cu
-+Change the mapping with: NERDUncomLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERDComIssues| for details.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs|
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes {{{3 *NERDComFiletypes*
-+
-+Filetypes that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asn
-+aspvbs atlas autohotkey autoit automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone
-+bst btm caos catalog c cfg cg ch changelog cl clean clipper cmake conf config
-+context cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl csv cvs dcl debchangelog
-+debcontrol debsources def diff django docbk dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula
-+dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports
-+fetchmail fgl focexec form fortran foxpro fstab fvwm fx gdb gdmo geek
-+gentoo-package-keywords' gentoo-package-mask' gentoo-package-use' gnuplot
-+gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmldjango htmlos ia64 icon idlang
-+idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess jgraph
-+jproperties jproperties jsp kconfig kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 mail make maple masm
-+master matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc
-+named nasm nastran natural ncf netdict netrw nqc nroff nsis objc ocaml occam
-+omlet omnimark openroad opl ora otl ox pascal passwd pcap pccts perl pfmain
-+php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plaintex plm plsql po postscr pov povini ppd
-+ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python qf radiance ratpoison r
-+rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl rtf ruby sa samba sas sass
-+sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed selectbuf sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sh
-+sicad simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smarty smil smith sml snnsnet
-+snnspat snnsres snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp
-+strace svn systemverilog tads taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex text
-+plaintex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog
-+verilog_systemverilog vgrindefs vhdl vim viminfo virata vo_base vrml vsejcl
-+webmacro wget winbatch wml wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml
-+xmodmap xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments {{{3 *NERDComSexyComments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. The NERD
-+commenter is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.5 The NERDComment function {{{3 *NERDComNERDComment*
-+
-+All of the NERD commenter mappings and menu items invoke a single function
-+which delegates the commenting work to other functions. This function is
-+public and has the prototype: >
-+ function! NERDComment(isVisual, type)
-+<
-+The arguments to this function are simple:
-+ - isVisual: if you wish to do any kind of visual comment then set this to
-+ 1 and the function will use the '< and '> marks to find the comment
-+ boundries. If set to 0 then the function will operate on the current
-+ line.
-+ - type: is used to specify what type of commenting operation is to be
-+ performed, and it can be one of the following: 'sexy', 'invert',
-+ 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+ 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+
-+For example, if you typed >
-+ :call NERDComment(1, 'sexy')
-+<
-+then the script would do a sexy comment on the last visual selection.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Options {{{2 *NERDComOptions*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Options summary *NERDComOptionsSummary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERDDefaultNesting| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+|NERDMenuMode| Specifies how the NERD commenter menu
-+ will appear (if at all).
-+|NERDLPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDMapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs| Tells the script whether to remove
-+ alternative comment delimiters when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces| Tells the script to always remove the
-+ extra spaces when uncommenting
-+ (regardless of whether NERDSpaceDelims
-+ is set)
-+|NERDRPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDShutUp| Stops "Unknown filetype" output from the
-+ script
-+|NERDSpaceDelims| Specifies whether to add extra spaces
-+ around delimiters when commenting, and
-+ whether to remove them when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs| Specifies whether to use the compact
-+ style sexy comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Options details *NERDComOptionsDetails*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+If set to 1 then, when doing a visual or visual-block comment (but not a
-+visual-line comment), the script will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This means either using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart. For
-+example if we are editing the following java code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then the script will use the alternative delims as
-+shown on the right: >
-+
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+This option affects visual-block mode commenting. If this option is turned
-+on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the selection block will be
-+ignored.
-+
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty=0 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode*
-+Values: 0, 1 or 2.
-+Default: 0.
-+
-+By default the script tries to comment out exactly what is selected in visual
-+mode (v). For example if you select and comment the following c code (using |
-+to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest the script can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of |visual-block| mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveAltComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+When uncommenting a line (for a filetype with an alternative commenting style)
-+this option tells the script whether to look for, and remove, comments
-+delimiters of the alternative style.
-+
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+,cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERDRemoveAltComs is set to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveExtraSpaces*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. |NERDSpaceDelims| is set to 1.
-+2. NERDRemoveExtraSpaces is set to 1.
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if |NERDSpaceDelims| is set then
-+set NERDRemoveExtraSpaces to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDLPlace*
-+ *NERDRPlace*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default:
-+ NERDLPlace: "[>"
-+ NERDRPlace: "<]"
-+
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERDLPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERDRPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with ,cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMapleader*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default: \c
-+
-+NERDMapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+The default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERDMapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERDComMappings|).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMenuMode*
-+Values: 0, 1, 2, 3.
-+Default: 3
-+
-+This option can take 4 values:
-+ "0": Turns the menu off.
-+ "1": Turns the 'comment' menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the 'comment 'menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+ "3": Turns the 'Plugin -> comment' menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDUsePlaceHolders*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to specify whether place-holder delimiters should be used
-+when adding nested comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDShutUp*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to prevent the script from echoing "Unknown filetype"
-+messages. Stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDShutUp=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDSpaceDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+If you want spaces to be added then set NERDSpaceDelims to 1 in your vimrc.
-+
-+See also |NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCompactSexyComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+If this option is set to 1 then the top style will be used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDDefaultNesting*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+When this option is set to 1, comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit ,cc on a line that is already commented it will be commented
-+again
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERDComDefaultDelims*
-+
-+If you want the NERD commenter to use the alternative delimiters for a
-+specific filetype by default then put a line of this form into your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style=1
-+<
-+Example: java uses // style comments by default, but you want it to default to
-+/* */ style comments instead. You would put this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_java_alt_style=1
-+<
-+
-+See |NERDComAltDelim| for switching commenting styles at runtime.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERDComMappings*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping ,foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERDUncomLineMap=",foo"
-+<
-+Check out |NERDComFunctionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+Default Mapping Option to override~
-+
-+,ca NERDAltComMap
-+,ce NERDAppendComMap
-+,cl NERDComAlignLeftMap
-+,cb NERDComAlignBothMap
-+,cr NERDComAlignRightMap
-+<C-c> NERDComInInsertMap
-+,ci NERDComLineInvertMap
-+,cc NERDComLineMap
-+,cn NERDComLineNestMap
-+,cs NERDComLineSexyMap
-+,c<space> NERDComLineToggleMap
-+,cm NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+,c$ NERDComToEOLMap
-+,cy NERDComLineYankMap
-+,cu NERDUncomLineMap
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERDComIssues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERDComHeuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERDComNesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. The author {{{2 *NERDComAuthor*
-+
-+The author of the NERD commenter is Martyzillatron --- the half robot, half
-+dinosaur bastard son of Megatron and Godzilla. He enjoys destroying
-+metropolises and eating tourist busses.
-+
-+Drop him a line at martin_grenfell at msn.com. He would love to hear from you.
-+its a lonely life being the worlds premier terror machine. How would you feel
-+if your face looked like a toaster and a t-rex put together? :(
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+7. TODO list {{{2 *NERDComTodo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Changelog {{{2 *NERDComChangelog*
-+
-+2.1.4
-+ - added support for the ahk filetype. Cheers to Don Hatlestad for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for desktop and xsd filetypes. Thanks to Christophe Benz.
-+ - added dummy support for Rails-log
-+ - fixed a bunch of bugs in the comment delimiter setup process, thanks to
-+ Cheng Fang for the email :D
-+ - hardcore refactoring and removal of seldomly used, overly-complex
-+ functionality.
-+ - the script now requires vim 7
-+2.1.3
-+ - fixed numerous bugs that were causing tabs to permanently be converted
-+ to spaces, even if noexpandtab was set. Thanks to Heptite on #vim for
-+ working with me to track them down :)
-+ - added dummy support for "lookupfile". Thanks to David Fishburn for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for "rst", thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for the email.
-+
-+2.1.2
-+ - added support for the vera and ldif filetypes. Thanks to Normandie
-+ Azucena and Florian Apolloner for the emails.
-+
-+2.1.1
-+ - added dummy support for SVNcommitlog and vcscommit. Thanks to John
-+ O'Shea for the email.
-+ - added support for Groovy. Thanks to Jason Mills for the email.
-+2.1.0
-+ - now the script resets the delimiters when the filetype of the buffer
-+ changes (thanks to James Hales for the patch)
-+ - added formal support/doc for prepending a count to many of the
-+ commenting maps so you can go, eg, 5,cc to comment 5 lines from normal
-+ mode. Thanks again to James Hales for the patch.
-+ - added support for the "gams" filetype that Jorge Rodrigues created.
-+ - added support for the "objc" filetype, thanks to Rainer Müller for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for the "sass" filetype that Dmitry Ilyashevich created.
-+
-+2.0.7
-+ - Added support for eclass and ebuild filetypes. Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky
-+ for the email.
-+
-+2.0.6
-+ - Changed the default setting of NERDMapleader to ",c", meaning all the
-+ maps now start with ,c instead of \c. This is to stop a major mapping
-+ clash with the vcscommand plugin. Anyone wanting to keep the \c map
-+ leader should read :help NERDMapleader.
-+ - Added support for debcontrol and dummy support for debchangelog
-+ filetypes, thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for the email.
-+ - Made it so that the NERDShutUp option now only controls the "Pleeease
-+ email the delimiters..." requests. It no longer affects the general
-+ output of the script.
-+ - Simplified the names of the help tags.
-+
-+2.0.5
-+ - Added support for autoit, autohotkey and docbk filetypes (thanks to
-+ Michael Böhler)
-+ - Added support for cmake (thanks to Aaron Small)
-+ - Added support for htmldjango and django filetypes (thanks to Ramiro
-+ Morales)
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby again
-+ - Applied a patch from Seth Mason to fix some pathing issues with the help
-+ file installation.
-+
-+2.0.4
-+ - Added support for verilog_systemverilog and systemverilog filetypes
-+ (Thanks to Alexey for the email)
-+ - Added support for fstab, thanks to Lizendir for the email.
-+ - Added support for the smarty filetype.
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby.
-+ - Added dummy support for changelog filetype.
-+
-+2.0.3
-+ - Added dummy support for the csv filetype (thx to Mark Woodward for the
-+ email)
-+ - Added dummy support for vo_base and otl filetypes (thanks to fREW for
-+ the email)
-+
-+2.0.2:
-+ - Minor bug fix that was stopping nested comments from working
-+
-+2.0.1:
-+ - Fixed the visual bell for the |NERDComToEOLMap| map.
-+ - Added another possible value to the NERDMenuMode option which causes the
-+ menu to be displayed under 'Plugin -> Comment'. See :h NERDMenuMode.
-+ This new menu mode is now the default.
-+ - Added support for the occam filetype (thanks to Anders for emailing me)
-+ - Made the main commenting function (NERDComment) available outside the
-+ script.
-+ - bug fixes and refactoring
-+
-+2.0.0:
-+ - NOTE: renamed the script to NERD_commenter.vim. When you install this
-+ version you must delete the old files: NERD_comments.vim and
-+ NERD_comments.txt.
-+ - Reworked the mappings and main entry point function for the script to
-+ avoid causing visual-bells and screen scrolling.
-+ - Changes to the script options (see |NERD_com-Customisation| for
-+ details):
-+ - They are all camel case now instead of underscored.
-+ - Converted all of the regular expression options into simple boolean
-+ options for simplicity.
-+ - All the options are now stated positively, eg.
-+ NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp has become NERDRemoveExtraSpaces.
-+ - Some of the option names have been changed (other than in the above
-+ ways)
-+ - Some have been removed altogether, namely: NERD_create_h_filetype
-+ (why was a commenting script creating a filetype?!),
-+ NERD_left_align_regexp, NERD_right_align_regexp,
-+
-+ - Removed all the NERD_use_alt_style_XXX_coms options and replaced them
-+ with a better system. Now if a filetype has alternative delims, the
-+ script will check whether an option of the form
-+ "NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style" exists, and if it does then alt delims will
-+ be used. See |NERD_com-cust-delims| for details.
-+ - The script no longer removes extra spaces for sexy comments for the
-+ NERDRemoveExtraSpaces option (it will still remove spaces if
-+ NERDSpaceDelims is set).
-+ - Added dummy support for viminfo and rtf.
-+ - Added support for the "gentoo-package-\(keywords\|mask\|use\)"
-+ filetypes.
-+ - Added '#' comments as an alternative for the asm filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik and Anders for bug reports, and again to Anders
-+for his patch. Thanks to John O'Shea and fREW for the filetype
-+information.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Credits {{{2 *NERDComCredits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+Thanks to Vigil for pointing out that the "fetchmail" filetype was not
-+supported and emailing me the delimiters
-+
-+Thanks to Michael Brunner for telling me about the kconfig filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Antono Vasiljev for telling me about the netdict filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Melissa Reid for telling me about the omlet filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Ilia N Ternovich for alerting me to the 'qf' (quickfix) filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik for emailing me about a bug for sexy comments where
-+spaces were being eaten.
-+
-+Thanks to John O'Shea for emailing me about the RTF filetype. Thanks again for
-+the SVNcommitlog and vcscommit filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders for emailing me a patch to help get rid of all the visual
-+bells and screen scrolling, and for sending me the delimiters for the occam
-+filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders and Markus Klinik for emailing me about the screen scrolling
-+issues and finally getting me off my ass about them :P
-+
-+Thanks to Mark Woodward for emailing me about the csv filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to fREW for emailing me with the /gentoo-package-(mask|keywords|use)/
-+filetypes the vo_base filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Alexey for emailing me about the verilog_systemverilog/systemverilog
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Lizendir for the email about the fstab filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Michael Böhler for emailing me with the autoit, autohotkey and docbk
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Aaron Small for emailing me about the cmake filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Ramiro for emailing me about the htmldjango and django filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Seth Mason for sending me a patch to fix some pathing issues for the
-+help doc installation.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for emailing me with the debcontrol and
-+debchangelog filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky for emailing me about the ebuild and eclass
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Jorge Rodrigues for emailing me about the gams filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to James Hales for the patch that made the comment maps work better with
-+counts, and made the script reset comment delims for a buffer when its
-+filetype changes.
-+
-+Thank to Rainer Müller for emailing me with the Objective C delimiters.
-+
-+Thanks to Jason Mills for emailing me the Groovy filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Normandie Azucena for emailing me about the vera filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Florian Apolloner for emailing me about the ldif filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to David Fishburn for emailing me with the lookupfile filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for emailing me with the rst filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to heptite on #vim for helping me track down some tab-space conversion
-+bugs.
-+
-+Cheers to Don Hatlestad for telling me about the ahk filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Christophe Benz for emailing me with the Desktop and xsd filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Cheng Fang for the bug reports :D
-+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+=== END_DOC
-+" vim: set foldmethod=marker :
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 51
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/818/trunk/tools/vim/plugin
-+END
-+taglist.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 63
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/695/trunk/tools/vim/plugin/taglist.vim
-+END
-+matchit.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 63
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/695/trunk/tools/vim/plugin/matchit.vim
-+END
-+NERD_commenter.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 70
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/782/trunk/tools/vim/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/plugin
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-12-03T21:21:48.223203Z
-+818
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+taglist.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+2b4bbfd48d8655d77f21de415fbc444e
-+2007-04-27T17:57:11.151403Z
-+695
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+matchit.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+e632c123b83638c701624d105b6dfebf
-+2007-04-27T17:57:11.151403Z
-+695
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+NERD_commenter.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+a26e65639bda5a42c1f3e5661839739b
-+2007-10-18T14:36:32.640792Z
-+782
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/matchit.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/matchit.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/matchit.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/matchit.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/taglist.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/taglist.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/taglist.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/prop-base/taglist.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/matchit.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/matchit.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/matchit.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/matchit.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
-+" matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-+" Last Change: Tue Oct 24 11:00 AM 2006 EDT
-+" Maintainer: Benji Fisher PhD <benji@member.AMS.org>
-+" Version: 1.12, for Vim 6.3+
-+" URL: http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
-+
-+" Documentation:
-+" The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
-+
-+" Credits:
-+" Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
-+" Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
-+" Support for comments by Douglas Potts
-+" Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
-+" Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
-+" Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
-+" languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
-+" Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
-+
-+" Debugging:
-+" If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
-+" :MatchDebug to activate debugging for the current buffer
-+" This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
-+" variables. See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
-+
-+" TODO: I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
-+" This would require an option: how many lines to scan (default 1).
-+" This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
-+" TODO: Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
-+" the features that I have implemented.
-+" TODO: Eliminate the MultiMatch function. Add yet another argument to
-+" Match_wrapper() instead.
-+" TODO: Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-+" TODO: Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
-+" TODO: Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
-+" work but extend it.
-+
-+" allow user to prevent loading
-+" and prevent duplicate loading
-+if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_matchit = 1
-+let s:last_mps = ""
-+let s:last_words = ""
-+
-+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-+set cpo&vim
-+
-+nnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
-+vnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> % v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
-+
-+" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
-+nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "n") <CR>
-+vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
-+vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "o") <CR>
-+
-+" text object:
-+vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
-+
-+" Auto-complete mappings: (not yet "ready for prime time")
-+" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
-+" specify a key binding.
-+" let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
-+" let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
-+" if exists("g:match_auto")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
-+" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
-+
-+let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
-+
-+function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
-+ set ve=
-+ " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
-+ " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
-+ if a:mode == "v"
-+ execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
-+ endif
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+ " Use default behavior if called with a count or if no patterns are defined.
-+ if v:count
-+ exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ elseif !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ silent! normal! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ end
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ "
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ " The next several lines were here before
-+ " BF started messing with this script.
-+ " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
-+ " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
-+ " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
-+ " \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
-+ let s:all = s:pat . (strlen(s:pat) ? "," : "") . default
-+ let s:all = substitute(s:all, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
-+ " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: set the following local variables:
-+ " matchline = line on which the cursor started
-+ " curcol = number of characters before match
-+ " prefix = regexp for start of line to start of match
-+ " suffix = regexp for end of match to end of line
-+ " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
-+ " start on or before the cursor.
-+ let matchline = getline(startline)
-+ if a:word != ''
-+ " word given
-+ if a:word !~ s:all
-+ echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ let matchline = a:word
-+ let curcol = 0
-+ let prefix = '^\%('
-+ let suffix = '\)$'
-+ " Now the case when "word" is not given
-+ else " Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
-+ let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
-+ let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%' . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
-+ let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$' : '\)$')
-+ " If the match comes from the defaults, bail out.
-+ if matchline !~ prefix .
-+ \ substitute(s:pat, s:notslash.'\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . suffix
-+ silent! norm! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
-+ let b:match_col = curcol+1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Third step: Find the group and single word that match, and the original
-+ " (backref) versions of these. Then, resolve the backrefs.
-+ " Set the following local variable:
-+ " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
-+ " = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
-+ "
-+ " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+ let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
-+ \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+ " 'while:endwhile' or whatever. A bit of a kluge: s:Choose() returns
-+ " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
-+ let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+ let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+ let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+ if s:do_BR " Do the hard part: resolve those backrefs!
-+ let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
-+ let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fourth step: Set the arguments for searchpair().
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
-+ let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let fin = strpart(group, j)
-+ "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ " Set mid. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let mid = ""
-+ endif
-+ " Set flag. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let flag = "bW"
-+ else
-+ let flag = "W"
-+ endif
-+ " Set skip.
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_ini = ini
-+ let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fifth step: actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
-+ " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
-+ " normal! 0
-+ " if curcol
-+ " execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
-+ " endif
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = "0"
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
-+ let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
-+ " Restore cursor position and original screen.
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ normal! m'
-+ if sp_return > 0
-+ execute final_position
-+ endif
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
-+endfun
-+
-+" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
-+" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
-+fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
-+ execute "set" a:options
-+ " Open folds, if appropriate.
-+ if a:mode != "o"
-+ if &foldopen =~ "percent"
-+ normal! zv
-+ endif
-+ " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
-+ " (for example, d%).
-+ " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
-+ elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
-+ \ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
-+ if a:0
-+ " Check whether the match is a single character. If not, move to the
-+ " end of the match.
-+ let matchline = getline(".")
-+ let currcol = col(".")
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ if endcol > currcol " This is NOT off by one!
-+ execute "normal!" . (endcol - currcol) . "l"
-+ endif
-+ endif " a:0
-+ endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
-+ return 0
-+endfun
-+
-+" Example (simplified HTML patterns): if
-+" a:groupBR = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
-+" a:prefix = '^.\{3}\('
-+" a:group = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
-+" a:suffix = '\).\{2}$'
-+" a:matchline = "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
-+" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
-+fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
-+ \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
-+ return a:group
-+ endif
-+ let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
-+ let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
-+ \ a:groupBR)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
-+ if wordBR != ini
-+ let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
-+ else
-+ " let table = "----------"
-+ let table = ""
-+ let d = 0
-+ while d < 10
-+ if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
-+ " let table[d] = d
-+ let table = table . d
-+ else
-+ let table = table . "-"
-+ endif
-+ let d = d + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let d = 9
-+ while d
-+ if table[d] != "-"
-+ let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
-+ \ '\'.table[d], "")
-+ " Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
-+ let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
-+ execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
-+ let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
-+ let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
-+ \ escape(backref, '\\'), 'g')
-+ endif
-+ let d = d-1
-+ endwhile
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ if s:do_BR
-+ let b:match_table = table
-+ let b:match_word = word
-+ else
-+ let b:match_table = ""
-+ let b:match_word = ""
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return ini . ":" . tailBR
-+endfun
-+
-+" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
-+" a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
-+" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
-+" return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
-+fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
-+ let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ let parsed = ""
-+ while groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
-+ let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
-+ let groups = strpart(groups, j)
-+ let parsed = parsed . ini
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ while i != -1
-+ " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
-+ let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
-+ endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
-+ let parsed = parsed . ","
-+ endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ return parsed
-+endfun
-+
-+" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
-+" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
-+" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
-+" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
-+" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
-+" ends after a:start .
-+" Usage:
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
-+" let i = match(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let j = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let match = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
-+fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
-+ let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
-+ let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
-+ if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
-+ let prefix = ''
-+ endif
-+ return prefix . group . suffix
-+endfun
-+
-+" No extra arguments: s:Ref(string, d) will
-+" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
-+" to and including the matching '\)'.
-+" One argument: s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
-+" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
-+" Two arguments: s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
-+" executed, having the effect of
-+" :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
-+" :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
-+fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ if a:d == 0
-+ let start = 0
-+ else
-+ let cnt = a:d
-+ let match = a:string
-+ while cnt
-+ let cnt = cnt - 1
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
-+ if index == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let match = strpart(match, index)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = len - strlen(match)
-+ if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
-+ return start - 2
-+ endif
-+ let cnt = 1
-+ while cnt
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
-+ if index == -2
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
-+ let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1) " ')'
-+ " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
-+ let match = strpart(match, index+1)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = start - 2
-+ let len = len - start - strlen(match)
-+ endif
-+ if a:0 == 1
-+ return len
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
-+ else
-+ return strpart(a:string, start, len)
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
-+" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
-+" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
-+" s:Count(string, pattern).
-+fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
-+ let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
-+ return strlen(foo)
-+ endif
-+ let result = 0
-+ let foo = a:string
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ while index != -1
-+ let result = result + 1
-+ let foo = strpart(foo, index)
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ endwhile
-+ return result
-+endfun
-+
-+" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
-+" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'. That is, the first
-+" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
-+" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
-+" by '\3'. The hard part is dealing with nesting...
-+" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
-+" unless it is preceded by "\".
-+fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
-+ let word = a:target
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ let table = "----------"
-+ while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
-+ let d = word[i]
-+ let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
-+ " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref. Before we do this,
-+ " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
-+ " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
-+ " into backref. Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on. The group
-+ " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
-+ " s within a:source.
-+ " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
-+ let w = s:Count(
-+ \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
-+ let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
-+ while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ \ && s < 10
-+ if table[s] == "-"
-+ if w + b < 10
-+ " let table[s] = w + b
-+ let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
-+ endif
-+ let b = b + 1
-+ let s = s + 1
-+ else
-+ execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
-+ let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
-+ let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
-+ \ . strpart(backref, start+len)
-+ let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
-+ if a:output == "table"
-+ return table
-+ elseif a:output == "word"
-+ return word
-+ else
-+ return table . word
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Assume a:comma = ",". Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
-+" a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
-+" a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
-+" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
-+" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
-+fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
-+ let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if i == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ if a:0
-+ let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
-+ endif
-+ return current
-+endfun
-+
-+" Call this function to turn on debugging information. Every time the main
-+" script is run, buffer variables will be saved. These can be used directly
-+" or viewed using the menu items below.
-+if !exists(":MatchDebug")
-+ command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
-+endif
-+
-+fun! s:Match_debug()
-+ let b:match_debug = 1 " Save debugging information.
-+ " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
-+ amenu &Matchit.&pat :echo b:match_pat<CR>
-+ " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&match :echo b:match_match<CR>
-+ " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
-+ amenu &Matchit.&curcol :echo b:match_col<CR>
-+ " wholeBR = matching group, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR :echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
-+ " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.ini&BR :echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
-+ " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&ini :echo b:match_ini<CR>
-+ " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&tail :echo b:match_tail<CR>
-+ " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&word :echo b:match_word<CR>
-+ " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
-+ amenu &Matchit.t&able :echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
-+endfun
-+
-+" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
-+" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
-+" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
-+" let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
-+" will return to the original position. If there is a problem, do not
-+" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
-+" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
-+" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching. It might be a good
-+" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
-+fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
-+ if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ return ""
-+ end
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
-+ \ '[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: figure out the patterns for searchpair()
-+ " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
-+ " - TODO: A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
-+ " - into separate functions!
-+ let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
-+ let open = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let open = '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
-+ let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ " normal! H
-+ " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+
-+ " Third step: call searchpair().
-+ " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
-+ let openpat = substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = '0'
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ mark '
-+ let level = v:count1
-+ while level
-+ if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let level = level - 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return restore_cursor
-+endfun
-+
-+" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
-+" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
-+" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
-+" as s:Match_wrapper() . Later, it may get its own patterns,
-+" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
-+" fun! s:Autocomplete()
-+" echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
-+" if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+" return ""
-+" end
-+" let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
-+"
-+" if startpos == ""
-+" return ""
-+" endif
-+" " - TODO: figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
-+" " - the appropriate closing.
-+" let matchline = getline(".")
-+" let curcol = col(".") - 1
-+" " - TODO: Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
-+" let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+" let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{' . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
-+" let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$' : '\)$')
-+" " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+" let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+" let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
-+" " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+" " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
-+" let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+" let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+" let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+" let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+" " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+" if s:do_BR
-+" let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+" endif
-+" " let g:group = group
-+"
-+" " - TODO: Construct the closing from group.
-+" let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
-+" execute startpos
-+" return fake
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Close all open structures. "Get the heck out of here!"
-+" fun! s:Gthhoh()
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" while strlen(close)
-+" put=close
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" endwhile
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
-+" s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-+" S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-+" r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-+" R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-+fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
-+ let skip = a:str
-+ if skip[1] == ":"
-+ if skip[0] == "s"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "S"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "r"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "R"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return skip
-+endfun
-+
-+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
-+
-+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/NERD_commenter.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,4553 @@
-+" vim global plugin that provides easy code commenting for various file types
-+" Last Change: 29 sep 2007
-+" Maintainer: Martin Grenfell <martin_grenfell at msn.com>
-+let s:NERD_commenter_version = 2.1.4
-+
-+" For help documentation type :help NERDCommenter. If this fails, Restart vim
-+" and try again. If it sill doesnt work... the help page is at the bottom
-+" of this file.
-+
-+" Section: script init stuff {{{1
-+if exists("loaded_nerd_comments")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+if v:version < 700
-+ echoerr "NERDCommenter: this plugin requires vim >= 7. DOWNLOAD IT! You'll thank me later!"
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_nerd_comments = 1
-+
-+" Section: spaces init {{{2
-+" Occasionally we need to grab a string of spaces so just make one here
-+let s:spaces = ""
-+while strlen(s:spaces) < 100
-+ let s:spaces = s:spaces . " "
-+endwhile
-+
-+" Function: s:InitVariable() function {{{2
-+" This function is used to initialise a given variable to a given value. The
-+" variable is only initialised if it does not exist prior
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -var: the name of the var to be initialised
-+" -value: the value to initialise var to
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 1 if the var is set, 0 otherwise
-+function s:InitVariable(var, value)
-+ if !exists(a:var)
-+ exec 'let ' . a:var . ' = ' . "'" . a:value . "'"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: space string init{{{2
-+" When putting spaces after the left delim and before the right we use
-+" s:spaceStr for the space char. This way we can make it add anything after
-+" the left and before the right by modifying this variable
-+let s:spaceStr = ' '
-+let s:lenSpaceStr = strlen(s:spaceStr)
-+
-+" Section: variable init calls {{{2
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCompactSexyComs", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDefaultNesting", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMenuMode", 3)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDLPlace", "[>")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUsePlaceHolders", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveAltComs", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRPlace", "<]")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDShutUp", '0')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDSpaceDelims", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDelimiterRequests", 1)
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMapleader", ',c')
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAltComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'a')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAppendComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'A')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignBothMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'b')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignLeftMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'l')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignRightMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'r')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComInInsertMap", '<C-c>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineInvertMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'i')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'c')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineNestMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'n')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineSexyMap", g:NERDMapleader . 's')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineToggleMap", g:NERDMapleader . '<space>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMinimalMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'm')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineYankMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'y')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComToEOLMap", g:NERDMapleader . '$')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDPrependComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'I')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUncomLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'u')
-+let s:NERDFileNameEscape="[]#*$%'\" ?`!&();<>\\"
-+
-+" Section: Comment mapping functions, autocommands and commands {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Section: Comment enabler autocommands {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+if !exists("nerd_autocmds_loaded")
-+ let nerd_autocmds_loaded=1
-+
-+ augroup commentEnablers
-+
-+ "if the user enters a buffer or reads a buffer then we gotta set up
-+ "the comment delimiters for that new filetype
-+ autocmd BufEnter,BufRead * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 0)
-+
-+ "if the filetype of a buffer changes, force the script to reset the
-+ "delims for the buffer
-+ autocmd Filetype * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 1)
-+ augroup END
-+
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype) function {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for setting up buffer scoped variables for the
-+" given filetype.
-+"
-+" These variables include the comment delimiters for the given filetype and calls
-+" MapDelimiters or MapDelimitersWithAlternative passing in these delimiters.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -filetype: the filetype to set delimiters for
-+" -forceReset: 1 if the delimiters should be reset if they have already be
-+" set for this buffer.
-+"
-+function s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype, forceReset)
-+ "if we have already set the delimiters for this buffer then dont go thru
-+ "it again
-+ if !a:forceReset && exists("b:left") && b:left != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let b:sexyComMarker = ''
-+
-+ "check the filetype against all known filetypes to see if we have
-+ "hardcoded the comment delimiters to use
-+ if a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abaqus"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('**', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "acedb"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ada"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '-- ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahk"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "amiga"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ampl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ant"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apache"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apachestyle"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm68k"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aspvbs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('''', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "atlas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('C','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autohotkey"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autoit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "automake"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('#','', 'dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ave"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'",'')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "awk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "basic"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("'",'', 'REM ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "b"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bdf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('COMMENT ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bindzone"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "btm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('::', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "caos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "catalog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "c"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cfg"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cg"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ch"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "changelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clean"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clipper"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cmake"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "config"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "context"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cpp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "crontab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cs"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "css"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cupl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csv"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cvs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('CVS:','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debchangelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debcontrol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debsources"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "def"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "desktop"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "diff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "django"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "docbk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dns"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('REM ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dot"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dracula"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dsl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<dtml-comment>','</dtml-comment>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dylan"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'ebuild'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ecd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'eclass'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eiffel"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elmfilt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "erlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--', '-->', '<%#', '%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "expect"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "exports"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fetchmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fgl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "focexec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('-*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "form"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fortran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "foxpro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fstab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fvwm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fx"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gams"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdmo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "geek"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('GEEK_COMMENT:', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-keywords'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-mask'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-use'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gnuplot"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "groovy"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gtkrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "haskell"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '{-', '-}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "h"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "help"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hercules"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "html"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmldjango"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmlos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','/#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ia64"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "icon"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idl"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "indent"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inform"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inittab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ishd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "iss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "java"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "javascript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jess"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jgraph"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jproperties"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jsp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<%--', '--%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kconfig"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kix"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ldif"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lftp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lifelines"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lilo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lisp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#|', '|#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lite"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lookupfile"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lotos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lout"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lprolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lua"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '--[[', ']]')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lynx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "m4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('> ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "make"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "maple"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "masm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "master"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "matlab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mel"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mma"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "model"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "moduala."
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula3"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "monk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mush"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "muttrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "named"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nastran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "natural"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ncf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netdict"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netrw"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nqc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nroff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('\"', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nsis"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "objc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ocaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "occam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omlet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omnimark"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "openroad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "opl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("REM", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ora"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "otl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ox"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pascal"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('{','}', '(*', '*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "passwd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWith('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pccts"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "perl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pfmain"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "php"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','','/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "phtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pic"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pike"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pilrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pine"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plaintex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plsql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "po"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "postscr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pov"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "povini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppwiz"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';;', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "procmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "progress"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "prolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%','','/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "psf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ptcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "python"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "qf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "radiance"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "Rails-log"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ratpoison"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "r"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "readline"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rebol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "registry"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "remind"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rexx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "robots"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rpl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('..', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rtf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sa"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "samba"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sass"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sather"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scheme"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scilab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "screen"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scsh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sed"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "selectbuf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmldecl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmllnx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sicad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "simula"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%', '', '--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sinda"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "skill"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slrnrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smarty"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('{*', '*}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smith"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsnet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnspat"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsres"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snobol4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "specman"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spice"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlforms"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlj"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "squid"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "st"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "stp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "strace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "svn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "SVNcommitlog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tads"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "taglist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tags"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tak"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "terminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "text"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texinfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("@c ", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texmf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tidy"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tli"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "trasys"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("$", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsalt"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsscl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tssgm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("comment = '","'")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'","")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vcscommit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vera"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/','//','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog_systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vgrindefs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vhdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vim"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "viminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "virata"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vo_base"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vrml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vsejcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "webmacro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('##', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wget"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "winbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "[^w]*sh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wvdial"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xdefaults"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xf86conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xhtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xkb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmath"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmodmap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xsd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xslt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yacc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "z8a"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+
-+ elseif a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("","", "", "")
-+
-+ "we have not hardcoded the comment delimiters to use for this filetype so
-+ "get them from &commentstring.
-+ else
-+ "print a disclaimer to the user :)
-+ if !g:NERDShutUp
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unknown filetype '".a:filetype."', setting delimiters by &commentstring.\nPleeeeease email the author of the NERD commenter with this filetype\nand its delimiters!", 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "extract the delims from &commentstring
-+ let left= substitute(&commentstring, '\(.*\)%s.*', '\1', '')
-+ let right= substitute(&commentstring, '.*%s\(.*\)', '\1', 'g')
-+
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(left,right)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimiters(left, right) function {{{2
-+" This function is a wrapper for s:MapDelimiters(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, useAlt) and is called when there
-+" is no alternative comment delimiters for the current filetype
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimiters(left, right)
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(a:left, a:right, "", "")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt) function {{{2
-+" this function sets up the comment delimiter buffer variables
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the string defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -right: the string defining the comment end delimiter
-+" -leftAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -rightAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment end delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt)
-+ if !exists('g:NERD_' . &filetype . '_alt_style')
-+ let b:left = a:left
-+ let b:right = a:right
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ let b:left = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = a:rightAlt
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:left
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:right
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to swap the delimiters that are being used to the
-+" alternative delimiters for that filetype. For example, if a c++ file is
-+" being edited and // comments are being used, after this function is called
-+" /**/ comments will be used.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -printMsgs: if this is 1 then a message is echoed to the user telling them
-+" if this function changed the delimiters or not
-+function s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs)
-+ "if both of the alternative delimiters are empty then there is no
-+ "alternative comment style so bail out
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Cannot use alternative delimiters, none are specified", 0)
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "save the current delimiters
-+ let tempLeft = b:left
-+ let tempRight = b:right
-+
-+ "swap current delimiters for alternative
-+ let b:left = b:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = b:rightAlt
-+
-+ "set the previously current delimiters to be the new alternative ones
-+ let b:leftAlt = tempLeft
-+ let b:rightAlt = tempRight
-+
-+ "tell the user what comment delimiters they are now using
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ let leftNoEsc = b:left
-+ let rightNoEsc = b:right
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Now using " . leftNoEsc . " " . rightNoEsc . " to delimit comments", 1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: Comment delimiter add/removal functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Function: s:AppendCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function appends comment delimiters at the EOL and places the cursor in
-+" position to start typing the comment
-+function s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+ let insOrApp = (isLineEmpty==1 ? 'i' : 'A')
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the end of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . (isLineEmpty ? '' : ' ') . left . right . " "
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested ) {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment out a region of code. This region is
-+" specified as a bounding box by arguments to the function.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the line number for the top line of code in the region
-+" -bottom: the line number for the bottom line of code in the region
-+" -lSide: the column number for the left most column in the region
-+" -rSide: the column number for the right most column in the region
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether comments should be nested
-+function s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested )
-+ " we need to create local copies of these arguments so we can modify them
-+ let top = a:top
-+ let bottom = a:bottom
-+ let lSide = a:lSide
-+ let rSide = a:rSide
-+
-+ "if the top or bottom line starts with tabs we have to adjust the left and
-+ "right boundaries so that they are set as though the tabs were spaces
-+ let topline = getline(top)
-+ let bottomline = getline(bottom)
-+ if s:HasLeadingTabs(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the top line and adjust the left
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(topline)
-+ if lSide < numTabs
-+ let lSide = &ts * lSide
-+ else
-+ let lSide = (lSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the bottom line and adjust the right
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(bottomline)
-+ let rSide = (rSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we must check that bottom IS actually below top, if it is not then we
-+ "swap top and bottom. Similarly for left and right.
-+ if bottom < top
-+ let temp = top
-+ let top = bottom
-+ let bottom = top
-+ endif
-+ if rSide < lSide
-+ let temp = lSide
-+ let lSide = rSide
-+ let rSide = temp
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the current delimiters arent multipart then we will switch to the
-+ "alternative delims (if THEY are) as the comment will be better and more
-+ "accurate with multipart delims
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "start the commenting from the top and keep commenting till we reach the
-+ "bottom
-+ let currentLine=top
-+ while currentLine <= bottom
-+
-+ "check if we are allowed to comment this line
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "convert the leading tabs into spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "dont comment lines that begin after the right boundary of the
-+ "block unless the user has specified to do so
-+ if theLine !~ '^ \{' . rSide . '\}' || !g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty
-+
-+ "attempt to place the cursor in on the left of the boundary box,
-+ "then check if we were successful, if not then we cant comment this
-+ "line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ if s:CanPlaceCursor(currentLine, lSide)
-+
-+ let leftSpaced = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let rightSpaced = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ "stick the left delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, lSide-1) . leftSpaced . strpart(theLine, lSide-1)
-+
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ "stick the right delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, rSide+strlen(leftSpaced)) . rightSpaced . strpart(theLine, rSide+strlen(rightSpaced))
-+
-+ let firstLeftDelim = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, theLine)
-+ let lastRightDelim = s:LastIndexOfDelim(b:right, theLine)
-+
-+ if firstLeftDelim != -1 && lastRightDelim != -1
-+ let searchStr = strpart(theLine, 0, lastRightDelim)
-+ let searchStr = strpart(searchStr, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left))
-+
-+ "replace the outter most delims in searchStr with
-+ "place-holders
-+ let theLineWithPlaceHolders = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, searchStr)
-+
-+ "add the right delimiter onto the line
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left)) . theLineWithPlaceHolders . strpart(theLine, lastRightDelim)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "restore tabs if needed
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -alignRight/alignLeft: 0/1 if the comments delimiters should/shouldnt be
-+" aligned left/right
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ " we need to get the left and right indexes of the leftmost char in the
-+ " block of of lines and the right most char so that we can do alignment of
-+ " the delimiters if the user has specified
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ let rightAlignIndx = s:RightMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+
-+ " gotta add the length of the left delimiter onto the rightAlignIndx cos
-+ " we'll be adding a left delim to the line
-+ let rightAlignIndx = rightAlignIndx + strlen(s:GetLeft(0,1,0))
-+
-+ " now we actually comment the lines. Do it line by line
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if a:forceNested && g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+
-+ " check if we can comment this line
-+ if !isCommented || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders || s:Multipart()
-+ if a:alignLeft
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(b:left, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ if a:alignRight
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelimAligned(b:right, theLine, rightAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines in a minimal style. I
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ "check that minimal comments can be done on this filetype
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if we need to use place holders for the comment, make sure they are
-+ "enabled for this filetype
-+ if !g:NERDUsePlaceHolders && s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Settings exception: Placeoholders are required but disabled.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the left and right delims to smack on
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+
-+ "make sure all multipart delims on the lines are replaced with
-+ "placeholders to prevent illegal syntax
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while(currentLine <= a:lastLine)
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ReplaceDelims(left, right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, theLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "add the delim to the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:firstLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(left, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:firstLine, theLine)
-+
-+ "add the delim to the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lastLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:lastLine, theLine)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment lines in the 'Sexy' style. eg in c:
-+" /*
-+" * This is a sexy comment
-+" */
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+function s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0, 0)
-+
-+ "check if we can do a sexy comment with the available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot perform sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "make sure the lines arent already commented sexually
-+ if !s:CanSexyCommentLines(a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Nesting exception: cannot nest sexy comments'
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0,0)
-+ let sexyComMarkerSpaced = s:GetSexyComMarker(1,0)
-+
-+
-+ " we jam the comment as far to the right as possible
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(1, 1, a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+
-+ "check if we should use the compact style i.e that the left/right
-+ "delimiters should appear on the first and last lines of the code and not
-+ "on separate lines above/below the first/last lines of code
-+ if g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ let spaceString = (g:NERDSpaceDelims ? s:spaceStr : '')
-+
-+ "comment the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(left . spaceString, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:bottomline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(spaceString . right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:bottomline, theLine)
-+ else
-+
-+ " add the left delimiter one line above the lines that are to be commented
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! O'
-+ call setline(a:topline, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . left )
-+
-+ " add the right delimiter after bottom line (we have to add 1 cos we moved
-+ " the lines down when we added the left delim
-+ call cursor(a:bottomline+1, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! o'
-+ call setline(a:bottomline+2, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . right )
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ " go thru each line adding the sexyComMarker marker to the start of each
-+ " line in the appropriate place to align them with the comment delims
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline + !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ " get the line and convert the tabs to spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+
-+ " add the sexyComMarker
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . sexyComMarkerSpaced . strpart(theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ " set the line and move onto the next one
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" Applies "toggle" commenting to the given range of lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanToggleCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentRegion(topline, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol) function {{{2
-+" This function comments chunks of text selected in visual mode.
-+" It will comment exactly the text that they have selected.
-+" Args:
-+" -topLine: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -topCol: top left col for this comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomCol: the bottom right col for this comment
-+" -forceNested: whether the caller wants comments to be nested if the
-+" line(s) are already commented
-+function s:CommentRegion(topLine, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol, forceNested)
-+
-+ "switch delims (if we can) if the current set isnt multipart
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && s:AltMultipart() && !g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is only one line in the comment then just do it
-+ if a:topLine == a:bottomLine
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:bottomLine, a:topCol, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "there are multiple lines in the comment
-+ else
-+ "comment the top line
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:topLine, a:topCol, strlen(getline(a:topLine)), a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "comment out all the lines in the middle of the comment
-+ let topOfRange = a:topLine+1
-+ let bottomOfRange = a:bottomLine-1
-+ if topOfRange <= bottomOfRange
-+ call s:CommentLines(a:forceNested, 0, 0, topOfRange, bottomOfRange)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let bottom = getline(a:bottomLine)
-+ let numLeadingSpacesTabs = strlen(substitute(bottom, '^\([ \t]*\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:bottomLine, a:bottomLine, numLeadingSpacesTabs+1, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "stick the cursor back on the char it was on before the comment
-+ call cursor(a:topLine, a:topCol + strlen(b:left) + g:NERDSpaceDelims)
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine) function {{{2
-+" Inverts the comments on the lines between and including the given line
-+" numbers i.e all commented lines are uncommented and vice versa
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine: the top of the range of lines to be inverted
-+" -lastLine: the bottom of the range of lines to be inverted
-+function s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ " go thru all lines in the given range
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+
-+ " if the line is commented normally, uncomment it
-+ if s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+
-+ " check if the line is commented sexually
-+ elseif !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let currentLine = bottomBound - (numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved) + 1
-+
-+ " the line isnt commented
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: NERDComment(isVisual, alignLeft, alignRight, type) function {{{2
-+" This function is a Wrapper for the main commenting functions
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -isVisual: a flag indicating whether the comment is requested in visual
-+" mode or not
-+" -type: the type of commenting requested. Can be 'sexy', 'invert',
-+" 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+" 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+function! NERDComment(isVisual, type) range
-+ " we want case sensitivity when commenting
-+ let prevIgnoreCase = &ignorecase
-+ set noignorecase
-+
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ let firstLine = line("'<")
-+ let lastLine = line("'>")
-+ let firstCol = col("'<")
-+ let lastCol = col("'>")
-+ else
-+ let firstLine = a:firstline
-+ let lastLine = a:lastline
-+ endif
-+
-+ let countWasGiven = (a:isVisual == 0 && firstLine != lastLine)
-+
-+ let forceNested = (a:type == 'nested' || g:NERDDefaultNesting)
-+
-+ if a:type == 'norm' || a:type == 'nested'
-+ if a:isVisual && visualmode() == ""
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, lastLine, firstCol, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ elseif a:isVisual && visualmode() == "v" && (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==0 || (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==2 && s:HasMultipartDelims()))
-+ call s:CommentRegion(firstLine, firstCol, lastLine, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, 0, 0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth'
-+ let alignLeft = (a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ let alignRight = (a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'invert'
-+ call s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'sexy'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesSexy(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comments cannot be done with the available delimiters", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Nesting/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comment aborted. Nested sexy cannot be nested", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toggle'
-+ let theLine = getline(firstLine)
-+
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(firstLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'minimal'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters.", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Settings/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Place holders are required but disabled.", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toEOL'
-+ call s:SaveScreenState()
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, firstLine, col("."), col("$")-1, 1)
-+ call s:RestoreScreenState()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'prepend'
-+ call s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'append'
-+ call s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'insert'
-+ call s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'uncomment'
-+ call s:UncommentLines(0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'yank'
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ normal gvy
-+ elseif countWasGiven
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'yank'
-+ else
-+ normal Y
-+ endif
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'call NERDComment('. a:isVisual .', "norm")'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let &ignorecase = prevIgnoreCase
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween() function {{{2
-+" This is function is called to place comment delimiters down and place the
-+" cursor between them
-+function s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ let theLine = getline(".")
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine) || (theLine =~ '^ *$' && !&expandtab)
-+
-+ "convert tabs to spaces and adjust the cursors column to take this into
-+ "account
-+ let untabbedCol = s:UntabbedCol(theLine, col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine))
-+ call cursor(line("."), untabbedCol)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isDelimOnEOL = col(".") >= strlen(getline("."))
-+
-+ " if the cursor is in the first col then we gotta insert rather than
-+ " append the comment delimiters here
-+ let insOrApp = (col(".")==1 ? 'i' : 'a')
-+
-+ " place the delimiters down. We do it differently depending on whether
-+ " there is a left AND right delimiter
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left . right
-+ execute ":normal " . lenRight . "h"
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left
-+
-+ " if we are tacking the delim on the EOL then we gotta add a space
-+ " after it cos when we go out of insert mode the cursor will move back
-+ " one and the user wont be in position to type the comment.
-+ if isDelimOnEOL
-+ execute 'normal a '
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if needed convert spaces back to tabs and adjust the cursors col
-+ "accordingly
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let tabbedCol = s:TabbedCol(getline("."), col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(getline(".")))
-+ call cursor(line("."), tabbedCol)
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PrependCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function prepends comment delimiters to the start of line and places
-+" the cursor in position to start typing the comment
-+function s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+
-+ "if the line is empty then we need to know about this later on
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the start of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal I" . left . right
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal I" . left
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if the line was empty then we gotta add an extra space on the end because
-+ "the cursor will move back one more at the end of the last "execute"
-+ "command
-+ if isLineEmpty && lenRight == 0
-+ execute ":normal a "
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line) {{{2
-+" this function is called to remove the first left comment delimiter and the
-+" last right delimiter of the given line.
-+"
-+" The args left and right must be strings. If there is no right delimiter (as
-+" is the case for e.g vim file comments) them the arg right should be ""
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+" -line: the line to remove the delimiters from
-+function s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line)
-+
-+ let l:left = a:left
-+ let l:right = a:right
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(left)
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let delimsSpaced = (g:NERDSpaceDelims || g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces)
-+
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "look for the left delimiter, if we find it, remove it.
-+ let leftIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, line)
-+ if leftIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+lenLeft)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space after the left delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, leftIndx, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "look for the right delimiter, if we find it, remove it
-+ let rightIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, line)
-+ if rightIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx) . strpart(line, rightIndx+lenRight)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space before the right delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && s:Multipart()
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr) . strpart(line, rightIndx)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine) {{{2
-+" This function uncomments the given lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" onlyWholeLineComs: should be 1 for toggle style uncommenting
-+" topLine: the top line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+" bottomLine: the bottom line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine)
-+ "make local copies of a:firstline and a:lastline and, if need be, swap
-+ "them around if the top line is below the bottom
-+ let l:firstline = a:topLine
-+ let l:lastline = a:bottomLine
-+ if firstline > lastline
-+ let firstline = lastline
-+ let lastline = a:topLine
-+ endif
-+
-+ "go thru each line uncommenting each line removing sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = firstline
-+ while currentLine <= lastline
-+
-+ "check the current line to see if it is part of a sexy comment
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+ if !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+
-+ "we need to store the num lines in the buf before the comment is
-+ "removed so we know how many lines were removed when the sexy com
-+ "was removed
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let numLinesRemoved = numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved
-+ let currentLine = sexyComBounds[1] - numLinesRemoved + 1
-+ let lastline = lastline - numLinesRemoved
-+
-+ "no sexy com was detected so uncomment the line as normal
-+ else
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:onlyWholeLineComs && (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine))
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ elseif !a:onlyWholeLineComs
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the comment characters associated with the sexy
-+" comment spanning the given lines
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0,1)
-+
-+
-+ "check if it is even possible for sexy comments to exist with the
-+ "available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot uncomment sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let leftUnEsc = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,0)
-+ let rightUnEsc = s:GetSexyComRight(0,0)
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+ let sexyComMarkerUnEsc = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 0)
-+
-+ "the markerOffset is how far right we need to move the sexyComMarker to
-+ "line it up with the end of the left delim
-+ let markerOffset = strlen(leftUnEsc)-strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+
-+ " go thru the intermediate lines of the sexy comment and remove the
-+ " sexy comment markers (eg the '*'s on the start of line in a c sexy
-+ " comment)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ " remove the sexy comment marker from the line. We also remove the
-+ " space after it if there is one and if appropriate options are set
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(theLine)
-+
-+ " move onto the next line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " gotta make a copy of a:bottomline cos we modify the position of the
-+ " last line it if we remove the topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the first line so we can remove the left delim from it
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+
-+ " if the first line contains only the left delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left . '[ \t]*$' && !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+ let bottomline = bottomline - 1
-+
-+ " topline contains more than just the left delim
-+ else
-+
-+ " remove the delim. If there is a space after it
-+ " then remove this too if appropriate
-+ let delimIndx = stridx(theLine, leftUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " get the last line so we can remove the right delim
-+ let theLine = getline(bottomline)
-+
-+ " if the bottomline contains only the right delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right . '[ \t]*$'
-+ call cursor(bottomline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+
-+ " the last line contains more than the right delim
-+ else
-+ " remove the right delim. If there is a space after it and
-+ " if the appropriate options are set then remove this too.
-+ let delimIndx = s:LastIndexOfDelim(rightUnEsc, theLine)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if the last line also starts with a sexy comment marker then we
-+ " remove this as well
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+
-+ " remove the sexyComMarker. If there is a space after it then
-+ " remove that too
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(bottomline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLineNormal(line) {{{2
-+" uncomments the given line and returns the result
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLineNormal(line)
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "get the comment status on the line so we know how it is commented
-+ let lineCommentStatus = s:IsCommentedOuttermost(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:left and b:right so remove these delims
-+ if lineCommentStatus == 1
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:leftAlt and b:rightAlt so remove these delims
-+ elseif lineCommentStatus == 2 && g:NERDRemoveAltComs
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is not properly commented with any delims so we check if it has
-+ "any random left or right delims on it and remove the outtermost ones
-+ else
-+ "get the positions of all delim types on the line
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxRight = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:right, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "remove the outter most left comment delim
-+ if indxLeft != -1 && (indxLeft < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:left, '', line)
-+ elseif indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:leftAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "remove the outter most right comment delim
-+ if indxRight != -1 && (indxRight < indxRightAlt || indxRightAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:right, '', line)
-+ elseif indxRightAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:rightAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxLeftPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDLPlace, line)
-+
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+
-+ let right = b:right
-+ let left = b:left
-+ if !s:Multipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if there are place-holders on the line then we check to see if they are
-+ "the outtermost delimiters on the line. If so then we replace them with
-+ "real delimiters
-+ if indxLeftPlace != -1
-+ if (indxLeftPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+ elseif indxRightPlace != -1
-+ if (indxRightPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function is called to uncomment lines that arent a sexy comment
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom line numbers of the comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+ let line = getline(currentLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, s:UncommentLineNormal(line))
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Section: Other helper functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '^\([ \t]*\)', '\1' . a:delim, '')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+
-+ "if the line is not long enough then bung some extra spaces on the front
-+ "so we can align the delim properly
-+ let theLine = a:theLine
-+ if strlen(theLine) < a:alignIndx
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx - strlen(theLine))
-+ endif
-+
-+ return strpart(theLine, 0, a:alignIndx) . a:delim . strpart(theLine, a:alignIndx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ if a:delim == ''
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+ if a:delim == ""
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+
-+ " when we align the right delim we are just adding spaces
-+ " so we get a string containing the needed spaces (it
-+ " could be empty)
-+ let extraSpaces = ''
-+ let extraSpaces = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx-strlen(a:theLine))
-+
-+ " add the right delim
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', extraSpaces . a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AltMultipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the alternative delims are multipart
-+function s:AltMultipart()
-+ return b:rightAlt != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the caller wants comments to be nested
-+" if the current line is already commented
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if !isCommented
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is commented but nesting is allowed then return true
-+ if a:forceNested && (!s:Multipart() || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the cursor can be placed exactly in the given position
-+function s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col)
-+ let c = col(".")
-+ let l = line(".")
-+ call cursor(a:line, a:col)
-+ let success = (line(".") == a:line && col(".") == a:col)
-+ call cursor(l,c)
-+ return success
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" Return: 1 if the given lines can be commented sexually, 0 otherwise
-+function s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline)
-+ " see if the selected regions have any sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while(currentLine <= a:bottomline)
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(currentLine)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be toggle commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+ if (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)) && !a:forceNested
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading tabs on that line into
-+" spaces
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading tabs will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\t*' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\(\t*\)' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$' , '\1\t\2' , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading spaces on that line into
-+" tabs
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading spaces will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\( *\)\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\( *\)\t', '\1' . s:TabSpace() , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line) {{{2
-+" Converts the leading white space to tabs/spaces depending on &ts
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to convert
-+function s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^ *\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^ *\zs\t\ze', s:TabSpace(), "g")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if !&expandtab
-+ let toReturn = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(toReturn)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function counts the number of substrings contained in another string.
-+" These substrings are only counted if they are not escaped with escChar
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to look for searchstr in
-+" -searchstr: the substring to search for in str
-+" -escChar: the escape character which, when preceding an instance of
-+" searchstr, will cause it not to be counted
-+function s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar)
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of searchstr
-+ let indx = stridx(a:str, a:searchstr)
-+
-+ "if there is an instance of searchstr in str process it
-+ if indx != -1
-+ "get the remainder of str after this instance of searchstr is removed
-+ let lensearchstr = strlen(a:searchstr)
-+ let strLeft = strpart(a:str, indx+lensearchstr)
-+
-+ "if this instance of searchstr is not escaped, add one to the count
-+ "and recurse. If it is escaped, just recurse
-+ if !s:IsEscaped(a:str, indx, a:escChar)
-+ return 1 + s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ else
-+ return s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block of lines has a delimiter (a:delim) in it
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the comment delimiter to check the block for
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom)
-+ let currentLine = a:top
-+ while currentLine < a:bottom
-+ let theline = getline(currentLine)
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:delim, theline) != -1
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block has a >= 1 multipart delimiter in it
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom)
-+ if s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:left, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:right, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ else
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:leftAlt, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:rightAlt, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:Esc(str) {{{2
-+" Escapes all the tricky chars in the given string
-+function s:Esc(str)
-+ let charsToEsc = '*/\."&$+'
-+ return escape(a:str, charsToEsc)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line) {{{2
-+" This function is used to get the string index of the input comment delimiter
-+" on the input line. If no valid comment delimiter is found in the line then
-+" -1 is returned
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are looking to find the index of
-+" -line: the line we are looking for delimiter on
-+function s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line)
-+
-+ "make sure the delimiter isnt empty otherwise we go into an infinite loop.
-+ if a:delimiter == ""
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+ let lenDel = strlen(l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of the delimiter
-+ let delIndx = stridx(a:line, l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "keep looping thru the line till we either find a real comment delimiter
-+ "or run off the EOL
-+ while delIndx != -1
-+
-+ "if we are not off the EOL get the str before the possible delimiter
-+ "in question and check if it really is a delimiter. If it is, return
-+ "its position
-+ if delIndx != -1
-+ if s:IsDelimValid(l:delimiter, delIndx, a:line)
-+ return delIndx
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we have not yet found a real comment delimiter so move past the
-+ "current one we are lookin at
-+ let restOfLine = strpart(a:line, delIndx + lenDel)
-+ let distToNextDelim = stridx(restOfLine , l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "if distToNextDelim is -1 then there is no more potential delimiters
-+ "on the line so set delIndx to -1. Otherwise, move along the line by
-+ "distToNextDelim
-+ if distToNextDelim == -1
-+ let delIndx = -1
-+ else
-+ let delIndx = delIndx + lenDel + distToNextDelim
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "there is no comment delimiter on this line
-+ return -1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a line number and tests whether this line number is
-+" the top/bottom/middle line of a sexy comment. If it is then the top/bottom
-+" lines of the sexy comment are returned
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number that is to be tested whether it is the
-+" top/bottom/middle line of a sexy com
-+" Returns:
-+" A string that has the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment encoded in it.
-+" The format is 'topline,bottomline'. If a:lineNum turns out not to be the
-+" top/bottom/middle of a sexy comment then -1 is returned
-+function s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum)
-+
-+ "find which delimiters to look for as the start/end delims of the comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,0,1)
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(1,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(1,0,1)
-+ else
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "initialise the top/bottom line numbers of the sexy comment to -1
-+ let top = -1
-+ let bottom = -1
-+
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+ while top == -1 || bottom == -1
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the top of the sexy comment
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left && theLine !~ '.*' . right
-+ let top = currentLine
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the bottom of the sexy comment
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right && theLine !~ '.*' . left
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "the right delimiter is on the same line as the last sexyComMarker
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker . '.*' . right
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "we have not found the top or bottom line so we assume currentLine is an
-+ "intermediate line and look to prove otherwise
-+ else
-+
-+ "if the line doesnt start with a sexyComMarker then it is not a sexy
-+ "comment
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if top is -1 then we havent found the top yet so keep looking up
-+ if top == -1
-+ let currentLine = currentLine - 1
-+ "if we have found the top line then go down looking for the bottom
-+ else
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return [top, bottom]
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the left/left-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get left or left-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:left
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if b:leftAlt == ''
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = delim . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetRight(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the right/right-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get right or right-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetRight(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:right
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = s:spaceStr . delim
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComMarker() {{{2
-+" Returns the sexy comment marker for the current filetype.
-+"
-+" C style sexy comments are assumed if possible. If not then the sexy comment
-+" marker is the last char of the delimiter pair that has both left and right
-+" delims and has the longest left delim
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies whether the marker is to have a space string after it
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the marker are to be ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComMarker(space, esc)
-+ let sexyComMarker = b:sexyComMarker
-+
-+ "if there is no hardcoded marker then we find one
-+ if sexyComMarker == ''
-+
-+ "if the filetype has c style comments then use standard c sexy
-+ "comments
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let sexyComMarker = '*'
-+ else
-+ "find a comment marker by getting the longest available left delim
-+ "(that has a corresponding right delim) and taking the last char
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the last char of left
-+ let sexyComMarker = strpart(left, strlen(left)-1)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let sexyComMarker = sexyComMarker . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:Esc(sexyComMarker)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return sexyComMarker
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the left delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the end
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let left = '/*'
-+ else
-+ "grab the longest left delim that has a right
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let left = left . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let left = s:Esc(left)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return left
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the right delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible.
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the start
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims
-+" is specified for the current filetype)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let right = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let right = '*/'
-+ else
-+ "grab the right delim that pairs with the longest left delim
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let right = s:spaceStr . right
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let right = s:Esc(right)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return right
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasMultipartDelims() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has at least one set of multipart delims
-+function s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ return s:Multipart() || s:AltMultipart()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasLeadingTabs(...) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if any of the given strings have leading tabs
-+function s:HasLeadingTabs(...)
-+ for s in a:000
-+ if s =~ '^\t.*'
-+ return 1
-+ end
-+ endfor
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:HasCStyleComments() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has c style comment delimiters
-+function s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ return (b:left == '/*' && b:right == '*/') || (b:leftAlt == '/*' && b:rightAlt == '*/')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision) {{{2
-+" Install help documentation.
-+" Arguments:
-+" full_name: Full name of this vim plugin script, including path name.
-+" revision: Revision of the vim script. #version# mark in the document file
-+" will be replaced with this string with 'v' prefix.
-+" Return:
-+" 1 if new document installed, 0 otherwise.
-+" Note: Cleaned and generalized by guo-peng Wen.
-+"
-+" Note about authorship: this function was taken from the vimspell plugin
-+" which can be found at http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=465
-+"
-+function s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision)
-+ " Name of the document path based on the system we use:
-+ if has("vms")
-+ " No chance that this script will work with
-+ " VMS - to much pathname juggling here.
-+ return 1
-+ elseif (has("unix"))
-+ " On UNIX like system, using forward slash:
-+ let l:slash_char = '/'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir -p '
-+ else
-+ " On M$ system, use backslash. Also mkdir syntax is different.
-+ " This should only work on W2K and up.
-+ let l:slash_char = '\'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir '
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:doc_path = l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+ let l:doc_home = l:slash_char . '.vim' . l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+
-+ " Figure out document path based on full name of this script:
-+ let l:vim_plugin_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h')
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h:h') . l:doc_path
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ "Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path, 0)
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Try a default configuration in user home:
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = expand("~") . l:doc_home
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Put a warning:
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unable to open documentation directory \ntype :help add-local-help for more information.", 0)
-+ echo l:vim_doc_path
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Exit if we have problem to access the document directory:
-+ if (!isdirectory(l:vim_plugin_path) || !isdirectory(l:vim_doc_path) || filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) != 2)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Full name of script and documentation file:
-+ let l:script_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t')
-+ let l:doc_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t:r') . '.txt'
-+ let l:plugin_file = l:vim_plugin_path . l:slash_char . l:script_name
-+ let l:doc_file = l:vim_doc_path . l:slash_char . l:doc_name
-+
-+ " Bail out if document file is still up to date:
-+ if (filereadable(l:doc_file) && getftime(l:plugin_file) < getftime(l:doc_file))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Prepare window position restoring command:
-+ if (strlen(@%))
-+ let l:go_back = 'b ' . bufnr("%")
-+ else
-+ let l:go_back = 'enew!'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create a new buffer & read in the plugin file (me):
-+ setl nomodeline
-+ exe 'enew!'
-+ exe 'r ' . escape(l:plugin_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ setl modeline
-+ let l:buf = bufnr("%")
-+ setl noswapfile modifiable
-+
-+ norm zR
-+ norm gg
-+
-+ " Delete from first line to a line starts with
-+ " === START_DOC
-+ 1,/^=\{3,}\s\+START_DOC\C/ d
-+
-+ " Delete from a line starts with
-+ " === END_DOC
-+ " to the end of the documents:
-+ /^=\{3,}\s\+END_DOC\C/,$ d
-+
-+ " Remove fold marks:
-+ :%s/{\{3}[1-9]/ /
-+
-+ " Add modeline for help doc: the modeline string is mangled intentionally
-+ " to avoid it be recognized by VIM:
-+ call append(line('$'), '')
-+ call append(line('$'), ' v' . 'im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:')
-+
-+ " Replace revision:
-+ "exe "normal :1s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+ exe "normal :%s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+
-+ " Save the help document:
-+ exe 'w! ' . escape(l:doc_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+ exe l:go_back
-+ exe 'bw ' . l:buf
-+
-+ " Build help tags:
-+ exe 'helptags ' . escape(l:vim_doc_path,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"either set of delimiters or if it is part of a sexy comment
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number of the line to check
-+function s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line is commented normally return 1
-+ if s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment return 1
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommented(left, right, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+function s:IsCommented(left, right, line)
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line) != -1 && (s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, a:line) != -1 || !s:Multipart())
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters at the start of the line i.e the left delimiter is the
-+"first thing on the line (apart from spaces\tabs)
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left: the left delimiter to check for
-+function s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(a:line)
-+ let numSpaces = strlen(substitute(theLine, '^\( *\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ let delimIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, theLine)
-+ return delimIndx == numSpaces
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line) {{{2
-+" Finds the type of the outtermost delims on the line
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if the outtermost comments on it are
-+" left/right
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+" -leftAlt/rightAlt: the left and right alternative delimiters to check for
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the line is not commented with either set of delims
-+" 1 if the line is commented with the left/right delim set
-+" 2 if the line is commented with the leftAlt/rightAlt delim set
-+function s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line)
-+ "get the first positions of the left delims and the last positions of the
-+ "right delims
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:leftAlt, a:line)
-+ let indxRight = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:right, a:line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ "check if the line has a left delim before a leftAlt delim
-+ if (indxLeft <= indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1) && indxLeft != -1
-+ "check if the line has a right delim after any rightAlt delim
-+ if (indxRight > indxRightAlt && indxRight > indxLeft) || !s:Multipart()
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "check if the line has a leftAlt delim before a left delim
-+ elseif (indxLeftAlt <= indxLeft || indxLeft == -1) && indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ "check if the line has a rightAlt delim after any right delim
-+ if (indxRightAlt > indxRight && indxRightAlt > indxLeftAlt) || !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return 2
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line) {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for determining whether a given instance of a
-+" comment delimiter is a real delimiter or not. For example, in java the
-+" // string is a comment delimiter but in the line:
-+" System.out.println("//");
-+" it does not count as a comment delimiter. This function is responsible for
-+" distinguishing between such cases. It does so by applying a set of
-+" heuristics that are not fool proof but should work most of the time.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are validating
-+" -delIndx: the position of delimiter in line
-+" -line: the line that delimiter occurs in
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the given delimiter is not a real delimiter (as far as we can tell) ,
-+" 1 otherwise
-+function s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line)
-+ "get the delimiter without the escchars
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+
-+ "get the strings before and after the delimiter
-+ let preComStr = strpart(a:line, 0, a:delIndx)
-+ let postComStr = strpart(a:line, a:delIndx+strlen(delimiter))
-+
-+ "to check if the delimiter is real, make sure it isnt preceded by
-+ "an odd number of quotes and followed by the same (which would indicate
-+ "that it is part of a string and therefore is not a comment)
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "'", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "'", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "`", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "`", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if the comment delimiter is escaped, assume it isnt a real delimiter
-+ if s:IsEscaped(a:line, a:delIndx, "\\")
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "vim comments are so fuckin stupid!! Why the hell do they have comment
-+ "delimiters that are used elsewhere in the syntax?!?! We need to check
-+ "some conditions especially for vim
-+ if &filetype == "vim"
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the delimiter is on the very first char of the line or is the
-+ "first non-tab/space char on the line then it is a valid comment delimiter
-+ if a:delIndx == 0 || a:line =~ "^[ \t]\\{" . a:delIndx . "\\}\".*$"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let numLeftParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "(", "\\")
-+ let numRightParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, ")", "\\")
-+
-+ "if the quote is inside brackets then assume it isnt a comment
-+ if numLeftParen > numRightParen
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line has an even num of unescaped "'s then we can assume that
-+ "any given " is not a comment delimiter
-+ if s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(a:line, "\"", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsNumEven(num) {{{2
-+" A small function the returns 1 if the input number is even and 0 otherwise
-+" Args:
-+" -num: the number to check
-+function s:IsNumEven(num)
-+ return (a:num % 2) == 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string, an index into that string and an esc char and
-+" returns 1 if the char at the index is escaped (i.e if it is preceded by an
-+" odd number of esc chars)
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to check
-+" -indx: the index into str that we want to check
-+" -escChar: the escape char the char at indx may be ESCed with
-+function s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar)
-+ "initialise numEscChars to 0 and look at the char before indx
-+ let numEscChars = 0
-+ let curIndx = a:indx-1
-+
-+ "keep going back thru str until we either reach the start of the str or
-+ "run out of esc chars
-+ while curIndx >= 0 && strpart(a:str, curIndx, 1) == a:escChar
-+
-+ "we have found another esc char so add one to the count and move left
-+ "one char
-+ let numEscChars = numEscChars + 1
-+ let curIndx = curIndx - 1
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if there is an odd num of esc chars directly before the char at indx then
-+ "the char at indx is escaped
-+ return !s:IsNumEven(numEscChars)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsInSexyComment(line) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the given line number is part of a sexy comment
-+function s:IsInSexyComment(line)
-+ return !empty(s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(a:line))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns 1 if the lines between and
-+" including the given line numbers are a sexy comment. It returns 0 otherwise.
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line that the possible sexy comment starts on
-+" -bottomline: the line that the possible sexy comment stops on
-+function s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "get the delim set that would be used for a sexy comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "swap the top and bottom line numbers around if need be
-+ let topline = a:topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+ if bottomline < topline
-+ topline = bottomline
-+ bottomline = a:topline
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is < 2 lines in the comment it cannot be sexy
-+ if (bottomline - topline) <= 0
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the top line doesnt begin with a left delim then the comment isnt sexy
-+ if getline(a:topline) !~ '^[ \t]*' . left
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim on the top line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, getline(a:topline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a left delim on the bottom line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(left, getline(a:bottomline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the bottom line doesnt begin with a right delim then the comment isnt
-+ "sexy
-+ if getline(a:bottomline) !~ '^.*' . right . '$'
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "check each of the intermediate lines to make sure they start with a
-+ "sexyComMarker
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim in an intermediate line then the block isnt
-+ "a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, theLine) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "we have not found anything to suggest that this isnt a sexy comment so
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and returns the last index of
-+" that delimiter in string
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the delimiter to look for
-+" -str: the string to look for delim in
-+function s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str)
-+ let delim = a:delim
-+ let lenDelim = strlen(delim)
-+
-+ "set index to the first occurrence of delim. If there is no occurrence then
-+ "bail
-+ let indx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, a:str)
-+ if indx == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "keep moving to the next instance of delim in str till there is none left
-+ while 1
-+
-+ "search for the next delim after the previous one
-+ let searchStr = strpart(a:str, indx+lenDelim)
-+ let indx2 = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, searchStr)
-+
-+ "if we find a delim update indx to record the position of it, if we
-+ "dont find another delim then indx is the last one so break out of
-+ "this loop
-+ if indx2 != -1
-+ let indx = indx + indx2 + lenDelim
-+ else
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return indx
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the left most
-+" char (that is not a space or a tab) on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ " declare the left most index as an extreme value
-+ let leftMostIndx = 1000
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating leftMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and if it is allowed to be commented, or is not
-+ " commented, check it
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+ " convert spaces to tabs and get the number of leading spaces for
-+ " this line and update leftMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let leadSpaceOfLine = strlen( substitute(theLine, '\(^[ \t]*\).*$','\1','') )
-+ if leadSpaceOfLine < leftMostIndx
-+ let leftMostIndx = leadSpaceOfLine
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if leftMostIndx == 1000
-+ return 0
-+ else
-+ return leftMostIndx
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:Multipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the current delims are multipart
-+function s:Multipart()
-+ return b:right != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+" -msg: the message to echo
-+" -typeOfMsg: 0 = warning message
-+" 1 = normal message
-+function s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg)
-+ if a:typeOfMsg == 0
-+ echohl WarningMsg
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ echohl None
-+ elseif a:typeOfMsg == 1
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s) {{{2
-+" returns the number of leading tabs in the given string
-+function s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s)
-+ return strlen(substitute(a:s, '^\(\t*\).*$', '\1', ""))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumLinesInBuf() {{{2
-+" Returns the number of lines in the current buffer
-+function s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ return line('$')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a string, 2 delimiters in that string and 2 strings
-+" to replace these delimiters with.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace1: the first delimiter to replace
-+" -toReplace2: the second delimiter to replace
-+" -replacor1: the string to replace toReplace1 with
-+" -replacor2: the string to replace toReplace2 with
-+" -str: the string that the delimiters to be replaced are in
-+function s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(a:toReplace1, a:replacor1, a:str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(a:toReplace2, a:replacor2, line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the left most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+function s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ "get the left most occurrence of toReplace
-+ let indxToReplace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS an occurrence of toReplace in str then replace it and return
-+ "the resulting string
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ return line
-+ endif
-+
-+ return a:str
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the right most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+"
-+function s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ let lenToReplace = strlen(toReplace)
-+
-+ "get the index of the last delim in str
-+ let indxToReplace = s:LastIndexOfDelim(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS a delimiter in str, replace it and return the result
-+ let line = a:str
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ endif
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:RestoreScreenState() {{{2
-+"
-+"Sets the screen state back to what it was when s:SaveScreenState was last
-+"called.
-+"
-+function s:RestoreScreenState()
-+ if !exists("t:NERDComOldTopLine") || !exists("t:NERDComOldPos")
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter exception: cannot restore screen'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call cursor(t:NERDComOldTopLine, 0)
-+ normal zt
-+ call setpos(".", t:NERDComOldPos)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the right most
-+" char on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+ let rightMostIndx = -1
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating rightMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and see if it is commentable, otherwise it doesnt
-+ " count
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+
-+ " update rightMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let lineLen = strlen(theLine)
-+ if lineLen > rightMostIndx
-+ let rightMostIndx = lineLen
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return rightMostIndx
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:SaveScreenState() {{{2
-+"Saves the current cursor position in the current buffer and the window
-+"scroll position
-+function s:SaveScreenState()
-+ let t:NERDComOldPos = getpos(".")
-+ let t:NERDComOldTopLine = line("w0")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outter most multi-part delims for
-+" place holders
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line)
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, a:line)
-+ let isCommentedAlt = s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ let line2 = a:line
-+
-+ "if the line is commented and there is a right delimiter, replace
-+ "the delims with place-holders
-+ if isCommented && s:Multipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+
-+ "similarly if the line is commented with the alternative
-+ "delimiters
-+ elseif isCommentedAlt && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line2
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outtermost place holders for
-+" multi-part delims
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, a:line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:TabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Gets the col number for given line and existing col number. The new col
-+" number is the col number when all leading spaces are converted to tabs
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the rel col for
-+" -col: the abs col
-+function s:TabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineSpacesToTabs = substitute(lineTruncated, s:TabSpace(), '\t', 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineSpacesToTabs)
-+endfunction
-+"FUNCTION: s:TabSpace() {{{2
-+"returns a string of spaces equal in length to &tabstop
-+function s:TabSpace()
-+ let tabSpace = ""
-+ let spacesPerTab = &tabstop
-+ while spacesPerTab > 0
-+ let tabSpace = tabSpace . " "
-+ let spacesPerTab = spacesPerTab - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return tabSpace
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UnEsc(str, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the escape chars from a string
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to remove esc chars from
-+" -escChar: the escape char to be removed
-+function s:UnEsc(str, escChar)
-+ return substitute(a:str, a:escChar, "", "g")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UntabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Takes a line and a col and returns the absolute column of col taking into
-+" account that a tab is worth 3 or 4 (or whatever) spaces.
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the abs col for
-+" -col: the col that doesnt take into account tabs
-+function s:UntabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineTabsToSpaces = substitute(lineTruncated, '\t', s:TabSpace(), 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineTabsToSpaces)
-+endfunction
-+" Section: Comment mapping setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+" This is where the mappings calls are made that set up the commenting key
-+" mappings.
-+
-+" set up the mapping to switch to/from alternative delimiters
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDAltComMap . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do toggle comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapp to do minimal comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines sexily
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "sexy")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do invert comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "invert")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "invert")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to yank then comment out lines
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "yank")<CR>'
-+execute 'vmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "yank")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left and right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do nested comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to uncomment a line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to comment out to the end of the line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComToEOLMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDAppendComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDPrependComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to insert comment delims at the cursor position in insert mode
-+execute 'inoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComInInsertMap . ' ' . '<SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+" Section: Menu item setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+"check if the user wants the menu to be displayed
-+if g:NERDMenuMode != 0
-+
-+ let menuRoot = ""
-+ if g:NERDMenuMode == 1
-+ let menuRoot = 'comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 2
-+ let menuRoot = '&comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 3
-+ let menuRoot = '&Plugin.&comment'
-+ endif
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ To\ EOL<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComToEOLMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"invert")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"invert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"sexy")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0Y' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0ygv' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Append\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAppendComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Prepend\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDPrependComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep2- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent>' . menuRoot.'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' <esc>:call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep3- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Use\ Alternative\ Delimiters<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAltComMap, '\') . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<CR>'
-+
-+
-+ execute 'imenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Insert\ Delims<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComInInsertMap, '\') . ' <SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu '. menuRoot .'.-Sep4- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent>'. menuRoot .'.Help<TAB>:help\ NERDCommenterContents :help NERDCommenterContents<CR>'
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Doc installation call {{{1
-+silent call s:InstallDocumentation(expand('<sfile>:p'), s:NERD_commenter_version)
-+
-+finish
-+"=============================================================================
-+" Section: The help file {{{1
-+" Title {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+=== START_DOC
-+*NERD_commenter.txt* Plugin for commenting code #version#
-+
-+
-+ NERD COMMENTER REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERDCommenterContents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERDCommenter|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERDComFunctionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERDComFunctionalitySummary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERDComFunctionalityDetails|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERDComComment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERDComNestedComment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERDComToggleComment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERDComMinimalComment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERDComInvertComment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERDComSexyComment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERDComYankComment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERDComEOLComment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERDComAppendComment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERDComPrependComment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERDComInsertComment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERDComAltDelim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERDComAlignedComment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERDComUncommentLine|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERDComFiletypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERDComSexyComments|
-+ 2.5 The NERDComment function..........|NERDComNERDComment|
-+ 3.Options.................................|NERDComOptions|
-+ 3.1 Options summary...................|NERDComOptionsSummary|
-+ 3.2 Options details...................|NERDComOptionsDetails|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter Options.........|NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping Options...............|NERDComMappings|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERDComIssues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERDComHeuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERDComNesting|
-+ 5.The author..............................|NERDComAuthor|
-+ 6.TODO list...............................|NERDComTodo|
-+ 7.Changelog...............................|NERDComChangelog|
-+ 8.Credits.................................|NERDComCredits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERDCommenter*
-+
-+The NERD commenter provides many different commenting operations and styles
-+which may be invoked via key mappings and a commenting menu. These operations
-+are available for most filetypes.
-+
-+There are also options available that allow you to tweak the commenting engine
-+to you taste.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERDComFunctionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalitySummary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERDComInsertComment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+[count],cc |NERDComComment|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+[count],cn |NERDComNestedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| but forces nesting.
-+
-+
-+[count],c<space> |NERDComToggleComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cm |NERDComMinimalComment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+[count],ci |NERDComInvertComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cs |NERDComSexyComment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+[count],cy |NERDComYankComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+,c$ |NERDComEOLComment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+,cA |NERDComAppendComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+,cI |NERDComPrependComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERDComInsertComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+,ca |NERDComAltDelim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+[count],cl
-+[count],cr
-+[count],cb |NERDComAlignedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (,cl), the right side (,cr) or both sides
-+(,cb).
-+
-+
-+[count],cu |NERDComUncommentLine|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalityDetails*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERDComComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cc
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then the script will try to comment out the exact text that
-+is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERDComNestedComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cn
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineNestMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as ,cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If |NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set then the previous comment delimiters will
-+be replaced by place-holder delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested
-+comment will only be added if the current commenting delimiters have no right
-+delimiter (to avoid syntax errors)
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDDefaultNesting|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERDComToggleComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],c<space>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineToggleMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERDComMinimalComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cm
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+,cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERDLPlace|) if
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERDComInvertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ci
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineInvertMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERDComSexyComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cs
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineSexyMap
-+Applicable modes: normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERDComSexyComments| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERDComYankComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cy
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineYankMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERDComEOLComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,c$
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComToEOLMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERDComAppendComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cA
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAppendComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERDComPrependComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cI
-+Change the mapping with: NERDPrependComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERDComInsertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: <C-c>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComInInsertMap.
-+Applicable modes: insert.
-+
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERDComAltDelim*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ca
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAltComMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit ,ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+
-+See also |NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERDComAlignedComment*
-+
-+Default mappings: [count],cl [count],cr [count],cb
-+Change the mappings with: NERDComAlignLeftMap, NERDComAlignRightMap and
-+NERDComAlignBothMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERDComUncommentLine*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cu
-+Change the mapping with: NERDUncomLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERDComIssues| for details.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs|
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes {{{3 *NERDComFiletypes*
-+
-+Filetypes that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asn
-+aspvbs atlas autohotkey autoit automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone
-+bst btm caos catalog c cfg cg ch changelog cl clean clipper cmake conf config
-+context cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl csv cvs dcl debchangelog
-+debcontrol debsources def diff django docbk dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula
-+dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports
-+fetchmail fgl focexec form fortran foxpro fstab fvwm fx gdb gdmo geek
-+gentoo-package-keywords' gentoo-package-mask' gentoo-package-use' gnuplot
-+gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmldjango htmlos ia64 icon idlang
-+idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess jgraph
-+jproperties jproperties jsp kconfig kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 mail make maple masm
-+master matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc
-+named nasm nastran natural ncf netdict netrw nqc nroff nsis objc ocaml occam
-+omlet omnimark openroad opl ora otl ox pascal passwd pcap pccts perl pfmain
-+php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plaintex plm plsql po postscr pov povini ppd
-+ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python qf radiance ratpoison r
-+rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl rtf ruby sa samba sas sass
-+sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed selectbuf sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sh
-+sicad simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smarty smil smith sml snnsnet
-+snnspat snnsres snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp
-+strace svn systemverilog tads taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex text
-+plaintex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog
-+verilog_systemverilog vgrindefs vhdl vim viminfo virata vo_base vrml vsejcl
-+webmacro wget winbatch wml wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml
-+xmodmap xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments {{{3 *NERDComSexyComments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. The NERD
-+commenter is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.5 The NERDComment function {{{3 *NERDComNERDComment*
-+
-+All of the NERD commenter mappings and menu items invoke a single function
-+which delegates the commenting work to other functions. This function is
-+public and has the prototype: >
-+ function! NERDComment(isVisual, type)
-+<
-+The arguments to this function are simple:
-+ - isVisual: if you wish to do any kind of visual comment then set this to
-+ 1 and the function will use the '< and '> marks to find the comment
-+ boundries. If set to 0 then the function will operate on the current
-+ line.
-+ - type: is used to specify what type of commenting operation is to be
-+ performed, and it can be one of the following: 'sexy', 'invert',
-+ 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+ 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+
-+For example, if you typed >
-+ :call NERDComment(1, 'sexy')
-+<
-+then the script would do a sexy comment on the last visual selection.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Options {{{2 *NERDComOptions*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Options summary *NERDComOptionsSummary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERDDefaultNesting| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+|NERDMenuMode| Specifies how the NERD commenter menu
-+ will appear (if at all).
-+|NERDLPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDMapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs| Tells the script whether to remove
-+ alternative comment delimiters when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces| Tells the script to always remove the
-+ extra spaces when uncommenting
-+ (regardless of whether NERDSpaceDelims
-+ is set)
-+|NERDRPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDShutUp| Stops "Unknown filetype" output from the
-+ script
-+|NERDSpaceDelims| Specifies whether to add extra spaces
-+ around delimiters when commenting, and
-+ whether to remove them when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs| Specifies whether to use the compact
-+ style sexy comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Options details *NERDComOptionsDetails*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+If set to 1 then, when doing a visual or visual-block comment (but not a
-+visual-line comment), the script will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This means either using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart. For
-+example if we are editing the following java code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then the script will use the alternative delims as
-+shown on the right: >
-+
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+This option affects visual-block mode commenting. If this option is turned
-+on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the selection block will be
-+ignored.
-+
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty=0 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode*
-+Values: 0, 1 or 2.
-+Default: 0.
-+
-+By default the script tries to comment out exactly what is selected in visual
-+mode (v). For example if you select and comment the following c code (using |
-+to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest the script can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of |visual-block| mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveAltComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+When uncommenting a line (for a filetype with an alternative commenting style)
-+this option tells the script whether to look for, and remove, comments
-+delimiters of the alternative style.
-+
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+,cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERDRemoveAltComs is set to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveExtraSpaces*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. |NERDSpaceDelims| is set to 1.
-+2. NERDRemoveExtraSpaces is set to 1.
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if |NERDSpaceDelims| is set then
-+set NERDRemoveExtraSpaces to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDLPlace*
-+ *NERDRPlace*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default:
-+ NERDLPlace: "[>"
-+ NERDRPlace: "<]"
-+
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERDLPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERDRPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with ,cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMapleader*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default: \c
-+
-+NERDMapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+The default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERDMapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERDComMappings|).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMenuMode*
-+Values: 0, 1, 2, 3.
-+Default: 3
-+
-+This option can take 4 values:
-+ "0": Turns the menu off.
-+ "1": Turns the 'comment' menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the 'comment 'menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+ "3": Turns the 'Plugin -> comment' menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDUsePlaceHolders*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to specify whether place-holder delimiters should be used
-+when adding nested comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDShutUp*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to prevent the script from echoing "Unknown filetype"
-+messages. Stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDShutUp=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDSpaceDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+If you want spaces to be added then set NERDSpaceDelims to 1 in your vimrc.
-+
-+See also |NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCompactSexyComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+If this option is set to 1 then the top style will be used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDDefaultNesting*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+When this option is set to 1, comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit ,cc on a line that is already commented it will be commented
-+again
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERDComDefaultDelims*
-+
-+If you want the NERD commenter to use the alternative delimiters for a
-+specific filetype by default then put a line of this form into your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style=1
-+<
-+Example: java uses // style comments by default, but you want it to default to
-+/* */ style comments instead. You would put this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_java_alt_style=1
-+<
-+
-+See |NERDComAltDelim| for switching commenting styles at runtime.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERDComMappings*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping ,foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERDUncomLineMap=",foo"
-+<
-+Check out |NERDComFunctionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+Default Mapping Option to override~
-+
-+,ca NERDAltComMap
-+,ce NERDAppendComMap
-+,cl NERDComAlignLeftMap
-+,cb NERDComAlignBothMap
-+,cr NERDComAlignRightMap
-+<C-c> NERDComInInsertMap
-+,ci NERDComLineInvertMap
-+,cc NERDComLineMap
-+,cn NERDComLineNestMap
-+,cs NERDComLineSexyMap
-+,c<space> NERDComLineToggleMap
-+,cm NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+,c$ NERDComToEOLMap
-+,cy NERDComLineYankMap
-+,cu NERDUncomLineMap
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERDComIssues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERDComHeuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERDComNesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. The author {{{2 *NERDComAuthor*
-+
-+The author of the NERD commenter is Martyzillatron --- the half robot, half
-+dinosaur bastard son of Megatron and Godzilla. He enjoys destroying
-+metropolises and eating tourist busses.
-+
-+Drop him a line at martin_grenfell at msn.com. He would love to hear from you.
-+its a lonely life being the worlds premier terror machine. How would you feel
-+if your face looked like a toaster and a t-rex put together? :(
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+7. TODO list {{{2 *NERDComTodo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Changelog {{{2 *NERDComChangelog*
-+
-+2.1.4
-+ - added support for the ahk filetype. Cheers to Don Hatlestad for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for desktop and xsd filetypes. Thanks to Christophe Benz.
-+ - added dummy support for Rails-log
-+ - fixed a bunch of bugs in the comment delimiter setup process, thanks to
-+ Cheng Fang for the email :D
-+ - hardcore refactoring and removal of seldomly used, overly-complex
-+ functionality.
-+ - the script now requires vim 7
-+2.1.3
-+ - fixed numerous bugs that were causing tabs to permanently be converted
-+ to spaces, even if noexpandtab was set. Thanks to Heptite on #vim for
-+ working with me to track them down :)
-+ - added dummy support for "lookupfile". Thanks to David Fishburn for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for "rst", thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for the email.
-+
-+2.1.2
-+ - added support for the vera and ldif filetypes. Thanks to Normandie
-+ Azucena and Florian Apolloner for the emails.
-+
-+2.1.1
-+ - added dummy support for SVNcommitlog and vcscommit. Thanks to John
-+ O'Shea for the email.
-+ - added support for Groovy. Thanks to Jason Mills for the email.
-+2.1.0
-+ - now the script resets the delimiters when the filetype of the buffer
-+ changes (thanks to James Hales for the patch)
-+ - added formal support/doc for prepending a count to many of the
-+ commenting maps so you can go, eg, 5,cc to comment 5 lines from normal
-+ mode. Thanks again to James Hales for the patch.
-+ - added support for the "gams" filetype that Jorge Rodrigues created.
-+ - added support for the "objc" filetype, thanks to Rainer Müller for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for the "sass" filetype that Dmitry Ilyashevich created.
-+
-+2.0.7
-+ - Added support for eclass and ebuild filetypes. Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky
-+ for the email.
-+
-+2.0.6
-+ - Changed the default setting of NERDMapleader to ",c", meaning all the
-+ maps now start with ,c instead of \c. This is to stop a major mapping
-+ clash with the vcscommand plugin. Anyone wanting to keep the \c map
-+ leader should read :help NERDMapleader.
-+ - Added support for debcontrol and dummy support for debchangelog
-+ filetypes, thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for the email.
-+ - Made it so that the NERDShutUp option now only controls the "Pleeease
-+ email the delimiters..." requests. It no longer affects the general
-+ output of the script.
-+ - Simplified the names of the help tags.
-+
-+2.0.5
-+ - Added support for autoit, autohotkey and docbk filetypes (thanks to
-+ Michael Böhler)
-+ - Added support for cmake (thanks to Aaron Small)
-+ - Added support for htmldjango and django filetypes (thanks to Ramiro
-+ Morales)
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby again
-+ - Applied a patch from Seth Mason to fix some pathing issues with the help
-+ file installation.
-+
-+2.0.4
-+ - Added support for verilog_systemverilog and systemverilog filetypes
-+ (Thanks to Alexey for the email)
-+ - Added support for fstab, thanks to Lizendir for the email.
-+ - Added support for the smarty filetype.
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby.
-+ - Added dummy support for changelog filetype.
-+
-+2.0.3
-+ - Added dummy support for the csv filetype (thx to Mark Woodward for the
-+ email)
-+ - Added dummy support for vo_base and otl filetypes (thanks to fREW for
-+ the email)
-+
-+2.0.2:
-+ - Minor bug fix that was stopping nested comments from working
-+
-+2.0.1:
-+ - Fixed the visual bell for the |NERDComToEOLMap| map.
-+ - Added another possible value to the NERDMenuMode option which causes the
-+ menu to be displayed under 'Plugin -> Comment'. See :h NERDMenuMode.
-+ This new menu mode is now the default.
-+ - Added support for the occam filetype (thanks to Anders for emailing me)
-+ - Made the main commenting function (NERDComment) available outside the
-+ script.
-+ - bug fixes and refactoring
-+
-+2.0.0:
-+ - NOTE: renamed the script to NERD_commenter.vim. When you install this
-+ version you must delete the old files: NERD_comments.vim and
-+ NERD_comments.txt.
-+ - Reworked the mappings and main entry point function for the script to
-+ avoid causing visual-bells and screen scrolling.
-+ - Changes to the script options (see |NERD_com-Customisation| for
-+ details):
-+ - They are all camel case now instead of underscored.
-+ - Converted all of the regular expression options into simple boolean
-+ options for simplicity.
-+ - All the options are now stated positively, eg.
-+ NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp has become NERDRemoveExtraSpaces.
-+ - Some of the option names have been changed (other than in the above
-+ ways)
-+ - Some have been removed altogether, namely: NERD_create_h_filetype
-+ (why was a commenting script creating a filetype?!),
-+ NERD_left_align_regexp, NERD_right_align_regexp,
-+
-+ - Removed all the NERD_use_alt_style_XXX_coms options and replaced them
-+ with a better system. Now if a filetype has alternative delims, the
-+ script will check whether an option of the form
-+ "NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style" exists, and if it does then alt delims will
-+ be used. See |NERD_com-cust-delims| for details.
-+ - The script no longer removes extra spaces for sexy comments for the
-+ NERDRemoveExtraSpaces option (it will still remove spaces if
-+ NERDSpaceDelims is set).
-+ - Added dummy support for viminfo and rtf.
-+ - Added support for the "gentoo-package-\(keywords\|mask\|use\)"
-+ filetypes.
-+ - Added '#' comments as an alternative for the asm filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik and Anders for bug reports, and again to Anders
-+for his patch. Thanks to John O'Shea and fREW for the filetype
-+information.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Credits {{{2 *NERDComCredits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+Thanks to Vigil for pointing out that the "fetchmail" filetype was not
-+supported and emailing me the delimiters
-+
-+Thanks to Michael Brunner for telling me about the kconfig filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Antono Vasiljev for telling me about the netdict filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Melissa Reid for telling me about the omlet filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Ilia N Ternovich for alerting me to the 'qf' (quickfix) filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik for emailing me about a bug for sexy comments where
-+spaces were being eaten.
-+
-+Thanks to John O'Shea for emailing me about the RTF filetype. Thanks again for
-+the SVNcommitlog and vcscommit filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders for emailing me a patch to help get rid of all the visual
-+bells and screen scrolling, and for sending me the delimiters for the occam
-+filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders and Markus Klinik for emailing me about the screen scrolling
-+issues and finally getting me off my ass about them :P
-+
-+Thanks to Mark Woodward for emailing me about the csv filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to fREW for emailing me with the /gentoo-package-(mask|keywords|use)/
-+filetypes the vo_base filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Alexey for emailing me about the verilog_systemverilog/systemverilog
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Lizendir for the email about the fstab filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Michael Böhler for emailing me with the autoit, autohotkey and docbk
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Aaron Small for emailing me about the cmake filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Ramiro for emailing me about the htmldjango and django filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Seth Mason for sending me a patch to fix some pathing issues for the
-+help doc installation.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for emailing me with the debcontrol and
-+debchangelog filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky for emailing me about the ebuild and eclass
-+filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Jorge Rodrigues for emailing me about the gams filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to James Hales for the patch that made the comment maps work better with
-+counts, and made the script reset comment delims for a buffer when its
-+filetype changes.
-+
-+Thank to Rainer Müller for emailing me with the Objective C delimiters.
-+
-+Thanks to Jason Mills for emailing me the Groovy filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Normandie Azucena for emailing me about the vera filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Florian Apolloner for emailing me about the ldif filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to David Fishburn for emailing me with the lookupfile filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for emailing me with the rst filetype.
-+
-+Cheers to heptite on #vim for helping me track down some tab-space conversion
-+bugs.
-+
-+Cheers to Don Hatlestad for telling me about the ahk filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Christophe Benz for emailing me with the Desktop and xsd filetypes.
-+
-+Cheers to Cheng Fang for the bug reports :D
-+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+=== END_DOC
-+" vim: set foldmethod=marker :
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/taglist.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/taglist.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/taglist.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/.svn/text-base/taglist.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,4524 @@
-+" File: taglist.vim
-+" Author: Yegappan Lakshmanan (yegappan AT yahoo DOT com)
-+" Version: 4.3
-+" Last Modified: February 18, 2007
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Yegappan Lakshmanan
-+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
-+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
-+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-+" taglist.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any
-+" kind, either expressed or implied. In no event will the copyright
-+" holder be liable for any damamges resulting from the use of this
-+" software.
-+"
-+" The "Tag List" plugin is a source code browser plugin for Vim and provides
-+" an overview of the structure of the programming language files and allows
-+" you to efficiently browse through source code files for different
-+" programming languages. You can visit the taglist plugin home page for more
-+" information:
-+"
-+" http://vim-taglist.sourceforge.net
-+"
-+" You can subscribe to the taglist mailing list to post your questions
-+" or suggestions for improvement or to report bugs. Visit the following
-+" page for subscribing to the mailing list:
-+"
-+" http://groups.yahoo.com/group/taglist/
-+"
-+" For more information about using this plugin, after installing the
-+" taglist plugin, use the ":help taglist" command.
-+"
-+" Installation
-+" ------------
-+" 1. Download the taglist.zip file and unzip the files to the $HOME/.vim
-+" or the $HOME/vimfiles or the $VIM/vimfiles directory. This should
-+" unzip the following two files (the directory structure should be
-+" preserved):
-+"
-+" plugin/taglist.vim - main taglist plugin file
-+" doc/taglist.txt - documentation (help) file
-+"
-+" Refer to the 'add-plugin', 'add-global-plugin' and 'runtimepath'
-+" Vim help pages for more details about installing Vim plugins.
-+" 2. Change to the $HOME/.vim/doc or $HOME/vimfiles/doc or
-+" $VIM/vimfiles/doc directory, start Vim and run the ":helptags ."
-+" command to process the taglist help file.
-+" 3. If the exuberant ctags utility is not present in your PATH, then set the
-+" Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable to point to the location of the exuberant ctags
-+" utility (not to the directory) in the .vimrc file.
-+" 4. If you are running a terminal/console version of Vim and the
-+" terminal doesn't support changing the window width then set the
-+" 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to 0 in the .vimrc file.
-+" 5. Restart Vim.
-+" 6. You can now use the ":TlistToggle" command to open/close the taglist
-+" window. You can use the ":help taglist" command to get more
-+" information about using the taglist plugin.
-+"
-+" ****************** Do not modify after this line ************************
-+
-+" Line continuation used here
-+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-+set cpo&vim
-+
-+if !exists('loaded_taglist')
-+ " First time loading the taglist plugin
-+ "
-+ " To speed up the loading of Vim, the taglist plugin uses autoload
-+ " mechanism to load the taglist functions.
-+ " Only define the configuration variables, user commands and some
-+ " auto-commands and finish sourcing the file
-+
-+ " The taglist plugin requires the built-in Vim system() function. If this
-+ " function is not available, then don't load the plugin.
-+ if !exists('*system')
-+ echomsg 'Taglist: Vim system() built-in function is not available. ' .
-+ \ 'Plugin is not loaded.'
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'no'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Location of the exuberant ctags tool
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Ctags_Cmd')
-+ if executable('exuberant-ctags')
-+ " On Debian Linux, exuberant ctags is installed
-+ " as exuberant-ctags
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'exuberant-ctags'
-+ elseif executable(' exctags')
-+ " On Free-BSD, exuberant ctags is installed as exctags
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_ Cmd = 'exctags'
-+ elseif executable('ctags')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'ctags'
-+ elseif executable('ctags.exe')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'ctags.exe'
-+ elseif executable('tags')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'tags'
-+ else
-+ echomsg 'Taglist: Exuberant ctags (http://ctags.sf.net) ' .
-+ \ 'not found in PATH. Plugin is not loaded.'
-+ " Skip loading the plugin
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'no'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ " Automatically open the taglist window on Vim startup
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Open')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Open = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " When the taglist window is toggle opened, move the cursor to the
-+ " taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen')
-+ let Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process files even when the taglist window is not open
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Process_File_Always')
-+ let Tlist_Process_File_Always = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Show_Menu')
-+ let Tlist_Show_Menu = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Tag listing sort type - 'name' or 'order'
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Sort_Type')
-+ let Tlist_Sort_Type = 'order'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Tag listing window split (horizontal/vertical) control
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window')
-+ let Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Open the vertically split taglist window on the left or on the right
-+ " side. This setting is relevant only if Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window is set to
-+ " zero (i.e. only for vertically split windows)
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_Right_Window')
-+ let Tlist_Use_Right_Window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Increase Vim window width to display vertically split taglist window.
-+ " For MS-Windows version of Vim running in a MS-DOS window, this must be
-+ " set to 0 otherwise the system may hang due to a Vim limitation.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Inc_Winwidth')
-+ if (has('win16') || has('win95')) && !has('gui_running')
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 0
-+ else
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Vertically split taglist window width setting
-+ if !exists('Tlist_WinWidth')
-+ let Tlist_WinWidth = 30
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Horizontally split taglist window height setting
-+ if !exists('Tlist_WinHeight')
-+ let Tlist_WinHeight = 10
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display tag prototypes or tag names in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Display_Prototype')
-+ let Tlist_Display_Prototype = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display tag scopes in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope')
-+ let Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Use single left mouse click to jump to a tag. By default this is disabled.
-+ " Only double click using the mouse will be processed.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_SingleClick')
-+ let Tlist_Use_SingleClick = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Control whether additional help is displayed as part of the taglist or
-+ " not. Also, controls whether empty lines are used to separate the tag
-+ " tree.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Compact_Format')
-+ let Tlist_Compact_Format = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Exit Vim if only the taglist window is currently open. By default, this is
-+ " set to zero.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow')
-+ let Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically close the folds for the non-active files in the taglist
-+ " window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close')
-+ let Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Close the taglist window when a tag is selected
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Close_On_Select')
-+ let Tlist_Close_On_Select = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically update the taglist window to display tags for newly
-+ " edited files
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Update')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Update = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically highlight the current tag
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically highlight the current tag on entering a buffer
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter')
-+ let Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Enable fold column to display the folding for the tag tree
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column')
-+ let Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display the tags for only one file in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Show_One_File')
-+ let Tlist_Show_One_File = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items')
-+ let Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items = 20
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Max_Tag_Length')
-+ let Tlist_Max_Tag_Length = 10
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Do not change the name of the taglist title variable. The winmanager
-+ " plugin relies on this name to determine the title for the taglist
-+ " plugin.
-+ let TagList_title = "__Tag_List__"
-+
-+ " Taglist debug messages
-+ let s:tlist_msg = ''
-+
-+ " Define the taglist autocommand to automatically open the taglist window
-+ " on Vim startup
-+ if g:Tlist_Auto_Open
-+ autocmd VimEnter * nested call s:Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist
-+ if g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ autocmd GUIEnter * call s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " When the taglist buffer is created when loading a Vim session file,
-+ " the taglist buffer needs to be initialized. The BufFilePost event
-+ " is used to handle this case.
-+ autocmd BufFilePost __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Vim_Session_Load()
-+
-+ " Define the user commands to manage the taglist window
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistToggle call s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistOpen call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ " For backwards compatiblity define the Tlist command
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar Tlist TlistToggle
-+ command! -nargs=+ -complete=file TlistAddFiles
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Add_Files(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=+ -complete=dir TlistAddFilesRecursive
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistClose call s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistUpdate call s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistHighlightTag call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(
-+ \ fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'), line('.'), 2, 1)
-+ " For backwards compatiblity define the TlistSync command
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistSync TlistHighlightTag
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=buffer TlistShowPrototype
-+ \ echo Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=buffer TlistShowTag
-+ \ echo Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=file TlistSessionLoad
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Session_Load(<q-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=file TlistSessionSave
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Session_Save(<q-args>)
-+ command! -bar TlistLock let Tlist_Auto_Update=0
-+ command! -bar TlistUnlock let Tlist_Auto_Update=1
-+
-+ " Commands for enabling/disabling debug and to display debug messages
-+ command! -nargs=? -complete=file -bar TlistDebug
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Debug_Enable(<q-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistUndebug call s:Tlist_Debug_Disable()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistMessages call s:Tlist_Debug_Show()
-+
-+ " Define autocommands to autoload the taglist plugin when needed.
-+
-+ " Trick to get the current script ID
-+ map <SID>xx <SID>xx
-+ let s:tlist_sid = substitute(maparg('<SID>xx'), '<SNR>\(\d\+_\)xx$',
-+ \ '\1', '')
-+ unmap <SID>xx
-+
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_Window_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_Menu_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined Tlist_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined TagList_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'fast_load_done'
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu && has('gui_running')
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore 'cpo'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+if !exists('s:tlist_sid')
-+ " Two or more versions of taglist plugin are installed. Don't
-+ " load this version of the plugin.
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+unlet! s:tlist_sid
-+
-+if loaded_taglist != 'fast_load_done'
-+ " restore 'cpo'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Taglist plugin functionality is available
-+let loaded_taglist = 'available'
-+
-+"------------------- end of user configurable options --------------------
-+
-+" Default language specific settings for supported file types and tag types
-+"
-+" Variable name format:
-+"
-+" s:tlist_def_{vim_ftype}_settings
-+"
-+" vim_ftype - Filetype detected by Vim
-+"
-+" Value format:
-+"
-+" <ctags_ftype>;<flag>:<name>;<flag>:<name>;...
-+"
-+" ctags_ftype - File type supported by exuberant ctags
-+" flag - Flag supported by exuberant ctags to generate a tag type
-+" name - Name of the tag type used in the taglist window to display the
-+" tags of this type
-+"
-+
-+" Ada language
-+let s:tlist_def_ada_settings = 'ada;' .
-+ \ 'P:package spec;' .
-+ \ 'p:package body;' .
-+ \ 'T:type spec;' .
-+ \ 't:type;' .
-+ \ 'U:subtype spec;' .
-+ \ 'u:subtype;' .
-+ \ 'c:component;' .
-+ \ 'l:literal;' .
-+ \ 'V:variable spec;' .
-+ \ 'v:variable;' .
-+ \ 'f:formal;' .
-+ \ 'n:constant;' .
-+ \ 'x:exception;' .
-+ \ 'R:subprogram spec;' .
-+ \ 'r:subprogram body;' .
-+ \ 'K:task spec;' .
-+ \ 'k:task body;' .
-+ \ 'O:protected spec;' .
-+ \ 'o:protected body;' .
-+ \ 'E:entry spec;' .
-+ \ 'e:entry body;' .
-+ \ 'b:label;' .
-+ \ 'i:identifier;' .
-+ \ 'a:autovar;' .
-+ \ 'y:annon'
-+
-+" assembly language
-+let s:tlist_def_asm_settings = 'asm;d:define;l:label;m:macro;t:type'
-+
-+" aspperl language
-+let s:tlist_def_aspperl_settings = 'asp;f:function;s:sub;v:variable'
-+
-+" aspvbs language
-+let s:tlist_def_aspvbs_settings = 'asp;f:function;s:sub;v:variable'
-+
-+" awk language
-+let s:tlist_def_awk_settings = 'awk;f:function'
-+
-+" beta language
-+let s:tlist_def_beta_settings = 'beta;f:fragment;s:slot;v:pattern'
-+
-+" c language
-+let s:tlist_def_c_settings = 'c;d:macro;g:enum;s:struct;u:union;t:typedef;' .
-+ \ 'v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" c++ language
-+let s:tlist_def_cpp_settings = 'c++;n:namespace;v:variable;d:macro;t:typedef;' .
-+ \ 'c:class;g:enum;s:struct;u:union;f:function'
-+
-+" c# language
-+let s:tlist_def_cs_settings = 'c#;d:macro;t:typedef;n:namespace;c:class;' .
-+ \ 'E:event;g:enum;s:struct;i:interface;' .
-+ \ 'p:properties;m:method'
-+
-+" cobol language
-+let s:tlist_def_cobol_settings = 'cobol;d:data;f:file;g:group;p:paragraph;' .
-+ \ 'P:program;s:section'
-+
-+" eiffel language
-+let s:tlist_def_eiffel_settings = 'eiffel;c:class;f:feature'
-+
-+" erlang language
-+let s:tlist_def_erlang_settings = 'erlang;d:macro;r:record;m:module;f:function'
-+
-+" expect (same as tcl) language
-+let s:tlist_def_expect_settings = 'tcl;c:class;f:method;p:procedure'
-+
-+" fortran language
-+let s:tlist_def_fortran_settings = 'fortran;p:program;b:block data;' .
-+ \ 'c:common;e:entry;i:interface;k:type;l:label;m:module;' .
-+ \ 'n:namelist;t:derived;v:variable;f:function;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" HTML language
-+let s:tlist_def_html_settings = 'html;a:anchor;f:javascript function'
-+
-+" java language
-+let s:tlist_def_java_settings = 'java;p:package;c:class;i:interface;' .
-+ \ 'f:field;m:method'
-+
-+" javascript language
-+let s:tlist_def_javascript_settings = 'javascript;f:function'
-+
-+" lisp language
-+let s:tlist_def_lisp_settings = 'lisp;f:function'
-+
-+" lua language
-+let s:tlist_def_lua_settings = 'lua;f:function'
-+
-+" makefiles
-+let s:tlist_def_make_settings = 'make;m:macro'
-+
-+" pascal language
-+let s:tlist_def_pascal_settings = 'pascal;f:function;p:procedure'
-+
-+" perl language
-+let s:tlist_def_perl_settings = 'perl;c:constant;l:label;p:package;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" php language
-+let s:tlist_def_php_settings = 'php;c:class;d:constant;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" python language
-+let s:tlist_def_python_settings = 'python;c:class;m:member;f:function'
-+
-+" rexx language
-+let s:tlist_def_rexx_settings = 'rexx;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" ruby language
-+let s:tlist_def_ruby_settings = 'ruby;c:class;f:method;F:function;' .
-+ \ 'm:singleton method'
-+
-+" scheme language
-+let s:tlist_def_scheme_settings = 'scheme;s:set;f:function'
-+
-+" shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_sh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" C shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_csh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" Z shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_zsh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" slang language
-+let s:tlist_def_slang_settings = 'slang;n:namespace;f:function'
-+
-+" sml language
-+let s:tlist_def_sml_settings = 'sml;e:exception;c:functor;s:signature;' .
-+ \ 'r:structure;t:type;v:value;f:function'
-+
-+" sql language
-+let s:tlist_def_sql_settings = 'sql;c:cursor;F:field;P:package;r:record;' .
-+ \ 's:subtype;t:table;T:trigger;v:variable;f:function;p:procedure'
-+
-+" tcl language
-+let s:tlist_def_tcl_settings = 'tcl;c:class;f:method;m:method;p:procedure'
-+
-+" vera language
-+let s:tlist_def_vera_settings = 'vera;c:class;d:macro;e:enumerator;' .
-+ \ 'f:function;g:enum;m:member;p:program;' .
-+ \ 'P:prototype;t:task;T:typedef;v:variable;' .
-+ \ 'x:externvar'
-+
-+"verilog language
-+let s:tlist_def_verilog_settings = 'verilog;m:module;c:constant;P:parameter;' .
-+ \ 'e:event;r:register;t:task;w:write;p:port;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" vim language
-+let s:tlist_def_vim_settings = 'vim;a:autocmds;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" yacc language
-+let s:tlist_def_yacc_settings = 'yacc;l:label'
-+
-+"------------------- end of language specific options --------------------
-+
-+" Vim window size is changed by the taglist plugin or not
-+let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = -1
-+" Taglist window is maximized or not
-+let s:tlist_win_maximized = 0
-+" Name of files in the taglist
-+let s:tlist_file_names=''
-+" Number of files in the taglist
-+let s:tlist_file_count = 0
-+" Number of filetypes supported by taglist
-+let s:tlist_ftype_count = 0
-+" Is taglist part of other plugins like winmanager or cream?
-+let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+" Are we displaying brief help text
-+let s:tlist_brief_help = 1
-+" List of files removed on user request
-+let s:tlist_removed_flist = ""
-+" Index of current file displayed in the taglist window
-+let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = -1
-+" Taglist menu is empty or not
-+let s:tlist_menu_empty = 1
-+
-+" An autocommand is used to refresh the taglist window when entering any
-+" buffer. We don't want to refresh the taglist window if we are entering the
-+" file window from one of the taglist functions. The 'Tlist_Skip_Refresh'
-+" variable is used to skip the refresh of the taglist window and is set
-+" and cleared appropriately.
-+let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = 0
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " To handle a bug in the winmanager plugin, add a space at the
-+ " last line
-+ call setline('$', ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_brief_help
-+ " Add the brief help
-+ call append(0, '" Press <F1> to display help text')
-+ else
-+ " Add the extensive help
-+ call append(0, '" <enter> : Jump to tag definition')
-+ call append(1, '" o : Jump to tag definition in new window')
-+ call append(2, '" p : Preview the tag definition')
-+ call append(3, '" <space> : Display tag prototype')
-+ call append(4, '" u : Update tag list')
-+ call append(5, '" s : Select sort field')
-+ call append(6, '" d : Remove file from taglist')
-+ call append(7, '" x : Zoom-out/Zoom-in taglist window')
-+ call append(8, '" + : Open a fold')
-+ call append(9, '" - : Close a fold')
-+ call append(10, '" * : Open all folds')
-+ call append(11, '" = : Close all folds')
-+ call append(12, '" [[ : Move to the start of previous file')
-+ call append(13, '" ]] : Move to the start of next file')
-+ call append(14, '" q : Close the taglist window')
-+ call append(15, '" <F1> : Remove help text')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()
-+" Toggle taglist plugin help text between the full version and the brief
-+" version
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ " In compact display mode, do not display help
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Include the empty line displayed after the help text
-+ let brief_help_size = 1
-+ let full_help_size = 16
-+
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while deleting the lines
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ " Remove the currently highlighted tag. Otherwise, the help text
-+ " might be highlighted by mistake
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Toggle between brief and full help text
-+ if s:tlist_brief_help
-+ let s:tlist_brief_help = 0
-+
-+ " Remove the previous help
-+ exe '1,' . brief_help_size . ' delete _'
-+
-+ " Adjust the start/end line numbers for the files
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(0, 1, full_help_size - brief_help_size)
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_brief_help = 1
-+
-+ " Remove the previous help
-+ exe '1,' . full_help_size . ' delete _'
-+
-+ " Adjust the start/end line numbers for the files
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(0, 0, full_help_size - brief_help_size)
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Taglist debug support
-+let s:tlist_debug = 0
-+
-+" File for storing the debug messages
-+let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Enable
-+" Enable logging of taglist debug messages.
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Enable(...)
-+ let s:tlist_debug = 1
-+
-+ " Check whether a valid file name is supplied.
-+ if a:1 != ''
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = fnamemodify(a:1, ':p')
-+
-+ " Empty the log file
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . s:tlist_debug_file
-+ redir END
-+
-+ " Check whether the log file is present/created
-+ if !filewritable(s:tlist_debug_file)
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: Unable to create log file '
-+ \ . s:tlist_debug_file)
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Disable
-+" Disable logging of taglist debug messages.
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Disable(...)
-+ let s:tlist_debug = 0
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Show
-+" Display the taglist debug messages in a new window
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Show()
-+ if s:tlist_msg == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: No debug messages')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Open a new window to display the taglist debug messages
-+ new taglist_debug.txt
-+ " Delete all the lines (if the buffer already exists)
-+ silent! %delete _
-+ " Add the messages
-+ silent! put =s:tlist_msg
-+ " Move the cursor to the first line
-+ normal! gg
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Log_Msg
-+" Log the supplied debug message along with the time
-+function! s:Tlist_Log_Msg(msg)
-+ if s:tlist_debug
-+ if s:tlist_debug_file != ''
-+ exe 'redir >> ' . s:tlist_debug_file
-+ silent echon strftime('%H:%M:%S') . ': ' . a:msg . "\n"
-+ redir END
-+ else
-+ " Log the message into a variable
-+ " Retain only the last 3000 characters
-+ let len = strlen(s:tlist_msg)
-+ if len > 3000
-+ let s:tlist_msg = strpart(s:tlist_msg, len - 3000)
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_msg = s:tlist_msg . strftime('%H:%M:%S') . ': ' .
-+ \ a:msg . "\n"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Warning_Msg()
-+" Display a message using WarningMsg highlight group
-+function! s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ echohl WarningMsg
-+ echomsg a:msg
-+ echohl None
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Last returned file index for file name lookup.
-+" Used to speed up file lookup
-+let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = -1
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_File_Index()
-+" Return the index of the specified filename
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if s:tlist_file_count == 0 || a:fname == ''
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the new filename is same as the last accessed filename, then
-+ " return that index
-+ if s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache != -1 &&
-+ \ s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache}_filename == a:fname
-+ " Same as the last accessed file
-+ return s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " First, check whether the filename is present
-+ let s_fname = a:fname . "\n"
-+ let i = stridx(s:tlist_file_names, s_fname)
-+ if i == -1
-+ let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second, compute the file name index
-+ let nl_txt = substitute(strpart(s:tlist_file_names, 0, i), "[^\n]", '', 'g')
-+ let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = strlen(nl_txt)
-+ return s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Last returned file index for line number lookup.
-+" Used to speed up file lookup
-+let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = -1
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum()
-+" Return the index of the filename present in the specified line number
-+" Line number refers to the line number in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum (' . a:lnum . ')')
-+
-+ " First try to see whether the new line number is within the range
-+ " of the last returned file
-+ if s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache != -1 &&
-+ \ s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache}_start &&
-+ \ a:lnum <= s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache}_end
-+ return s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = -1
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Displaying only one file in the taglist window. Check whether
-+ " the line is within the tags displayed for that file
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_start
-+ \ && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_end
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_cur_file_idx
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Do a binary search in the taglist
-+ let left = 0
-+ let right = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+
-+ while left < right
-+ let mid = (left + right) / 2
-+
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{mid}_start && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{mid}_end
-+ let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = mid
-+ return mid
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:lnum < s:tlist_{mid}_start
-+ let right = mid - 1
-+ else
-+ let left = mid + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if left >= 0 && left < s:tlist_file_count
-+ \ && a:lnum >= s:tlist_{left}_start
-+ \ && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{left}_end
-+ let fidx = left
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = fidx
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds
-+" Execute the specified Ex command after disabling autocommands
-+function! s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(cmd)
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+ exe a:cmd
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Skip_File()
-+" Check whether tag listing is supported for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ " Skip buffers with no names and buffers with filetype not set
-+ if a:filename == '' || a:ftype == ''
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip files which are not supported by exuberant ctags
-+ " First check whether default settings for this filetype are available.
-+ " If it is not available, then check whether user specified settings are
-+ " available. If both are not available, then don't list the tags for this
-+ " filetype
-+ let var = 's:tlist_def_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ let var = 'g:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip files which are not readable or files which are not yet stored
-+ " to the disk
-+ if !filereadable(a:filename)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_User_Removed_File
-+" Returns 1 if a file is removed by a user from the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return stridx(s:tlist_removed_flist, a:filename . "\n") != -1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_Remove_List
-+" Update the list of user removed files from the taglist
-+" add == 1, add the file to the removed list
-+" add == 0, delete the file from the removed list
-+function! s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(filename, add)
-+ if a:add
-+ let s:tlist_removed_flist = s:tlist_removed_flist . a:filename . "\n"
-+ else
-+ let idx = stridx(s:tlist_removed_flist, a:filename . "\n")
-+ let text_before = strpart(s:tlist_removed_flist, 0, idx)
-+ let rem_text = strpart(s:tlist_removed_flist, idx)
-+ let next_idx = stridx(rem_text, "\n")
-+ let text_after = strpart(rem_text, next_idx + 1)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_removed_flist = text_before . text_after
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_FileType_Init
-+" Initialize the ctags arguments and tag variable for the specified
-+" file type
-+function! s:Tlist_FileType_Init(ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_FileType_Init (' . a:ftype . ')')
-+ " If the user didn't specify any settings, then use the default
-+ " ctags args. Otherwise, use the settings specified by the user
-+ let var = 'g:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if exists(var)
-+ " User specified ctags arguments
-+ let settings = {var} . ';'
-+ else
-+ " Default ctags arguments
-+ let var = 's:tlist_def_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ " No default settings for this file type. This filetype is
-+ " not supported
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let settings = s:tlist_def_{a:ftype}_settings . ';'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let msg = 'Taglist: Invalid ctags option setting - ' . settings
-+
-+ " Format of the option that specifies the filetype and ctags arugments:
-+ "
-+ " <language_name>;flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+ "
-+
-+ " Extract the file type to pass to ctags. This may be different from the
-+ " file type detected by Vim
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ';')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let ctags_ftype = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if ctags_ftype == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ " Make sure a valid filetype is supplied. If the user didn't specify a
-+ " valid filetype, then the ctags option settings may be treated as the
-+ " filetype
-+ if ctags_ftype =~ ':'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file type from settings
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+ if settings == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process all the specified ctags flags. The format is
-+ " flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+ let ctags_flags = ''
-+ let cnt = 0
-+ while settings != ''
-+ " Extract the flag
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ':')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let flag = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if flag == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ " Remove the flag from settings
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type name
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ';')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let name = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if name == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+
-+ let cnt = cnt + 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{cnt}_name = flag
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{cnt}_fullname = name
-+ let ctags_flags = ctags_flags . flag
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_args = '--language-force=' . ctags_ftype .
-+ \ ' --' . ctags_ftype . '-types=' . ctags_flags
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count = cnt
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags = ctags_flags
-+
-+ " Save the filetype name
-+ let s:tlist_ftype_{s:tlist_ftype_count}_name = a:ftype
-+ let s:tlist_ftype_count = s:tlist_ftype_count + 1
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Filetype
-+" Determine the filetype for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(fname)
-+ " Ignore the filetype autocommands
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=FileType
-+
-+ " Save the 'filetype', as this will be changed temporarily
-+ let old_filetype = &filetype
-+
-+ " Run the filetypedetect group of autocommands to determine
-+ " the filetype
-+ exe 'doautocmd filetypedetect BufRead ' . a:fname
-+
-+ " Save the detected filetype
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " Restore the previous state
-+ let &filetype = old_filetype
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+
-+ return ftype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype
-+" Get the filetype for the specified buffer
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype(bnum)
-+ if bufloaded(a:bnum)
-+ " For loaded buffers, the 'filetype' is already determined
-+ return getbufvar(a:bnum, '&filetype')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " For unloaded buffers, if the 'filetype' option is set, return it
-+ let ftype = getbufvar(a:bnum, '&filetype')
-+ if ftype != ''
-+ return ftype
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip non-existent buffers
-+ if !bufexists(a:bnum)
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " For buffers whose filetype is not yet determined, try to determine
-+ " the filetype
-+ let bname = bufname(a:bnum)
-+
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(bname)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Discard_TagInfo
-+" Discard the stored tag information for a file
-+function! s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Discard_TagInfo (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ " Discard information about the tags defined in the file
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+ let fidx_i = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . i
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_name
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_type
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_ttype_idx
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_proto
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_searchpat
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_linenum
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count = 0
-+
-+ " Discard information about tag type groups
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype} != ''
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = ''
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let cnt = {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = 0
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= cnt
-+ unlet! {fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Discard the stored menu command also
-+ let s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets
-+" Update the line offsets for tags for files starting from start_idx
-+" and displayed in the taglist window by the specified offset
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(start_idx, increment, offset)
-+ let i = a:start_idx
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if s:tlist_{i}_visible
-+ " Update the start/end line number only if the file is visible
-+ if a:increment
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start + a:offset
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end + a:offset
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start - a:offset
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end - a:offset
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Discard_FileInfo
-+" Discard the stored information for a file
-+function! s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Discard_FileInfo (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(a:fidx)
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_sort_type
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_mtime
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_valid
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_visible
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display
-+" Remove the specified file from display
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ " If the file is not visible then no need to remove it
-+ if !s:tlist_{a:fidx}_visible
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the tags displayed for the specified file from the window
-+ let start = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start
-+ " Include the empty line after the last line also
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let end = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end
-+ else
-+ let end = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+ exe 'silent! ' . start . ',' . end . 'delete _'
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Correct the start and end line offsets for all the files following
-+ " this file, as the tags for this file are removed
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(a:fidx + 1, 0, end - start + 1)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Remove_File
-+" Remove the file under the cursor or the specified file index
-+" user_request - User requested to remove the file from taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Remove_File(file_idx, user_request)
-+ let fidx = a:file_idx
-+
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Remove_File (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filename . ', ' . a:user_request . ')')
-+
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Taglist window is open, remove the file from display
-+
-+ if save_winnr != winnum
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+
-+ if save_winnr != winnum
-+ exe save_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = s:tlist_{fidx}_filename
-+
-+ if a:user_request
-+ " As the user requested to remove the file from taglist,
-+ " add it to the removed list
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file name from the taglist list of filenames
-+ let idx = stridx(s:tlist_file_names, fname . "\n")
-+ let text_before = strpart(s:tlist_file_names, 0, idx)
-+ let rem_text = strpart(s:tlist_file_names, idx)
-+ let next_idx = stridx(rem_text, "\n")
-+ let text_after = strpart(rem_text, next_idx + 1)
-+ let s:tlist_file_names = text_before . text_after
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(fidx)
-+
-+ " Shift all the file variables by one index
-+ let i = fidx + 1
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let j = i - 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_filename = s:tlist_{i}_filename
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_sort_type = s:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_filetype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_mtime = s:tlist_{i}_mtime
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_valid = s:tlist_{i}_valid
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_visible = s:tlist_{i}_visible
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_tag_count = s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_menu_cmd = s:tlist_{i}_menu_cmd
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{j}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_tag
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_name = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_tag_name
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_type = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_ttype_idx = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_ttype_idx
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_proto = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_searchpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_linenum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(i, k)
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{k}_name
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype} = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_offset = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_count = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ if s:tlist_{j}_{ttype} != ''
-+ let l = 1
-+ while l <= s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_{l} = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{l}
-+ let l = l + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " As the file and tag information is copied to the new index,
-+ " discard the previous information
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(i)
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Reduce the number of files displayed
-+ let s:tlist_file_count = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " If the tags for only one file is displayed and if we just
-+ " now removed that file, then invalidate the current file idx
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx == fidx
-+ let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Goto_Window
-+" Goto the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(winnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Create
-+" Create a new taglist window. If it is already open, jump to it
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Create()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Create()')
-+ " If the window is open, jump to it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Jump to the existing window
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If used with winmanager don't open windows. Winmanager will handle
-+ " the window/buffer management
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create a new window. If user prefers a horizontal window, then open
-+ " a horizontally split window. Otherwise open a vertically split
-+ " window
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ " Open a horizontally split window
-+ let win_dir = 'botright'
-+ " Horizontal window height
-+ let win_size = g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ if s:tlist_winsize_chgd == -1
-+ " Open a vertically split window. Increase the window size, if
-+ " needed, to accomodate the new window
-+ if g:Tlist_Inc_Winwidth &&
-+ \ &columns < (80 + g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ " Save the original window position
-+ let s:tlist_pre_winx = getwinposx()
-+ let s:tlist_pre_winy = getwinposy()
-+
-+ " one extra column is needed to include the vertical split
-+ let &columns= &columns + g:Tlist_WinWidth + 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = 1
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Right_Window
-+ " Open the window at the rightmost place
-+ let win_dir = 'botright vertical'
-+ else
-+ " Open the window at the leftmost place
-+ let win_dir = 'topleft vertical'
-+ endif
-+ let win_size = g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the tag listing temporary buffer already exists, then reuse it.
-+ " Otherwise create a new buffer
-+ let bufnum = bufnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if bufnum == -1
-+ " Create a new buffer
-+ let wcmd = g:TagList_title
-+ else
-+ " Edit the existing buffer
-+ let wcmd = '+buffer' . bufnum
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create the taglist window
-+ exe 'silent! ' . win_dir . ' ' . win_size . 'split ' . wcmd
-+
-+ " Save the new window position
-+ let s:tlist_winx = getwinposx()
-+ let s:tlist_winy = getwinposy()
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Zoom
-+" Zoom (maximize/minimize) the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Zoom()
-+ if s:tlist_win_maximized
-+ " Restore the window back to the previous size
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'resize ' . g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ exe 'vert resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_win_maximized = 0
-+ else
-+ " Set the window size to the maximum possible without closing other
-+ " windows
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ resize
-+ else
-+ vert resize
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_win_maximized = 1
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Ballon_Expr
-+" When the mouse cursor is over a tag in the taglist window, display the
-+" tag prototype (balloon)
-+function! Tlist_Ballon_Expr()
-+ " Get the file index
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(v:beval_lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output line for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, v:beval_lnum)
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag search pattern and display it
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Check_Width
-+" Check the width of the taglist window. For horizontally split windows, the
-+" 'winfixheight' option is used to fix the height of the window. For
-+" vertically split windows, Vim doesn't support the 'winfixwidth' option. So
-+" need to handle window width changes from this function.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Check_Width()
-+ let tlist_winnr = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if tlist_winnr == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let width = winwidth(tlist_winnr)
-+ if width != g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg("Tlist_Window_Check_Width: Changing window " .
-+ \ "width from " . width . " to " . g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+ if save_winnr != tlist_winnr
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(tlist_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ exe 'vert resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ if save_winnr != tlist_winnr
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window
-+" If the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' option is set, then exit Vim if only the
-+" taglist window is present.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window()
-+ " Before quitting Vim, delete the taglist buffer so that
-+ " the '0 mark is correctly set to the previous buffer.
-+ if v:version < 700
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ bdelete
-+ quit
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ if tabpagenr('$') == 1
-+ " Only one tag page is present
-+ bdelete
-+ quit
-+ else
-+ " More than one tab page is present. Close only the current
-+ " tab page
-+ close
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Init
-+" Set the default options for the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Init()')
-+
-+ " The 'readonly' option should not be set for the taglist buffer.
-+ " If Vim is started as "view/gview" or if the ":view" command is
-+ " used, then the 'readonly' option is set for all the buffers.
-+ " Unset it for the taglist buffer
-+ setlocal noreadonly
-+
-+ " Set the taglist buffer filetype to taglist
-+ setlocal filetype=taglist
-+
-+ " Define taglist window element highlighting
-+ syntax match TagListComment '^" .*'
-+ syntax match TagListFileName '^[^" ].*$'
-+ syntax match TagListTitle '^ \S.*$'
-+ syntax match TagListTagScope '\s\[.\{-\}\]$'
-+
-+ " Define the highlighting only if colors are supported
-+ if has('gui_running') || &t_Co > 2
-+ " Colors to highlight various taglist window elements
-+ " If user defined highlighting group exists, then use them.
-+ " Otherwise, use default highlight groups.
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTagName')
-+ highlight link TagListTagName MyTagListTagName
-+ else
-+ highlight default link TagListTagName Search
-+ endif
-+ " Colors to highlight comments and titles
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListComment')
-+ highlight link TagListComment MyTagListComment
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListComment
-+ highlight default link TagListComment Comment
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTitle')
-+ highlight link TagListTitle MyTagListTitle
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListTitle
-+ highlight default link TagListTitle Title
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListFileName')
-+ highlight link TagListFileName MyTagListFileName
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListFileName
-+ highlight default TagListFileName guibg=Grey ctermbg=darkgray
-+ \ guifg=white ctermfg=white
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTagScope')
-+ highlight link TagListTagScope MyTagListTagScope
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListTagScope
-+ highlight default link TagListTagScope Identifier
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ highlight default TagListTagName term=reverse cterm=reverse
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Folding related settings
-+ setlocal foldenable
-+ setlocal foldminlines=0
-+ setlocal foldmethod=manual
-+ setlocal foldlevel=9999
-+ if g:Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column
-+ setlocal foldcolumn=3
-+ else
-+ setlocal foldcolumn=0
-+ endif
-+ setlocal foldtext=v:folddashes.getline(v:foldstart)
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager"
-+ " Mark buffer as scratch
-+ silent! setlocal buftype=nofile
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "none"
-+ silent! setlocal bufhidden=delete
-+ endif
-+ silent! setlocal noswapfile
-+ " Due to a bug in Vim 6.0, the winbufnr() function fails for unlisted
-+ " buffers. So if the taglist buffer is unlisted, multiple taglist
-+ " windows will be opened. This bug is fixed in Vim 6.1 and above
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ silent! setlocal nobuflisted
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ silent! setlocal nowrap
-+
-+ " If the 'number' option is set in the source window, it will affect the
-+ " taglist window. So forcefully disable 'number' option for the taglist
-+ " window
-+ silent! setlocal nonumber
-+
-+ " Use fixed height when horizontally split window is used
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ if v:version >= 602
-+ set winfixheight
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if !g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window && v:version >= 700
-+ set winfixwidth
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Setup balloon evaluation to display tag prototype
-+ if v:version >= 700 && has('balloon_eval')
-+ setlocal balloonexpr=Tlist_Ballon_Expr()
-+ set ballooneval
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Setup the cpoptions properly for the maps to work
-+ let old_cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+ set cpoptions&vim
-+
-+ " Create buffer local mappings for jumping to the tags and sorting the list
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> o
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newwin')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> p
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('preview')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> P
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('prevwin')<CR>
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> t
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('checktab')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-t>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newtab')<CR>
-+ endif
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <2-LeftMouse>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> s
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('cmd', 'toggle', '')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> + :silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> - :silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> * :silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> = :silent! %foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kPlus> :silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMinus> :silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMultiply> :silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Show_Info()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> u :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Update_File()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> d :call <SID>Tlist_Remove_File(-1, 1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> x :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Zoom()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <Tab> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :close<CR>
-+
-+ " Insert mode mappings
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ " Windows needs return
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Return>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> o
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newwin')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> p
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('preview')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> P
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('prevwin')<CR>
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> t
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('checktab')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-t>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newtab')<CR>
-+ endif
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <2-LeftMouse>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> s
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('cmd', 'toggle', '')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> + <C-o>:silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> - <C-o>:silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> * <C-o>:silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> = <C-o>:silent! %foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kPlus> <C-o>:silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMinus> <C-o>:silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMultiply> <C-o>:silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-o>:call
-+ \ <SID>Tlist_Window_Show_Info()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> u
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Update_File()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> d <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Remove_File(-1, 1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> x <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Zoom()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Tab> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <F1> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> q <C-o>:close<CR>
-+
-+ " Map single left mouse click if the user wants this functionality
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_SingleClick == 1
-+ " Contributed by Bindu Wavell
-+ " attempt to perform single click mapping, it would be much
-+ " nicer if we could nnoremap <buffer> ... however vim does
-+ " not fire the <buffer> <leftmouse> when you use the mouse
-+ " to enter a buffer.
-+ let clickmap = ':if bufname("%") =~ "__Tag_List__" <bar> ' .
-+ \ 'call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag("useopen") ' .
-+ \ '<bar> endif <CR>'
-+ if maparg('<leftmouse>', 'n') == ''
-+ " no mapping for leftmouse
-+ exe ':nnoremap <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>' . clickmap
-+ else
-+ " we have a mapping
-+ let mapcmd = ':nnoremap <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>'
-+ let mapcmd = mapcmd . substitute(substitute(
-+ \ maparg('<leftmouse>', 'n'), '|', '<bar>', 'g'),
-+ \ '\c^<leftmouse>', '', '')
-+ let mapcmd = mapcmd . clickmap
-+ exe mapcmd
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Define the taglist autocommands
-+ augroup TagListAutoCmds
-+ autocmd!
-+ " Display the tag prototype for the tag under the cursor.
-+ autocmd CursorHold __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+ " Highlight the current tag periodically
-+ autocmd CursorHold * silent call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(
-+ \ fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'), line('.'), 1, 0)
-+
-+ " Adjust the Vim window width when taglist window is closed
-+ autocmd BufUnload __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+ " Close the fold for this buffer when leaving the buffer
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ autocmd BufEnter * silent
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold(expand('<afile>'))
-+ endif
-+ " Exit Vim itself if only the taglist window is present (optional)
-+ if g:Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow
-+ autocmd BufEnter __Tag_List__ nested
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window()
-+ endif
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager" &&
-+ \ !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always &&
-+ \ (!has('gui_running') || !g:Tlist_Show_Menu)
-+ " Auto refresh the taglist window
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ if v:version < 700
-+ autocmd WinEnter * call s:Tlist_Window_Check_Width()
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ augroup end
-+
-+ " Restore the previous cpoptions settings
-+ let &cpoptions = old_cpoptions
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Refresh
-+" Display the tags for all the files in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Refresh()')
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while deleting the lines
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as modifiable
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Delete the contents of the buffer to the black-hole register
-+ silent! %delete _
-+
-+ " As we have cleared the taglist window, mark all the files
-+ " as not visible
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ " Display help in non-compact mode
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as not modifiable
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ " If the tags for only one file should be displayed in the taglist
-+ " window, then no need to add the tags here. The bufenter autocommand
-+ " will add the tags for that file.
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " List all the tags for the previously processed files
-+ " Do this only if taglist is configured to display tags for more than
-+ " one file. Otherwise, when Tlist_Show_One_File is configured,
-+ " tags for the wrong file will be displayed.
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{i}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filetype)
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ " Add and list the tags for all buffers in the Vim buffer list
-+ let i = 1
-+ let last_bufnum = bufnr('$')
-+ while i <= last_bufnum
-+ if buflisted(i)
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(bufname(i), ':p')
-+ let ftype = s:Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype(i)
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(fname, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(fname, ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close option is set, then close all the folds
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ " Close all the folds
-+ silent! %foldclose
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Move the cursor to the top of the taglist window
-+ normal! gg
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+" Close the taglist window and adjust the Vim window width
-+function! s:Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()')
-+ " Mark all the files as not visible
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Remove the taglist autocommands
-+ silent! autocmd! TagListAutoCmds
-+
-+ " Clear all the highlights
-+ match none
-+
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListTitle
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListComment
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListTagScope
-+
-+ " Remove the left mouse click mapping if it was setup initially
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_SingleClick
-+ if hasmapto('<LeftMouse>')
-+ nunmap <LeftMouse>
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager"
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window || g:Tlist_Inc_Winwidth == 0 ||
-+ \ s:tlist_winsize_chgd != 1 ||
-+ \ &columns < (80 + g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ " No need to adjust window width if using horizontally split taglist
-+ " window or if columns is less than 101 or if the user chose not to
-+ " adjust the window width
-+ else
-+ " If the user didn't manually move the window, then restore the window
-+ " position to the pre-taglist position
-+ if s:tlist_pre_winx != -1 && s:tlist_pre_winy != -1 &&
-+ \ getwinposx() == s:tlist_winx &&
-+ \ getwinposy() == s:tlist_winy
-+ exe 'winpos ' . s:tlist_pre_winx . ' ' . s:tlist_pre_winy
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Adjust the Vim window width
-+ let &columns= &columns - (g:Tlist_WinWidth + 1)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = -1
-+
-+ " Reset taglist state variables
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_window_initialized = 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Refresh_File()
-+" List the tags defined in the specified file in a Vim window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Refresh_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " First check whether the file already exists
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let file_listed = 1
-+ else
-+ let file_listed = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !file_listed
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(a:filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if file_listed && s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ " Check whether the file tags are currently valid
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " Goto the first line in the file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Discard and remove the tags for this file from display
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process and generate a list of tags defined in the file
-+ if !file_listed || !s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ let ret_fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ if ret_fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ let fidx = ret_fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while adding lines to the taglist window
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Remove the previous file
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(s:tlist_cur_file_idx)
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_visible = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_end = 0
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as modifiable
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Add new files to the end of the window. For existing files, add them at
-+ " the same line where they were previously present. If the file is not
-+ " visible, then add it at the end
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_start == 0 || !s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = line('$')
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = line('$') + 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 1
-+
-+ " Goto the line where this file should be placed
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ else
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start - 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let txt = fnamemodify(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, ':t') . ' (' .
-+ \ fnamemodify(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, ':p:h') . ')'
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ silent! put =txt
-+ else
-+ silent! put! =txt
-+ " Move to the next line
-+ exe line('.') + 1
-+ endif
-+ let file_start = s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ " Add the tag names grouped by tag type to the buffer with a title
-+ let i = 1
-+ let ttype_cnt = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count
-+ while i <= ttype_cnt
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_name
-+ " Add the tag type only if there are tags for that type
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . ttype
-+ let ttype_txt = {fidx_ttype}
-+ if ttype_txt != ''
-+ let txt = ' ' . s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_fullname
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ let ttype_start_lnum = line('.') + 1
-+ silent! put =txt
-+ else
-+ let ttype_start_lnum = line('.')
-+ silent! put! =txt
-+ endif
-+ silent! put =ttype_txt
-+
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_offset = ttype_start_lnum - file_start
-+
-+ " create a fold for this tag type
-+ let fold_start = ttype_start_lnum
-+ let fold_end = fold_start + {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ exe fold_start . ',' . fold_end . 'fold'
-+
-+ " Adjust the cursor position
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ exe ttype_start_lnum + {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ else
-+ exe ttype_start_lnum + {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ " Separate the tag types by a empty line
-+ silent! put =''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ silent! put =''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = line('.') - 1
-+
-+ " Create a fold for the entire file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'fold'
-+ exe 'silent! ' . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Goto the starting line for this file,
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " To handle a bug in the winmanager plugin, add a space at the
-+ " last line
-+ call setline('$', ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as not modifiable
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ " Update the start and end line numbers for all the files following this
-+ " file
-+ let start = s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " include the empty line after the last line
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let end = s:tlist_{fidx}_end
-+ else
-+ let end = s:tlist_{fidx}_end + 1
-+ endif
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(fidx + 1, 1, end - start + 1)
-+
-+ " Now that we have updated the taglist window, update the tags
-+ " menu (if present)
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Init_File
-+" Initialize the variables for a new file
-+function! s:Tlist_Init_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Init_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " Add new files at the end of the list
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_file_count = s:tlist_file_count + 1
-+ " Add the new file name to the taglist list of file names
-+ let s:tlist_file_names = s:tlist_file_names . a:filename . "\n"
-+
-+ " Initialize the file variables
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filename = a:filename
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = g:Tlist_Sort_Type
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype = a:ftype
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+
-+ " Initialize the tag type variables
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = ''
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag
-+" Return the tag type for the specified tag index
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(fidx, tidx)
-+ let ttype_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_type'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag name
-+ if exists(ttype_var)
-+ return {ttype_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let {ttype_var} = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(tag_line)
-+
-+ return {ttype_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tproto_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_proto'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag prototype
-+ if exists(tproto_var)
-+ return {tproto_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag prototype
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = stridx(tag_line, '/^') + 2
-+ let end = stridx(tag_line, '/;"' . "\t")
-+ if tag_line[end - 1] == '$'
-+ let end = end -1
-+ endif
-+ let tag_proto = strpart(tag_line, start, end - start)
-+ let {tproto_var} = substitute(tag_proto, '\s*', '', '')
-+
-+ return {tproto_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tpat_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_searchpat'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag search pattern
-+ if exists(tpat_var)
-+ return {tpat_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag search pattern
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = stridx(tag_line, '/^') + 2
-+ let end = stridx(tag_line, '/;"' . "\t")
-+ if tag_line[end - 1] == '$'
-+ let end = end -1
-+ endif
-+ let {tpat_var} = '\V\^' . strpart(tag_line, start, end - start) .
-+ \ (tag_line[end] == '$' ? '\$' : '')
-+
-+ return {tpat_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum
-+" Return the tag line number, given the tag index
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tline_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_linenum'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag line number
-+ if exists(tline_var)
-+ return {tline_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag line number
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = strridx(tag_line, 'line:') + 5
-+ let end = strridx(tag_line, "\t")
-+ if end < start
-+ let {tline_var} = strpart(tag_line, start) + 0
-+ else
-+ let {tline_var} = strpart(tag_line, start, end - start) + 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return {tline_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Parse_Tagline
-+" Parse a tag line from the ctags output. Separate the tag output based on the
-+" tag type and store it in the tag type variable.
-+" The format of each line in the ctags output is:
-+"
-+" tag_name<TAB>file_name<TAB>ex_cmd;"<TAB>extension_fields
-+"
-+function! s:Tlist_Parse_Tagline(tag_line)
-+ if a:tag_line == ''
-+ " Skip empty lines
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(a:tag_line)
-+
-+ " Make sure the tag type is a valid and supported one
-+ if ttype == '' || stridx(s:ctags_flags, ttype) == -1
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format or Tag type is not supported
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the total tag count
-+ let s:tidx = s:tidx + 1
-+
-+ " The following variables are used to optimize this code. Vim is slow in
-+ " using curly brace names. To reduce the amount of processing needed, the
-+ " curly brace variables are pre-processed here
-+ let fidx_tidx = 's:tlist_' . s:fidx . '_' . s:tidx
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . s:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Update the count of this tag type
-+ let ttype_idx = {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Store the ctags output for this tag
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag = a:tag_line
-+
-+ " Store the tag index and the tag type index (back pointers)
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_{ttype_idx} = s:tidx
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_ttype_idx = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Extract the tag name
-+ let tag_name = strpart(a:tag_line, 0, stridx(a:tag_line, "\t"))
-+
-+ " Extract the tag scope/prototype
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(s:fidx, s:tidx)
-+ else
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . tag_name
-+
-+ " Add the tag scope, if it is available and is configured. Tag
-+ " scope is the last field after the 'line:<num>\t' field
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope
-+ let tag_scope = s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(a:tag_line)
-+ if tag_scope != ''
-+ let ttxt = ttxt . ' [' . tag_scope . ']'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add this tag to the tag type variable
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = {fidx_ttype} . ttxt . "\n"
-+
-+ " Save the tag name
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag_name = tag_name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_File
-+" Get the list of tags defined in the specified file and store them
-+" in Vim variables. Returns the file index where the tags are stored.
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Process_File (' . a:filename . ', ' .
-+ \ a:ftype . ')')
-+ " Check whether this file is supported
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the tag types for this filetype are not yet created, then create
-+ " them now
-+ let var = 's:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_count'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ if s:Tlist_FileType_Init(a:ftype) == 0
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If this file is already processed, then use the cached values
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " First time, this file is loaded
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Init_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ else
-+ " File was previously processed. Discard the tag information
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 1
-+
-+ " Exuberant ctags arguments to generate a tag list
-+ let ctags_args = ' -f - --format=2 --excmd=pattern --fields=nks '
-+
-+ " Form the ctags argument depending on the sort type
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type == 'name'
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . '--sort=yes'
-+ else
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . '--sort=no'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add the filetype specific arguments
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . ' ' . s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_args
-+
-+ " Ctags command to produce output with regexp for locating the tags
-+ let ctags_cmd = g:Tlist_Ctags_Cmd . ctags_args
-+ let ctags_cmd = ctags_cmd . ' "' . a:filename . '"'
-+
-+ if &shellxquote == '"'
-+ " Double-quotes within double-quotes will not work in the
-+ " command-line.If the 'shellxquote' option is set to double-quotes,
-+ " then escape the double-quotes in the ctags command-line.
-+ let ctags_cmd = escape(ctags_cmd, '"')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " In Windows 95, if not using cygwin, disable the 'shellslash'
-+ " option. Otherwise, this will cause problems when running the
-+ " ctags command.
-+ if has('win95') && !has('win32unix')
-+ let old_shellslash = &shellslash
-+ set noshellslash
-+ endif
-+
-+ if has('win32') && !has('win32unix') && !has('win95')
-+ \ && (&shell =~ 'cmd.exe')
-+ " Windows does not correctly deal with commands that have more than 1
-+ " set of double quotes. It will strip them all resulting in:
-+ " 'C:\Program' is not recognized as an internal or external command
-+ " operable program or batch file. To work around this, place the
-+ " command inside a batch file and call the batch file.
-+ " Do this only on Win2K, WinXP and above.
-+ " Contributed by: David Fishburn.
-+ let s:taglist_tempfile = fnamemodify(tempname(), ':h') .
-+ \ '\taglist.cmd'
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . s:taglist_tempfile
-+ silent echo ctags_cmd
-+ redir END
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Cmd inside batch file: ' . ctags_cmd)
-+ let ctags_cmd = '"' . s:taglist_tempfile . '"'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Cmd: ' . ctags_cmd)
-+
-+ " Run ctags and get the tag list
-+ let cmd_output = system(ctags_cmd)
-+
-+ " Restore the value of the 'shellslash' option.
-+ if has('win95') && !has('win32unix')
-+ let &shellslash = old_shellslash
-+ endif
-+
-+ if exists('s:taglist_tempfile')
-+ " Delete the temporary cmd file created on MS-Windows
-+ call delete(s:taglist_tempfile)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Handle errors
-+ if v:shell_error
-+ let msg = "Taglist: Failed to generate tags for " . a:filename
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ if cmd_output != ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(cmd_output)
-+ endif
-+ return fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Store the modification time for the file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = getftime(a:filename)
-+
-+ " No tags for current file
-+ if cmd_output == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('No tags defined in ' . a:filename)
-+ return fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Generated tags information for ' . a:filename)
-+
-+ if v:version > 601
-+ " The following script local variables are used by the
-+ " Tlist_Parse_Tagline() function.
-+ let s:ctags_flags = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags
-+ let s:fidx = fidx
-+ let s:tidx = 0
-+
-+ " Process the ctags output one line at a time. The substitute()
-+ " command is used to parse the tag lines instead of using the
-+ " matchstr()/stridx()/strpart() functions for performance reason
-+ call substitute(cmd_output, "\\([^\n]\\+\\)\n",
-+ \ '\=s:Tlist_Parse_Tagline(submatch(1))', 'g')
-+
-+ " Save the number of tags for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = s:tidx
-+
-+ " The following script local variables are no longer needed
-+ unlet! s:ctags_flags
-+ unlet! s:tidx
-+ unlet! s:fidx
-+ else
-+ " Due to a bug in Vim earlier than version 6.1,
-+ " we cannot use substitute() to parse the ctags output.
-+ " Instead the slow str*() functions are used
-+ let ctags_flags = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags
-+ let tidx = 0
-+
-+ while cmd_output != ''
-+ " Extract one line at a time
-+ let idx = stridx(cmd_output, "\n")
-+ let one_line = strpart(cmd_output, 0, idx)
-+ " Remove the line from the tags output
-+ let cmd_output = strpart(cmd_output, idx + 1)
-+
-+ if one_line == ''
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(one_line)
-+
-+ " Make sure the tag type is a valid and supported one
-+ if ttype == '' || stridx(ctags_flags, ttype) == -1
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format or Tag type is not
-+ " supported
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the total tag count
-+ let tidx = tidx + 1
-+
-+ " The following variables are used to optimize this code. Vim is
-+ " slow in using curly brace names. To reduce the amount of
-+ " processing needed, the curly brace variables are pre-processed
-+ " here
-+ let fidx_tidx = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . tidx
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Update the count of this tag type
-+ let ttype_idx = {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Store the ctags output for this tag
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag = one_line
-+
-+ " Store the tag index and the tag type index (back pointers)
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_{ttype_idx} = tidx
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_ttype_idx = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Extract the tag name
-+ let tag_name = strpart(one_line, 0, stridx(one_line, "\t"))
-+
-+ " Extract the tag scope/prototype
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+ else
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . tag_name
-+
-+ " Add the tag scope, if it is available and is configured. Tag
-+ " scope is the last field after the 'line:<num>\t' field
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope
-+ let tag_scope = s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(one_line)
-+ if tag_scope != ''
-+ let ttxt = ttxt . ' [' . tag_scope . ']'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add this tag to the tag type variable
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = {fidx_ttype} . ttxt . "\n"
-+
-+ " Save the tag name
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag_name = tag_name
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Save the number of tags for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = tidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Processed ' . s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count .
-+ \ ' tags in ' . a:filename)
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_File
-+" Update the tags for a file (if needed)
-+function! Tlist_Update_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Update_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Convert the file name to a full path
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p')
-+
-+ " First check whether the file already exists
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+
-+ if fidx != -1 && s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " File exists and the tags are valid
-+ " Check whether the file was modified after the last tags update
-+ " If it is modified, then update the tags
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime == getftime(fname)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " If the tags were removed previously based on a user request,
-+ " as we are going to update the tags (based on the user request),
-+ " remove the filename from the deleted list
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is opened, update it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ " Taglist window is not present. Just update the taglist
-+ " and return
-+ call s:Tlist_Process_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+ else
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File && s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ " If tags for only one file are displayed and we are not
-+ " updating the tags for that file, then no need to
-+ " refresh the taglist window. Otherwise, the taglist
-+ " window should be updated.
-+ if s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_filename != fname
-+ call s:Tlist_Process_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Save the current window number
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ " Save the cursor position
-+ let save_line = line('.')
-+ let save_col = col('.')
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+
-+ " Restore the cursor position
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ call cursor(save_line, save_col)
-+ else
-+ exe save_line
-+ exe 'normal! ' . save_col . '|'
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnr() != save_winnr
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(save_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Close
-+" Close the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Close()')
-+ " Make sure the taglist window exists
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnr() == winnum
-+ " Already in the taglist window. Close it and return
-+ if winbufnr(2) != -1
-+ " If a window other than the taglist window is open,
-+ " then only close the taglist window.
-+ close
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Goto the taglist window, close it and then come back to the
-+ " original window
-+ let curbufnr = bufnr('%')
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ close
-+ " Need to jump back to the original window only if we are not
-+ " already in that window
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(curbufnr)
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window
-+" Mark the current window as the file window to use when jumping to a tag.
-+" Only if the current window is a non-plugin, non-preview and non-taglist
-+" window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+ if getbufvar('%', '&buftype') == '' && !&previewwindow
-+ let w:tlist_file_window = "yes"
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open
-+" Open and refresh the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open()')
-+ " If the window is open, jump to it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Jump to the existing window
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " Taglist plugin is no longer part of the winmanager app
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the filename and filetype for the specified buffer
-+ let curbuf_name = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let curbuf_ftype = getbufvar('%', '&filetype')
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ " Mark the current window as the desired window to open a file when a tag
-+ " is selected.
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+
-+ " Open the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Create()
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Add only the current buffer and file
-+ "
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(curbuf_name, curbuf_ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(curbuf_name, curbuf_ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ " Open the fold for the current file, as all the folds in
-+ " the taglist window are closed
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(curbuf_name)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the current tag
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(curbuf_name, cur_lnum, 1, 1)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+" Open or close a taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Toggle()')
-+ " If taglist window is open then close it.
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window, if Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen is not
-+ " set
-+ if !g:Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_Filelist
-+" Process multiple files. Each filename is separated by "\n"
-+" Returns the number of processed files
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(file_names)
-+ let flist = a:file_names
-+
-+ " Enable lazy screen updates
-+ let old_lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
-+ set lazyredraw
-+
-+ " Keep track of the number of processed files
-+ let fcnt = 0
-+
-+ " Process one file at a time
-+ while flist != ''
-+ let nl_idx = stridx(flist, "\n")
-+ let one_file = strpart(flist, 0, nl_idx)
-+
-+ " Remove the filename from the list
-+ let flist = strpart(flist, nl_idx + 1)
-+
-+ if one_file == ''
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip directories
-+ if isdirectory(one_file)
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ let ftype = s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(one_file)
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing tags for " . fnamemodify(one_file, ':p:t')
-+
-+ let fcnt = fcnt + 1
-+
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(one_file, ftype)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Clear the displayed informational messages
-+ echon "\r "
-+
-+ " Restore the previous state
-+ let &lazyredraw = old_lazyredraw
-+
-+ return fcnt
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_Dir
-+" Process the files in a directory matching the specified pattern
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_Dir(dir_name, pat)
-+ let flist = glob(a:dir_name . '/' . a:pat) . "\n"
-+
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(flist)
-+
-+ let len = strlen(a:dir_name)
-+ if a:dir_name[len - 1] == '\' || a:dir_name[len - 1] == '/'
-+ let glob_expr = a:dir_name . '*'
-+ else
-+ let glob_expr = a:dir_name . '/*'
-+ endif
-+ let all_files = glob(glob_expr) . "\n"
-+
-+ while all_files != ''
-+ let nl_idx = stridx(all_files, "\n")
-+ let one_file = strpart(all_files, 0, nl_idx)
-+
-+ let all_files = strpart(all_files, nl_idx + 1)
-+ if one_file == ''
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip non-directory names
-+ if !isdirectory(one_file)
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing files in directory " . fnamemodify(one_file, ':t')
-+ let fcnt = fcnt + s:Tlist_Process_Dir(one_file, a:pat)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return fcnt
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive
-+" Add files recursively from a directory
-+function! s:Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive(dir, ...)
-+ let dir_name = fnamemodify(a:dir, ':p')
-+ if !isdirectory(dir_name)
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: ' . dir_name . ' is not a directory')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:0 == 1
-+ " User specified file pattern
-+ let pat = a:1
-+ else
-+ " Default file pattern
-+ let pat = '*'
-+ endif
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing files in directory " . fnamemodify(dir_name, ':t')
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Dir(dir_name, pat)
-+
-+ echon "\rAdded " . fcnt . " files to the taglist"
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Add_Files
-+" Add the specified list of files to the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Add_Files(...)
-+ let flist = ''
-+ let i = 1
-+
-+ " Get all the files matching the file patterns supplied as argument
-+ while i <= a:0
-+ let flist = flist . glob(a:{i}) . "\n"
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if flist == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: No matching files are found')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(flist)
-+ echon "\rAdded " . fcnt . " files to the taglist"
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Extract_Tagtype
-+" Extract the tag type from the tag text
-+function! s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(tag_line)
-+ " The tag type is after the tag prototype field. The prototype field
-+ " ends with the /;"\t string. We add 4 at the end to skip the characters
-+ " in this special string..
-+ let start = strridx(a:tag_line, '/;"' . "\t") + 4
-+ let end = strridx(a:tag_line, 'line:') - 1
-+ let ttype = strpart(a:tag_line, start, end - start)
-+
-+ return ttype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope
-+" Extract the tag scope from the tag text
-+function! s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(tag_line)
-+ let start = strridx(a:tag_line, 'line:')
-+ let end = strridx(a:tag_line, "\t")
-+ if end <= start
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tag_scope = strpart(a:tag_line, end + 1)
-+ let tag_scope = strpart(tag_scope, stridx(tag_scope, ':') + 1)
-+
-+ return tag_scope
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Refresh()
-+" Refresh the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Refresh (Skip_Refresh = ' .
-+ \ s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh . ', ' . bufname('%') . ')')
-+ " If we are entering the buffer from one of the taglist functions, then
-+ " no need to refresh the taglist window again.
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+ " We still need to update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If part of the winmanager plugin and not configured to process
-+ " tags always and not configured to display the tags menu, then return
-+ if (s:tlist_app_name == 'winmanager') && !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ \ && !g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip buffers with 'buftype' set to nofile, nowrite, quickfix or help
-+ if &buftype != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tlist_win = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is not opened and not configured to process
-+ " tags always and not displaying the tags menu, then return
-+ if tlist_win == -1 && !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always && !g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the taglist should not be auto updated, then return
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " Update the tags for the file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ else
-+ let mtime = getftime(filename)
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime != mtime
-+ " Invalidate the tags listed for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ " Update the taglist and the window
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(filename, ftype)
-+
-+ " Store the new file modification time
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = mtime
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ if tlist_win != -1
-+ " Disable screen updates
-+ let old_lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
-+ set nolazyredraw
-+
-+ " Save the current window number
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag || !g:Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter
-+ " Save the cursor position
-+ let save_line = line('.')
-+ let save_col = col('.')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+
-+ " Open the fold for the file
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter && g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File && s:tlist_cur_file_idx != fidx
-+ " If displaying tags for only one file in the taglist
-+ " window and about to display the tags for a new file,
-+ " then center the current tag line for the new file
-+ let center_tag_line = 1
-+ else
-+ let center_tag_line = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the current tag
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(filename, cur_lnum, 1, center_tag_line)
-+ else
-+ " Restore the cursor position
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ call cursor(save_line, save_col)
-+ else
-+ exe save_line
-+ exe 'normal! ' . save_col . '|'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Jump back to the original window
-+ if save_winnr != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(save_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore screen updates
-+ let &lazyredraw = old_lazyredraw
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Change_Sort()
-+" Change the sort order of the tag listing
-+" caller == 'cmd', command used in the taglist window
-+" caller == 'menu', taglist menu
-+" action == 'toggle', toggle sort from name to order and vice versa
-+" action == 'set', set the sort order to sort_type
-+function! s:Tlist_Change_Sort(caller, action, sort_type)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Change_Sort (caller = ' . a:caller .
-+ \ ', action = ' . a:action . ', sort_type = ' . a:sort_type . ')')
-+ if a:caller == 'cmd'
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the previous highlighting
-+ match none
-+ elseif a:caller == 'menu'
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:action == 'toggle'
-+ let sort_type = s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type
-+
-+ " Toggle the sort order from 'name' to 'order' and vice versa
-+ if sort_type == 'name'
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = 'order'
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = 'name'
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = a:sort_type
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Invalidate the tags listed for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ if a:caller == 'cmd'
-+ " Save the current line for later restoration
-+ let curline = '\V\^' . getline('.') . '\$'
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype)
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Go back to the cursor line before the tag list is sorted
-+ call search(curline, 'w')
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ else
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+" Update taglist for the current buffer by regenerating the tag list
-+" Contributed by WEN Guopeng.
-+function! s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Update_Current_File()')
-+ if winnr() == bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ " In the taglist window. Update the current file
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+ else
-+ " Not in the taglist window. Update the current buffer
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+ endif
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(filename, &filetype)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+" Update the tags displayed in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Update_File()')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the previous highlighting
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Save the current line for later restoration
-+ let curline = '\V\^' . getline('.') . '\$'
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype)
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Go back to the tag line before the list is updated
-+ call search(curline, 'w')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum()
-+" Return the tag type index for the specified line in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(fidx, lnum)
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ " Determine to which tag type the current line number belongs to using the
-+ " tag type start line number and the number of tags in a tag type
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let start_lnum =
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let end = start_lnum + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ if a:lnum >= start_lnum && a:lnum <= end
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Current line doesn't belong to any of the displayed tag types
-+ if i > s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ return ttype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index()
-+" Return the tag index for the specified line in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(a:fidx, a:lnum)
-+
-+ " Current line doesn't belong to any of the displayed tag types
-+ if ttype == ''
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Compute the index into the displayed tags for the tag type
-+ let ttype_lnum = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let tidx = a:lnum - ttype_lnum
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the corresponding tag line and return it
-+ return s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_{tidx}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line
-+" Highlight the current line
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+ " Clear previously selected name
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Highlight the current line
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype == 0
-+ let pat = '/\%' . line('.') . 'l\s\+\zs.*/'
-+ else
-+ let pat = '/\%' . line('.') . 'l.*/'
-+ endif
-+
-+ exe 'match TagListTagName ' . pat
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open_File
-+" Open the specified file in either a new window or an existing window
-+" and place the cursor at the specified tag pattern
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open_File(win_ctrl, filename, tagpat)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open_File (' . a:filename . ',' .
-+ \ a:win_ctrl . ')')
-+ let prev_Tlist_Skip_Refresh = s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+ let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = 1
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " Let the winmanager edit the file
-+ call WinManagerFileEdit(a:filename, a:win_ctrl == 'newwin')
-+ else
-+
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newtab'
-+ " Create a new tab
-+ exe 'tabnew ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ " Open the taglist window in the new tab
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'checktab'
-+ " Check whether the file is present in any of the tabs.
-+ " If the file is present in the current tab, then use the
-+ " current tab.
-+ if bufwinnr(a:filename) != -1
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 1
-+ let i = tabpagenr()
-+ else
-+ let i = 1
-+ let bnum = bufnr(a:filename)
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 0
-+ while i <= tabpagenr('$')
-+ if index(tabpagebuflist(i), bnum) != -1
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 1
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i += 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ if file_present_in_tab
-+ " Goto the tab containing the file
-+ exe 'tabnext ' . i
-+ else
-+ " Open a new tab
-+ exe 'tabnew ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+
-+ " Open the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let winnum = -1
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'prevwin'
-+ " Open the file in the previous window, if it is usable
-+ let cur_win = winnr()
-+ wincmd p
-+ if &buftype == '' && !&previewwindow
-+ exe "edit " . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ let winnum = winnr()
-+ else
-+ " Previous window is not usable
-+ exe cur_win . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Goto the window containing the file. If the window is not there, open a
-+ " new window
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(a:filename)
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ " Locate the previously used window for opening a file
-+ let fwin_num = 0
-+ let first_usable_win = 0
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ let bnum = winbufnr(i)
-+ while bnum != -1
-+ if getwinvar(i, 'tlist_file_window') == 'yes'
-+ let fwin_num = i
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ if first_usable_win == 0 &&
-+ \ getbufvar(bnum, '&buftype') == '' &&
-+ \ !getwinvar(i, '&previewwindow')
-+ " First non-taglist, non-plugin and non-preview window
-+ let first_usable_win = i
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ let bnum = winbufnr(i)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " If a previously used window is not found, then use the first
-+ " non-taglist window
-+ if fwin_num == 0
-+ let fwin_num = first_usable_win
-+ endif
-+
-+ if fwin_num != 0
-+ " Jump to the file window
-+ exe fwin_num . "wincmd w"
-+
-+ " If the user asked to jump to the tag in a new window, then split
-+ " the existing window into two.
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newwin'
-+ split
-+ endif
-+ exe "edit " . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ " Open a new window
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'leftabove split ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ " Only the taglist window is present
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Right_Window
-+ exe 'leftabove vertical split ' .
-+ \ escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ exe 'rightbelow vertical split ' .
-+ \ escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window to change the window size to
-+ " the user configured value
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'resize ' . g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ exe 'vertical resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+ " Go back to the file window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ else
-+ " A plugin or help window is also present
-+ wincmd w
-+ exe 'leftabove split ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ " Mark the window, so that it can be reused.
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+ else
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ " If the file is opened in more than one window, then check
-+ " whether the last accessed window has the selected file.
-+ " If it does, then use that window.
-+ let lastwin_bufnum = winbufnr(winnr('#'))
-+ if bufnr(a:filename) == lastwin_bufnum
-+ let winnum = winnr('#')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+
-+ " If the user asked to jump to the tag in a new window, then split the
-+ " existing window into two.
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newwin'
-+ split
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Jump to the tag
-+ if a:tagpat != ''
-+ " Add the current cursor position to the jump list, so that user can
-+ " jump back using the ' and ` marks.
-+ mark '
-+ silent call search(a:tagpat, 'w')
-+
-+ " Bring the line to the middle of the window
-+ normal! z.
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the user selects to preview the tag then jump back to the
-+ " taglist window
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'preview'
-+ " Go back to the taglist window
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ else
-+ " If the user has selected to close the taglist window, when a
-+ " tag is selected, close the taglist window
-+ if g:Tlist_Close_On_Select
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+ close
-+
-+ " Go back to the window displaying the selected file
-+ let wnum = bufwinnr(a:filename)
-+ if wnum != -1 && wnum != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(wnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = prev_Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag()
-+" Jump to the location of the current tag
-+" win_ctrl == useopen - Reuse the existing file window
-+" win_ctrl == newwin - Open a new window
-+" win_ctrl == preview - Preview the tag
-+" win_ctrl == prevwin - Open in previous window
-+" win_ctrl == newtab - Open in new tab
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag(win_ctrl)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag(' . a:win_ctrl . ')')
-+ " Do not process comment lines and empty lines
-+ let curline = getline('.')
-+ if curline =~ '^\s*$' || curline[0] == '"'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If inside a closed fold, then use the first line of the fold
-+ " and jump to the file.
-+ let lnum = foldclosed('.')
-+ if lnum == -1
-+ " Jump to the selected tag or file
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+ else
-+ " Open the closed fold
-+ .foldopen!
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ if tidx != 0
-+ let tagpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, tidx)
-+
-+ " Highlight the tagline
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+ else
-+ " Selected a line which is not a tag name. Just edit the file
-+ let tagpat = ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open_File(a:win_ctrl, s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, tagpat)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+" Display information about the entry under the cursor
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Show_Info()')
-+
-+ " Clear the previously displayed line
-+ echo
-+
-+ " Do not process comment lines and empty lines
-+ let curline = getline('.')
-+ if curline =~ '^\s*$' || curline[0] == '"'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If inside a fold, then don't display the prototype
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ " Get the file index
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if lnum == s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " Cursor is on a file name
-+ let fname = s:tlist_{fidx}_filename
-+ if strlen(fname) > 50
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(fname, ':t')
-+ endif
-+ echo fname . ', Filetype=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype .
-+ \ ', Tag count=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output line for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ " Cursor is on a tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(fidx, lnum)
-+ if ttype == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let ttype_name = ''
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ if ttype == s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let ttype_name = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_fullname
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ echo 'Tag type=' . ttype_name .
-+ \ ', Tag count=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag search pattern and display it
-+ echo s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx
-+" Find the tag idx nearest to the supplied line number
-+" Returns -1, if a tag couldn't be found for the specified line number
-+function! s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenum)
-+ let sort_type = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_sort_type
-+
-+ let left = 1
-+ let right = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+
-+ if sort_type == 'order'
-+ " Tags sorted by order, use a binary search.
-+ " The idea behind this function is taken from the ctags.vim script (by
-+ " Alexey Marinichev) available at the Vim online website.
-+
-+ " If the current line is the less than the first tag, then no need to
-+ " search
-+ let first_lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, 1)
-+
-+ if a:linenum < first_lnum
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ while left < right
-+ let middle = (right + left + 1) / 2
-+ let middle_lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, middle)
-+
-+ if middle_lnum == a:linenum
-+ let left = middle
-+ break
-+ endif
-+
-+ if middle_lnum > a:linenum
-+ let right = middle - 1
-+ else
-+ let left = middle
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ " Tags sorted by name, use a linear search. (contributed by Dave
-+ " Eggum).
-+ " Look for a tag with a line number less than or equal to the supplied
-+ " line number. If multiple tags are found, then use the tag with the
-+ " line number closest to the supplied line number. IOW, use the tag
-+ " with the highest line number.
-+ let closest_lnum = 0
-+ let final_left = 0
-+ while left <= right
-+ let lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, left)
-+
-+ if lnum < a:linenum && lnum > closest_lnum
-+ let closest_lnum = lnum
-+ let final_left = left
-+ elseif lnum == a:linenum
-+ let closest_lnum = lnum
-+ let final_left = left
-+ break
-+ else
-+ let left = left + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ if closest_lnum == 0
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ if left >= right
-+ let left = final_left
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return left
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag()
-+" Highlight the current tag
-+" cntx == 1, Called by the taglist plugin itself
-+" cntx == 2, Forced by the user through the TlistHighlightTag command
-+" center = 1, move the tag line to the center of the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(filename, cur_lnum, cntx, center)
-+ " Highlight the current tag only if the user configured the
-+ " taglist plugin to do so or if the user explictly invoked the
-+ " command to highlight the current tag.
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag && a:cntx == 1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:filename == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Make sure the taglist window is present
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the file is currently not displayed in the taglist window, then retrn
-+ if !s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Ignore all autocommands
-+ let old_ei = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+
-+ " Save the original window number
-+ let org_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ if org_winnr == winnum
-+ let in_taglist_window = 1
-+ else
-+ let in_taglist_window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Clear previously selected name
-+ match none
-+
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, a:cur_lnum)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ " Make sure the current tag line is visible in the taglist window.
-+ " Calling the winline() function makes the line visible. Don't know
-+ " of a better way to achieve this.
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if lnum < s:tlist_{fidx}_start || lnum > s:tlist_{fidx}_end
-+ " Move the cursor to the beginning of the file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ endif
-+
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+
-+ call winline()
-+
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe org_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore the autocommands
-+ let &eventignore = old_ei
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(fidx, tidx)
-+
-+ " Compute the line number
-+ " Start of file + Start of tag type + offset
-+ let lnum = s:tlist_{fidx}_start + s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset +
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_{tidx}_ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Goto the line containing the tag
-+ exe lnum
-+
-+ " Open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:center
-+ " Move the tag line to the center of the taglist window
-+ normal! z.
-+ else
-+ " Make sure the current tag line is visible in the taglist window.
-+ " Calling the winline() function makes the line visible. Don't know
-+ " of a better way to achieve this.
-+ call winline()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the tag name
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe org_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore the autocommands
-+ let &eventignore = old_ei
-+ return
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line
-+" Get the prototype for the tag on or before the specified line number in the
-+" current buffer
-+function! Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0
-+ " Arguments are not supplied. Use the current buffer name
-+ " and line number
-+ let filename = bufname('%')
-+ let linenr = line('.')
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ " Filename and line number are specified
-+ let filename = a:1
-+ let linenr = a:2
-+ if linenr !~ '\d\+'
-+ " Invalid line number
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Sufficient arguments are not supplied
-+ let msg = 'Usage: Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line <filename> ' .
-+ \ '<line_number>'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Expand the file to a fully qualified name
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(filename, ':p')
-+ if filename == ''
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag text using the line number
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenr)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line
-+" Get the tag name on or before the specified line number in the
-+" current buffer
-+function! Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0
-+ " Arguments are not supplied. Use the current buffer name
-+ " and line number
-+ let filename = bufname('%')
-+ let linenr = line('.')
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ " Filename and line number are specified
-+ let filename = a:1
-+ let linenr = a:2
-+ if linenr !~ '\d\+'
-+ " Invalid line number
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Sufficient arguments are not supplied
-+ let msg = 'Usage: Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line <filename> <line_number>'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Make sure the current file has a name
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(filename, ':p')
-+ if filename == ''
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag name using the line number
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenr)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ return s:tlist_{fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Move_To_File
-+" Move the cursor to the beginning of the current file or the next file
-+" or the previous file in the taglist window
-+" dir == -1, move to start of current or previous function
-+" dir == 1, move to start of next function
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(dir)
-+ if foldlevel('.') == 0
-+ " Cursor is on a non-folded line (it is not in any of the files)
-+ " Move it to a folded line
-+ if a:dir == -1
-+ normal! zk
-+ else
-+ " While moving down to the start of the next fold,
-+ " no need to do go to the start of the next file.
-+ normal! zj
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if a:dir == -1
-+ if cur_lnum > s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " Move to the beginning of the current file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if fidx != 0
-+ " Move to the beginning of the previous file
-+ let fidx = fidx - 1
-+ else
-+ " Cursor is at the first file, wrap around to the last file
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ return
-+ else
-+ " Move to the beginning of the next file
-+ let fidx = fidx + 1
-+
-+ if fidx >= s:tlist_file_count
-+ " Cursor is at the last file, wrap around to the first file
-+ let fidx = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_start != 0
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Session_Load
-+" Load a taglist session (information about all the displayed files
-+" and the tags) from the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Session_Load(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0 || a:1 == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Usage: TlistSessionLoad <filename>')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sessionfile = a:1
-+
-+ if !filereadable(sessionfile)
-+ let msg = 'Taglist: Error - Unable to open file ' . sessionfile
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the current window as the file window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+
-+ " Source the session file
-+ exe 'source ' . sessionfile
-+
-+ let new_file_count = g:tlist_file_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_file_count
-+
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < new_file_count
-+ let ftype = g:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+
-+ if !exists('s:tlist_' . ftype . '_count')
-+ if s:Tlist_FileType_Init(ftype) == 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = g:tlist_{i}_filename
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_filename
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ continue
-+ else
-+ " As we are loading the tags from the session file, if this
-+ " file was previously deleted by the user, now we need to
-+ " add it back. So remove the file from the deleted list.
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Init_File(fname, ftype)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filename = fname
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = g:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype = ftype
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = getftime(fname)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = 0
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = g:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_tag = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_tag_name = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_ttype_idx = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{j}_name
-+
-+ if exists('g:tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype)
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_{k} = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = ''
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is open, then update it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if save_winnr != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Session_Save
-+" Save a taglist session (information about all the displayed files
-+" and the tags) into the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Session_Save(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0 || a:1 == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Usage: TlistSessionSave <filename>')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sessionfile = a:1
-+
-+ if s:tlist_file_count == 0
-+ " There is nothing to save
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Warning: Taglist is empty. Nothing to save.')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if filereadable(sessionfile)
-+ let ans = input('Do you want to overwrite ' . sessionfile . ' (Y/N)?')
-+ if ans !=? 'y'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ echo "\n"
-+ endif
-+
-+ let old_verbose = &verbose
-+ set verbose&vim
-+
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . sessionfile
-+
-+ silent! echo '" Taglist session file. This file is auto-generated.'
-+ silent! echo '" File information'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_file_count = ' . s:tlist_file_count
-+
-+ let i = 0
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ " Store information about the file
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . "_filename = '" .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filename . "'"
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_sort_type = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_sort_type . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_filetype = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filetype . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_tag_count = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ " Store information about all the tags
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ let txt = escape(s:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag, '"\\')
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_tag = "' . txt . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_tag_name = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_ttype_idx' . ' = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Store information about all the tags grouped by their type
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{j}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count != 0
-+ let txt = substitute(s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}, "\n", "\\\\n", 'g')
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . ' = "' .
-+ \ txt . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . '_count = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . '_' . k .
-+ \ ' = ' . s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ silent! echo
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ redir END
-+
-+ let &verbose = old_verbose
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Buffer_Removed
-+" A buffer is removed from the Vim buffer list. Remove the tags defined
-+" for that file
-+function! s:Tlist_Buffer_Removed(filename)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Buffer_Removed (' . a:filename . ')')
-+
-+ " Make sure a valid filename is supplied
-+ if a:filename == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get tag list index of the specified file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " File not present in the taglist
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file from the list
-+ call s:Tlist_Remove_File(fidx, 0)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" When a buffer is deleted, remove the file from the taglist
-+autocmd BufDelete * silent call s:Tlist_Buffer_Removed(expand('<afile>:p'))
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold
-+" Open the fold for the specified file and close the fold for all the
-+" other files
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold(acmd_file)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold (' . a:acmd_file . ')')
-+
-+ " Make sure the taglist window is present
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: Error - Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Save the original window number
-+ let org_winnr = winnr()
-+ if org_winnr == winnum
-+ let in_taglist_window = 1
-+ else
-+ let in_taglist_window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if in_taglist_window
-+ " When entering the taglist window, no need to update the folds
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(winnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Close all the folds
-+ silent! %foldclose
-+
-+ " Get tag list index of the specified file
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(a:acmd_file, ":p")
-+ if filereadable(fname)
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ " Open the fold for the file
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(org_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open
-+" Open the taglist window automatically on Vim startup.
-+" Open the window only when files present in any of the Vim windows support
-+" tags.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open()
-+ let open_window = 0
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ let buf_num = winbufnr(i)
-+ while buf_num != -1
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname(buf_num), ':p')
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, getbufvar(buf_num, '&filetype'))
-+ let open_window = 1
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ let buf_num = winbufnr(i)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if open_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Adding the base menu')
-+
-+ " Add the menu
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Refresh\ menu :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Refresh()<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Name
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'name')<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Order
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'order')<CR>
-+ anoremenu T&ags.-SEP1- :
-+
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Refresh\ menu
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Refresh()<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Name
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'name')<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Order
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'order')<CR>
-+ anoremenu PopUp.T&ags.-SEP1- :
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+let s:menu_char_prefix =
-+ \ '0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd
-+" Get the menu command for the specified tag type
-+" fidx - File type index
-+" ftype - File Type
-+" add_ttype_name - To add or not to add the tag type name to the menu entries
-+" ttype_idx - Tag type index
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd(fidx, ftype, add_ttype_name, ttype_idx)
-+ " Curly brace variable name optimization
-+ let ftype_ttype_idx = a:ftype . '_' . a:ttype_idx
-+
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype_ttype_idx}_name
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ " If the tag type name contains space characters, escape it. This
-+ " will be used to create the menu entries.
-+ let ttype_fullname = escape(s:tlist_{ftype_ttype_idx}_fullname, ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Curly brace variable name optimization
-+ let fidx_ttype = a:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Number of tag entries for this tag type
-+ let tcnt = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_count
-+ if tcnt == 0 " No entries for this tag type
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ let mcmd = ''
-+
-+ " Create the menu items for the tags.
-+ " Depending on the number of tags of this type, split the menu into
-+ " multiple sub-menus, if needed.
-+ if tcnt > g:Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= tcnt
-+ let final_index = j + g:Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items - 1
-+ if final_index > tcnt
-+ let final_index = tcnt
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the first and last tag name and form the
-+ " sub-menu name
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+ let first_tag = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{final_index}
-+ let last_tag = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ " Truncate the names, if they are greater than the
-+ " max length
-+ let first_tag = strpart(first_tag, 0, g:Tlist_Max_Tag_Length)
-+ let last_tag = strpart(last_tag, 0, g:Tlist_Max_Tag_Length)
-+
-+ " Form the menu command prefix
-+ let m_prefix = 'anoremenu <silent> T\&ags.'
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . ttype_fullname . '.'
-+ endif
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . first_tag . '\.\.\.' . last_tag . '.'
-+
-+ " Character prefix used to number the menu items (hotkey)
-+ let m_prefix_idx = 0
-+
-+ while j <= final_index
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+
-+ let tname = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let mcmd = mcmd . m_prefix . '\&' .
-+ \ s:menu_char_prefix[m_prefix_idx] . '\.' .
-+ \ tname . ' :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(' .
-+ \ tidx . ')<CR>|'
-+
-+ let m_prefix_idx = m_prefix_idx + 1
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ " Character prefix used to number the menu items (hotkey)
-+ let m_prefix_idx = 0
-+
-+ let m_prefix = 'anoremenu <silent> T\&ags.'
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . ttype_fullname . '.'
-+ endif
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= tcnt
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+
-+ let tname = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let mcmd = mcmd . m_prefix . '\&' .
-+ \ s:menu_char_prefix[m_prefix_idx] . '\.' .
-+ \ tname . ' :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(' . tidx
-+ \ . ')<CR>|'
-+
-+ let m_prefix_idx = m_prefix_idx + 1
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ return mcmd
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Update the taglist menu with the tags for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Refreshing the tag menu for ' . s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename)
-+ " The 'B' flag is needed in the 'cpoptions' option
-+ let old_cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+ set cpoptions&vim
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd
-+
-+ " Update the popup menu (if enabled)
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ let cmd = substitute(s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd, ' T\\&ags\.',
-+ \ ' PopUp.T\\\&ags.', "g")
-+ exe cmd
-+ endif
-+
-+ " The taglist menu is not empty now
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 0
-+
-+ " Restore the 'cpoptions' settings
-+ let &cpoptions = old_cpoptions
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Update_File
-+" Add the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(clear_menu)
-+ if !has('gui_running')
-+ " Not running in GUI mode
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Updating the tag menu, clear_menu = ' . a:clear_menu)
-+
-+ " Remove the tags menu
-+ if a:clear_menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = escape(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':t'), '.')
-+ if fname != ''
-+ exe 'anoremenu T&ags.' . fname . ' <Nop>'
-+ anoremenu T&ags.-SEP2- :
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip buffers with 'buftype' set to nofile, nowrite, quickfix or help
-+ if &buftype != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1 || !s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process the tags for the file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd != ''
-+ " Update the menu with the cached command
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " We are going to add entries to the tags menu, so the menu won't be
-+ " empty
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 0
-+
-+ let cmd = ''
-+
-+ " Determine whether the tag type name needs to be added to the menu
-+ " If more than one tag type is present in the taglisting for a file,
-+ " then the tag type name needs to be present
-+ let add_ttype_name = -1
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count && add_ttype_name < 1
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let add_ttype_name = add_ttype_name + 1
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Process the tags by the tag type and get the menu command
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let mcmd = s:Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd(fidx, ftype, add_ttype_name, i)
-+ if mcmd != ''
-+ let cmd = cmd . mcmd
-+ endif
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Cache the menu command for reuse
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = cmd
-+
-+ " Update the menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Remove_File
-+" Remove the tags displayed in the tags menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+ if !has('gui_running') || s:tlist_menu_empty
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Removing the tags menu for a file')
-+
-+ " Cleanup the Tags menu
-+ silent! unmenu T&ags
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ silent! unmenu PopUp.T&ags
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add a dummy menu item to retain teared off menu
-+ noremenu T&ags.Dummy l
-+
-+ silent! unmenu! T&ags
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ silent! unmenu! PopUp.T&ags
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+
-+ " Remove the dummy menu item
-+ unmenu T&ags.Dummy
-+
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Refresh
-+" Refresh the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Refreshing the tags menu')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ " Invalidate the cached menu command
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist, menu and window
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag
-+" Jump to the selected tag
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(tidx)
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tagpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, a:tidx)
-+ if tagpat == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add the current cursor position to the jump list, so that user can
-+ " jump back using the ' and ` marks.
-+ mark '
-+
-+ silent call search(tagpat, 'w')
-+
-+ " Bring the line to the middle of the window
-+ normal! z.
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Init
-+" Initialize the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+
-+ " Automatically add the tags defined in the current file to the menu
-+ augroup TagListMenuCmds
-+ autocmd!
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+ autocmd BufLeave * call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+ augroup end
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Vim_Session_Load
-+" Initialize the taglist window/buffer, which is created when loading
-+" a Vim session file.
-+function! s:Tlist_Vim_Session_Load()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Vim_Session_Load')
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Set_App
-+" Set the name of the external plugin/application to which taglist
-+" belongs.
-+" Taglist plugin is part of another plugin like cream or winmanager.
-+function! Tlist_Set_App(name)
-+ if a:name == ""
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = a:name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Winmanager integration
-+
-+" Initialization required for integration with winmanager
-+function! TagList_Start()
-+ " If current buffer is not taglist buffer, then don't proceed
-+ if bufname('%') != '__Tag_List__'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call Tlist_Set_App('winmanager')
-+
-+ " Get the current filename from the winmanager plugin
-+ let bufnum = WinManagerGetLastEditedFile()
-+ if bufnum != -1
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname(bufnum), ':p')
-+ let ftype = getbufvar(bufnum, '&filetype')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window, if it is not already initialized
-+ if !exists('s:tlist_window_initialized') || !s:tlist_window_initialized
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+ let s:tlist_window_initialized = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ if bufnum != -1
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype) && g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! TagList_IsValid()
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! TagList_WrapUp()
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" restore 'cpo'
-+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+unlet s:cpo_save
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/plugin/taglist.vim vim71_ada/1/plugin/taglist.vim
---- vim71/1/plugin/taglist.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/plugin/taglist.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,4524 @@
-+" File: taglist.vim
-+" Author: Yegappan Lakshmanan (yegappan AT yahoo DOT com)
-+" Version: 4.3
-+" Last Modified: February 18, 2007
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Yegappan Lakshmanan
-+" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
-+" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
-+" notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-+" taglist.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any
-+" kind, either expressed or implied. In no event will the copyright
-+" holder be liable for any damamges resulting from the use of this
-+" software.
-+"
-+" The "Tag List" plugin is a source code browser plugin for Vim and provides
-+" an overview of the structure of the programming language files and allows
-+" you to efficiently browse through source code files for different
-+" programming languages. You can visit the taglist plugin home page for more
-+" information:
-+"
-+" http://vim-taglist.sourceforge.net
-+"
-+" You can subscribe to the taglist mailing list to post your questions
-+" or suggestions for improvement or to report bugs. Visit the following
-+" page for subscribing to the mailing list:
-+"
-+" http://groups.yahoo.com/group/taglist/
-+"
-+" For more information about using this plugin, after installing the
-+" taglist plugin, use the ":help taglist" command.
-+"
-+" Installation
-+" ------------
-+" 1. Download the taglist.zip file and unzip the files to the $HOME/.vim
-+" or the $HOME/vimfiles or the $VIM/vimfiles directory. This should
-+" unzip the following two files (the directory structure should be
-+" preserved):
-+"
-+" plugin/taglist.vim - main taglist plugin file
-+" doc/taglist.txt - documentation (help) file
-+"
-+" Refer to the 'add-plugin', 'add-global-plugin' and 'runtimepath'
-+" Vim help pages for more details about installing Vim plugins.
-+" 2. Change to the $HOME/.vim/doc or $HOME/vimfiles/doc or
-+" $VIM/vimfiles/doc directory, start Vim and run the ":helptags ."
-+" command to process the taglist help file.
-+" 3. If the exuberant ctags utility is not present in your PATH, then set the
-+" Tlist_Ctags_Cmd variable to point to the location of the exuberant ctags
-+" utility (not to the directory) in the .vimrc file.
-+" 4. If you are running a terminal/console version of Vim and the
-+" terminal doesn't support changing the window width then set the
-+" 'Tlist_Inc_Winwidth' variable to 0 in the .vimrc file.
-+" 5. Restart Vim.
-+" 6. You can now use the ":TlistToggle" command to open/close the taglist
-+" window. You can use the ":help taglist" command to get more
-+" information about using the taglist plugin.
-+"
-+" ****************** Do not modify after this line ************************
-+
-+" Line continuation used here
-+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-+set cpo&vim
-+
-+if !exists('loaded_taglist')
-+ " First time loading the taglist plugin
-+ "
-+ " To speed up the loading of Vim, the taglist plugin uses autoload
-+ " mechanism to load the taglist functions.
-+ " Only define the configuration variables, user commands and some
-+ " auto-commands and finish sourcing the file
-+
-+ " The taglist plugin requires the built-in Vim system() function. If this
-+ " function is not available, then don't load the plugin.
-+ if !exists('*system')
-+ echomsg 'Taglist: Vim system() built-in function is not available. ' .
-+ \ 'Plugin is not loaded.'
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'no'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Location of the exuberant ctags tool
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Ctags_Cmd')
-+ if executable('exuberant-ctags')
-+ " On Debian Linux, exuberant ctags is installed
-+ " as exuberant-ctags
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'exuberant-ctags'
-+ elseif executable(' exctags')
-+ " On Free-BSD, exuberant ctags is installed as exctags
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_ Cmd = 'exctags'
-+ elseif executable('ctags')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'ctags'
-+ elseif executable('ctags.exe')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'ctags.exe'
-+ elseif executable('tags')
-+ let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = 'tags'
-+ else
-+ echomsg 'Taglist: Exuberant ctags (http://ctags.sf.net) ' .
-+ \ 'not found in PATH. Plugin is not loaded.'
-+ " Skip loading the plugin
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'no'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ " Automatically open the taglist window on Vim startup
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Open')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Open = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " When the taglist window is toggle opened, move the cursor to the
-+ " taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen')
-+ let Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process files even when the taglist window is not open
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Process_File_Always')
-+ let Tlist_Process_File_Always = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Show_Menu')
-+ let Tlist_Show_Menu = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Tag listing sort type - 'name' or 'order'
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Sort_Type')
-+ let Tlist_Sort_Type = 'order'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Tag listing window split (horizontal/vertical) control
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window')
-+ let Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Open the vertically split taglist window on the left or on the right
-+ " side. This setting is relevant only if Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window is set to
-+ " zero (i.e. only for vertically split windows)
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_Right_Window')
-+ let Tlist_Use_Right_Window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Increase Vim window width to display vertically split taglist window.
-+ " For MS-Windows version of Vim running in a MS-DOS window, this must be
-+ " set to 0 otherwise the system may hang due to a Vim limitation.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Inc_Winwidth')
-+ if (has('win16') || has('win95')) && !has('gui_running')
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 0
-+ else
-+ let Tlist_Inc_Winwidth = 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Vertically split taglist window width setting
-+ if !exists('Tlist_WinWidth')
-+ let Tlist_WinWidth = 30
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Horizontally split taglist window height setting
-+ if !exists('Tlist_WinHeight')
-+ let Tlist_WinHeight = 10
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display tag prototypes or tag names in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Display_Prototype')
-+ let Tlist_Display_Prototype = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display tag scopes in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope')
-+ let Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Use single left mouse click to jump to a tag. By default this is disabled.
-+ " Only double click using the mouse will be processed.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Use_SingleClick')
-+ let Tlist_Use_SingleClick = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Control whether additional help is displayed as part of the taglist or
-+ " not. Also, controls whether empty lines are used to separate the tag
-+ " tree.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Compact_Format')
-+ let Tlist_Compact_Format = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Exit Vim if only the taglist window is currently open. By default, this is
-+ " set to zero.
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow')
-+ let Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically close the folds for the non-active files in the taglist
-+ " window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close')
-+ let Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Close the taglist window when a tag is selected
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Close_On_Select')
-+ let Tlist_Close_On_Select = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically update the taglist window to display tags for newly
-+ " edited files
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Update')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Update = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically highlight the current tag
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag')
-+ let Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Automatically highlight the current tag on entering a buffer
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter')
-+ let Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Enable fold column to display the folding for the tag tree
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column')
-+ let Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Display the tags for only one file in the taglist window
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Show_One_File')
-+ let Tlist_Show_One_File = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items')
-+ let Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items = 20
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !exists('Tlist_Max_Tag_Length')
-+ let Tlist_Max_Tag_Length = 10
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Do not change the name of the taglist title variable. The winmanager
-+ " plugin relies on this name to determine the title for the taglist
-+ " plugin.
-+ let TagList_title = "__Tag_List__"
-+
-+ " Taglist debug messages
-+ let s:tlist_msg = ''
-+
-+ " Define the taglist autocommand to automatically open the taglist window
-+ " on Vim startup
-+ if g:Tlist_Auto_Open
-+ autocmd VimEnter * nested call s:Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist
-+ if g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ autocmd GUIEnter * call s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " When the taglist buffer is created when loading a Vim session file,
-+ " the taglist buffer needs to be initialized. The BufFilePost event
-+ " is used to handle this case.
-+ autocmd BufFilePost __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Vim_Session_Load()
-+
-+ " Define the user commands to manage the taglist window
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistToggle call s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistOpen call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ " For backwards compatiblity define the Tlist command
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar Tlist TlistToggle
-+ command! -nargs=+ -complete=file TlistAddFiles
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Add_Files(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=+ -complete=dir TlistAddFilesRecursive
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistClose call s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistUpdate call s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistHighlightTag call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(
-+ \ fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'), line('.'), 2, 1)
-+ " For backwards compatiblity define the TlistSync command
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistSync TlistHighlightTag
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=buffer TlistShowPrototype
-+ \ echo Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=buffer TlistShowTag
-+ \ echo Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line(<f-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=file TlistSessionLoad
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Session_Load(<q-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=* -complete=file TlistSessionSave
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Session_Save(<q-args>)
-+ command! -bar TlistLock let Tlist_Auto_Update=0
-+ command! -bar TlistUnlock let Tlist_Auto_Update=1
-+
-+ " Commands for enabling/disabling debug and to display debug messages
-+ command! -nargs=? -complete=file -bar TlistDebug
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Debug_Enable(<q-args>)
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistUndebug call s:Tlist_Debug_Disable()
-+ command! -nargs=0 -bar TlistMessages call s:Tlist_Debug_Show()
-+
-+ " Define autocommands to autoload the taglist plugin when needed.
-+
-+ " Trick to get the current script ID
-+ map <SID>xx <SID>xx
-+ let s:tlist_sid = substitute(maparg('<SID>xx'), '<SNR>\(\d\+_\)xx$',
-+ \ '\1', '')
-+ unmap <SID>xx
-+
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_Window_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined *' . s:tlist_sid . 'Tlist_Menu_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined Tlist_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+ exe 'autocmd FuncUndefined TagList_* source ' .
-+ \ escape(expand('<sfile>'), ' ')
-+
-+ let loaded_taglist = 'fast_load_done'
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu && has('gui_running')
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore 'cpo'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+if !exists('s:tlist_sid')
-+ " Two or more versions of taglist plugin are installed. Don't
-+ " load this version of the plugin.
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+unlet! s:tlist_sid
-+
-+if loaded_taglist != 'fast_load_done'
-+ " restore 'cpo'
-+ let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Taglist plugin functionality is available
-+let loaded_taglist = 'available'
-+
-+"------------------- end of user configurable options --------------------
-+
-+" Default language specific settings for supported file types and tag types
-+"
-+" Variable name format:
-+"
-+" s:tlist_def_{vim_ftype}_settings
-+"
-+" vim_ftype - Filetype detected by Vim
-+"
-+" Value format:
-+"
-+" <ctags_ftype>;<flag>:<name>;<flag>:<name>;...
-+"
-+" ctags_ftype - File type supported by exuberant ctags
-+" flag - Flag supported by exuberant ctags to generate a tag type
-+" name - Name of the tag type used in the taglist window to display the
-+" tags of this type
-+"
-+
-+" Ada language
-+let s:tlist_def_ada_settings = 'ada;' .
-+ \ 'P:package spec;' .
-+ \ 'p:package body;' .
-+ \ 'T:type spec;' .
-+ \ 't:type;' .
-+ \ 'U:subtype spec;' .
-+ \ 'u:subtype;' .
-+ \ 'c:component;' .
-+ \ 'l:literal;' .
-+ \ 'V:variable spec;' .
-+ \ 'v:variable;' .
-+ \ 'f:formal;' .
-+ \ 'n:constant;' .
-+ \ 'x:exception;' .
-+ \ 'R:subprogram spec;' .
-+ \ 'r:subprogram body;' .
-+ \ 'K:task spec;' .
-+ \ 'k:task body;' .
-+ \ 'O:protected spec;' .
-+ \ 'o:protected body;' .
-+ \ 'E:entry spec;' .
-+ \ 'e:entry body;' .
-+ \ 'b:label;' .
-+ \ 'i:identifier;' .
-+ \ 'a:autovar;' .
-+ \ 'y:annon'
-+
-+" assembly language
-+let s:tlist_def_asm_settings = 'asm;d:define;l:label;m:macro;t:type'
-+
-+" aspperl language
-+let s:tlist_def_aspperl_settings = 'asp;f:function;s:sub;v:variable'
-+
-+" aspvbs language
-+let s:tlist_def_aspvbs_settings = 'asp;f:function;s:sub;v:variable'
-+
-+" awk language
-+let s:tlist_def_awk_settings = 'awk;f:function'
-+
-+" beta language
-+let s:tlist_def_beta_settings = 'beta;f:fragment;s:slot;v:pattern'
-+
-+" c language
-+let s:tlist_def_c_settings = 'c;d:macro;g:enum;s:struct;u:union;t:typedef;' .
-+ \ 'v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" c++ language
-+let s:tlist_def_cpp_settings = 'c++;n:namespace;v:variable;d:macro;t:typedef;' .
-+ \ 'c:class;g:enum;s:struct;u:union;f:function'
-+
-+" c# language
-+let s:tlist_def_cs_settings = 'c#;d:macro;t:typedef;n:namespace;c:class;' .
-+ \ 'E:event;g:enum;s:struct;i:interface;' .
-+ \ 'p:properties;m:method'
-+
-+" cobol language
-+let s:tlist_def_cobol_settings = 'cobol;d:data;f:file;g:group;p:paragraph;' .
-+ \ 'P:program;s:section'
-+
-+" eiffel language
-+let s:tlist_def_eiffel_settings = 'eiffel;c:class;f:feature'
-+
-+" erlang language
-+let s:tlist_def_erlang_settings = 'erlang;d:macro;r:record;m:module;f:function'
-+
-+" expect (same as tcl) language
-+let s:tlist_def_expect_settings = 'tcl;c:class;f:method;p:procedure'
-+
-+" fortran language
-+let s:tlist_def_fortran_settings = 'fortran;p:program;b:block data;' .
-+ \ 'c:common;e:entry;i:interface;k:type;l:label;m:module;' .
-+ \ 'n:namelist;t:derived;v:variable;f:function;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" HTML language
-+let s:tlist_def_html_settings = 'html;a:anchor;f:javascript function'
-+
-+" java language
-+let s:tlist_def_java_settings = 'java;p:package;c:class;i:interface;' .
-+ \ 'f:field;m:method'
-+
-+" javascript language
-+let s:tlist_def_javascript_settings = 'javascript;f:function'
-+
-+" lisp language
-+let s:tlist_def_lisp_settings = 'lisp;f:function'
-+
-+" lua language
-+let s:tlist_def_lua_settings = 'lua;f:function'
-+
-+" makefiles
-+let s:tlist_def_make_settings = 'make;m:macro'
-+
-+" pascal language
-+let s:tlist_def_pascal_settings = 'pascal;f:function;p:procedure'
-+
-+" perl language
-+let s:tlist_def_perl_settings = 'perl;c:constant;l:label;p:package;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" php language
-+let s:tlist_def_php_settings = 'php;c:class;d:constant;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" python language
-+let s:tlist_def_python_settings = 'python;c:class;m:member;f:function'
-+
-+" rexx language
-+let s:tlist_def_rexx_settings = 'rexx;s:subroutine'
-+
-+" ruby language
-+let s:tlist_def_ruby_settings = 'ruby;c:class;f:method;F:function;' .
-+ \ 'm:singleton method'
-+
-+" scheme language
-+let s:tlist_def_scheme_settings = 'scheme;s:set;f:function'
-+
-+" shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_sh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" C shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_csh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" Z shell language
-+let s:tlist_def_zsh_settings = 'sh;f:function'
-+
-+" slang language
-+let s:tlist_def_slang_settings = 'slang;n:namespace;f:function'
-+
-+" sml language
-+let s:tlist_def_sml_settings = 'sml;e:exception;c:functor;s:signature;' .
-+ \ 'r:structure;t:type;v:value;f:function'
-+
-+" sql language
-+let s:tlist_def_sql_settings = 'sql;c:cursor;F:field;P:package;r:record;' .
-+ \ 's:subtype;t:table;T:trigger;v:variable;f:function;p:procedure'
-+
-+" tcl language
-+let s:tlist_def_tcl_settings = 'tcl;c:class;f:method;m:method;p:procedure'
-+
-+" vera language
-+let s:tlist_def_vera_settings = 'vera;c:class;d:macro;e:enumerator;' .
-+ \ 'f:function;g:enum;m:member;p:program;' .
-+ \ 'P:prototype;t:task;T:typedef;v:variable;' .
-+ \ 'x:externvar'
-+
-+"verilog language
-+let s:tlist_def_verilog_settings = 'verilog;m:module;c:constant;P:parameter;' .
-+ \ 'e:event;r:register;t:task;w:write;p:port;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" vim language
-+let s:tlist_def_vim_settings = 'vim;a:autocmds;v:variable;f:function'
-+
-+" yacc language
-+let s:tlist_def_yacc_settings = 'yacc;l:label'
-+
-+"------------------- end of language specific options --------------------
-+
-+" Vim window size is changed by the taglist plugin or not
-+let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = -1
-+" Taglist window is maximized or not
-+let s:tlist_win_maximized = 0
-+" Name of files in the taglist
-+let s:tlist_file_names=''
-+" Number of files in the taglist
-+let s:tlist_file_count = 0
-+" Number of filetypes supported by taglist
-+let s:tlist_ftype_count = 0
-+" Is taglist part of other plugins like winmanager or cream?
-+let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+" Are we displaying brief help text
-+let s:tlist_brief_help = 1
-+" List of files removed on user request
-+let s:tlist_removed_flist = ""
-+" Index of current file displayed in the taglist window
-+let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = -1
-+" Taglist menu is empty or not
-+let s:tlist_menu_empty = 1
-+
-+" An autocommand is used to refresh the taglist window when entering any
-+" buffer. We don't want to refresh the taglist window if we are entering the
-+" file window from one of the taglist functions. The 'Tlist_Skip_Refresh'
-+" variable is used to skip the refresh of the taglist window and is set
-+" and cleared appropriately.
-+let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = 0
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " To handle a bug in the winmanager plugin, add a space at the
-+ " last line
-+ call setline('$', ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_brief_help
-+ " Add the brief help
-+ call append(0, '" Press <F1> to display help text')
-+ else
-+ " Add the extensive help
-+ call append(0, '" <enter> : Jump to tag definition')
-+ call append(1, '" o : Jump to tag definition in new window')
-+ call append(2, '" p : Preview the tag definition')
-+ call append(3, '" <space> : Display tag prototype')
-+ call append(4, '" u : Update tag list')
-+ call append(5, '" s : Select sort field')
-+ call append(6, '" d : Remove file from taglist')
-+ call append(7, '" x : Zoom-out/Zoom-in taglist window')
-+ call append(8, '" + : Open a fold')
-+ call append(9, '" - : Close a fold')
-+ call append(10, '" * : Open all folds')
-+ call append(11, '" = : Close all folds')
-+ call append(12, '" [[ : Move to the start of previous file')
-+ call append(13, '" ]] : Move to the start of next file')
-+ call append(14, '" q : Close the taglist window')
-+ call append(15, '" <F1> : Remove help text')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()
-+" Toggle taglist plugin help text between the full version and the brief
-+" version
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ " In compact display mode, do not display help
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Include the empty line displayed after the help text
-+ let brief_help_size = 1
-+ let full_help_size = 16
-+
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while deleting the lines
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ " Remove the currently highlighted tag. Otherwise, the help text
-+ " might be highlighted by mistake
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Toggle between brief and full help text
-+ if s:tlist_brief_help
-+ let s:tlist_brief_help = 0
-+
-+ " Remove the previous help
-+ exe '1,' . brief_help_size . ' delete _'
-+
-+ " Adjust the start/end line numbers for the files
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(0, 1, full_help_size - brief_help_size)
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_brief_help = 1
-+
-+ " Remove the previous help
-+ exe '1,' . full_help_size . ' delete _'
-+
-+ " Adjust the start/end line numbers for the files
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(0, 0, full_help_size - brief_help_size)
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Taglist debug support
-+let s:tlist_debug = 0
-+
-+" File for storing the debug messages
-+let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Enable
-+" Enable logging of taglist debug messages.
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Enable(...)
-+ let s:tlist_debug = 1
-+
-+ " Check whether a valid file name is supplied.
-+ if a:1 != ''
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = fnamemodify(a:1, ':p')
-+
-+ " Empty the log file
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . s:tlist_debug_file
-+ redir END
-+
-+ " Check whether the log file is present/created
-+ if !filewritable(s:tlist_debug_file)
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: Unable to create log file '
-+ \ . s:tlist_debug_file)
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Disable
-+" Disable logging of taglist debug messages.
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Disable(...)
-+ let s:tlist_debug = 0
-+ let s:tlist_debug_file = ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Debug_Show
-+" Display the taglist debug messages in a new window
-+function! s:Tlist_Debug_Show()
-+ if s:tlist_msg == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: No debug messages')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Open a new window to display the taglist debug messages
-+ new taglist_debug.txt
-+ " Delete all the lines (if the buffer already exists)
-+ silent! %delete _
-+ " Add the messages
-+ silent! put =s:tlist_msg
-+ " Move the cursor to the first line
-+ normal! gg
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Log_Msg
-+" Log the supplied debug message along with the time
-+function! s:Tlist_Log_Msg(msg)
-+ if s:tlist_debug
-+ if s:tlist_debug_file != ''
-+ exe 'redir >> ' . s:tlist_debug_file
-+ silent echon strftime('%H:%M:%S') . ': ' . a:msg . "\n"
-+ redir END
-+ else
-+ " Log the message into a variable
-+ " Retain only the last 3000 characters
-+ let len = strlen(s:tlist_msg)
-+ if len > 3000
-+ let s:tlist_msg = strpart(s:tlist_msg, len - 3000)
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_msg = s:tlist_msg . strftime('%H:%M:%S') . ': ' .
-+ \ a:msg . "\n"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Warning_Msg()
-+" Display a message using WarningMsg highlight group
-+function! s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ echohl WarningMsg
-+ echomsg a:msg
-+ echohl None
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Last returned file index for file name lookup.
-+" Used to speed up file lookup
-+let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = -1
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_File_Index()
-+" Return the index of the specified filename
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if s:tlist_file_count == 0 || a:fname == ''
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the new filename is same as the last accessed filename, then
-+ " return that index
-+ if s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache != -1 &&
-+ \ s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache}_filename == a:fname
-+ " Same as the last accessed file
-+ return s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " First, check whether the filename is present
-+ let s_fname = a:fname . "\n"
-+ let i = stridx(s:tlist_file_names, s_fname)
-+ if i == -1
-+ let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second, compute the file name index
-+ let nl_txt = substitute(strpart(s:tlist_file_names, 0, i), "[^\n]", '', 'g')
-+ let s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache = strlen(nl_txt)
-+ return s:tlist_file_name_idx_cache
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Last returned file index for line number lookup.
-+" Used to speed up file lookup
-+let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = -1
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum()
-+" Return the index of the filename present in the specified line number
-+" Line number refers to the line number in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum (' . a:lnum . ')')
-+
-+ " First try to see whether the new line number is within the range
-+ " of the last returned file
-+ if s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache != -1 &&
-+ \ s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache}_start &&
-+ \ a:lnum <= s:tlist_{s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache}_end
-+ return s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = -1
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Displaying only one file in the taglist window. Check whether
-+ " the line is within the tags displayed for that file
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_start
-+ \ && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_end
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_cur_file_idx
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Do a binary search in the taglist
-+ let left = 0
-+ let right = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+
-+ while left < right
-+ let mid = (left + right) / 2
-+
-+ if a:lnum >= s:tlist_{mid}_start && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{mid}_end
-+ let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = mid
-+ return mid
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:lnum < s:tlist_{mid}_start
-+ let right = mid - 1
-+ else
-+ let left = mid + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if left >= 0 && left < s:tlist_file_count
-+ \ && a:lnum >= s:tlist_{left}_start
-+ \ && a:lnum <= s:tlist_{left}_end
-+ let fidx = left
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_file_lnum_idx_cache = fidx
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds
-+" Execute the specified Ex command after disabling autocommands
-+function! s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(cmd)
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+ exe a:cmd
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Skip_File()
-+" Check whether tag listing is supported for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ " Skip buffers with no names and buffers with filetype not set
-+ if a:filename == '' || a:ftype == ''
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip files which are not supported by exuberant ctags
-+ " First check whether default settings for this filetype are available.
-+ " If it is not available, then check whether user specified settings are
-+ " available. If both are not available, then don't list the tags for this
-+ " filetype
-+ let var = 's:tlist_def_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ let var = 'g:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip files which are not readable or files which are not yet stored
-+ " to the disk
-+ if !filereadable(a:filename)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_User_Removed_File
-+" Returns 1 if a file is removed by a user from the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return stridx(s:tlist_removed_flist, a:filename . "\n") != -1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_Remove_List
-+" Update the list of user removed files from the taglist
-+" add == 1, add the file to the removed list
-+" add == 0, delete the file from the removed list
-+function! s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(filename, add)
-+ if a:add
-+ let s:tlist_removed_flist = s:tlist_removed_flist . a:filename . "\n"
-+ else
-+ let idx = stridx(s:tlist_removed_flist, a:filename . "\n")
-+ let text_before = strpart(s:tlist_removed_flist, 0, idx)
-+ let rem_text = strpart(s:tlist_removed_flist, idx)
-+ let next_idx = stridx(rem_text, "\n")
-+ let text_after = strpart(rem_text, next_idx + 1)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_removed_flist = text_before . text_after
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_FileType_Init
-+" Initialize the ctags arguments and tag variable for the specified
-+" file type
-+function! s:Tlist_FileType_Init(ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_FileType_Init (' . a:ftype . ')')
-+ " If the user didn't specify any settings, then use the default
-+ " ctags args. Otherwise, use the settings specified by the user
-+ let var = 'g:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if exists(var)
-+ " User specified ctags arguments
-+ let settings = {var} . ';'
-+ else
-+ " Default ctags arguments
-+ let var = 's:tlist_def_' . a:ftype . '_settings'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ " No default settings for this file type. This filetype is
-+ " not supported
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let settings = s:tlist_def_{a:ftype}_settings . ';'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let msg = 'Taglist: Invalid ctags option setting - ' . settings
-+
-+ " Format of the option that specifies the filetype and ctags arugments:
-+ "
-+ " <language_name>;flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+ "
-+
-+ " Extract the file type to pass to ctags. This may be different from the
-+ " file type detected by Vim
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ';')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let ctags_ftype = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if ctags_ftype == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ " Make sure a valid filetype is supplied. If the user didn't specify a
-+ " valid filetype, then the ctags option settings may be treated as the
-+ " filetype
-+ if ctags_ftype =~ ':'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file type from settings
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+ if settings == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process all the specified ctags flags. The format is
-+ " flag1:name1;flag2:name2;flag3:name3
-+ let ctags_flags = ''
-+ let cnt = 0
-+ while settings != ''
-+ " Extract the flag
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ':')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let flag = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if flag == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ " Remove the flag from settings
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type name
-+ let pos = stridx(settings, ';')
-+ if pos == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let name = strpart(settings, 0, pos)
-+ if name == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let settings = strpart(settings, pos + 1)
-+
-+ let cnt = cnt + 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{cnt}_name = flag
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{cnt}_fullname = name
-+ let ctags_flags = ctags_flags . flag
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_args = '--language-force=' . ctags_ftype .
-+ \ ' --' . ctags_ftype . '-types=' . ctags_flags
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count = cnt
-+ let s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags = ctags_flags
-+
-+ " Save the filetype name
-+ let s:tlist_ftype_{s:tlist_ftype_count}_name = a:ftype
-+ let s:tlist_ftype_count = s:tlist_ftype_count + 1
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Filetype
-+" Determine the filetype for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(fname)
-+ " Ignore the filetype autocommands
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=FileType
-+
-+ " Save the 'filetype', as this will be changed temporarily
-+ let old_filetype = &filetype
-+
-+ " Run the filetypedetect group of autocommands to determine
-+ " the filetype
-+ exe 'doautocmd filetypedetect BufRead ' . a:fname
-+
-+ " Save the detected filetype
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " Restore the previous state
-+ let &filetype = old_filetype
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+
-+ return ftype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype
-+" Get the filetype for the specified buffer
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype(bnum)
-+ if bufloaded(a:bnum)
-+ " For loaded buffers, the 'filetype' is already determined
-+ return getbufvar(a:bnum, '&filetype')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " For unloaded buffers, if the 'filetype' option is set, return it
-+ let ftype = getbufvar(a:bnum, '&filetype')
-+ if ftype != ''
-+ return ftype
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip non-existent buffers
-+ if !bufexists(a:bnum)
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " For buffers whose filetype is not yet determined, try to determine
-+ " the filetype
-+ let bname = bufname(a:bnum)
-+
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(bname)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Discard_TagInfo
-+" Discard the stored tag information for a file
-+function! s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Discard_TagInfo (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ " Discard information about the tags defined in the file
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+ let fidx_i = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . i
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_name
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_type
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_ttype_idx
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_proto
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_searchpat
-+ unlet! {fidx_i}_tag_linenum
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count = 0
-+
-+ " Discard information about tag type groups
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype} != ''
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = ''
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let cnt = {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = 0
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= cnt
-+ unlet! {fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Discard the stored menu command also
-+ let s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets
-+" Update the line offsets for tags for files starting from start_idx
-+" and displayed in the taglist window by the specified offset
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(start_idx, increment, offset)
-+ let i = a:start_idx
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ if s:tlist_{i}_visible
-+ " Update the start/end line number only if the file is visible
-+ if a:increment
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start + a:offset
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end + a:offset
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start - a:offset
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end - a:offset
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Discard_FileInfo
-+" Discard the stored information for a file
-+function! s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Discard_FileInfo (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(a:fidx)
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_sort_type
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_mtime
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_valid
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_visible
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+ unlet! s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display
-+" Remove the specified file from display
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename . ')')
-+ " If the file is not visible then no need to remove it
-+ if !s:tlist_{a:fidx}_visible
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the tags displayed for the specified file from the window
-+ let start = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start
-+ " Include the empty line after the last line also
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let end = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end
-+ else
-+ let end = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_end + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+ exe 'silent! ' . start . ',' . end . 'delete _'
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Correct the start and end line offsets for all the files following
-+ " this file, as the tags for this file are removed
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(a:fidx + 1, 0, end - start + 1)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Remove_File
-+" Remove the file under the cursor or the specified file index
-+" user_request - User requested to remove the file from taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Remove_File(file_idx, user_request)
-+ let fidx = a:file_idx
-+
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Remove_File (' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filename . ', ' . a:user_request . ')')
-+
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Taglist window is open, remove the file from display
-+
-+ if save_winnr != winnum
-+ let old_eventignore = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+
-+ if save_winnr != winnum
-+ exe save_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ let &eventignore = old_eventignore
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = s:tlist_{fidx}_filename
-+
-+ if a:user_request
-+ " As the user requested to remove the file from taglist,
-+ " add it to the removed list
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file name from the taglist list of filenames
-+ let idx = stridx(s:tlist_file_names, fname . "\n")
-+ let text_before = strpart(s:tlist_file_names, 0, idx)
-+ let rem_text = strpart(s:tlist_file_names, idx)
-+ let next_idx = stridx(rem_text, "\n")
-+ let text_after = strpart(rem_text, next_idx + 1)
-+ let s:tlist_file_names = text_before . text_after
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(fidx)
-+
-+ " Shift all the file variables by one index
-+ let i = fidx + 1
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let j = i - 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_filename = s:tlist_{i}_filename
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_sort_type = s:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_filetype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_mtime = s:tlist_{i}_mtime
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_start = s:tlist_{i}_start
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_end = s:tlist_{i}_end
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_valid = s:tlist_{i}_valid
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_visible = s:tlist_{i}_visible
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_tag_count = s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_menu_cmd = s:tlist_{i}_menu_cmd
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{j}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_tag
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_name = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_tag_name
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_type = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_ttype_idx = s:tlist_{i}_{k}_ttype_idx
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_proto = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_searchpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(i, k)
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{k}_tag_linenum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(i, k)
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{k}_name
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype} = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_offset = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_count = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ if s:tlist_{j}_{ttype} != ''
-+ let l = 1
-+ while l <= s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_count
-+ let s:tlist_{j}_{ttype}_{l} = s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{l}
-+ let l = l + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " As the file and tag information is copied to the new index,
-+ " discard the previous information
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_FileInfo(i)
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Reduce the number of files displayed
-+ let s:tlist_file_count = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " If the tags for only one file is displayed and if we just
-+ " now removed that file, then invalidate the current file idx
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx == fidx
-+ let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Goto_Window
-+" Goto the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(winnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Create
-+" Create a new taglist window. If it is already open, jump to it
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Create()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Create()')
-+ " If the window is open, jump to it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Jump to the existing window
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If used with winmanager don't open windows. Winmanager will handle
-+ " the window/buffer management
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create a new window. If user prefers a horizontal window, then open
-+ " a horizontally split window. Otherwise open a vertically split
-+ " window
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ " Open a horizontally split window
-+ let win_dir = 'botright'
-+ " Horizontal window height
-+ let win_size = g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ if s:tlist_winsize_chgd == -1
-+ " Open a vertically split window. Increase the window size, if
-+ " needed, to accomodate the new window
-+ if g:Tlist_Inc_Winwidth &&
-+ \ &columns < (80 + g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ " Save the original window position
-+ let s:tlist_pre_winx = getwinposx()
-+ let s:tlist_pre_winy = getwinposy()
-+
-+ " one extra column is needed to include the vertical split
-+ let &columns= &columns + g:Tlist_WinWidth + 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = 1
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Right_Window
-+ " Open the window at the rightmost place
-+ let win_dir = 'botright vertical'
-+ else
-+ " Open the window at the leftmost place
-+ let win_dir = 'topleft vertical'
-+ endif
-+ let win_size = g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the tag listing temporary buffer already exists, then reuse it.
-+ " Otherwise create a new buffer
-+ let bufnum = bufnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if bufnum == -1
-+ " Create a new buffer
-+ let wcmd = g:TagList_title
-+ else
-+ " Edit the existing buffer
-+ let wcmd = '+buffer' . bufnum
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create the taglist window
-+ exe 'silent! ' . win_dir . ' ' . win_size . 'split ' . wcmd
-+
-+ " Save the new window position
-+ let s:tlist_winx = getwinposx()
-+ let s:tlist_winy = getwinposy()
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Zoom
-+" Zoom (maximize/minimize) the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Zoom()
-+ if s:tlist_win_maximized
-+ " Restore the window back to the previous size
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'resize ' . g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ exe 'vert resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_win_maximized = 0
-+ else
-+ " Set the window size to the maximum possible without closing other
-+ " windows
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ resize
-+ else
-+ vert resize
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_win_maximized = 1
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Ballon_Expr
-+" When the mouse cursor is over a tag in the taglist window, display the
-+" tag prototype (balloon)
-+function! Tlist_Ballon_Expr()
-+ " Get the file index
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(v:beval_lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output line for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, v:beval_lnum)
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag search pattern and display it
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Check_Width
-+" Check the width of the taglist window. For horizontally split windows, the
-+" 'winfixheight' option is used to fix the height of the window. For
-+" vertically split windows, Vim doesn't support the 'winfixwidth' option. So
-+" need to handle window width changes from this function.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Check_Width()
-+ let tlist_winnr = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if tlist_winnr == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let width = winwidth(tlist_winnr)
-+ if width != g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg("Tlist_Window_Check_Width: Changing window " .
-+ \ "width from " . width . " to " . g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+ if save_winnr != tlist_winnr
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(tlist_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ exe 'vert resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ if save_winnr != tlist_winnr
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window
-+" If the 'Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow' option is set, then exit Vim if only the
-+" taglist window is present.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window()
-+ " Before quitting Vim, delete the taglist buffer so that
-+ " the '0 mark is correctly set to the previous buffer.
-+ if v:version < 700
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ bdelete
-+ quit
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ if tabpagenr('$') == 1
-+ " Only one tag page is present
-+ bdelete
-+ quit
-+ else
-+ " More than one tab page is present. Close only the current
-+ " tab page
-+ close
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Init
-+" Set the default options for the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Init()')
-+
-+ " The 'readonly' option should not be set for the taglist buffer.
-+ " If Vim is started as "view/gview" or if the ":view" command is
-+ " used, then the 'readonly' option is set for all the buffers.
-+ " Unset it for the taglist buffer
-+ setlocal noreadonly
-+
-+ " Set the taglist buffer filetype to taglist
-+ setlocal filetype=taglist
-+
-+ " Define taglist window element highlighting
-+ syntax match TagListComment '^" .*'
-+ syntax match TagListFileName '^[^" ].*$'
-+ syntax match TagListTitle '^ \S.*$'
-+ syntax match TagListTagScope '\s\[.\{-\}\]$'
-+
-+ " Define the highlighting only if colors are supported
-+ if has('gui_running') || &t_Co > 2
-+ " Colors to highlight various taglist window elements
-+ " If user defined highlighting group exists, then use them.
-+ " Otherwise, use default highlight groups.
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTagName')
-+ highlight link TagListTagName MyTagListTagName
-+ else
-+ highlight default link TagListTagName Search
-+ endif
-+ " Colors to highlight comments and titles
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListComment')
-+ highlight link TagListComment MyTagListComment
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListComment
-+ highlight default link TagListComment Comment
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTitle')
-+ highlight link TagListTitle MyTagListTitle
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListTitle
-+ highlight default link TagListTitle Title
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListFileName')
-+ highlight link TagListFileName MyTagListFileName
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListFileName
-+ highlight default TagListFileName guibg=Grey ctermbg=darkgray
-+ \ guifg=white ctermfg=white
-+ endif
-+ if hlexists('MyTagListTagScope')
-+ highlight link TagListTagScope MyTagListTagScope
-+ else
-+ highlight clear TagListTagScope
-+ highlight default link TagListTagScope Identifier
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ highlight default TagListTagName term=reverse cterm=reverse
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Folding related settings
-+ setlocal foldenable
-+ setlocal foldminlines=0
-+ setlocal foldmethod=manual
-+ setlocal foldlevel=9999
-+ if g:Tlist_Enable_Fold_Column
-+ setlocal foldcolumn=3
-+ else
-+ setlocal foldcolumn=0
-+ endif
-+ setlocal foldtext=v:folddashes.getline(v:foldstart)
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager"
-+ " Mark buffer as scratch
-+ silent! setlocal buftype=nofile
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "none"
-+ silent! setlocal bufhidden=delete
-+ endif
-+ silent! setlocal noswapfile
-+ " Due to a bug in Vim 6.0, the winbufnr() function fails for unlisted
-+ " buffers. So if the taglist buffer is unlisted, multiple taglist
-+ " windows will be opened. This bug is fixed in Vim 6.1 and above
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ silent! setlocal nobuflisted
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ silent! setlocal nowrap
-+
-+ " If the 'number' option is set in the source window, it will affect the
-+ " taglist window. So forcefully disable 'number' option for the taglist
-+ " window
-+ silent! setlocal nonumber
-+
-+ " Use fixed height when horizontally split window is used
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ if v:version >= 602
-+ set winfixheight
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if !g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window && v:version >= 700
-+ set winfixwidth
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Setup balloon evaluation to display tag prototype
-+ if v:version >= 700 && has('balloon_eval')
-+ setlocal balloonexpr=Tlist_Ballon_Expr()
-+ set ballooneval
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Setup the cpoptions properly for the maps to work
-+ let old_cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+ set cpoptions&vim
-+
-+ " Create buffer local mappings for jumping to the tags and sorting the list
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> o
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newwin')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> p
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('preview')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> P
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('prevwin')<CR>
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> t
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('checktab')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-t>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newtab')<CR>
-+ endif
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <2-LeftMouse>
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> s
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('cmd', 'toggle', '')<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> + :silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> - :silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> * :silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> = :silent! %foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kPlus> :silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMinus> :silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMultiply> :silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Show_Info()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> u :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Update_File()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> d :call <SID>Tlist_Remove_File(-1, 1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> x :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Zoom()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <Tab> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call <SID>Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()<CR>
-+ nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :close<CR>
-+
-+ " Insert mode mappings
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ " Windows needs return
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Return>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> o
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newwin')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> p
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('preview')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> P
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('prevwin')<CR>
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> t
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('checktab')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-t>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('newtab')<CR>
-+ endif
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <2-LeftMouse>
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag('useopen')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> s
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('cmd', 'toggle', '')<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> + <C-o>:silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> - <C-o>:silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> * <C-o>:silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> = <C-o>:silent! %foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kPlus> <C-o>:silent! foldopen<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMinus> <C-o>:silent! foldclose<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <kMultiply> <C-o>:silent! %foldopen!<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-o>:call
-+ \ <SID>Tlist_Window_Show_Info()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> u
-+ \ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Update_File()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> d <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Remove_File(-1, 1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> x <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Zoom()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(-1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Tab> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(1)<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> <F1> <C-o>:call <SID>Tlist_Window_Toggle_Help_Text()<CR>
-+ inoremap <buffer> <silent> q <C-o>:close<CR>
-+
-+ " Map single left mouse click if the user wants this functionality
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_SingleClick == 1
-+ " Contributed by Bindu Wavell
-+ " attempt to perform single click mapping, it would be much
-+ " nicer if we could nnoremap <buffer> ... however vim does
-+ " not fire the <buffer> <leftmouse> when you use the mouse
-+ " to enter a buffer.
-+ let clickmap = ':if bufname("%") =~ "__Tag_List__" <bar> ' .
-+ \ 'call <SID>Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag("useopen") ' .
-+ \ '<bar> endif <CR>'
-+ if maparg('<leftmouse>', 'n') == ''
-+ " no mapping for leftmouse
-+ exe ':nnoremap <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>' . clickmap
-+ else
-+ " we have a mapping
-+ let mapcmd = ':nnoremap <silent> <leftmouse> <leftmouse>'
-+ let mapcmd = mapcmd . substitute(substitute(
-+ \ maparg('<leftmouse>', 'n'), '|', '<bar>', 'g'),
-+ \ '\c^<leftmouse>', '', '')
-+ let mapcmd = mapcmd . clickmap
-+ exe mapcmd
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Define the taglist autocommands
-+ augroup TagListAutoCmds
-+ autocmd!
-+ " Display the tag prototype for the tag under the cursor.
-+ autocmd CursorHold __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+ " Highlight the current tag periodically
-+ autocmd CursorHold * silent call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(
-+ \ fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'), line('.'), 1, 0)
-+
-+ " Adjust the Vim window width when taglist window is closed
-+ autocmd BufUnload __Tag_List__ call s:Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+ " Close the fold for this buffer when leaving the buffer
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ autocmd BufEnter * silent
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold(expand('<afile>'))
-+ endif
-+ " Exit Vim itself if only the taglist window is present (optional)
-+ if g:Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow
-+ autocmd BufEnter __Tag_List__ nested
-+ \ call s:Tlist_Window_Exit_Only_Window()
-+ endif
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager" &&
-+ \ !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always &&
-+ \ (!has('gui_running') || !g:Tlist_Show_Menu)
-+ " Auto refresh the taglist window
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ if v:version < 700
-+ autocmd WinEnter * call s:Tlist_Window_Check_Width()
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ augroup end
-+
-+ " Restore the previous cpoptions settings
-+ let &cpoptions = old_cpoptions
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Refresh
-+" Display the tags for all the files in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Refresh()')
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while deleting the lines
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as modifiable
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Delete the contents of the buffer to the black-hole register
-+ silent! %delete _
-+
-+ " As we have cleared the taglist window, mark all the files
-+ " as not visible
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ " Display help in non-compact mode
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Display_Help()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as not modifiable
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ " If the tags for only one file should be displayed in the taglist
-+ " window, then no need to add the tags here. The bufenter autocommand
-+ " will add the tags for that file.
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " List all the tags for the previously processed files
-+ " Do this only if taglist is configured to display tags for more than
-+ " one file. Otherwise, when Tlist_Show_One_File is configured,
-+ " tags for the wrong file will be displayed.
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{i}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filetype)
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ " Add and list the tags for all buffers in the Vim buffer list
-+ let i = 1
-+ let last_bufnum = bufnr('$')
-+ while i <= last_bufnum
-+ if buflisted(i)
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(bufname(i), ':p')
-+ let ftype = s:Tlist_Get_Buffer_Filetype(i)
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(fname, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(fname, ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close option is set, then close all the folds
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ " Close all the folds
-+ silent! %foldclose
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Move the cursor to the top of the taglist window
-+ normal! gg
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+" Close the taglist window and adjust the Vim window width
-+function! s:Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Post_Close_Cleanup()')
-+ " Mark all the files as not visible
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_{i}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Remove the taglist autocommands
-+ silent! autocmd! TagListAutoCmds
-+
-+ " Clear all the highlights
-+ match none
-+
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListTitle
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListComment
-+ silent! syntax clear TagListTagScope
-+
-+ " Remove the left mouse click mapping if it was setup initially
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_SingleClick
-+ if hasmapto('<LeftMouse>')
-+ nunmap <LeftMouse>
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name != "winmanager"
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window || g:Tlist_Inc_Winwidth == 0 ||
-+ \ s:tlist_winsize_chgd != 1 ||
-+ \ &columns < (80 + g:Tlist_WinWidth)
-+ " No need to adjust window width if using horizontally split taglist
-+ " window or if columns is less than 101 or if the user chose not to
-+ " adjust the window width
-+ else
-+ " If the user didn't manually move the window, then restore the window
-+ " position to the pre-taglist position
-+ if s:tlist_pre_winx != -1 && s:tlist_pre_winy != -1 &&
-+ \ getwinposx() == s:tlist_winx &&
-+ \ getwinposy() == s:tlist_winy
-+ exe 'winpos ' . s:tlist_pre_winx . ' ' . s:tlist_pre_winy
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Adjust the Vim window width
-+ let &columns= &columns - (g:Tlist_WinWidth + 1)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_winsize_chgd = -1
-+
-+ " Reset taglist state variables
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_window_initialized = 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Refresh_File()
-+" List the tags defined in the specified file in a Vim window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Refresh_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " First check whether the file already exists
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let file_listed = 1
-+ else
-+ let file_listed = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !file_listed
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(a:filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if file_listed && s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ " Check whether the file tags are currently valid
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " Goto the first line in the file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Discard and remove the tags for this file from display
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(fidx)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process and generate a list of tags defined in the file
-+ if !file_listed || !s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ let ret_fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ if ret_fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ let fidx = ret_fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Set report option to a huge value to prevent informational messages
-+ " while adding lines to the taglist window
-+ let old_report = &report
-+ set report=99999
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Remove the previous file
-+ if s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Remove_File_From_Display(s:tlist_cur_file_idx)
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_visible = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_end = 0
-+ endif
-+ let s:tlist_cur_file_idx = fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as modifiable
-+ setlocal modifiable
-+
-+ " Add new files to the end of the window. For existing files, add them at
-+ " the same line where they were previously present. If the file is not
-+ " visible, then add it at the end
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_start == 0 || !s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = line('$')
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = line('$') + 1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 1
-+
-+ " Goto the line where this file should be placed
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ else
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start - 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let txt = fnamemodify(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, ':t') . ' (' .
-+ \ fnamemodify(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, ':p:h') . ')'
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ silent! put =txt
-+ else
-+ silent! put! =txt
-+ " Move to the next line
-+ exe line('.') + 1
-+ endif
-+ let file_start = s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ " Add the tag names grouped by tag type to the buffer with a title
-+ let i = 1
-+ let ttype_cnt = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count
-+ while i <= ttype_cnt
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_name
-+ " Add the tag type only if there are tags for that type
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . ttype
-+ let ttype_txt = {fidx_ttype}
-+ if ttype_txt != ''
-+ let txt = ' ' . s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_fullname
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ let ttype_start_lnum = line('.') + 1
-+ silent! put =txt
-+ else
-+ let ttype_start_lnum = line('.')
-+ silent! put! =txt
-+ endif
-+ silent! put =ttype_txt
-+
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_offset = ttype_start_lnum - file_start
-+
-+ " create a fold for this tag type
-+ let fold_start = ttype_start_lnum
-+ let fold_end = fold_start + {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ exe fold_start . ',' . fold_end . 'fold'
-+
-+ " Adjust the cursor position
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ exe ttype_start_lnum + {fidx_ttype}_count
-+ else
-+ exe ttype_start_lnum + {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ " Separate the tag types by a empty line
-+ silent! put =''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format == 0
-+ silent! put =''
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = line('.') - 1
-+
-+ " Create a fold for the entire file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'fold'
-+ exe 'silent! ' . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Goto the starting line for this file,
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " To handle a bug in the winmanager plugin, add a space at the
-+ " last line
-+ call setline('$', ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the buffer as not modifiable
-+ setlocal nomodifiable
-+
-+ " Restore the report option
-+ let &report = old_report
-+
-+ " Update the start and end line numbers for all the files following this
-+ " file
-+ let start = s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " include the empty line after the last line
-+ if g:Tlist_Compact_Format
-+ let end = s:tlist_{fidx}_end
-+ else
-+ let end = s:tlist_{fidx}_end + 1
-+ endif
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_Line_Offsets(fidx + 1, 1, end - start + 1)
-+
-+ " Now that we have updated the taglist window, update the tags
-+ " menu (if present)
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Init_File
-+" Initialize the variables for a new file
-+function! s:Tlist_Init_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Init_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " Add new files at the end of the list
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_file_count
-+ let s:tlist_file_count = s:tlist_file_count + 1
-+ " Add the new file name to the taglist list of file names
-+ let s:tlist_file_names = s:tlist_file_names . a:filename . "\n"
-+
-+ " Initialize the file variables
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filename = a:filename
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = g:Tlist_Sort_Type
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype = a:ftype
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+
-+ " Initialize the tag type variables
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{a:ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = ''
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag
-+" Return the tag type for the specified tag index
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(fidx, tidx)
-+ let ttype_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_type'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag name
-+ if exists(ttype_var)
-+ return {ttype_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let {ttype_var} = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(tag_line)
-+
-+ return {ttype_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tproto_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_proto'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag prototype
-+ if exists(tproto_var)
-+ return {tproto_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag prototype
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = stridx(tag_line, '/^') + 2
-+ let end = stridx(tag_line, '/;"' . "\t")
-+ if tag_line[end - 1] == '$'
-+ let end = end -1
-+ endif
-+ let tag_proto = strpart(tag_line, start, end - start)
-+ let {tproto_var} = substitute(tag_proto, '\s*', '', '')
-+
-+ return {tproto_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tpat_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_searchpat'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag search pattern
-+ if exists(tpat_var)
-+ return {tpat_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag search pattern
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = stridx(tag_line, '/^') + 2
-+ let end = stridx(tag_line, '/;"' . "\t")
-+ if tag_line[end - 1] == '$'
-+ let end = end -1
-+ endif
-+ let {tpat_var} = '\V\^' . strpart(tag_line, start, end - start) .
-+ \ (tag_line[end] == '$' ? '\$' : '')
-+
-+ return {tpat_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum
-+" Return the tag line number, given the tag index
-+function! s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(fidx, tidx)
-+ let tline_var = 's:tlist_' . a:fidx . '_' . a:tidx . '_tag_linenum'
-+
-+ " Already parsed and have the tag line number
-+ if exists(tline_var)
-+ return {tline_var}
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Parse and extract the tag line number
-+ let tag_line = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{a:tidx}_tag
-+ let start = strridx(tag_line, 'line:') + 5
-+ let end = strridx(tag_line, "\t")
-+ if end < start
-+ let {tline_var} = strpart(tag_line, start) + 0
-+ else
-+ let {tline_var} = strpart(tag_line, start, end - start) + 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return {tline_var}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Parse_Tagline
-+" Parse a tag line from the ctags output. Separate the tag output based on the
-+" tag type and store it in the tag type variable.
-+" The format of each line in the ctags output is:
-+"
-+" tag_name<TAB>file_name<TAB>ex_cmd;"<TAB>extension_fields
-+"
-+function! s:Tlist_Parse_Tagline(tag_line)
-+ if a:tag_line == ''
-+ " Skip empty lines
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(a:tag_line)
-+
-+ " Make sure the tag type is a valid and supported one
-+ if ttype == '' || stridx(s:ctags_flags, ttype) == -1
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format or Tag type is not supported
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the total tag count
-+ let s:tidx = s:tidx + 1
-+
-+ " The following variables are used to optimize this code. Vim is slow in
-+ " using curly brace names. To reduce the amount of processing needed, the
-+ " curly brace variables are pre-processed here
-+ let fidx_tidx = 's:tlist_' . s:fidx . '_' . s:tidx
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . s:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Update the count of this tag type
-+ let ttype_idx = {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Store the ctags output for this tag
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag = a:tag_line
-+
-+ " Store the tag index and the tag type index (back pointers)
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_{ttype_idx} = s:tidx
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_ttype_idx = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Extract the tag name
-+ let tag_name = strpart(a:tag_line, 0, stridx(a:tag_line, "\t"))
-+
-+ " Extract the tag scope/prototype
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(s:fidx, s:tidx)
-+ else
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . tag_name
-+
-+ " Add the tag scope, if it is available and is configured. Tag
-+ " scope is the last field after the 'line:<num>\t' field
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope
-+ let tag_scope = s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(a:tag_line)
-+ if tag_scope != ''
-+ let ttxt = ttxt . ' [' . tag_scope . ']'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add this tag to the tag type variable
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = {fidx_ttype} . ttxt . "\n"
-+
-+ " Save the tag name
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag_name = tag_name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_File
-+" Get the list of tags defined in the specified file and store them
-+" in Vim variables. Returns the file index where the tags are stored.
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Process_File (' . a:filename . ', ' .
-+ \ a:ftype . ')')
-+ " Check whether this file is supported
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the tag types for this filetype are not yet created, then create
-+ " them now
-+ let var = 's:tlist_' . a:ftype . '_count'
-+ if !exists(var)
-+ if s:Tlist_FileType_Init(a:ftype) == 0
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If this file is already processed, then use the cached values
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " First time, this file is loaded
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Init_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ else
-+ " File was previously processed. Discard the tag information
-+ call s:Tlist_Discard_TagInfo(fidx)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 1
-+
-+ " Exuberant ctags arguments to generate a tag list
-+ let ctags_args = ' -f - --format=2 --excmd=pattern --fields=nks '
-+
-+ " Form the ctags argument depending on the sort type
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type == 'name'
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . '--sort=yes'
-+ else
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . '--sort=no'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add the filetype specific arguments
-+ let ctags_args = ctags_args . ' ' . s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_args
-+
-+ " Ctags command to produce output with regexp for locating the tags
-+ let ctags_cmd = g:Tlist_Ctags_Cmd . ctags_args
-+ let ctags_cmd = ctags_cmd . ' "' . a:filename . '"'
-+
-+ if &shellxquote == '"'
-+ " Double-quotes within double-quotes will not work in the
-+ " command-line.If the 'shellxquote' option is set to double-quotes,
-+ " then escape the double-quotes in the ctags command-line.
-+ let ctags_cmd = escape(ctags_cmd, '"')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " In Windows 95, if not using cygwin, disable the 'shellslash'
-+ " option. Otherwise, this will cause problems when running the
-+ " ctags command.
-+ if has('win95') && !has('win32unix')
-+ let old_shellslash = &shellslash
-+ set noshellslash
-+ endif
-+
-+ if has('win32') && !has('win32unix') && !has('win95')
-+ \ && (&shell =~ 'cmd.exe')
-+ " Windows does not correctly deal with commands that have more than 1
-+ " set of double quotes. It will strip them all resulting in:
-+ " 'C:\Program' is not recognized as an internal or external command
-+ " operable program or batch file. To work around this, place the
-+ " command inside a batch file and call the batch file.
-+ " Do this only on Win2K, WinXP and above.
-+ " Contributed by: David Fishburn.
-+ let s:taglist_tempfile = fnamemodify(tempname(), ':h') .
-+ \ '\taglist.cmd'
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . s:taglist_tempfile
-+ silent echo ctags_cmd
-+ redir END
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Cmd inside batch file: ' . ctags_cmd)
-+ let ctags_cmd = '"' . s:taglist_tempfile . '"'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Cmd: ' . ctags_cmd)
-+
-+ " Run ctags and get the tag list
-+ let cmd_output = system(ctags_cmd)
-+
-+ " Restore the value of the 'shellslash' option.
-+ if has('win95') && !has('win32unix')
-+ let &shellslash = old_shellslash
-+ endif
-+
-+ if exists('s:taglist_tempfile')
-+ " Delete the temporary cmd file created on MS-Windows
-+ call delete(s:taglist_tempfile)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Handle errors
-+ if v:shell_error
-+ let msg = "Taglist: Failed to generate tags for " . a:filename
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ if cmd_output != ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(cmd_output)
-+ endif
-+ return fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Store the modification time for the file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = getftime(a:filename)
-+
-+ " No tags for current file
-+ if cmd_output == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('No tags defined in ' . a:filename)
-+ return fidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Generated tags information for ' . a:filename)
-+
-+ if v:version > 601
-+ " The following script local variables are used by the
-+ " Tlist_Parse_Tagline() function.
-+ let s:ctags_flags = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags
-+ let s:fidx = fidx
-+ let s:tidx = 0
-+
-+ " Process the ctags output one line at a time. The substitute()
-+ " command is used to parse the tag lines instead of using the
-+ " matchstr()/stridx()/strpart() functions for performance reason
-+ call substitute(cmd_output, "\\([^\n]\\+\\)\n",
-+ \ '\=s:Tlist_Parse_Tagline(submatch(1))', 'g')
-+
-+ " Save the number of tags for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = s:tidx
-+
-+ " The following script local variables are no longer needed
-+ unlet! s:ctags_flags
-+ unlet! s:tidx
-+ unlet! s:fidx
-+ else
-+ " Due to a bug in Vim earlier than version 6.1,
-+ " we cannot use substitute() to parse the ctags output.
-+ " Instead the slow str*() functions are used
-+ let ctags_flags = s:tlist_{a:ftype}_ctags_flags
-+ let tidx = 0
-+
-+ while cmd_output != ''
-+ " Extract one line at a time
-+ let idx = stridx(cmd_output, "\n")
-+ let one_line = strpart(cmd_output, 0, idx)
-+ " Remove the line from the tags output
-+ let cmd_output = strpart(cmd_output, idx + 1)
-+
-+ if one_line == ''
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(one_line)
-+
-+ " Make sure the tag type is a valid and supported one
-+ if ttype == '' || stridx(ctags_flags, ttype) == -1
-+ " Line is not in proper tags format or Tag type is not
-+ " supported
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the total tag count
-+ let tidx = tidx + 1
-+
-+ " The following variables are used to optimize this code. Vim is
-+ " slow in using curly brace names. To reduce the amount of
-+ " processing needed, the curly brace variables are pre-processed
-+ " here
-+ let fidx_tidx = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . tidx
-+ let fidx_ttype = 's:tlist_' . fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Update the count of this tag type
-+ let ttype_idx = {fidx_ttype}_count + 1
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_count = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Store the ctags output for this tag
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag = one_line
-+
-+ " Store the tag index and the tag type index (back pointers)
-+ let {fidx_ttype}_{ttype_idx} = tidx
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_ttype_idx = ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Extract the tag name
-+ let tag_name = strpart(one_line, 0, stridx(one_line, "\t"))
-+
-+ " Extract the tag scope/prototype
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+ else
-+ let ttxt = ' ' . tag_name
-+
-+ " Add the tag scope, if it is available and is configured. Tag
-+ " scope is the last field after the 'line:<num>\t' field
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Tag_Scope
-+ let tag_scope = s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(one_line)
-+ if tag_scope != ''
-+ let ttxt = ttxt . ' [' . tag_scope . ']'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add this tag to the tag type variable
-+ let {fidx_ttype} = {fidx_ttype} . ttxt . "\n"
-+
-+ " Save the tag name
-+ let {fidx_tidx}_tag_name = tag_name
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Save the number of tags for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = tidx
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Processed ' . s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count .
-+ \ ' tags in ' . a:filename)
-+
-+ return fidx
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_File
-+" Update the tags for a file (if needed)
-+function! Tlist_Update_File(filename, ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Update_File (' . a:filename . ')')
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(a:filename, a:ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Convert the file name to a full path
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p')
-+
-+ " First check whether the file already exists
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+
-+ if fidx != -1 && s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " File exists and the tags are valid
-+ " Check whether the file was modified after the last tags update
-+ " If it is modified, then update the tags
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime == getftime(fname)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " If the tags were removed previously based on a user request,
-+ " as we are going to update the tags (based on the user request),
-+ " remove the filename from the deleted list
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is opened, update it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ " Taglist window is not present. Just update the taglist
-+ " and return
-+ call s:Tlist_Process_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+ else
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File && s:tlist_cur_file_idx != -1
-+ " If tags for only one file are displayed and we are not
-+ " updating the tags for that file, then no need to
-+ " refresh the taglist window. Otherwise, the taglist
-+ " window should be updated.
-+ if s:tlist_{s:tlist_cur_file_idx}_filename != fname
-+ call s:Tlist_Process_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Save the current window number
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ " Save the cursor position
-+ let save_line = line('.')
-+ let save_col = col('.')
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(fname, a:ftype)
-+
-+ " Restore the cursor position
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ call cursor(save_line, save_col)
-+ else
-+ exe save_line
-+ exe 'normal! ' . save_col . '|'
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnr() != save_winnr
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(save_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Close
-+" Close the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Close()')
-+ " Make sure the taglist window exists
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnr() == winnum
-+ " Already in the taglist window. Close it and return
-+ if winbufnr(2) != -1
-+ " If a window other than the taglist window is open,
-+ " then only close the taglist window.
-+ close
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Goto the taglist window, close it and then come back to the
-+ " original window
-+ let curbufnr = bufnr('%')
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ close
-+ " Need to jump back to the original window only if we are not
-+ " already in that window
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(curbufnr)
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window
-+" Mark the current window as the file window to use when jumping to a tag.
-+" Only if the current window is a non-plugin, non-preview and non-taglist
-+" window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+ if getbufvar('%', '&buftype') == '' && !&previewwindow
-+ let w:tlist_file_window = "yes"
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open
-+" Open and refresh the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open()')
-+ " If the window is open, jump to it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ " Jump to the existing window
-+ if winnr() != winnum
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " Taglist plugin is no longer part of the winmanager app
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = "none"
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the filename and filetype for the specified buffer
-+ let curbuf_name = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let curbuf_ftype = getbufvar('%', '&filetype')
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ " Mark the current window as the desired window to open a file when a tag
-+ " is selected.
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+
-+ " Open the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Create()
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File
-+ " Add only the current buffer and file
-+ "
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(curbuf_name, curbuf_ftype)
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(curbuf_name, curbuf_ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close
-+ " Open the fold for the current file, as all the folds in
-+ " the taglist window are closed
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(curbuf_name)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the current tag
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(curbuf_name, cur_lnum, 1, 1)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+" Open or close a taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Toggle()')
-+ " If taglist window is open then close it.
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Close()
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window, if Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen is not
-+ " set
-+ if !g:Tlist_GainFocus_On_ToggleOpen
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_Filelist
-+" Process multiple files. Each filename is separated by "\n"
-+" Returns the number of processed files
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(file_names)
-+ let flist = a:file_names
-+
-+ " Enable lazy screen updates
-+ let old_lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
-+ set lazyredraw
-+
-+ " Keep track of the number of processed files
-+ let fcnt = 0
-+
-+ " Process one file at a time
-+ while flist != ''
-+ let nl_idx = stridx(flist, "\n")
-+ let one_file = strpart(flist, 0, nl_idx)
-+
-+ " Remove the filename from the list
-+ let flist = strpart(flist, nl_idx + 1)
-+
-+ if one_file == ''
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip directories
-+ if isdirectory(one_file)
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ let ftype = s:Tlist_Get_Filetype(one_file)
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing tags for " . fnamemodify(one_file, ':p:t')
-+
-+ let fcnt = fcnt + 1
-+
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(one_file, ftype)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Clear the displayed informational messages
-+ echon "\r "
-+
-+ " Restore the previous state
-+ let &lazyredraw = old_lazyredraw
-+
-+ return fcnt
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Process_Dir
-+" Process the files in a directory matching the specified pattern
-+function! s:Tlist_Process_Dir(dir_name, pat)
-+ let flist = glob(a:dir_name . '/' . a:pat) . "\n"
-+
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(flist)
-+
-+ let len = strlen(a:dir_name)
-+ if a:dir_name[len - 1] == '\' || a:dir_name[len - 1] == '/'
-+ let glob_expr = a:dir_name . '*'
-+ else
-+ let glob_expr = a:dir_name . '/*'
-+ endif
-+ let all_files = glob(glob_expr) . "\n"
-+
-+ while all_files != ''
-+ let nl_idx = stridx(all_files, "\n")
-+ let one_file = strpart(all_files, 0, nl_idx)
-+
-+ let all_files = strpart(all_files, nl_idx + 1)
-+ if one_file == ''
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip non-directory names
-+ if !isdirectory(one_file)
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing files in directory " . fnamemodify(one_file, ':t')
-+ let fcnt = fcnt + s:Tlist_Process_Dir(one_file, a:pat)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return fcnt
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive
-+" Add files recursively from a directory
-+function! s:Tlist_Add_Files_Recursive(dir, ...)
-+ let dir_name = fnamemodify(a:dir, ':p')
-+ if !isdirectory(dir_name)
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: ' . dir_name . ' is not a directory')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:0 == 1
-+ " User specified file pattern
-+ let pat = a:1
-+ else
-+ " Default file pattern
-+ let pat = '*'
-+ endif
-+
-+ echon "\r "
-+ echon "\rProcessing files in directory " . fnamemodify(dir_name, ':t')
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Dir(dir_name, pat)
-+
-+ echon "\rAdded " . fcnt . " files to the taglist"
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Add_Files
-+" Add the specified list of files to the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Add_Files(...)
-+ let flist = ''
-+ let i = 1
-+
-+ " Get all the files matching the file patterns supplied as argument
-+ while i <= a:0
-+ let flist = flist . glob(a:{i}) . "\n"
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if flist == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: No matching files are found')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fcnt = s:Tlist_Process_Filelist(flist)
-+ echon "\rAdded " . fcnt . " files to the taglist"
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Extract_Tagtype
-+" Extract the tag type from the tag text
-+function! s:Tlist_Extract_Tagtype(tag_line)
-+ " The tag type is after the tag prototype field. The prototype field
-+ " ends with the /;"\t string. We add 4 at the end to skip the characters
-+ " in this special string..
-+ let start = strridx(a:tag_line, '/;"' . "\t") + 4
-+ let end = strridx(a:tag_line, 'line:') - 1
-+ let ttype = strpart(a:tag_line, start, end - start)
-+
-+ return ttype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope
-+" Extract the tag scope from the tag text
-+function! s:Tlist_Extract_Tag_Scope(tag_line)
-+ let start = strridx(a:tag_line, 'line:')
-+ let end = strridx(a:tag_line, "\t")
-+ if end <= start
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tag_scope = strpart(a:tag_line, end + 1)
-+ let tag_scope = strpart(tag_scope, stridx(tag_scope, ':') + 1)
-+
-+ return tag_scope
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Refresh()
-+" Refresh the taglist
-+function! s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Refresh (Skip_Refresh = ' .
-+ \ s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh . ', ' . bufname('%') . ')')
-+ " If we are entering the buffer from one of the taglist functions, then
-+ " no need to refresh the taglist window again.
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+ " We still need to update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If part of the winmanager plugin and not configured to process
-+ " tags always and not configured to display the tags menu, then return
-+ if (s:tlist_app_name == 'winmanager') && !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ \ && !g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip buffers with 'buftype' set to nofile, nowrite, quickfix or help
-+ if &buftype != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tlist_win = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is not opened and not configured to process
-+ " tags always and not displaying the tags menu, then return
-+ if tlist_win == -1 && !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always && !g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the taglist should not be auto updated, then return
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " Update the tags for the file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ else
-+ let mtime = getftime(filename)
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime != mtime
-+ " Invalidate the tags listed for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ " Update the taglist and the window
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(filename, ftype)
-+
-+ " Store the new file modification time
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = mtime
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ if tlist_win != -1
-+ " Disable screen updates
-+ let old_lazyredraw = &lazyredraw
-+ set nolazyredraw
-+
-+ " Save the current window number
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag || !g:Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter
-+ " Save the cursor position
-+ let save_line = line('.')
-+ let save_col = col('.')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+
-+ " Open the fold for the file
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen!"
-+
-+ if g:Tlist_Highlight_Tag_On_BufEnter && g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_One_File && s:tlist_cur_file_idx != fidx
-+ " If displaying tags for only one file in the taglist
-+ " window and about to display the tags for a new file,
-+ " then center the current tag line for the new file
-+ let center_tag_line = 1
-+ else
-+ let center_tag_line = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the current tag
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(filename, cur_lnum, 1, center_tag_line)
-+ else
-+ " Restore the cursor position
-+ if v:version >= 601
-+ call cursor(save_line, save_col)
-+ else
-+ exe save_line
-+ exe 'normal! ' . save_col . '|'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Jump back to the original window
-+ if save_winnr != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(save_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore screen updates
-+ let &lazyredraw = old_lazyredraw
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist menu
-+ if g:Tlist_Show_Menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Change_Sort()
-+" Change the sort order of the tag listing
-+" caller == 'cmd', command used in the taglist window
-+" caller == 'menu', taglist menu
-+" action == 'toggle', toggle sort from name to order and vice versa
-+" action == 'set', set the sort order to sort_type
-+function! s:Tlist_Change_Sort(caller, action, sort_type)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Change_Sort (caller = ' . a:caller .
-+ \ ', action = ' . a:action . ', sort_type = ' . a:sort_type . ')')
-+ if a:caller == 'cmd'
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the previous highlighting
-+ match none
-+ elseif a:caller == 'menu'
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:action == 'toggle'
-+ let sort_type = s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type
-+
-+ " Toggle the sort order from 'name' to 'order' and vice versa
-+ if sort_type == 'name'
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = 'order'
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = 'name'
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = a:sort_type
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Invalidate the tags listed for this file
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ if a:caller == 'cmd'
-+ " Save the current line for later restoration
-+ let curline = '\V\^' . getline('.') . '\$'
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype)
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Go back to the cursor line before the tag list is sorted
-+ call search(curline, 'w')
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(1)
-+ else
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+" Update taglist for the current buffer by regenerating the tag list
-+" Contributed by WEN Guopeng.
-+function! s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Update_Current_File()')
-+ if winnr() == bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ " In the taglist window. Update the current file
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+ else
-+ " Not in the taglist window. Update the current buffer
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+ endif
-+ call Tlist_Update_File(filename, &filetype)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+" Update the tags displayed in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Update_File()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Update_File()')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the previous highlighting
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Save the current line for later restoration
-+ let curline = '\V\^' . getline('.') . '\$'
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 0
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(s:tlist_{fidx}_filename,
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype)
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start . ',' . s:tlist_{fidx}_end . 'foldopen!'
-+
-+ " Go back to the tag line before the list is updated
-+ call search(curline, 'w')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum()
-+" Return the tag type index for the specified line in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(fidx, lnum)
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filetype
-+
-+ " Determine to which tag type the current line number belongs to using the
-+ " tag type start line number and the number of tags in a tag type
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let start_lnum =
-+ \ s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let end = start_lnum + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ if a:lnum >= start_lnum && a:lnum <= end
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Current line doesn't belong to any of the displayed tag types
-+ if i > s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ return ttype
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index()
-+" Return the tag index for the specified line in the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(a:fidx, a:lnum)
-+
-+ " Current line doesn't belong to any of the displayed tag types
-+ if ttype == ''
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Compute the index into the displayed tags for the tag type
-+ let ttype_lnum = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_start + s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_offset
-+ let tidx = a:lnum - ttype_lnum
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the corresponding tag line and return it
-+ return s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{ttype}_{tidx}
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line
-+" Highlight the current line
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+ " Clear previously selected name
-+ match none
-+
-+ " Highlight the current line
-+ if g:Tlist_Display_Prototype == 0
-+ let pat = '/\%' . line('.') . 'l\s\+\zs.*/'
-+ else
-+ let pat = '/\%' . line('.') . 'l.*/'
-+ endif
-+
-+ exe 'match TagListTagName ' . pat
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open_File
-+" Open the specified file in either a new window or an existing window
-+" and place the cursor at the specified tag pattern
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open_File(win_ctrl, filename, tagpat)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open_File (' . a:filename . ',' .
-+ \ a:win_ctrl . ')')
-+ let prev_Tlist_Skip_Refresh = s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+ let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = 1
-+
-+ if s:tlist_app_name == "winmanager"
-+ " Let the winmanager edit the file
-+ call WinManagerFileEdit(a:filename, a:win_ctrl == 'newwin')
-+ else
-+
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newtab'
-+ " Create a new tab
-+ exe 'tabnew ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ " Open the taglist window in the new tab
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'checktab'
-+ " Check whether the file is present in any of the tabs.
-+ " If the file is present in the current tab, then use the
-+ " current tab.
-+ if bufwinnr(a:filename) != -1
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 1
-+ let i = tabpagenr()
-+ else
-+ let i = 1
-+ let bnum = bufnr(a:filename)
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 0
-+ while i <= tabpagenr('$')
-+ if index(tabpagebuflist(i), bnum) != -1
-+ let file_present_in_tab = 1
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i += 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ if file_present_in_tab
-+ " Goto the tab containing the file
-+ exe 'tabnext ' . i
-+ else
-+ " Open a new tab
-+ exe 'tabnew ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+
-+ " Open the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open()
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let winnum = -1
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'prevwin'
-+ " Open the file in the previous window, if it is usable
-+ let cur_win = winnr()
-+ wincmd p
-+ if &buftype == '' && !&previewwindow
-+ exe "edit " . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ let winnum = winnr()
-+ else
-+ " Previous window is not usable
-+ exe cur_win . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Goto the window containing the file. If the window is not there, open a
-+ " new window
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(a:filename)
-+ endif
-+
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ " Locate the previously used window for opening a file
-+ let fwin_num = 0
-+ let first_usable_win = 0
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ let bnum = winbufnr(i)
-+ while bnum != -1
-+ if getwinvar(i, 'tlist_file_window') == 'yes'
-+ let fwin_num = i
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ if first_usable_win == 0 &&
-+ \ getbufvar(bnum, '&buftype') == '' &&
-+ \ !getwinvar(i, '&previewwindow')
-+ " First non-taglist, non-plugin and non-preview window
-+ let first_usable_win = i
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ let bnum = winbufnr(i)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " If a previously used window is not found, then use the first
-+ " non-taglist window
-+ if fwin_num == 0
-+ let fwin_num = first_usable_win
-+ endif
-+
-+ if fwin_num != 0
-+ " Jump to the file window
-+ exe fwin_num . "wincmd w"
-+
-+ " If the user asked to jump to the tag in a new window, then split
-+ " the existing window into two.
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newwin'
-+ split
-+ endif
-+ exe "edit " . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ " Open a new window
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'leftabove split ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ if winbufnr(2) == -1
-+ " Only the taglist window is present
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Right_Window
-+ exe 'leftabove vertical split ' .
-+ \ escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ else
-+ exe 'rightbelow vertical split ' .
-+ \ escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window to change the window size to
-+ " the user configured value
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ if g:Tlist_Use_Horiz_Window
-+ exe 'resize ' . g:Tlist_WinHeight
-+ else
-+ exe 'vertical resize ' . g:Tlist_WinWidth
-+ endif
-+ " Go back to the file window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ else
-+ " A plugin or help window is also present
-+ wincmd w
-+ exe 'leftabove split ' . escape(a:filename, ' ')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ " Mark the window, so that it can be reused.
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+ else
-+ if v:version >= 700
-+ " If the file is opened in more than one window, then check
-+ " whether the last accessed window has the selected file.
-+ " If it does, then use that window.
-+ let lastwin_bufnum = winbufnr(winnr('#'))
-+ if bufnr(a:filename) == lastwin_bufnum
-+ let winnum = winnr('#')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+
-+ " If the user asked to jump to the tag in a new window, then split the
-+ " existing window into two.
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'newwin'
-+ split
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Jump to the tag
-+ if a:tagpat != ''
-+ " Add the current cursor position to the jump list, so that user can
-+ " jump back using the ' and ` marks.
-+ mark '
-+ silent call search(a:tagpat, 'w')
-+
-+ " Bring the line to the middle of the window
-+ normal! z.
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the user selects to preview the tag then jump back to the
-+ " taglist window
-+ if a:win_ctrl == 'preview'
-+ " Go back to the taglist window
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ else
-+ " If the user has selected to close the taglist window, when a
-+ " tag is selected, close the taglist window
-+ if g:Tlist_Close_On_Select
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+ close
-+
-+ " Go back to the window displaying the selected file
-+ let wnum = bufwinnr(a:filename)
-+ if wnum != -1 && wnum != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(wnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:Tlist_Skip_Refresh = prev_Tlist_Skip_Refresh
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag()
-+" Jump to the location of the current tag
-+" win_ctrl == useopen - Reuse the existing file window
-+" win_ctrl == newwin - Open a new window
-+" win_ctrl == preview - Preview the tag
-+" win_ctrl == prevwin - Open in previous window
-+" win_ctrl == newtab - Open in new tab
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag(win_ctrl)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Jump_To_Tag(' . a:win_ctrl . ')')
-+ " Do not process comment lines and empty lines
-+ let curline = getline('.')
-+ if curline =~ '^\s*$' || curline[0] == '"'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If inside a closed fold, then use the first line of the fold
-+ " and jump to the file.
-+ let lnum = foldclosed('.')
-+ if lnum == -1
-+ " Jump to the selected tag or file
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+ else
-+ " Open the closed fold
-+ .foldopen!
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ if tidx != 0
-+ let tagpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, tidx)
-+
-+ " Highlight the tagline
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+ else
-+ " Selected a line which is not a tag name. Just edit the file
-+ let tagpat = ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Open_File(a:win_ctrl, s:tlist_{fidx}_filename, tagpat)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+" Display information about the entry under the cursor
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Show_Info()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Show_Info()')
-+
-+ " Clear the previously displayed line
-+ echo
-+
-+ " Do not process comment lines and empty lines
-+ let curline = getline('.')
-+ if curline =~ '^\s*$' || curline[0] == '"'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If inside a fold, then don't display the prototype
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ " Get the file index
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(lnum)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if lnum == s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " Cursor is on a file name
-+ let fname = s:tlist_{fidx}_filename
-+ if strlen(fname) > 50
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(fname, ':t')
-+ endif
-+ echo fname . ', Filetype=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype .
-+ \ ', Tag count=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag output line for the current tag
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Index(fidx, lnum)
-+ if tidx == 0
-+ " Cursor is on a tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Window_Get_Tag_Type_By_Linenum(fidx, lnum)
-+ if ttype == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let ttype_name = ''
-+
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ if ttype == s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ let ttype_name = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_fullname
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ echo 'Tag type=' . ttype_name .
-+ \ ', Tag count=' . s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag search pattern and display it
-+ echo s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx
-+" Find the tag idx nearest to the supplied line number
-+" Returns -1, if a tag couldn't be found for the specified line number
-+function! s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenum)
-+ let sort_type = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_sort_type
-+
-+ let left = 1
-+ let right = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_tag_count
-+
-+ if sort_type == 'order'
-+ " Tags sorted by order, use a binary search.
-+ " The idea behind this function is taken from the ctags.vim script (by
-+ " Alexey Marinichev) available at the Vim online website.
-+
-+ " If the current line is the less than the first tag, then no need to
-+ " search
-+ let first_lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, 1)
-+
-+ if a:linenum < first_lnum
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ while left < right
-+ let middle = (right + left + 1) / 2
-+ let middle_lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, middle)
-+
-+ if middle_lnum == a:linenum
-+ let left = middle
-+ break
-+ endif
-+
-+ if middle_lnum > a:linenum
-+ let right = middle - 1
-+ else
-+ let left = middle
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ " Tags sorted by name, use a linear search. (contributed by Dave
-+ " Eggum).
-+ " Look for a tag with a line number less than or equal to the supplied
-+ " line number. If multiple tags are found, then use the tag with the
-+ " line number closest to the supplied line number. IOW, use the tag
-+ " with the highest line number.
-+ let closest_lnum = 0
-+ let final_left = 0
-+ while left <= right
-+ let lnum = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Linenum(a:fidx, left)
-+
-+ if lnum < a:linenum && lnum > closest_lnum
-+ let closest_lnum = lnum
-+ let final_left = left
-+ elseif lnum == a:linenum
-+ let closest_lnum = lnum
-+ let final_left = left
-+ break
-+ else
-+ let left = left + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ if closest_lnum == 0
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ if left >= right
-+ let left = final_left
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return left
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag()
-+" Highlight the current tag
-+" cntx == 1, Called by the taglist plugin itself
-+" cntx == 2, Forced by the user through the TlistHighlightTag command
-+" center = 1, move the tag line to the center of the taglist window
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Tag(filename, cur_lnum, cntx, center)
-+ " Highlight the current tag only if the user configured the
-+ " taglist plugin to do so or if the user explictly invoked the
-+ " command to highlight the current tag.
-+ if !g:Tlist_Auto_Highlight_Tag && a:cntx == 1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:filename == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Make sure the taglist window is present
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Error: Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If the file is currently not displayed in the taglist window, then retrn
-+ if !s:tlist_{fidx}_visible
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Ignore all autocommands
-+ let old_ei = &eventignore
-+ set eventignore=all
-+
-+ " Save the original window number
-+ let org_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ if org_winnr == winnum
-+ let in_taglist_window = 1
-+ else
-+ let in_taglist_window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe winnum . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Clear previously selected name
-+ match none
-+
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, a:cur_lnum)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ " Make sure the current tag line is visible in the taglist window.
-+ " Calling the winline() function makes the line visible. Don't know
-+ " of a better way to achieve this.
-+ let lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if lnum < s:tlist_{fidx}_start || lnum > s:tlist_{fidx}_end
-+ " Move the cursor to the beginning of the file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ endif
-+
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+
-+ call winline()
-+
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe org_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore the autocommands
-+ let &eventignore = old_ei
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the tag type
-+ let ttype = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Type_By_Tag(fidx, tidx)
-+
-+ " Compute the line number
-+ " Start of file + Start of tag type + offset
-+ let lnum = s:tlist_{fidx}_start + s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset +
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_{tidx}_ttype_idx
-+
-+ " Goto the line containing the tag
-+ exe lnum
-+
-+ " Open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:center
-+ " Move the tag line to the center of the taglist window
-+ normal! z.
-+ else
-+ " Make sure the current tag line is visible in the taglist window.
-+ " Calling the winline() function makes the line visible. Don't know
-+ " of a better way to achieve this.
-+ call winline()
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Highlight the tag name
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Highlight_Line()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ exe org_winnr . 'wincmd w'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Restore the autocommands
-+ let &eventignore = old_ei
-+ return
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line
-+" Get the prototype for the tag on or before the specified line number in the
-+" current buffer
-+function! Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0
-+ " Arguments are not supplied. Use the current buffer name
-+ " and line number
-+ let filename = bufname('%')
-+ let linenr = line('.')
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ " Filename and line number are specified
-+ let filename = a:1
-+ let linenr = a:2
-+ if linenr !~ '\d\+'
-+ " Invalid line number
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Sufficient arguments are not supplied
-+ let msg = 'Usage: Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype_By_Line <filename> ' .
-+ \ '<line_number>'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Expand the file to a fully qualified name
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(filename, ':p')
-+ if filename == ''
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag text using the line number
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenr)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ return s:Tlist_Get_Tag_Prototype(fidx, tidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line
-+" Get the tag name on or before the specified line number in the
-+" current buffer
-+function! Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0
-+ " Arguments are not supplied. Use the current buffer name
-+ " and line number
-+ let filename = bufname('%')
-+ let linenr = line('.')
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ " Filename and line number are specified
-+ let filename = a:1
-+ let linenr = a:2
-+ if linenr !~ '\d\+'
-+ " Invalid line number
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ " Sufficient arguments are not supplied
-+ let msg = 'Usage: Tlist_Get_Tagname_By_Line <filename> <line_number>'
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Make sure the current file has a name
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(filename, ':p')
-+ if filename == ''
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " If there are no tags for this file, then no need to proceed further
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count == 0
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get the tag name using the line number
-+ let tidx = s:Tlist_Find_Nearest_Tag_Idx(fidx, linenr)
-+ if tidx == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+
-+ return s:tlist_{fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Move_To_File
-+" Move the cursor to the beginning of the current file or the next file
-+" or the previous file in the taglist window
-+" dir == -1, move to start of current or previous function
-+" dir == 1, move to start of next function
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Move_To_File(dir)
-+ if foldlevel('.') == 0
-+ " Cursor is on a non-folded line (it is not in any of the files)
-+ " Move it to a folded line
-+ if a:dir == -1
-+ normal! zk
-+ else
-+ " While moving down to the start of the next fold,
-+ " no need to do go to the start of the next file.
-+ normal! zj
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Window_Get_File_Index_By_Linenum(line('.'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let cur_lnum = line('.')
-+
-+ if a:dir == -1
-+ if cur_lnum > s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ " Move to the beginning of the current file
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if fidx != 0
-+ " Move to the beginning of the previous file
-+ let fidx = fidx - 1
-+ else
-+ " Cursor is at the first file, wrap around to the last file
-+ let fidx = s:tlist_file_count - 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ return
-+ else
-+ " Move to the beginning of the next file
-+ let fidx = fidx + 1
-+
-+ if fidx >= s:tlist_file_count
-+ " Cursor is at the last file, wrap around to the first file
-+ let fidx = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_start != 0
-+ exe s:tlist_{fidx}_start
-+ endif
-+ return
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Session_Load
-+" Load a taglist session (information about all the displayed files
-+" and the tags) from the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Session_Load(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0 || a:1 == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Usage: TlistSessionLoad <filename>')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sessionfile = a:1
-+
-+ if !filereadable(sessionfile)
-+ let msg = 'Taglist: Error - Unable to open file ' . sessionfile
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg(msg)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Mark the current window as the file window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Mark_File_Window()
-+
-+ " Source the session file
-+ exe 'source ' . sessionfile
-+
-+ let new_file_count = g:tlist_file_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_file_count
-+
-+ let i = 0
-+ while i < new_file_count
-+ let ftype = g:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+
-+ if !exists('s:tlist_' . ftype . '_count')
-+ if s:Tlist_FileType_Init(ftype) == 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ continue
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = g:tlist_{i}_filename
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_filename
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_visible = 0
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ continue
-+ else
-+ " As we are loading the tags from the session file, if this
-+ " file was previously deleted by the user, now we need to
-+ " add it back. So remove the file from the deleted list.
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Remove_List(fname, 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Init_File(fname, ftype)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filename = fname
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_sort_type = g:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_sort_type
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_filetype = ftype
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_mtime = getftime(fname)
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_start = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_end = 0
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_valid = 1
-+
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count = g:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_tag = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_tag_name = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{j}_ttype_idx = g:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{j}_name
-+
-+ if exists('g:tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype)
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_{k} = g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ unlet! g:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype} = ''
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_offset = 0
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " If the taglist window is open, then update it
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum != -1
-+ let save_winnr = winnr()
-+
-+ " Goto the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Goto_Window()
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if save_winnr != winnr()
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds('wincmd p')
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Session_Save
-+" Save a taglist session (information about all the displayed files
-+" and the tags) into the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Session_Save(...)
-+ if a:0 == 0 || a:1 == ''
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Usage: TlistSessionSave <filename>')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sessionfile = a:1
-+
-+ if s:tlist_file_count == 0
-+ " There is nothing to save
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Warning: Taglist is empty. Nothing to save.')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if filereadable(sessionfile)
-+ let ans = input('Do you want to overwrite ' . sessionfile . ' (Y/N)?')
-+ if ans !=? 'y'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ echo "\n"
-+ endif
-+
-+ let old_verbose = &verbose
-+ set verbose&vim
-+
-+ exe 'redir! > ' . sessionfile
-+
-+ silent! echo '" Taglist session file. This file is auto-generated.'
-+ silent! echo '" File information'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_file_count = ' . s:tlist_file_count
-+
-+ let i = 0
-+
-+ while i < s:tlist_file_count
-+ " Store information about the file
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . "_filename = '" .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filename . "'"
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_sort_type = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_sort_type . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_filetype = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_filetype . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_tag_count = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ " Store information about all the tags
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{i}_tag_count
-+ let txt = escape(s:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag, '"\\')
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_tag = "' . txt . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_tag_name = "' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{j}_tag_name . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . j . '_ttype_idx' . ' = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{j}_ttype_idx
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Store information about all the tags grouped by their type
-+ let ftype = s:tlist_{i}_filetype
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{j}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count != 0
-+ let txt = substitute(s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}, "\n", "\\\\n", 'g')
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . ' = "' .
-+ \ txt . '"'
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . '_count = ' .
-+ \ s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ let k = 1
-+ while k <= s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_count
-+ silent! echo 'let tlist_' . i . '_' . ttype . '_' . k .
-+ \ ' = ' . s:tlist_{i}_{ttype}_{k}
-+ let k = k + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ silent! echo
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ redir END
-+
-+ let &verbose = old_verbose
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Buffer_Removed
-+" A buffer is removed from the Vim buffer list. Remove the tags defined
-+" for that file
-+function! s:Tlist_Buffer_Removed(filename)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Buffer_Removed (' . a:filename . ')')
-+
-+ " Make sure a valid filename is supplied
-+ if a:filename == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Get tag list index of the specified file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(a:filename)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ " File not present in the taglist
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Remove the file from the list
-+ call s:Tlist_Remove_File(fidx, 0)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" When a buffer is deleted, remove the file from the taglist
-+autocmd BufDelete * silent call s:Tlist_Buffer_Removed(expand('<afile>:p'))
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold
-+" Open the fold for the specified file and close the fold for all the
-+" other files
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold(acmd_file)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Window_Open_File_Fold (' . a:acmd_file . ')')
-+
-+ " Make sure the taglist window is present
-+ let winnum = bufwinnr(g:TagList_title)
-+ if winnum == -1
-+ call s:Tlist_Warning_Msg('Taglist: Error - Taglist window is not open')
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Save the original window number
-+ let org_winnr = winnr()
-+ if org_winnr == winnum
-+ let in_taglist_window = 1
-+ else
-+ let in_taglist_window = 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ if in_taglist_window
-+ " When entering the taglist window, no need to update the folds
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go to the taglist window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(winnum . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Close all the folds
-+ silent! %foldclose
-+
-+ " Get tag list index of the specified file
-+ let fname = fnamemodify(a:acmd_file, ":p")
-+ if filereadable(fname)
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fname)
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ " Open the fold for the file
-+ exe "silent! " . s:tlist_{fidx}_start . "," .
-+ \ s:tlist_{fidx}_end . "foldopen"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Go back to the original window
-+ if !in_taglist_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Exe_Cmd_No_Acmds(org_winnr . 'wincmd w')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open
-+" Open the taglist window automatically on Vim startup.
-+" Open the window only when files present in any of the Vim windows support
-+" tags.
-+function! s:Tlist_Window_Check_Auto_Open()
-+ let open_window = 0
-+
-+ let i = 1
-+ let buf_num = winbufnr(i)
-+ while buf_num != -1
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname(buf_num), ':p')
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, getbufvar(buf_num, '&filetype'))
-+ let open_window = 1
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ let buf_num = winbufnr(i)
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if open_window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Toggle()
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Adding the base menu')
-+
-+ " Add the menu
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Refresh\ menu :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Refresh()<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Name
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'name')<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Order
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'order')<CR>
-+ anoremenu T&ags.-SEP1- :
-+
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Refresh\ menu
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Refresh()<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Name
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'name')<CR>
-+ anoremenu <silent> PopUp.T&ags.Sort\ menu\ by.Order
-+ \ :call <SID>Tlist_Change_Sort('menu', 'set', 'order')<CR>
-+ anoremenu PopUp.T&ags.-SEP1- :
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+let s:menu_char_prefix =
-+ \ '0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd
-+" Get the menu command for the specified tag type
-+" fidx - File type index
-+" ftype - File Type
-+" add_ttype_name - To add or not to add the tag type name to the menu entries
-+" ttype_idx - Tag type index
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd(fidx, ftype, add_ttype_name, ttype_idx)
-+ " Curly brace variable name optimization
-+ let ftype_ttype_idx = a:ftype . '_' . a:ttype_idx
-+
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype_ttype_idx}_name
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ " If the tag type name contains space characters, escape it. This
-+ " will be used to create the menu entries.
-+ let ttype_fullname = escape(s:tlist_{ftype_ttype_idx}_fullname, ' ')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Curly brace variable name optimization
-+ let fidx_ttype = a:fidx . '_' . ttype
-+
-+ " Number of tag entries for this tag type
-+ let tcnt = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_count
-+ if tcnt == 0 " No entries for this tag type
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ let mcmd = ''
-+
-+ " Create the menu items for the tags.
-+ " Depending on the number of tags of this type, split the menu into
-+ " multiple sub-menus, if needed.
-+ if tcnt > g:Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= tcnt
-+ let final_index = j + g:Tlist_Max_Submenu_Items - 1
-+ if final_index > tcnt
-+ let final_index = tcnt
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Extract the first and last tag name and form the
-+ " sub-menu name
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+ let first_tag = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{final_index}
-+ let last_tag = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ " Truncate the names, if they are greater than the
-+ " max length
-+ let first_tag = strpart(first_tag, 0, g:Tlist_Max_Tag_Length)
-+ let last_tag = strpart(last_tag, 0, g:Tlist_Max_Tag_Length)
-+
-+ " Form the menu command prefix
-+ let m_prefix = 'anoremenu <silent> T\&ags.'
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . ttype_fullname . '.'
-+ endif
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . first_tag . '\.\.\.' . last_tag . '.'
-+
-+ " Character prefix used to number the menu items (hotkey)
-+ let m_prefix_idx = 0
-+
-+ while j <= final_index
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+
-+ let tname = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let mcmd = mcmd . m_prefix . '\&' .
-+ \ s:menu_char_prefix[m_prefix_idx] . '\.' .
-+ \ tname . ' :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(' .
-+ \ tidx . ')<CR>|'
-+
-+ let m_prefix_idx = m_prefix_idx + 1
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endwhile
-+ else
-+ " Character prefix used to number the menu items (hotkey)
-+ let m_prefix_idx = 0
-+
-+ let m_prefix = 'anoremenu <silent> T\&ags.'
-+ if a:add_ttype_name
-+ let m_prefix = m_prefix . ttype_fullname . '.'
-+ endif
-+ let j = 1
-+ while j <= tcnt
-+ let tidx = s:tlist_{fidx_ttype}_{j}
-+
-+ let tname = s:tlist_{a:fidx}_{tidx}_tag_name
-+
-+ let mcmd = mcmd . m_prefix . '\&' .
-+ \ s:menu_char_prefix[m_prefix_idx] . '\.' .
-+ \ tname . ' :call <SID>Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(' . tidx
-+ \ . ')<CR>|'
-+
-+ let m_prefix_idx = m_prefix_idx + 1
-+ let j = j + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+
-+ return mcmd
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Update the taglist menu with the tags for the specified file
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Refreshing the tag menu for ' . s:tlist_{a:fidx}_filename)
-+ " The 'B' flag is needed in the 'cpoptions' option
-+ let old_cpoptions = &cpoptions
-+ set cpoptions&vim
-+
-+ exe s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd
-+
-+ " Update the popup menu (if enabled)
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ let cmd = substitute(s:tlist_{a:fidx}_menu_cmd, ' T\\&ags\.',
-+ \ ' PopUp.T\\\&ags.', "g")
-+ exe cmd
-+ endif
-+
-+ " The taglist menu is not empty now
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 0
-+
-+ " Restore the 'cpoptions' settings
-+ let &cpoptions = old_cpoptions
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Update_File
-+" Add the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(clear_menu)
-+ if !has('gui_running')
-+ " Not running in GUI mode
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Updating the tag menu, clear_menu = ' . a:clear_menu)
-+
-+ " Remove the tags menu
-+ if a:clear_menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fname = escape(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':t'), '.')
-+ if fname != ''
-+ exe 'anoremenu T&ags.' . fname . ' <Nop>'
-+ anoremenu T&ags.-SEP2- :
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Skip buffers with 'buftype' set to nofile, nowrite, quickfix or help
-+ if &buftype != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p')
-+ let ftype = &filetype
-+
-+ " If the file doesn't support tag listing, skip it
-+ if s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(filename)
-+ if fidx == -1 || !s:tlist_{fidx}_valid
-+ " Check whether this file is removed based on user request
-+ " If it is, then don't display the tags for this file
-+ if s:Tlist_User_Removed_File(filename)
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Process the tags for the file
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Process_File(filename, ftype)
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if !s:tlist_{fidx}_tag_count
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd != ''
-+ " Update the menu with the cached command
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " We are going to add entries to the tags menu, so the menu won't be
-+ " empty
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 0
-+
-+ let cmd = ''
-+
-+ " Determine whether the tag type name needs to be added to the menu
-+ " If more than one tag type is present in the taglisting for a file,
-+ " then the tag type name needs to be present
-+ let add_ttype_name = -1
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count && add_ttype_name < 1
-+ let ttype = s:tlist_{ftype}_{i}_name
-+ if s:tlist_{fidx}_{ttype}_count
-+ let add_ttype_name = add_ttype_name + 1
-+ endif
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Process the tags by the tag type and get the menu command
-+ let i = 1
-+ while i <= s:tlist_{ftype}_count
-+ let mcmd = s:Tlist_Menu_Get_Tag_Type_Cmd(fidx, ftype, add_ttype_name, i)
-+ if mcmd != ''
-+ let cmd = cmd . mcmd
-+ endif
-+
-+ let i = i + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Cache the menu command for reuse
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = cmd
-+
-+ " Update the menu
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_File_Refresh(fidx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Remove_File
-+" Remove the tags displayed in the tags menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+ if !has('gui_running') || s:tlist_menu_empty
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Removing the tags menu for a file')
-+
-+ " Cleanup the Tags menu
-+ silent! unmenu T&ags
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ silent! unmenu PopUp.T&ags
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add a dummy menu item to retain teared off menu
-+ noremenu T&ags.Dummy l
-+
-+ silent! unmenu! T&ags
-+ if &mousemodel =~ 'popup'
-+ silent! unmenu! PopUp.T&ags
-+ endif
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+
-+ " Remove the dummy menu item
-+ unmenu T&ags.Dummy
-+
-+ let s:tlist_menu_empty = 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Refresh
-+" Refresh the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Refresh()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Refreshing the tags menu')
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx != -1
-+ " Invalidate the cached menu command
-+ let s:tlist_{fidx}_menu_cmd = ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist, menu and window
-+ call s:Tlist_Update_Current_File()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag
-+" Jump to the selected tag
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Jump_To_Tag(tidx)
-+ let fidx = s:Tlist_Get_File_Index(fnamemodify(bufname('%'), ':p'))
-+ if fidx == -1
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let tagpat = s:Tlist_Get_Tag_SearchPat(fidx, a:tidx)
-+ if tagpat == ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Add the current cursor position to the jump list, so that user can
-+ " jump back using the ' and ` marks.
-+ mark '
-+
-+ silent call search(tagpat, 'w')
-+
-+ " Bring the line to the middle of the window
-+ normal! z.
-+
-+ " If the line is inside a fold, open the fold
-+ if foldclosed('.') != -1
-+ .foldopen
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Menu_Init
-+" Initialize the taglist menu
-+function! s:Tlist_Menu_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Add_Base_Menu()
-+
-+ " Automatically add the tags defined in the current file to the menu
-+ augroup TagListMenuCmds
-+ autocmd!
-+
-+ if !g:Tlist_Process_File_Always
-+ autocmd BufEnter * call s:Tlist_Refresh()
-+ endif
-+ autocmd BufLeave * call s:Tlist_Menu_Remove_File()
-+ augroup end
-+
-+ call s:Tlist_Menu_Update_File(0)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Vim_Session_Load
-+" Initialize the taglist window/buffer, which is created when loading
-+" a Vim session file.
-+function! s:Tlist_Vim_Session_Load()
-+ call s:Tlist_Log_Msg('Tlist_Vim_Session_Load')
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+
-+ " Refresh the taglist window
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Tlist_Set_App
-+" Set the name of the external plugin/application to which taglist
-+" belongs.
-+" Taglist plugin is part of another plugin like cream or winmanager.
-+function! Tlist_Set_App(name)
-+ if a:name == ""
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let s:tlist_app_name = a:name
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Winmanager integration
-+
-+" Initialization required for integration with winmanager
-+function! TagList_Start()
-+ " If current buffer is not taglist buffer, then don't proceed
-+ if bufname('%') != '__Tag_List__'
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ call Tlist_Set_App('winmanager')
-+
-+ " Get the current filename from the winmanager plugin
-+ let bufnum = WinManagerGetLastEditedFile()
-+ if bufnum != -1
-+ let filename = fnamemodify(bufname(bufnum), ':p')
-+ let ftype = getbufvar(bufnum, '&filetype')
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Initialize the taglist window, if it is not already initialized
-+ if !exists('s:tlist_window_initialized') || !s:tlist_window_initialized
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Init()
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh()
-+ let s:tlist_window_initialized = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Update the taglist window
-+ if bufnum != -1
-+ if !s:Tlist_Skip_File(filename, ftype) && g:Tlist_Auto_Update
-+ call s:Tlist_Window_Refresh_File(filename, ftype)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! TagList_IsValid()
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+function! TagList_WrapUp()
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" restore 'cpo'
-+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-+unlet s:cpo_save
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_All.cmd vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_All.cmd
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_All.cmd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_All.cmd 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\indent\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\indent\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\ftdetect\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\ftdetect\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\syntax\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\syntax\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\ftplugin\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\ftplugin\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\compiler\gnat.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\compiler\gnat.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\plugin\rainbow_parenthsis.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\plugin\rainbow_parenthsis.vim
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Home.zsh vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Home.zsh
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Home.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Home.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
-+#!/bin/zsh
-+
-+setopt No_X_Trace;
-+setopt Glob;
-+setopt Extended_Glob;
-+setopt Null_Glob;
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ for I in \
-+ **/*.vim \
-+ macros/[[:alnum:]]##.bash \
-+ macros/[[:alnum:]]##.zsh \
-+ doc/[[:alnum:]]##.txt ;
-+ do
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${I}" ~/vimfiles/"${I}"; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ gvimdiff --nofork "${I}" ~/vimfiles/"${I}"
-+ fi;
-+ done; unset I;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Portable.bash vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Portable.bash
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Portable.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Portable.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+source /etc/profile.d/vim.bash
-+set -o xtrace;
-+
-+declare -r in_Target_Base="${1}"
-+
-+declare -x VIMBIN='/opt/gnat/tools/bin';
-+declare -x VIM='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim';
-+declare -x VIMRUNTIME='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim/vim71';
-+declare -x Target="${in_Target_Base}/Bin/GVimPortable/App/vim/vimfiles";
-+
-+function Compare ()
-+ {
-+ local in_File="${0}";
-+
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}"; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ ${VIMBIN}/gvim -d --nofork "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}"
-+ fi;
-+ }
-+declare -x -f Compare;
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/macros/[a-z_0-9]*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_0-9]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -exec \
-+ /bin/bash -c Compare '{}' ';' ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Source.bash vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Source.bash
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Source.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Diff_Source.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+source /etc/profile.d/vim.bash
-+set -o xtrace;
-+
-+#declare -x VIMBIN='/cygdrive/c/bin/Vim/vim71';
-+
-+declare -x VIMBIN='/opt/gnat/tools/bin';
-+declare -x VIM='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim';
-+declare -x VIMRUNTIME='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim/vim71';
-+declare -x Target="../../rpm/BUILD/vim-runtime-$(date +%d%m%Y)"
-+declare -x -f Compare;
-+
-+function Compare ()
-+ {
-+ local in_File="${0}";
-+
-+ if test -f ${Target}/${in_File} ; then
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}" ; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ ${VIMBIN}/gvim -d --nofork "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}";
-+ fi;
-+ else
-+ echo "${in_File} not part of the main runtime";
-+ fi;
-+
-+ return;
-+ }
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/macros/[a-z_0-9]*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_0-9]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -exec \
-+ /bin/bash -c Compare '{}' ';' ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Edit_All.bash vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Edit_All.bash
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Edit_All.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Edit_All.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -print | \
-+ xargs --replace --max-args=64 \
-+ /opt/gnat/tools/bin/gvim \
-+ --servername "Edit All" \
-+ --remote-silent ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Make_Tar.bash vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Make_Tar.bash
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/Make_Tar.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/Make_Tar.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -ipath "./macros/*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -print | \
-+ xargs \
-+ tar \
-+ --create \
-+ --bzip2 \
-+ --verbose \
-+ --file=ada_vimfiles.tar-bz2 ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 52
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/773/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS
-+END
-+Make_Tar.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 66
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/342/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Make_Tar.bash
-+END
-+Diff_All.cmd
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 65
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/773/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Diff_All.cmd
-+END
-+Diff_Home.zsh
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 66
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/695/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Diff_Home.zsh
-+END
-+Diff_Source.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 69
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/743/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Diff_Source.bash
-+END
-+Edit_All.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 66
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/429/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Edit_All.bash
-+END
-+Diff_Portable.bash
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 71
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/743/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS/Diff_Portable.bash
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/SCRIPTS
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-09-17T08:58:57.545957Z
-+773
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+Make_Tar.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+8fa993957020a567d7d18cf275f79f85
-+2006-07-27T19:03:11.250838Z
-+342
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+Diff_All.cmd
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+e5a39f09b8532487297a2b21ce18539c
-+2007-09-17T08:58:57.545957Z
-+773
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+Diff_Home.zsh
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+2467db473cdf6e65848a2f29a33da0dc
-+2007-04-27T17:57:11.151403Z
-+695
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+Diff_Source.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+bfe42019807a5f00339c2a577835a52f
-+2007-07-08T15:01:50.709462Z
-+743
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+Edit_All.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+386419783256e147810d36e58847f593
-+2006-10-15T17:43:45.084385Z
-+429
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+Diff_Portable.bash
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+6fbd7df3976bc16679aa4dd121ad4723
-+2007-07-08T15:01:50.709462Z
-+743
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 15
-+text/x-dosbatch
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/prop-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 14
-+svn:executable
-+V 1
-+*
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 9
-+text/x-sh
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_All.cmd.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\indent\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\indent\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\ftdetect\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\ftdetect\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\syntax\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\syntax\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\ftplugin\ada.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\ftplugin\ada.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\compiler\gnat.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\compiler\gnat.vim
-+C:\bin\Vim\vim70\gvim -g -d --nofork .\plugin\rainbow_parenthsis.vim %HOME%\vimfiles\plugin\rainbow_parenthsis.vim
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Home.zsh.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
-+#!/bin/zsh
-+
-+setopt No_X_Trace;
-+setopt Glob;
-+setopt Extended_Glob;
-+setopt Null_Glob;
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ for I in \
-+ **/*.vim \
-+ macros/[[:alnum:]]##.bash \
-+ macros/[[:alnum:]]##.zsh \
-+ doc/[[:alnum:]]##.txt ;
-+ do
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${I}" ~/vimfiles/"${I}"; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ gvimdiff --nofork "${I}" ~/vimfiles/"${I}"
-+ fi;
-+ done; unset I;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Portable.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+source /etc/profile.d/vim.bash
-+set -o xtrace;
-+
-+declare -r in_Target_Base="${1}"
-+
-+declare -x VIMBIN='/opt/gnat/tools/bin';
-+declare -x VIM='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim';
-+declare -x VIMRUNTIME='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim/vim71';
-+declare -x Target="${in_Target_Base}/Bin/GVimPortable/App/vim/vimfiles";
-+
-+function Compare ()
-+ {
-+ local in_File="${0}";
-+
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}"; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ ${VIMBIN}/gvim -d --nofork "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}"
-+ fi;
-+ }
-+declare -x -f Compare;
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/macros/[a-z_0-9]*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_0-9]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -exec \
-+ /bin/bash -c Compare '{}' ';' ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Diff_Source.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+source /etc/profile.d/vim.bash
-+set -o xtrace;
-+
-+#declare -x VIMBIN='/cygdrive/c/bin/Vim/vim71';
-+
-+declare -x VIMBIN='/opt/gnat/tools/bin';
-+declare -x VIM='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim';
-+declare -x VIMRUNTIME='/opt/gnat/tools/share/vim/vim71';
-+declare -x Target="../../rpm/BUILD/vim-runtime-$(date +%d%m%Y)"
-+declare -x -f Compare;
-+
-+function Compare ()
-+ {
-+ local in_File="${0}";
-+
-+ if test -f ${Target}/${in_File} ; then
-+ if diff --brief --report-identical-files "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}" ; then
-+ echo "do nothing";
-+ else
-+ ${VIMBIN}/gvim -d --nofork "${in_File}" "${Target}/${in_File}";
-+ fi;
-+ else
-+ echo "${in_File} not part of the main runtime";
-+ fi;
-+
-+ return;
-+ }
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/macros/[a-z_0-9]*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_0-9]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -exec \
-+ /bin/bash -c Compare '{}' ';' ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Edit_All.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z_]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -print | \
-+ xargs --replace --max-args=64 \
-+ /opt/gnat/tools/bin/gvim \
-+ --servername "Edit All" \
-+ --remote-silent ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base
---- vim71/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/SCRIPTS/.svn/text-base/Make_Tar.bash.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+pushd ..;
-+ find . \
-+ '(' \
-+ -iname "*.vim" -o \
-+ -ipath "./macros/*.bash" -o \
-+ -iregex ".*/doc/[a-z]*.txt" \
-+ ')' \
-+ -print | \
-+ xargs \
-+ tar \
-+ --create \
-+ --bzip2 \
-+ --verbose \
-+ --file=ada_vimfiles.tar-bz2 ;
-+popd;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 44
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/825/trunk/tools/vim
-+END
-+ada_options.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 60
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/774/trunk/tools/vim/ada_options.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 25
-+.backups
-+*.tar-bz2
-+*.vba
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-12-09T13:34:03.484664Z
-+825
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+colors
-+dir
-+
-+indent
-+dir
-+
-+ftdetect
-+dir
-+
-+macros
-+dir
-+
-+doc
-+dir
-+
-+syntax
-+dir
-+
-+SCRIPTS
-+dir
-+
-+autoload
-+dir
-+
-+ftplugin
-+dir
-+
-+compiler
-+dir
-+
-+ada_options.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+2ed6ca5b229dcdc415152a2bcb6f1b31
-+2007-09-17T09:11:59.633161Z
-+774
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+plugin
-+dir
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/prop-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/.svn/prop-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/.svn/prop-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/prop-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/.svn/text-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/.svn/text-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/.svn/text-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/.svn/text-base/ada_options.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Options setable by the Ada plugin
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Folding for "gnat pretty"
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Usage: copy content into your .vimrc and change options to your
-+" likeing.
-+" Help Page: ft-ada-options
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+echoerr 'It is suggested to copy the content of ada_options into .vimrc!'
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+" Section: Ada options {{{1
-+
-+ let g:ada_abbrev = 1
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
-+ let g:ada_extended_tagging = 'list'
-+ let g:ada_folding = 'i'
-+" let g:ada_folding = 'gibxp'
-+" let g:ada_folding = 'spftc'
-+ let g:ada_rainbow_color = 1
-+ let g:ada_space_errors = 1
-+ let g:ada_standard_types = 1
-+ let g:ada_with_gnat_project_files = 1
-+" let g:ada_extended_completion = 1
-+" let g:ada_line_errors = 1
-+" let g:ada_omni_with_keywords = 1
-+
-+ let g:Tlist_Exit_OnlyWindow = 1
-+ let g:Tlist_File_Fold_Auto_Close = 1
-+ let g:Tlist_Sort_Type = "name"
-+
-+ let g:NERD_use_ada_with_spaces = 1
-+
-+ let g:backup_directory = '.backups'
-+ let g:backup_purge = 10
-+
-+ let g:mapleader = "<F12>"
-+
-+ if &diff
-+ let g:Tlist_Auto_Open = 0
-+ else
-+ let g:Tlist_Auto_Open = 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ filetype plugin indent on
-+ syntax enable
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+" Section: Vimball options {{{1
-+:set expandtab fileformat=unix encoding=utf-8
-+:.+2,.+13 MkVimball ada-4.5.0
-+
-+ada_options.vim
-+autoload/ada.vim
-+autoload/adacomplete.vim
-+autoload/decada.vim
-+autoload/gnat.vim
-+compiler/decada.vim
-+compiler/gnat.vim
-+doc/ft_ada.txt
-+ftdetect/ada.vim
-+ftplugin/ada.vim
-+indent/ada.vim
-+syntax/ada.vim
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+" Section: Tar options {{{1
-+
-+tar --create --bzip2 \
-+ --file="ada-4.5.0.tar.bz2" \
-+ autoload/ada.vim \
-+ autoload/adacomplete.vim \
-+ autoload/decada.vim \
-+ autoload/gnat.vim \
-+ compiler/decada.vim \
-+ compiler/gnat.vim \
-+ doc/ft_ada.txt \
-+ ftdetect/ada.vim \
-+ ftplugin/ada.vim \
-+ indent/ada.vim \
-+ syntax/ada.vim ;
-+
-+" }}}1
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" vim: nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+" vim: textwidth=0 foldmethod=marker foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/ada.vim vim71_ada/1/syntax/ada.vim
---- vim71/1/syntax/ada.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
-+"----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada syntax file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id: ada.vim 793 2007-11-01 18:29:58Z krischik $
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" David A. Wheeler <dwheeler@dwheeler.com>
-+" Simon Bradley <simon.bradley@pitechnology.com>
-+" Contributors: Preben Randhol.
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-11-01 19:29:58 +0100 (Do, 01 Nov 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 793 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/syntax/ada.vim $
-+" http://www.dwheeler.com/vim
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Spell check for comments and strings only
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: help ft-ada-syntax
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" The formal spec of Ada 2005 (ARM) is the "Ada 2005 Reference Manual".
-+" For more Ada 2005 info, see http://www.gnuada.org and http://www.adapower.com.
-+"
-+" This vim syntax file works on vim 7.0 only and makes use of most of Voim 7.0
-+" advanced features.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if exists("b:current_syntax") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let b:current_syntax = "ada"
-+
-+" Section: Ada is entirely case-insensitive. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax case ignore
-+setlocal nosmartcase
-+setlocal ignorecase
-+
-+" Section: Highlighting commands {{{1
-+"
-+" There are 72 reserved words in total in Ada2005. Some keywords are
-+" used in more than one way. For example:
-+" 1. "end" is a general keyword, but "end if" ends a Conditional.
-+" 2. "then" is a conditional, but "and then" is an operator.
-+"
-+for b:Item in g:ada#Keywords
-+ " Standard Exceptions (including I/O).
-+ " We'll highlight the standard exceptions, similar to vim's Python mode.
-+ " It's possible to redefine the standard exceptions as something else,
-+ " but doing so is very bad practice, so simply highlighting them makes sense.
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "x"
-+ execute "syntax keyword adaException " . b:Item['word']
-+ endif
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "a"
-+ execute 'syntax match adaAttribute "\V' . b:Item['word'] . '"'
-+ endif
-+ " We don't normally highlight types in package Standard
-+ " (Integer, Character, Float, etc.). I don't think it looks good
-+ " with the other type keywords, and many Ada programs define
-+ " so many of their own types that it looks inconsistent.
-+ " However, if you want this highlighting, turn on "ada_standard_types".
-+ " For package Standard's definition, see ARM section A.1.
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "t" && exists ("g:ada_standard_types")
-+ execute "syntax keyword adaBuiltinType " . b:Item['word']
-+ endif
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: others {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaLabel others
-+
-+" Section: Operatoren {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaOperator abs mod not rem xor
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<and\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<and\s\+then\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<or\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<or\s\+else\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "[-+*/<>&]"
-+syntax keyword adaOperator **
-+syntax match adaOperator "[/<>]="
-+syntax keyword adaOperator =>
-+syntax match adaOperator "\.\."
-+syntax match adaOperator "="
-+
-+" Section: <> {{{1
-+"
-+" Handle the box, <>, specially:
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaSpecial <>
-+
-+" Section: rainbow color {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_rainbow_color")
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "[:;.,]"
-+ call rainbow_parenthsis#LoadRound ()
-+ call rainbow_parenthsis#Activate ()
-+else
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "[:;().,]"
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: := {{{1
-+"
-+" We won't map "adaAssignment" by default, but we need to map ":=" to
-+" something or the "=" inside it will be mislabelled as an operator.
-+" Note that in Ada, assignment (:=) is not considered an operator.
-+"
-+syntax match adaAssignment ":="
-+
-+" Section: Numbers, including floating point, exponents, and alternate bases. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax match adaNumber "\<\d[0-9_]*\(\.\d[0-9_]*\)\=\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\=\>"
-+syntax match adaNumber "\<\d\d\=#\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\(\.\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\)\=#\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\="
-+
-+" Section: Identify leading numeric signs {{{1
-+"
-+" In "A-5" the "-" is an operator, " but in "A:=-5" the "-" is a sign. This
-+" handles "A3+-5" (etc.) correctly. " This assumes that if you put a
-+" don't put a space after +/- when it's used " as an operator, you won't
-+" put a space before it either -- which is true " in code I've seen.
-+"
-+syntax match adaSign "[[:space:]<>=(,|:;&*/+-][+-]\d"lc=1,hs=s+1,he=e-1,me=e-1
-+
-+" Section: Labels for the goto statement. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaLabel start="<<" end=">>"
-+
-+" Section: Boolean Constants {{{1
-+" Boolean Constants.
-+syntax keyword adaBoolean true false
-+
-+" Section: Warn C/C++ {{{1
-+"
-+" Warn people who try to use C/C++ notation erroneously:
-+"
-+syntax match adaError "//"
-+syntax match adaError "/\*"
-+syntax match adaError "=="
-+
-+
-+" Section: Space Errors {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_space_errors")
-+ if !exists("g:ada_no_trail_space_error")
-+ syntax match adaSpaceError excludenl "\s\+$"
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("g:ada_no_tab_space_error")
-+ syntax match adaSpaceError " \+\t"me=e-1
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("g:ada_all_tab_usage")
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "\t"
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: end {{{1
-+" Unless special ("end loop", "end if", etc.), "end" marks the end of a
-+" begin, package, task etc. Assiging it to adaEnd.
-+syntax match adaEnd /\<end\>/
-+
-+syntax keyword adaPreproc pragma
-+
-+syntax keyword adaRepeat exit for loop reverse while
-+syntax match adaRepeat "\<end\s\+loop\>"
-+
-+syntax keyword adaStatement accept delay goto raise requeue return
-+syntax keyword adaStatement terminate
-+syntax match adaStatement "\<abort\>"
-+
-+" Section: Handle Ada's record keywords. {{{1
-+"
-+" 'record' usually starts a structure, but "with null record;" does not,
-+" and 'end record;' ends a structure. The ordering here is critical -
-+" 'record;' matches a "with null record", so make it a keyword (this can
-+" match when the 'with' or 'null' is on a previous line).
-+" We see the "end" in "end record" before the word record, so we match that
-+" pattern as adaStructure (and it won't match the "record;" pattern).
-+"
-+syntax match adaStructure "\<record\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax match adaStructure "\<end\s\+record\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax match adaKeyword "\<record;"me=e-1
-+
-+" Section: type classes {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass abstract access aliased array at constant delta
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass digits limited of private range tagged
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass interface synchronized
-+syntax keyword adaTypedef subtype type
-+
-+" Section: Conditionals {{{1
-+"
-+" "abort" after "then" is a conditional of its own.
-+"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<then\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<then\s\+abort\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<else\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+if\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+case\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+select\>"
-+syntax keyword adaConditional if case select
-+syntax keyword adaConditional elsif when
-+
-+" Section: other keywords {{{1
-+syntax match adaKeyword "\<is\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax keyword adaKeyword all do exception in new null out
-+syntax keyword adaKeyword separate until overriding
-+
-+" Section: begin keywords {{{1
-+"
-+" These keywords begin various constructs, and you _might_ want to
-+" highlight them differently.
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaBegin begin body declare entry generic
-+syntax keyword adaBegin protected renames task
-+
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<function\>" contains=adaFunction
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<procedure\>" contains=adaProcedure
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<package\>" contains=adaPackage
-+
-+if exists("ada_with_gnat_project_files")
-+ syntax keyword adaBegin project
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: with, use {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("ada_withuse_ordinary")
-+ " Don't be fancy. Display "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords in all cases.
-+ syntax keyword adaKeyword with use
-+else
-+ " Highlight "with" and "use" clauses like C's "#include" when they're used
-+ " to reference other compilation units; otherwise they're ordinary keywords.
-+ " If we have vim 6.0 or later, we'll use its advanced pattern-matching
-+ " capabilities so that we won't match leading spaces.
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<with\>"
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<use\>"
-+ syntax match adaBeginWith "^\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syntax match adaSemiWith ";\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<with\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<with\s\+type\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<use\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ " Recognize "with null record" as a keyword (even the "record").
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<with\s\+null\s\+record\>"
-+ " Consider generic formal parameters of subprograms and packages as keywords.
-+ syntax match adaKeyword ";\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "^\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: String and character constants. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaString contains=@Spell start=+"+ skip=+""+ end=+"+
-+syntax match adaCharacter "'.'"
-+
-+" Section: Todo (only highlighted in comments) {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX NOTE
-+
-+" Section: Comments. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaComment
-+ \ oneline
-+ \ contains=adaTodo,adaLineError,@Spell
-+ \ start="--"
-+ \ end="$"
-+
-+" Section: line errors {{{1
-+"
-+" Note: Line errors have become quite slow with Vim 7.0
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_line_errors")
-+ syntax match adaLineError "\(^.\{79}\)\@<=." contains=ALL containedin=ALL
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: syntax folding {{{1
-+"
-+" Syntax folding is very tricky - for now I still suggest to use
-+" indent folding
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_folding") && g:ada_folding[0] == 's'
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'p') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaPackage
-+ \ start="\(\<package\s\+body\>\|\<package\>\)\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="end\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'f') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaProcedure
-+ \ start="\<procedure\>\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="\<end\>\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ syntax region adaFunction
-+ \ start="\<procedure\>\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="end\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'f') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaRecord
-+ \ start="\<is\s\+record\>"
-+ \ end="\<end\s\+record\>"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: The default methods for highlighting. Can be overridden later. {{{1
-+"
-+highlight def link adaCharacter Character
-+highlight def link adaComment Comment
-+highlight def link adaConditional Conditional
-+highlight def link adaKeyword Keyword
-+highlight def link adaLabel Label
-+highlight def link adaNumber Number
-+highlight def link adaSign Number
-+highlight def link adaOperator Operator
-+highlight def link adaPreproc PreProc
-+highlight def link adaRepeat Repeat
-+highlight def link adaSpecial Special
-+highlight def link adaStatement Statement
-+highlight def link adaString String
-+highlight def link adaStructure Structure
-+highlight def link adaTodo Todo
-+highlight def link adaType Type
-+highlight def link adaTypedef Typedef
-+highlight def link adaStorageClass StorageClass
-+highlight def link adaBoolean Boolean
-+highlight def link adaException Exception
-+highlight def link adaAttribute Tag
-+highlight def link adaInc Include
-+highlight def link adaError Error
-+highlight def link adaSpaceError Error
-+highlight def link adaLineError Error
-+highlight def link adaBuiltinType Type
-+highlight def link adaAssignment Special
-+
-+" Subsection: Begin, End {{{2
-+"
-+if exists ("ada_begin_preproc")
-+ " This is the old default display:
-+ highlight def link adaBegin PreProc
-+ highlight def link adaEnd PreProc
-+else
-+ " This is the new default display:
-+ highlight def link adaBegin Keyword
-+ highlight def link adaEnd Keyword
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Section: formatoptions {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal formatoptions+=ron
-+
-+" Section: sync {{{1
-+"
-+" We don't need to look backwards to highlight correctly;
-+" this speeds things up greatly.
-+syntax sync minlines=1 maxlines=1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+"vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+"vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/bush.vim vim71_ada/1/syntax/bush.vim
---- vim71/1/syntax/bush.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/bush.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
-+" Vim syntax file
-+" Language: BUSH / AdaScript
-+" Maintainer: Ken O. Burtch <ken@pegasoft.ca>
-+" URL: http://www.pegasoft.ca/bush
-+" Last Change: 2004-06-29
-+
-+" Former Maintainer: Simon Bradley <simon.bradley@pitechnology.com>
-+" (was <sib93@aber.ac.uk>)
-+" Other contributors: Preben Randhol.
-+" The formal spec of Ada95 (ARM) is the "Ada95 Reference Manual".
-+" For more Ada95 info, see http://www.gnuada.org and http://www.adapower.com.
-+
-+" This vim syntax file works on vim 5.6, 5.7, 5.8 and 6.x.
-+" It implements Bram Moolenaar's April 25, 2001 recommendations to make
-+" the syntax file maximally portable across different versions of vim.
-+" If vim 6.0+ is available,
-+" this syntax file takes advantage of the vim 6.0 advanced pattern-matching
-+" functions to avoid highlighting uninteresting leading spaces in
-+" some expressions containing "with" and "use".
-+
-+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
-+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
-+if version < 600
-+ syntax clear
-+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Ada is entirely case-insensitive.
-+syn case ignore
-+
-+" We don't need to look backwards to highlight correctly;
-+" this speeds things up greatly.
-+syn sync minlines=1 maxlines=1
-+
-+" Highlighting commands. There are 69 reserved words in total in Ada95.
-+" Some keywords are used in more than one way. For example:
-+" 1. "end" is a general keyword, but "end if" ends a Conditional.
-+" 2. "then" is a conditional, but "and then" is an operator.
-+
-+
-+" Standard Exceptions (including I/O).
-+" We'll highlight the standard exceptions, similar to vim's Python mode.
-+" It's possible to redefine the standard exceptions as something else,
-+" but doing so is very bad practice, so simply highlighting them makes sense.
-+syn keyword adaException Constraint_Error Program_Error Storage_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Tasking_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Status_Error Mode_Error Name_Error Use_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Device_Error End_Error Data_Error Layout_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Length_Error Pattern_Error Index_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Translation_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Time_Error Argument_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Tag_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Picture_Error
-+" Interfaces
-+syn keyword adaException Terminator_Error Conversion_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Pointer_Error Dereference_Error Update_Error
-+" This isn't in the Ada spec, but a GNAT extension.
-+syn keyword adaException Assert_Failure
-+" We don't list ALL exceptions defined in particular compilers (e.g., GNAT),
-+" because it's quite reasonable to define those phrases as non-exceptions.
-+
-+
-+" We don't normally highlight types in package Standard
-+" (Integer, Character, Float, etc.). I don't think it looks good
-+" with the other type keywords, and many Ada programs define
-+" so many of their own types that it looks inconsistent.
-+" However, if you want this highlighting, turn on "ada_standard_types".
-+" For package Standard's definition, see ARM section A.1.
-+
-+if exists("ada_standard_types")
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Boolean Integer Natural Positive Float
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Character Wide_Character
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType String Wide_String
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Duration
-+ " These aren't listed in ARM section A.1's code, but they're noted as
-+ " options in ARM sections 3.5.4 and 3.5.7:
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Short_Integer Short_Short_Integer
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Long_Integer Long_Long_Integer
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Short_Float Short_Short_Float
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Long_Float Long_Long_Float
-+ " BUSH-specific types
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType command
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType socket_type
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType unbounded_string
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_typeless
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_string
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_numeric
-+endif
-+
-+" There are MANY other predefined types; they've not been added, because
-+" determining when they're a type requires context in general.
-+" One potential addition would be Unbounded_String.
-+
-+
-+syn keyword adaLabel others
-+
-+syn keyword adaOperator abs mod not rem xor
-+syn match adaOperator "\<and\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<and\s\+then\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<or\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<or\s\+else\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "[-+*/<>&]"
-+syn keyword adaOperator **
-+syn match adaOperator "[/<>]="
-+syn keyword adaOperator =>
-+syn match adaOperator "\.\."
-+syn match adaOperator "="
-+
-+" We won't map "adaAssignment" by default, but we need to map ":=" to
-+" something or the "=" inside it will be mislabelled as an operator.
-+" Note that in Ada, assignment (:=) is not considered an operator.
-+syn match adaAssignment ":="
-+
-+" Handle the box, <>, specially:
-+syn keyword adaSpecial <>
-+
-+" Numbers, including floating point, exponents, and alternate bases.
-+syn match adaNumber "\<\d[0-9_]*\(\.\d[0-9_]*\)\=\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\=\>"
-+syn match adaNumber "\<\d\d\=#\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\(\.\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\)\=#\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\="
-+
-+" Identify leading numeric signs. In "A-5" the "-" is an operator,
-+" but in "A:=-5" the "-" is a sign. This handles "A3+-5" (etc.) correctly.
-+" This assumes that if you put a don't put a space after +/- when it's used
-+" as an operator, you won't put a space before it either -- which is true
-+" in code I've seen.
-+syn match adaSign "[[:space:]<>=(,|:;&*/+-][+-]\d"lc=1,hs=s+1,he=e-1,me=e-1
-+
-+" Labels for the goto statement.
-+syn region adaLabel start="<<" end=">>"
-+
-+" Boolean Constants.
-+syn keyword adaBoolean true false
-+
-+" Warn people who try to use C/C++ notation erroneously:
-+syn match adaError "//"
-+syn match adaError "/\*"
-+syn match adaError "=="
-+
-+
-+if exists("ada_space_errors")
-+ if !exists("ada_no_trail_space_error")
-+ syn match adaSpaceError excludenl "\s\+$"
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("ada_no_tab_space_error")
-+ syn match adaSpaceError " \+\t"me=e-1
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Unless special ("end loop", "end if", etc.), "end" marks the end of a
-+" begin, package, task etc. Assiging it to adaEnd.
-+syn match adaEnd "\<end\>"
-+
-+syn keyword adaPreproc pragma
-+
-+syn keyword adaRepeat exit for loop reverse while
-+syn match adaRepeat "\<end\s\+loop\>"
-+
-+syn keyword adaStatement accept delay goto raise requeue return
-+syn keyword adaStatement terminate
-+" BUSH-specific statements
-+syn keyword adaStatement cd
-+syn keyword adaStatement clear
-+syn keyword adaStatement env
-+syn keyword adaStatement inkey
-+syn keyword adaStatement jobs
-+syn keyword adaStatement logout
-+syn keyword adaStatement pwd
-+syn keyword adaStatement step
-+syn keyword adaStatement trace
-+syn keyword adaStatement typeset
-+syn keyword adaStatement unset
-+syn keyword adaStatement wait
-+syn keyword adaStatement history
-+syn keyword adaStatement "?"
-+syn match adaStatement "\<abort\>"
-+
-+" Handle Ada's record keywords.
-+" 'record' usually starts a structure, but "with null record;" does not,
-+" and 'end record;' ends a structure. The ordering here is critical -
-+" 'record;' matches a "with null record", so make it a keyword (this can
-+" match when the 'with' or 'null' is on a previous line).
-+" We see the "end" in "end record" before the word record, so we match that
-+" pattern as adaStructure (and it won't match the "record;" pattern).
-+syn match adaStructure "\<record\>"
-+syn match adaStructure "\<end\s\+record\>"
-+syn match adaKeyword "\<record;"me=e-1
-+
-+syn keyword adaStorageClass abstract access aliased array at constant delta
-+syn keyword adaStorageClass digits limited of private range tagged
-+syn keyword adaTypedef subtype type
-+
-+" Conditionals. "abort" after "then" is a conditional of its own.
-+syn match adaConditional "\<then\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<then\s\+abort\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<else\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+if\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+case\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+select\>"
-+syn keyword adaConditional if case select
-+syn keyword adaConditional elsif when
-+
-+syn keyword adaKeyword all do exception in is new null out
-+syn keyword adaKeyword separate until
-+
-+" These keywords begin various constructs, and you _might_ want to
-+" highlight them differently.
-+syn keyword adaBegin begin body declare entry function generic
-+syn keyword adaBegin package procedure protected renames task
-+
-+
-+if exists("ada_withuse_ordinary")
-+" Don't be fancy. Display "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords in all cases.
-+ syn keyword adaKeyword with use
-+else
-+ " Highlight "with" and "use" clauses like C's "#include" when they're used
-+ " to reference other compilation units; otherwise they're ordinary keywords.
-+ " If we have vim 6.0 or later, we'll use its advanced pattern-matching
-+ " capabilities so that we won't match leading spaces.
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<with\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<use\>"
-+ if version < 600
-+ syn match adaBeginWith "^\s*\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syn match adaSemiWith ";\s*\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>"lc=1 contains=adaInc
-+ else
-+ syn match adaBeginWith "^\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syn match adaSemiWith ";\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ endif
-+ syn match adaInc "\<with\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syn match adaInc "\<with\s\+type\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syn match adaInc "\<use\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ " Recognize "with null record" as a keyword (even the "record").
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<with\s\+null\s\+record\>"
-+ " Consider generic formal parameters of subprograms and packages as keywords.
-+ if version < 600
-+ syn match adaKeyword ";\s*with\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "^\s*with\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ else
-+ syn match adaKeyword ";\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "^\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" String and character constants.
-+syn region adaString start=+"+ skip=+""+ end=+"+
-+syn match adaCharacter "'.'"
-+
-+" Todo (only highlighted in comments)
-+syn keyword adaTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
-+
-+" Comments.
-+syn region adaComment oneline contains=adaTodo start="--" end="$"
-+
-+
-+
-+" Define the default highlighting.
-+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
-+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
-+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_ada_syn_inits")
-+ if version < 508
-+ let did_ada_syn_inits = 1
-+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
-+ else
-+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
-+ endif
-+
-+ " The default methods for highlighting. Can be overridden later.
-+ HiLink adaCharacter Character
-+ HiLink adaComment Comment
-+ HiLink adaConditional Conditional
-+ HiLink adaKeyword Keyword
-+ HiLink adaLabel Label
-+ HiLink adaNumber Number
-+ HiLink adaSign Number
-+ HiLink adaOperator Operator
-+ HiLink adaPreproc PreProc
-+ HiLink adaRepeat Repeat
-+ HiLink adaSpecial Special
-+ HiLink adaStatement Statement
-+ HiLink adaString String
-+ HiLink adaStructure Structure
-+ HiLink adaTodo Todo
-+ HiLink adaType Type
-+ HiLink adaTypedef Typedef
-+ HiLink adaStorageClass StorageClass
-+ HiLink adaBoolean Boolean
-+ HiLink adaException Exception
-+ HiLink adaInc Include
-+ HiLink adaError Error
-+ HiLink adaSpaceError Error
-+ HiLink adaBuiltinType Type
-+
-+ if exists("ada_begin_preproc")
-+ " This is the old default display:
-+ HiLink adaBegin PreProc
-+ HiLink adaEnd PreProc
-+ else
-+ " This is the new default display:
-+ HiLink adaBegin Keyword
-+ HiLink adaEnd Keyword
-+ endif
-+
-+ delcommand HiLink
-+endif
-+
-+let b:current_syntax = "ada"
-+
-+" vim: ts=8
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/all-wcprops vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/all-wcprops
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/all-wcprops 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/all-wcprops 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 51
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/793/trunk/tools/vim/syntax
-+END
-+ada.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 59
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/793/trunk/tools/vim/syntax/ada.vim
-+END
-+bush.vim
-+K 25
-+svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url
-+V 60
-+/svnroot/gnuada/!svn/ver/746/trunk/tools/vim/syntax/bush.vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/dir-prop-base vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/dir-prop-base
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/dir-prop-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/dir-prop-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
-+K 10
-+svn:ignore
-+V 9
-+.backups
-+
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/entries vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/entries
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/entries 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/entries 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
-+8
-+
-+dir
-+841
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/syntax
-+https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada
-+
-+
-+
-+2007-11-01T18:29:58.081603Z
-+793
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+svn:special svn:externals svn:needs-lock
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+9b0cb6ef-3e0e-0410-8360-d61ff0ace097
-+
-+ada.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+1f3e27d039a012d7bc96fd9e2b95ff20
-+2007-11-01T18:29:58.081603Z
-+793
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-+bush.vim
-+file
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+2008-01-16T15:37:03.000000Z
-+7b0798091c1dad50554c7905c6803cbe
-+2007-07-08T16:24:46.571321Z
-+746
-+krischik
-+has-props
-+
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/format vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/format
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/format 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/format 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1 @@
-+8
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/bush.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/bush.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/bush.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/prop-base/bush.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
-+K 13
-+svn:eol-style
-+V 2
-+LF
-+K 12
-+svn:keywords
-+V 31
-+Author Date Id Revision HeadURL
-+K 13
-+svn:mime-type
-+V 10
-+text/x-vim
-+END
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/ada.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
-+"----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Description: Vim Ada syntax file
-+" Language: Ada (2005)
-+" $Id$
-+" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" David A. Wheeler <dwheeler@dwheeler.com>
-+" Simon Bradley <simon.bradley@pitechnology.com>
-+" Contributors: Preben Randhol.
-+" $Author$
-+" $Date$
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision$
-+" $HeadURL$
-+" http://www.dwheeler.com/vim
-+" History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
-+" 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
-+" 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-+" 02.10.2006 MK Better folding.
-+" 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Spell check for comments and strings only
-+" 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" Help Page: help ft-ada-syntax
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" The formal spec of Ada 2005 (ARM) is the "Ada 2005 Reference Manual".
-+" For more Ada 2005 info, see http://www.gnuada.org and http://www.adapower.com.
-+"
-+" This vim syntax file works on vim 7.0 only and makes use of most of Voim 7.0
-+" advanced features.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+if exists("b:current_syntax") || version < 700
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+let b:current_syntax = "ada"
-+
-+" Section: Ada is entirely case-insensitive. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax case ignore
-+setlocal nosmartcase
-+setlocal ignorecase
-+
-+" Section: Highlighting commands {{{1
-+"
-+" There are 72 reserved words in total in Ada2005. Some keywords are
-+" used in more than one way. For example:
-+" 1. "end" is a general keyword, but "end if" ends a Conditional.
-+" 2. "then" is a conditional, but "and then" is an operator.
-+"
-+for b:Item in g:ada#Keywords
-+ " Standard Exceptions (including I/O).
-+ " We'll highlight the standard exceptions, similar to vim's Python mode.
-+ " It's possible to redefine the standard exceptions as something else,
-+ " but doing so is very bad practice, so simply highlighting them makes sense.
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "x"
-+ execute "syntax keyword adaException " . b:Item['word']
-+ endif
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "a"
-+ execute 'syntax match adaAttribute "\V' . b:Item['word'] . '"'
-+ endif
-+ " We don't normally highlight types in package Standard
-+ " (Integer, Character, Float, etc.). I don't think it looks good
-+ " with the other type keywords, and many Ada programs define
-+ " so many of their own types that it looks inconsistent.
-+ " However, if you want this highlighting, turn on "ada_standard_types".
-+ " For package Standard's definition, see ARM section A.1.
-+ if b:Item['kind'] == "t" && exists ("g:ada_standard_types")
-+ execute "syntax keyword adaBuiltinType " . b:Item['word']
-+ endif
-+endfor
-+
-+" Section: others {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaLabel others
-+
-+" Section: Operatoren {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaOperator abs mod not rem xor
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<and\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<and\s\+then\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<or\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "\<or\s\+else\>"
-+syntax match adaOperator "[-+*/<>&]"
-+syntax keyword adaOperator **
-+syntax match adaOperator "[/<>]="
-+syntax keyword adaOperator =>
-+syntax match adaOperator "\.\."
-+syntax match adaOperator "="
-+
-+" Section: <> {{{1
-+"
-+" Handle the box, <>, specially:
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaSpecial <>
-+
-+" Section: rainbow color {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_rainbow_color")
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "[:;.,]"
-+ call rainbow_parenthsis#LoadRound ()
-+ call rainbow_parenthsis#Activate ()
-+else
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "[:;().,]"
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: := {{{1
-+"
-+" We won't map "adaAssignment" by default, but we need to map ":=" to
-+" something or the "=" inside it will be mislabelled as an operator.
-+" Note that in Ada, assignment (:=) is not considered an operator.
-+"
-+syntax match adaAssignment ":="
-+
-+" Section: Numbers, including floating point, exponents, and alternate bases. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax match adaNumber "\<\d[0-9_]*\(\.\d[0-9_]*\)\=\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\=\>"
-+syntax match adaNumber "\<\d\d\=#\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\(\.\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\)\=#\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\="
-+
-+" Section: Identify leading numeric signs {{{1
-+"
-+" In "A-5" the "-" is an operator, " but in "A:=-5" the "-" is a sign. This
-+" handles "A3+-5" (etc.) correctly. " This assumes that if you put a
-+" don't put a space after +/- when it's used " as an operator, you won't
-+" put a space before it either -- which is true " in code I've seen.
-+"
-+syntax match adaSign "[[:space:]<>=(,|:;&*/+-][+-]\d"lc=1,hs=s+1,he=e-1,me=e-1
-+
-+" Section: Labels for the goto statement. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaLabel start="<<" end=">>"
-+
-+" Section: Boolean Constants {{{1
-+" Boolean Constants.
-+syntax keyword adaBoolean true false
-+
-+" Section: Warn C/C++ {{{1
-+"
-+" Warn people who try to use C/C++ notation erroneously:
-+"
-+syntax match adaError "//"
-+syntax match adaError "/\*"
-+syntax match adaError "=="
-+
-+
-+" Section: Space Errors {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_space_errors")
-+ if !exists("g:ada_no_trail_space_error")
-+ syntax match adaSpaceError excludenl "\s\+$"
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("g:ada_no_tab_space_error")
-+ syntax match adaSpaceError " \+\t"me=e-1
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("g:ada_all_tab_usage")
-+ syntax match adaSpecial "\t"
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: end {{{1
-+" Unless special ("end loop", "end if", etc.), "end" marks the end of a
-+" begin, package, task etc. Assiging it to adaEnd.
-+syntax match adaEnd /\<end\>/
-+
-+syntax keyword adaPreproc pragma
-+
-+syntax keyword adaRepeat exit for loop reverse while
-+syntax match adaRepeat "\<end\s\+loop\>"
-+
-+syntax keyword adaStatement accept delay goto raise requeue return
-+syntax keyword adaStatement terminate
-+syntax match adaStatement "\<abort\>"
-+
-+" Section: Handle Ada's record keywords. {{{1
-+"
-+" 'record' usually starts a structure, but "with null record;" does not,
-+" and 'end record;' ends a structure. The ordering here is critical -
-+" 'record;' matches a "with null record", so make it a keyword (this can
-+" match when the 'with' or 'null' is on a previous line).
-+" We see the "end" in "end record" before the word record, so we match that
-+" pattern as adaStructure (and it won't match the "record;" pattern).
-+"
-+syntax match adaStructure "\<record\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax match adaStructure "\<end\s\+record\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax match adaKeyword "\<record;"me=e-1
-+
-+" Section: type classes {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass abstract access aliased array at constant delta
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass digits limited of private range tagged
-+syntax keyword adaStorageClass interface synchronized
-+syntax keyword adaTypedef subtype type
-+
-+" Section: Conditionals {{{1
-+"
-+" "abort" after "then" is a conditional of its own.
-+"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<then\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<then\s\+abort\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<else\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+if\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+case\>"
-+syntax match adaConditional "\<end\s\+select\>"
-+syntax keyword adaConditional if case select
-+syntax keyword adaConditional elsif when
-+
-+" Section: other keywords {{{1
-+syntax match adaKeyword "\<is\>" contains=adaRecord
-+syntax keyword adaKeyword all do exception in new null out
-+syntax keyword adaKeyword separate until overriding
-+
-+" Section: begin keywords {{{1
-+"
-+" These keywords begin various constructs, and you _might_ want to
-+" highlight them differently.
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaBegin begin body declare entry generic
-+syntax keyword adaBegin protected renames task
-+
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<function\>" contains=adaFunction
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<procedure\>" contains=adaProcedure
-+syntax match adaBegin "\<package\>" contains=adaPackage
-+
-+if exists("ada_with_gnat_project_files")
-+ syntax keyword adaBegin project
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: with, use {{{1
-+"
-+if exists("ada_withuse_ordinary")
-+ " Don't be fancy. Display "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords in all cases.
-+ syntax keyword adaKeyword with use
-+else
-+ " Highlight "with" and "use" clauses like C's "#include" when they're used
-+ " to reference other compilation units; otherwise they're ordinary keywords.
-+ " If we have vim 6.0 or later, we'll use its advanced pattern-matching
-+ " capabilities so that we won't match leading spaces.
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<with\>"
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<use\>"
-+ syntax match adaBeginWith "^\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syntax match adaSemiWith ";\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<with\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<with\s\+type\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syntax match adaInc "\<use\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ " Recognize "with null record" as a keyword (even the "record").
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "\<with\s\+null\s\+record\>"
-+ " Consider generic formal parameters of subprograms and packages as keywords.
-+ syntax match adaKeyword ";\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syntax match adaKeyword "^\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: String and character constants. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaString contains=@Spell start=+"+ skip=+""+ end=+"+
-+syntax match adaCharacter "'.'"
-+
-+" Section: Todo (only highlighted in comments) {{{1
-+"
-+syntax keyword adaTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX NOTE
-+
-+" Section: Comments. {{{1
-+"
-+syntax region adaComment
-+ \ oneline
-+ \ contains=adaTodo,adaLineError,@Spell
-+ \ start="--"
-+ \ end="$"
-+
-+" Section: line errors {{{1
-+"
-+" Note: Line errors have become quite slow with Vim 7.0
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_line_errors")
-+ syntax match adaLineError "\(^.\{79}\)\@<=." contains=ALL containedin=ALL
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: syntax folding {{{1
-+"
-+" Syntax folding is very tricky - for now I still suggest to use
-+" indent folding
-+"
-+if exists("g:ada_folding") && g:ada_folding[0] == 's'
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'p') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaPackage
-+ \ start="\(\<package\s\+body\>\|\<package\>\)\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="end\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'f') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaProcedure
-+ \ start="\<procedure\>\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="\<end\>\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ syntax region adaFunction
-+ \ start="\<procedure\>\s*\z(\k*\)"
-+ \ end="end\s\+\z1\s*;"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+ if stridx (g:ada_folding, 'f') >= 0
-+ syntax region adaRecord
-+ \ start="\<is\s\+record\>"
-+ \ end="\<end\s\+record\>"
-+ \ keepend extend transparent fold contains=ALL
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: The default methods for highlighting. Can be overridden later. {{{1
-+"
-+highlight def link adaCharacter Character
-+highlight def link adaComment Comment
-+highlight def link adaConditional Conditional
-+highlight def link adaKeyword Keyword
-+highlight def link adaLabel Label
-+highlight def link adaNumber Number
-+highlight def link adaSign Number
-+highlight def link adaOperator Operator
-+highlight def link adaPreproc PreProc
-+highlight def link adaRepeat Repeat
-+highlight def link adaSpecial Special
-+highlight def link adaStatement Statement
-+highlight def link adaString String
-+highlight def link adaStructure Structure
-+highlight def link adaTodo Todo
-+highlight def link adaType Type
-+highlight def link adaTypedef Typedef
-+highlight def link adaStorageClass StorageClass
-+highlight def link adaBoolean Boolean
-+highlight def link adaException Exception
-+highlight def link adaAttribute Tag
-+highlight def link adaInc Include
-+highlight def link adaError Error
-+highlight def link adaSpaceError Error
-+highlight def link adaLineError Error
-+highlight def link adaBuiltinType Type
-+highlight def link adaAssignment Special
-+
-+" Subsection: Begin, End {{{2
-+"
-+if exists ("ada_begin_preproc")
-+ " This is the old default display:
-+ highlight def link adaBegin PreProc
-+ highlight def link adaEnd PreProc
-+else
-+ " This is the new default display:
-+ highlight def link adaBegin Keyword
-+ highlight def link adaEnd Keyword
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Section: formatoptions {{{1
-+"
-+setlocal formatoptions+=ron
-+
-+" Section: sync {{{1
-+"
-+" We don't need to look backwards to highlight correctly;
-+" this speeds things up greatly.
-+syntax sync minlines=1 maxlines=1
-+
-+finish " 1}}}
-+
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+" Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+"
-+" Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+"------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+"vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 noexpandtab
-+"vim: foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/bush.vim.svn-base vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/bush.vim.svn-base
---- vim71/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/bush.vim.svn-base 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/1/syntax/.svn/text-base/bush.vim.svn-base 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
-+" Vim syntax file
-+" Language: BUSH / AdaScript
-+" Maintainer: Ken O. Burtch <ken@pegasoft.ca>
-+" URL: http://www.pegasoft.ca/bush
-+" Last Change: 2004-06-29
-+
-+" Former Maintainer: Simon Bradley <simon.bradley@pitechnology.com>
-+" (was <sib93@aber.ac.uk>)
-+" Other contributors: Preben Randhol.
-+" The formal spec of Ada95 (ARM) is the "Ada95 Reference Manual".
-+" For more Ada95 info, see http://www.gnuada.org and http://www.adapower.com.
-+
-+" This vim syntax file works on vim 5.6, 5.7, 5.8 and 6.x.
-+" It implements Bram Moolenaar's April 25, 2001 recommendations to make
-+" the syntax file maximally portable across different versions of vim.
-+" If vim 6.0+ is available,
-+" this syntax file takes advantage of the vim 6.0 advanced pattern-matching
-+" functions to avoid highlighting uninteresting leading spaces in
-+" some expressions containing "with" and "use".
-+
-+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
-+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
-+if version < 600
-+ syntax clear
-+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+
-+" Ada is entirely case-insensitive.
-+syn case ignore
-+
-+" We don't need to look backwards to highlight correctly;
-+" this speeds things up greatly.
-+syn sync minlines=1 maxlines=1
-+
-+" Highlighting commands. There are 69 reserved words in total in Ada95.
-+" Some keywords are used in more than one way. For example:
-+" 1. "end" is a general keyword, but "end if" ends a Conditional.
-+" 2. "then" is a conditional, but "and then" is an operator.
-+
-+
-+" Standard Exceptions (including I/O).
-+" We'll highlight the standard exceptions, similar to vim's Python mode.
-+" It's possible to redefine the standard exceptions as something else,
-+" but doing so is very bad practice, so simply highlighting them makes sense.
-+syn keyword adaException Constraint_Error Program_Error Storage_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Tasking_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Status_Error Mode_Error Name_Error Use_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Device_Error End_Error Data_Error Layout_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Length_Error Pattern_Error Index_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Translation_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Time_Error Argument_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Tag_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Picture_Error
-+" Interfaces
-+syn keyword adaException Terminator_Error Conversion_Error
-+syn keyword adaException Pointer_Error Dereference_Error Update_Error
-+" This isn't in the Ada spec, but a GNAT extension.
-+syn keyword adaException Assert_Failure
-+" We don't list ALL exceptions defined in particular compilers (e.g., GNAT),
-+" because it's quite reasonable to define those phrases as non-exceptions.
-+
-+
-+" We don't normally highlight types in package Standard
-+" (Integer, Character, Float, etc.). I don't think it looks good
-+" with the other type keywords, and many Ada programs define
-+" so many of their own types that it looks inconsistent.
-+" However, if you want this highlighting, turn on "ada_standard_types".
-+" For package Standard's definition, see ARM section A.1.
-+
-+if exists("ada_standard_types")
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Boolean Integer Natural Positive Float
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Character Wide_Character
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType String Wide_String
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Duration
-+ " These aren't listed in ARM section A.1's code, but they're noted as
-+ " options in ARM sections 3.5.4 and 3.5.7:
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Short_Integer Short_Short_Integer
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Long_Integer Long_Long_Integer
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Short_Float Short_Short_Float
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType Long_Float Long_Long_Float
-+ " BUSH-specific types
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType command
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType socket_type
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType unbounded_string
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_typeless
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_string
-+ syn keyword adaBuiltinType universal_numeric
-+endif
-+
-+" There are MANY other predefined types; they've not been added, because
-+" determining when they're a type requires context in general.
-+" One potential addition would be Unbounded_String.
-+
-+
-+syn keyword adaLabel others
-+
-+syn keyword adaOperator abs mod not rem xor
-+syn match adaOperator "\<and\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<and\s\+then\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<or\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "\<or\s\+else\>"
-+syn match adaOperator "[-+*/<>&]"
-+syn keyword adaOperator **
-+syn match adaOperator "[/<>]="
-+syn keyword adaOperator =>
-+syn match adaOperator "\.\."
-+syn match adaOperator "="
-+
-+" We won't map "adaAssignment" by default, but we need to map ":=" to
-+" something or the "=" inside it will be mislabelled as an operator.
-+" Note that in Ada, assignment (:=) is not considered an operator.
-+syn match adaAssignment ":="
-+
-+" Handle the box, <>, specially:
-+syn keyword adaSpecial <>
-+
-+" Numbers, including floating point, exponents, and alternate bases.
-+syn match adaNumber "\<\d[0-9_]*\(\.\d[0-9_]*\)\=\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\=\>"
-+syn match adaNumber "\<\d\d\=#\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\(\.\x[0-9A-Fa-f_]*\)\=#\([Ee][+-]\=\d[0-9_]*\)\="
-+
-+" Identify leading numeric signs. In "A-5" the "-" is an operator,
-+" but in "A:=-5" the "-" is a sign. This handles "A3+-5" (etc.) correctly.
-+" This assumes that if you put a don't put a space after +/- when it's used
-+" as an operator, you won't put a space before it either -- which is true
-+" in code I've seen.
-+syn match adaSign "[[:space:]<>=(,|:;&*/+-][+-]\d"lc=1,hs=s+1,he=e-1,me=e-1
-+
-+" Labels for the goto statement.
-+syn region adaLabel start="<<" end=">>"
-+
-+" Boolean Constants.
-+syn keyword adaBoolean true false
-+
-+" Warn people who try to use C/C++ notation erroneously:
-+syn match adaError "//"
-+syn match adaError "/\*"
-+syn match adaError "=="
-+
-+
-+if exists("ada_space_errors")
-+ if !exists("ada_no_trail_space_error")
-+ syn match adaSpaceError excludenl "\s\+$"
-+ endif
-+ if !exists("ada_no_tab_space_error")
-+ syn match adaSpaceError " \+\t"me=e-1
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+" Unless special ("end loop", "end if", etc.), "end" marks the end of a
-+" begin, package, task etc. Assiging it to adaEnd.
-+syn match adaEnd "\<end\>"
-+
-+syn keyword adaPreproc pragma
-+
-+syn keyword adaRepeat exit for loop reverse while
-+syn match adaRepeat "\<end\s\+loop\>"
-+
-+syn keyword adaStatement accept delay goto raise requeue return
-+syn keyword adaStatement terminate
-+" BUSH-specific statements
-+syn keyword adaStatement cd
-+syn keyword adaStatement clear
-+syn keyword adaStatement env
-+syn keyword adaStatement inkey
-+syn keyword adaStatement jobs
-+syn keyword adaStatement logout
-+syn keyword adaStatement pwd
-+syn keyword adaStatement step
-+syn keyword adaStatement trace
-+syn keyword adaStatement typeset
-+syn keyword adaStatement unset
-+syn keyword adaStatement wait
-+syn keyword adaStatement history
-+syn keyword adaStatement "?"
-+syn match adaStatement "\<abort\>"
-+
-+" Handle Ada's record keywords.
-+" 'record' usually starts a structure, but "with null record;" does not,
-+" and 'end record;' ends a structure. The ordering here is critical -
-+" 'record;' matches a "with null record", so make it a keyword (this can
-+" match when the 'with' or 'null' is on a previous line).
-+" We see the "end" in "end record" before the word record, so we match that
-+" pattern as adaStructure (and it won't match the "record;" pattern).
-+syn match adaStructure "\<record\>"
-+syn match adaStructure "\<end\s\+record\>"
-+syn match adaKeyword "\<record;"me=e-1
-+
-+syn keyword adaStorageClass abstract access aliased array at constant delta
-+syn keyword adaStorageClass digits limited of private range tagged
-+syn keyword adaTypedef subtype type
-+
-+" Conditionals. "abort" after "then" is a conditional of its own.
-+syn match adaConditional "\<then\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<then\s\+abort\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<else\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+if\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+case\>"
-+syn match adaConditional "\<end\s\+select\>"
-+syn keyword adaConditional if case select
-+syn keyword adaConditional elsif when
-+
-+syn keyword adaKeyword all do exception in is new null out
-+syn keyword adaKeyword separate until
-+
-+" These keywords begin various constructs, and you _might_ want to
-+" highlight them differently.
-+syn keyword adaBegin begin body declare entry function generic
-+syn keyword adaBegin package procedure protected renames task
-+
-+
-+if exists("ada_withuse_ordinary")
-+" Don't be fancy. Display "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords in all cases.
-+ syn keyword adaKeyword with use
-+else
-+ " Highlight "with" and "use" clauses like C's "#include" when they're used
-+ " to reference other compilation units; otherwise they're ordinary keywords.
-+ " If we have vim 6.0 or later, we'll use its advanced pattern-matching
-+ " capabilities so that we won't match leading spaces.
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<with\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<use\>"
-+ if version < 600
-+ syn match adaBeginWith "^\s*\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syn match adaSemiWith ";\s*\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>"lc=1 contains=adaInc
-+ else
-+ syn match adaBeginWith "^\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ syn match adaSemiWith ";\s*\zs\(\(with\(\s\+type\)\=\)\|\(use\)\)\>" contains=adaInc
-+ endif
-+ syn match adaInc "\<with\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syn match adaInc "\<with\s\+type\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ syn match adaInc "\<use\>" contained contains=NONE
-+ " Recognize "with null record" as a keyword (even the "record").
-+ syn match adaKeyword "\<with\s\+null\s\+record\>"
-+ " Consider generic formal parameters of subprograms and packages as keywords.
-+ if version < 600
-+ syn match adaKeyword ";\s*with\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "^\s*with\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ else
-+ syn match adaKeyword ";\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ syn match adaKeyword "^\s*\zswith\s\+\(function\|procedure\|package\)\>"
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" String and character constants.
-+syn region adaString start=+"+ skip=+""+ end=+"+
-+syn match adaCharacter "'.'"
-+
-+" Todo (only highlighted in comments)
-+syn keyword adaTodo contained TODO FIXME XXX
-+
-+" Comments.
-+syn region adaComment oneline contains=adaTodo start="--" end="$"
-+
-+
-+
-+" Define the default highlighting.
-+" For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
-+" For version 5.8 and later: only when an item doesn't have highlighting yet
-+if version >= 508 || !exists("did_ada_syn_inits")
-+ if version < 508
-+ let did_ada_syn_inits = 1
-+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi link <args>
-+ else
-+ command -nargs=+ HiLink hi def link <args>
-+ endif
-+
-+ " The default methods for highlighting. Can be overridden later.
-+ HiLink adaCharacter Character
-+ HiLink adaComment Comment
-+ HiLink adaConditional Conditional
-+ HiLink adaKeyword Keyword
-+ HiLink adaLabel Label
-+ HiLink adaNumber Number
-+ HiLink adaSign Number
-+ HiLink adaOperator Operator
-+ HiLink adaPreproc PreProc
-+ HiLink adaRepeat Repeat
-+ HiLink adaSpecial Special
-+ HiLink adaStatement Statement
-+ HiLink adaString String
-+ HiLink adaStructure Structure
-+ HiLink adaTodo Todo
-+ HiLink adaType Type
-+ HiLink adaTypedef Typedef
-+ HiLink adaStorageClass StorageClass
-+ HiLink adaBoolean Boolean
-+ HiLink adaException Exception
-+ HiLink adaInc Include
-+ HiLink adaError Error
-+ HiLink adaSpaceError Error
-+ HiLink adaBuiltinType Type
-+
-+ if exists("ada_begin_preproc")
-+ " This is the old default display:
-+ HiLink adaBegin PreProc
-+ HiLink adaEnd PreProc
-+ else
-+ " This is the new default display:
-+ HiLink adaBegin Keyword
-+ HiLink adaEnd Keyword
-+ endif
-+
-+ delcommand HiLink
-+endif
-+
-+let b:current_syntax = "ada"
-+
-+" vim: ts=8
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim
---- vim71/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim 2007-05-05 19:34:16.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/adacomplete.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:40.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada omnicompletion file
- " Language: Ada (2005)
--" $Id: adacomplete.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:34:16 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: adacomplete.vim 825 2007-12-09 13:34:03Z krischik $
- " Maintainer: Martin Krischik
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:34:16 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-12-09 14:34:03 +0100 (So, 09 Dez 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 825 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/adacomplete.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 26.05.2006 MK improved search for begin of word.
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/ada.vim
---- vim71/runtime/autoload/ada.vim 2007-05-05 20:02:22.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:40.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
- " Language: Ada (2005)
--" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:02:22 vimboss Exp $
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
- " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:02:22 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/ada.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-@@ -17,6 +19,10 @@
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
- " autoload
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 08.07.2007 TV fix mapleader problems.
-+" 09.05.2007 MK Session just won't work no matter how much
-+" tweaking is done
-+" 19.09.2007 NO still some mapleader problems
- " Help Page: ft-ada-functions
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@@ -425,7 +431,15 @@
- execute '!ctags --excmd=number ' . l:Filename
- endfunction ada#Create_Tags
-
--function ada#Switch_Session (New_Session) "{{{1
-+" Section: ada#Switch_Session {{{1
-+"
-+function ada#Switch_Session (New_Session)
-+ "
-+ " you should not save to much date into the seession since they will
-+ " be sourced
-+ "
-+ set sessionoptions=buffers,curdir,folds,globals,resize,slash,tabpages,tabpages,unix,winpos,winsize
-+
- if a:New_Session != v:this_session
- "
- " We actualy got a new session - otherwise there
-@@ -437,18 +451,23 @@
-
- let v:this_session = a:New_Session
-
-- if filereadable (v:this_session)
-- execute 'source ' . v:this_session
-- endif
-+ "if filereadable (v:this_session)
-+ "execute 'source ' . v:this_session
-+ "endif
-
- augroup ada_session
- autocmd!
- autocmd VimLeavePre * execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
- augroup END
-+ "
-+ "if exists ("g:Tlist_Auto_Open") && g:Tlist_Auto_Open
-+ "TlistOpen
-+ "endif
-+
- endif
-
- return
--endfunction ada#Switch_Session "}}}1
-+endfunction ada#Switch_Session
-
- " Section: GNAT Pretty Printer folding {{{1
- "
-@@ -546,18 +565,23 @@
- \ a:Keys .
- \" <C-O>:" . a:Command . "<CR>"
- else
-+ if exists("g:mapleader")
-+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
-+ else
-+ let l:leader = '\'
-+ endif
- execute
- \ "50amenu " .
- \ "Ada." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-- \ "<Tab>" . escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
- \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
- execute
- \ "nnoremap <buffer>" .
-- \ escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
- \" :" . a:Command
- execute
- \ "inoremap <buffer>" .
-- \ escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
- \" <C-O>:" . a:Command
- endif
- return
-@@ -566,10 +590,15 @@
- " Section: ada#Map_Popup {{{2
- "
- function ada#Map_Popup (Text, Keys, Command)
-+ if exists("g:mapleader")
-+ let l:leader = g:mapleader
-+ else
-+ let l:leader = '\'
-+ endif
- execute
- \ "50amenu " .
- \ "PopUp." . escape(a:Text, ' ') .
-- \ "<Tab>" . escape(g:mapleader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
-+ \ "<Tab>" . escape(l:leader . "a" . a:Keys , '\') .
- \ " :" . a:Command . "<CR>"
-
- call ada#Map_Menu (a:Text, a:Keys, a:Command)
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/decada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/decada.vim
---- vim71/runtime/autoload/decada.vim 2007-05-05 19:25:32.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:41.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
- " Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
--" $Id: decada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:25:32 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: decada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
- " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:25:32 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/decada.vim $
- " History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
- " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
-@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
- call ada#Switch_Session (a:1)
- elseif argc() == 0 && strlen (v:servername) > 0
- call ada#Switch_Session (
-- \ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]" .
-+ \ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]decada_" .
- \ v:servername . ".vim")
- endif
- return
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim
---- vim71/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim 2007-05-05 20:18:20.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/autoload/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:46:46.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
- " Language: Ada (GNAT)
--" $Id: gnat.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:18:20 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: gnat.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
- " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:18:20 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/autoload/gnat.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
- " 05.08.2006 MK Add session support
-@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
- " autoload
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
- " Help Page: compiler-gnat
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@@ -71,13 +73,19 @@
- execute 'mksession! ' . v:this_session
- endif
-
-- if strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
-- call ada#Switch_Session (
-- \ expand('~') . "/vimfiles/session/" .
-- \ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
-- else
-- call ada#Switch_Session ('')
-- endif
-+ "if strlen (self.Project_File) > 0
-+ "if has("vms")
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session (
-+ "\ expand('~')[0:-2] . ".vimfiles.session]gnat_" .
-+ "\ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
-+ "else
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session (
-+ "\ expand('~') . "/vimfiles/session/gnat_" .
-+ "\ fnamemodify (self.Project_File, ":t:r") . ".vim")
-+ "endif
-+ "else
-+ "call ada#Switch_Session ('')
-+ "endif
-
- return
- endfunction gnat#Set_Project_File " }}}1
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/compiler/decada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/decada.vim
---- vim71/runtime/compiler/decada.vim 2007-05-05 20:09:54.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/decada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada/Dec Ada compiler file
- " Language: Ada (Dec Ada)
--" $Id: decada.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:09:54 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: decada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
- " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:09:54 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/decada.vim $
- " History: 21.07.2006 MK New Dec Ada
- " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 08.09.2006 MK Correct double load protection.
- " Help Page: compiler-decada
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@@ -24,6 +25,13 @@
-
- if !exists("g:decada")
- let g:decada = decada#New ()
-+
-+ call ada#Map_Menu (
-+ \'Dec Ada.Build',
-+ \'<F7>',
-+ \'call decada.Make ()')
-+
-+ call g:decada.Set_Session ()
- endif
-
- if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-@@ -33,16 +41,9 @@
- command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
- endif
-
--call g:decada.Set_Session ()
--
- execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
- execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
-
--call ada#Map_Menu (
-- \'Dec Ada.Build',
-- \'<F7>',
-- \'call decada.Make ()')
--
- finish " 1}}}
-
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim
---- vim71/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim 2007-05-05 20:04:19.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/compiler/gnat.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,17 +1,19 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada/GNAT compiler file
- " Language: Ada (GNAT)
--" $Id: gnat.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 18:04:19 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: gnat.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
- " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 18:04:19 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.1 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischi <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>k
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/compiler/gnat.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
- " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
-+" 19.09.2007 NO use project file only when there is a project
- " Help Page: compiler-gnat
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-@@ -46,6 +48,8 @@
- \ 'GNAT.Set Projectfile\.\.\.',
- \ ':SetProject',
- \ 'call gnat.Set_Project_File ()')
-+
-+ call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
- endif
-
- if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
-@@ -55,8 +59,6 @@
- command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
- endif
-
--call g:gnat.Set_Session ()
--
- execute "CompilerSet makeprg=" . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
- execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
-
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt vim71_ada/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt
---- vim71/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
-+*ft_ada.txt* Ada File type Plug-ins Last change: 2007 Seb 17
-+
-+
-+ ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+ADA *ada.vim*
-+
-+1. Syntax Highlighting |ft-ada-syntax|
-+2. Plug-in |ft-ada-plugin|
-+3. Omni Completion |ft-ada-omni|
-+ 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" |gnat-xref|
-+ 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags" |ada-ctags|
-+4. Compiler Support |ada-compiler|
-+ 4.1 GNAT |compiler-gnat|
-+ 4.1 Dec Ada |compiler-decada|
-+5. References |ada-reference|
-+ 5.1 Options |ft-ada-options|
-+ 5.2 Functions |ft-ada-functions|
-+ 5.3 Commands |ft-ada-commands|
-+ 5.4 Variables |ft-ada-variables|
-+ 5.5 Constants |ft-ada-contstants|
-+8. Extra Plug-ins |ada-extra-plugins|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Syntax Highlighting ~
-+ *ft-ada-syntax*
-+
-+This mode is designed for the 2005 edition of Ada ("Ada 2005"), which includes
-+support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on. It handles code
-+written for the original Ada language ("Ada83", "Ada87", "Ada95") as well,
-+though code which uses Ada 2005-only keywords will be wrongly colored (such
-+code should be fixed anyway). For more information about Ada, see
-+http://www.adapower.com.
-+
-+The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
-+
-+For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same character
-+in "A-5" is an operator. Normally, a "with" or "use" clause referencing
-+another compilation unit is coloured the same way as C's "#include" is coloured.
-+If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat" groups coloured differently, then "end
-+if" and "end loop" will be coloured as part of those respective groups.
-+
-+You can set these to different colours using vim's "highlight" command (e.g.,
-+to change how loops are displayed, enter the command ":hi Repeat" followed by
-+the colour specification; on simple terminals the colour specification
-+ctermfg=White often shows well).
-+
-+There are several options you can select in this Ada mode. See|ft-ada-options|
-+for a complete list.
-+
-+To enable them, assign a value to the option. For example, to turn one on:
-+ >
-+ > let g:ada_standard_types = 1
-+>
-+To disable them use ":unlet". Example:
-+>
-+ > unlet g:ada_standard_types
-+
-+You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
-+temporarily before loading an Ada file. You can make these option settings
-+permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon, to your "~/.vimrc"
-+file.
-+
-+Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find the
-+performance unacceptable, turn on |g:ada_withuse_ordinary|.
-+
-+Syntax folding instructions (|fold-syntax|) are added when |g:ada_folding| is
-+set.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. File type Plug-in ~
-+ *ft-ada-indent* *ft-ada-plugin*
-+
-+The Ada plug-in provides support for:
-+
-+ - auto indenting (|indent.txt|)
-+ - insert completion (|i_CTRL-N|)
-+ - user completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
-+ - tag searches (|tagsrch.txt|)
-+ - Quick Fix (|quickfix.txt|)
-+ - backspace handling (|'backspace'|)
-+ - comment handling (|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
-+
-+The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
-+files is opened and add adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Omni Completion ~
-+ *ft-ada-omni*
-+
-+The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
-+by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net). The
-+complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
-+tags file.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
-+ *gnat-xref*
-+
-+GNAT XREF uses the compiler internal information (ali-files) to produce the
-+tags file. This has the advantage to be 100% correct and the option of deep
-+nested analysis. However the code must compile, the generator is quite
-+slow and the created tags file contains only the basic Ctags information for
-+each entry - not enough for some of the more advanced Vim code browser
-+plug-ins.
-+
-+NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
-+ output - If nothing is printed then usually the parameters are wrong.
-+ Here some important tips:
-+
-+1) You need to compile your code first and use the "-aO" option to point to
-+ your .ali files.
-+2) "gnat xref -v ../Include/adacl.ads" won't work - use the "gnat xref -v
-+ -aI../Include adacl.ads" instead.
-+3) "gnat xref -v -aI../Include *.ad?" won't work - use "cd ../Include" and
-+ then "gnat xref -v *.ad?"
-+4) Project manager support is completely broken - don't even try "gnat xref
-+ -Padacl.gpr".
-+5) VIM is faster when the tags file is sorted - use "sort --unique
-+ --ignore-case --output=tags tags" .
-+6) Remember to insert "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED 2 %sort ui" as first line to mark
-+ the file assorted.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
-+ *ada-ctags*
-+
-+Exuberant Ctags uses it's own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
-+fast, produces a lot of extra informations (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
-+and can run on files which currently do not compile.
-+
-+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
-+
-+You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
-+support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
-+(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
-+
-+The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
-+support yet.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Compiler Support ~
-+ *ada-compiler*
-+
-+The Ada mode supports more then one Ada compiler and will automatically load the
-+compiler set in|g:ada_default_compiler|whenever an Ada source is opened. The
-+provided compiler plug-ins are split into the actual compiler plug-in and a
-+collection of support functions and variables. This allows the easy
-+development of specialized compiler plug-ins fine tuned to your development
-+environment.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 GNAT ~
-+ *compiler-gnat*
-+
-+GNAT is the only free (beer and speech) Ada compiler available. There are
-+several version available which differentiate in the licence terms used.
-+
-+The GNAT compiler plug-in will perform a compile on pressing <F7> and then
-+immediately shows the result. You can set the project file to be used by
-+setting:
-+ >
-+ > call g:gnat.Set_Project_File ('my_project.gpr')
-+
-+Setting a project file will also create a Vim session (|views-sessions|) so -
-+like with the GPS - opened files, window positions etc. will remembered
-+separately for all projects.
-+
-+ *gnat_members*
-+GNAT OBJECT ~
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Make()*
-+g:gnat.Make()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty()*
-+g:gnat.Pretty()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Pretty_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Find()*
-+g:gnat.Find()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Find_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags()*
-+g:gnat.Tags()
-+ Calls|g:gnat.Tags_Command|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
-+g:gnat.Set_Project_File([{file}])
-+ Set gnat project file and load associated session. An open
-+ project will be closed and the session written. If called
-+ without file name the file selector opens for selection of a
-+ project file. If called with an empty string then the project
-+ and associated session are closed.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Project_File*
-+g:gnat.Project_File string
-+ Current project file.
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Make_Command*
-+g:gnat.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
-+g:gnat.Pretty_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Pretty()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Find_Program*
-+g:gnat.Find_Program string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Find()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Tags_Command*
-+g:gnat.Tags_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:gnat.Tags()|
-+
-+ *g:gnat.Error_Format*
-+g:gnat.Error_Format string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|)
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Dec Ada ~
-+ *compiler-hpada* *compiler-decada*
-+ *compiler-vaxada* *compiler-compaqada*
-+
-+Dec Ada (also known by - in chronological order - VAX Ada, Dec Ada, Compaq Ada
-+and HP Ada) is a fairly dated Ada 83 compiler. Support is basic: <F7> will
-+compile the current unit.
-+
-+The Dec Ada compiler expects the package name and not the file name to be
-+passed a parameter. The compiler plug-in supports the usual file name
-+convention to convert the file into a unit name. For separates both '-' and
-+'__' are allowed.
-+
-+ *decada_members*
-+DEC ADA OBJECT ~
-+
-+ *g:decada.Make()*
-+g:decada.Make() function
-+ Calls|g:decada.Make_Command|and displays the result inside a
-+ |quickfix| window.
-+
-+ *g:decada.Unit_Name()*
-+g:decada.Unit_Name() function
-+ Get the Unit name for the current file.
-+
-+ *g:decada.Make_Command*
-+g:decada.Make_Command string
-+ External command used for|g:decadat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
-+
-+ *g:decada.Error_Format*
-+g:decada.Error_Format| string
-+ Error format (|'errorformat'|).
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. References ~
-+ *ada-reference*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.1 Options ~
-+ *ft-ada-options*
-+
-+ *g:ada_standard_types*
-+g:ada_standard_types bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
-+
-+ *g:ada_space_errors*
-+ *g:ada_no_trail_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_no_tab_space_error*
-+ *g:ada_all_tab_usage*
-+g:ada_space_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight extraneous errors in spaces ...
-+ g:ada_no_trail_space_error
-+ - but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
-+ g:ada_no_tab_space_error
-+ - but ignore tabs after spaces
-+ g:ada_all_tab_usage
-+ - highlight all tab use
-+
-+ *g:ada_line_errors*
-+g:ada_line_errors bool (true when exists)
-+ Highlight lines which are to long. Note: This highlighting
-+ option is quite CPU intensive.
-+
-+ *g:ada_rainbow_color*
-+g:ada_rainbow_color bool (true when exists)
-+ Use rainbow colours for '(' and ')'. You need the
-+ rainbow_parenthesis for this to work
-+
-+ *g:ada_folding*
-+g:ada_folding set ('sigpft')
-+ Use folding for Ada sources.
-+ 's': activate syntax folding on load
-+ 'p': fold packages
-+ 'f': fold functions and procedures
-+ 't': fold types
-+ 'c': fold conditionals
-+ 'g': activate gnat pretty print folding on load
-+ 'i': lone 'is' folded with line above
-+ 'b': lone 'begin' folded with line above
-+ 'p': lone 'private' folded with line above
-+ 'x': lone 'exception' folded with line above
-+ 'i': activate indent folding on load
-+
-+ Note: Syntax folding is in an early (unuseable) stage and
-+ indent or gnat pretty folding is suggested.
-+
-+ For gnat pretty folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: -cl3 -M79 -c2 -c3 -c4 -A1 -A2 -A3 -A4 -A5
-+
-+ For indent folding to work the following settings are
-+ suggested: shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3
-+
-+ *g:ada_abbrev*
-+g:ada_abbrev bool (true when exists)
-+ Add some abbreviations. This feature more or less superseded
-+ by the various completion methods.
-+
-+ *g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
-+g:ada_withuse_ordinary bool (true when exists)
-+ Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords (when used to
-+ reference other compilation units they're normally highlighted
-+ specially).
-+
-+ *g:ada_begin_preproc*
-+g:ada_begin_preproc bool (true when exists)
-+ Show all begin-like keywords using the colouring of C
-+ preprocessor commands.
-+
-+ *g:ada_omni_with_keywords*
-+g:ada_omni_with_keywords
-+ Add Keywords, Pragmas, Attributes to omni-completions
-+ (|compl-omni|). Note: You can always complete then with user
-+ completion (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|).
-+
-+ *g:ada_extended_tagging*
-+g:ada_extended_tagging enum ('jump', 'list')
-+ use extended tagging, two options are available
-+ 'jump': use tjump to jump.
-+ 'list': add tags quick fix list.
-+ Normal tagging does not support function or operator
-+ overloading as these features are not available in C and
-+ tagging was originally developed for C.
-+
-+ *g:ada_extended_completion*
-+g:ada_extended_completion
-+ Uses extended completion for <C-N> and <C-R> completions
-+ (|i_CTRL-N|). In this mode the '.' is used as part of the
-+ identifier so that 'Object.Method' or 'Package.Procedure' are
-+ completed together.
-+
-+ *g:ada_gnat_extensions*
-+g:ada_gnat_extensions bool (true when exists)
-+ Support GNAT extensions.
-+
-+ *g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
-+g:ada_with_gnat_project_files bool (true when exists)
-+ Add gnat project file keywords and Attributes.
-+
-+ *g:ada_default_compiler*
-+g:ada_default_compiler string
-+ set default compiler. Currently supported is 'gnat' and
-+ 'decada'.
-+
-+An "exists" type is a boolean is considered true when the variable is defined
-+and false when the variable is undefined. The value which the variable is
-+set makes no difference.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Commands ~
-+ *ft-ada-commands*
-+
-+:AdaRainbow *:AdaRainbow*
-+ Toggles rainbow colour (|g:ada_rainbow_color|) mode for
-+ '(' and ')'
-+
-+:AdaLines *:AdaLines*
-+ Toggles line error (|g:ada_line_errors|) display
-+
-+:AdaSpaces *:AdaSpaces*
-+ Toggles space error (|g:ada_space_errors|) display.
-+
-+:AdaTagDir *:AdaTagDir*
-+ Creates tags file for the directory of the current file.
-+
-+:AdaTagFile *:AdaTagFile*
-+ Creates tags file for the current file.
-+
-+:AdaTypes *:AdaTypes*
-+ Toggles standard types (|g:ada_standard_types|) colour.
-+
-+:GnatFind *:GnatFind*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Find()|
-+
-+:GnatPretty *:GnatPretty*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Pretty()|
-+
-+:GnatTags *:GnatTags*
-+ Calls |g:gnat.Tags()|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.3 Variables ~
-+ *ft-ada-variables*
-+
-+ *g:gnat*
-+g:gnat object
-+ Control object which manages GNAT compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'gnat'. See|gnat_members|
-+ for details.
-+
-+ *g:decada*
-+g:decada object
-+ Control object which manages Dec Ada compiles. The object
-+ is created when the first Ada source code is loaded provided
-+ that |g:ada_default_compiler|is set to 'decada'. See
-+ |decada_members|for details.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.4 Constants ~
-+ *ft-ada-constants*
-+ ft-ada-constants
-+
-+All constants are locked. See |:lockvar| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#WordRegex*
-+g:ada#WordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words
-+
-+ *g:ada#DotWordRegex*
-+g:ada#DotWordRegex string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada words separated by dots.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Comment*
-+g:ada#Comment string
-+ Regular expression to search for Ada comments
-+
-+ *g:ada#Keywords*
-+g:ada#Keywords list of dictionaries
-+ List of keywords, attributes etc. pp. in the format used by
-+ omni completion. See |complete-items| for details.
-+
-+ *g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
-+g:ada#Ctags_Kinds dictionary of lists
-+ Dictionary of the various kinds of items which the Ada support
-+ for Ctags generates.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+5.2 Functions ~
-+ *ft-ada-functions*
-+
-+ada#Word([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Word()*
-+ Return full name of Ada entity under the cursor (or at given
-+ line/column), stripping white space/newlines as necessary.
-+
-+ada#List_Tag([{line}, {col}]) *ada#Listtags()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) inside the quick-fix window
-+
-+ada#Jump_Tag ({ident}, {mode}) *ada#Jump_Tag()*
-+ List all occurrences of the Ada entity under the cursor (or at
-+ given line/column) in the tag jump list. Mode can either be
-+ 'tjump' or 'stjump'.
-+
-+ada#Create_Tags ({option}) *ada#Create_Tags()*
-+ Creates tag file using Ctags. The option can either be 'file'
-+ for the current file, 'dir' for the directory of the current
-+ file or a file name.
-+
-+gnat#Insert_Tags_Header() *gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
-+ Adds the tag file header (!_TAG_) information to the current
-+ file which are missing from the GNAT XREF output.
-+
-+ada#Switch_Syntax_Option ({option}) *ada#Switch_Syntax_Option()*
-+ Toggles highlighting options on or off. Used for the Ada menu.
-+
-+ *gnat#New()*
-+gnat#New ()
-+ Create a new gnat object. See |g:gnat| for details.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Extra Plugins ~
-+ *ada-extra-plugins*
-+
-+You can optionally install the following extra plug-in. They work well with Ada
-+and enhance the ability of the Ada mode.:
-+
-+backup.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1537
-+ Keeps as many backups as you like so you don't have to.
-+
-+rainbow_parenthsis.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1561
-+ Very helpful since Ada uses only '(' and ')'.
-+
-+nerd_comments.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1218
-+ Excellent commenting and uncommenting support for almost any
-+ programming language.
-+
-+matchit.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=39
-+ '%' jumping for any language. The normal '%' jump only works for '{}'
-+ style languages. The Ada mode will set the needed search patters.
-+
-+taglist.vim
-+ http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=273
-+ Source code explorer sidebar. There is a patch for Ada available.
-+
-+The GNU Ada Project distribution (http://gnuada.sourceforge.net) of Vim
-+contains all of the above.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+vim: textwidth=78 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+vim: filetype=help
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/doc/NERD_commenter.txt vim71_ada/runtime/doc/NERD_commenter.txt
---- vim71/runtime/doc/NERD_commenter.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/doc/NERD_commenter.txt 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@
-+*NERD_comments.txt* Plugin for commenting code v169
-+
-+
-+ NERD_COMMENTS REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERD_comments-contents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERD_comments|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERD_com-functionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERD_com-functionality-summary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERD_com-functionality-details|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERD_com-comment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERD_com-append-comment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERD_com-filetypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERD_com_sexy_comments|
-+ 3.Customisation...........................|NERD_com-customisation|
-+ 3.1 Customisation summary.............|NERD_com-cust-summary|
-+ 3.2 Customisation details.............|NERD_com-cust-details|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter customisation...|NERD_com-cust-delims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping customisation.........|NERD_com-cust-keys|
-+ 3.5 Sample regular expressions........|NERD_com-reg-exps|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERD_com-issues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERD_com-heuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Nesting issues....................|NERD_com-nesting|
-+ 4.3 Mark clobbering...................|NERD_com-mark-clobbering|
-+ 5.TODO list...............................|NERD_com-todo|
-+ 6.Credits.................................|NERD_com-credits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERD_comments*
-+
-+NERD_comments provides a set of handy key mappings for commenting code. These
-+mappings are consistent across all supported filetypes.
-+
-+When writing NERD_comments I have tried to give it as many features/options as
-+possible while keeping it so that the plugin can still be used with little or
-+no knowledge of these. The average user need only know about a few key
-+mappings to use NERD_comments while there are plenty of other features for the
-+l33t nerd take advantage of.
-+
-+Enjoy :D
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERD_com-functionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-summary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Note: <leader> is a user defined key that is used to start keymappings and
-+defaults to \. Check out |<leader>| for details.
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERD_com-insert-comment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+<leader>cc |NERD_com-comment-map|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cn |NERD_com-nested-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| but enforces nesting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c<space> |NERD_com-toggle-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cm |NERD_com-minimal-comment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ci |NERD_com-invert-comment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cs |NERD_com-sexy-comment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+<leader>cy |NERD_com-yank-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment-map| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+<leader>c$ |NERD_com-EOL-comment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cA |NERD_com-append-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cI |NERD_com-prepend-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERD_com-insert-comment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+<leader>ca |NERD_com-alt-delim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+<leader>cl OR <leader>cr OR <leader>cb |NERD_com-aligned-comment|
-+Same as |NERD_com-comment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (<leader>cl), the right side (<leader>cr) or both sides
-+(<leader>cb).
-+
-+
-+<leader>cu |NERD_com-uncomment-line|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERD_com-functionality-details*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERD_com-comment*
-+<leader>cc
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then NERD_comments will try to comment out the exact text
-+that is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line and visual-block mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERD_com-nested-comment*
-+<leader>cn
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as <leader>cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If the filetype is covered by the |NERD_place_holder_regexp| option
-+then the previous comment delimiters will be replaced by place-holder
-+delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested comment will only be added if the
-+current commenting delimiters have no right delimiter (to avoid compiler
-+errors)
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_nest_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp|
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode|
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right|
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERD_com-toggle-comment*
-+<leader>c<space>
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+Using this mapping in visual or visual-block modes will cause it to work like
-+|NERD_com-comment|
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_toggle_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERD_com-minimal-comment*
-+<leader>cm
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+<leader>cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERD_lPlace|) if
-+NERD_place_holder_regexp is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERD_com-invert-comment*
-+<leader>ci
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, lines are only considered to be commented if a left comment
-+delimiter is the first non-space/tab char on the line.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line, modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_invert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERD_com-sexy-comment*
-+<leader>cs
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERD_com_sexy_commenting| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_sexy_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERD_com-yank-comment*
-+<leader>cy
-+Same as <leader>cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block modes.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_line_yank_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERD_com-EOL-comment*
-+<leader>c$
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERD_com-append-comment*
-+<leader>cA
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_append_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERD_com-prepend-comment*
-+<leader>cI
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_prepend_com_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERD_com-insert-comment*
-+<C-c>
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+Works in insert mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_com_in_insert_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERD_com-alt-delim*
-+<leader>ca
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit <leader>ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+keys for this mappings can be overridden with the
-+
-+Works in normal mode.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_alt_com_map|
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERD_com-aligned-comment*
-+<leader>cl <leader>cr <leader>cb
-+Same as <leader>cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Change the mappings with: |NERD_com_align_left_map|, |NERD_com_align_right_map|
-+and |NERD_com_align_both_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp|
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERD_com-uncomment-line*
-+<leader>cu
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERD_com-issues| for details.
-+
-+Works in normal, visual, visual-line, visual-block.
-+
-+Change the mapping with: |NERD_uncom_line_map|.
-+
-+Relevant options:
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms|
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes *NERD_com-filetypes*
-+
-+Files that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asm
-+asn aspvbs atlas automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone btm caos catalog
-+c cfg cg ch cl clean clipper conf config cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl
-+cvs dcl def diff dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel
-+elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports fgl focexec form fortran foxpro
-+fvwm fx gdb gdmo gnuplot gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmlos ia64
-+icon idlang idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess
-+jgraph jproperties jproperties jsp kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 make maple masm master
-+matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc named
-+nasm nastran natural ncf netrw nqc nsis ocaml omnimark openroad opl ora ox
-+pascal pcap pccts perl pfmain php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plm plsql po
-+postscr pov povini ppd ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python
-+radiance ratpoison r rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl ruby sa
-+samba sas sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sicad
-+simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smil smith sml snnsnet snnspat snnsres
-+snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp strace svn tads
-+taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt
-+tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog vgrindefs vhdl vim virata vrml vsejcl webmacro
-+wget winbatch wml sh wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml xmodmap
-+xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments *NERD_com_sexy_comments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. NERD_comments
-+is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Customisation {{{2 *NERD_com-customisation*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Customisation summary *NERD_com-cust-summary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERD_block_com_after_right| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERD_menu_mode| Determines if a NERD comment menu will
-+ be made and whether the menu will have a
-+ keyboard shortcut.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms| Causes alternative comments not to be
-+ removed when uncommenting.
-+|NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp| Causes spaces not to be removed when
-+ uncommenting if the filetype doesnt
-+ match |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp|
-+|NERD_create_h_filetype| Creates a new filetype for .h files.
-+|NERD_lPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_left_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align left
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_mapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERD_place_holder_regexp| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERD_right_align_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to align right
-+ delimiters for.
-+|NERD_rPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERD_shut_up| Stops all output from the script.
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to add spaces
-+ around the delimiters for.
-+|NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp| Specifies which filetypes to use compact
-+ sexy comments for.
-+|NERD_use_nested_comments_default| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Customisation details *NERD_com-cust-details*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_allow_any_visual_delims_regexp*
-+This option is set to a regular expression that is used to specify which
-+filetypes this option should be turned on for. If this covers the current
-+filetype then, when NERD_comments is doing a visual or visual-block comment
-+(but not a visual-line comment) it will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This normally means using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart and the
-+current delims are not. For example if we are editing the following java
-+code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then it will use the alternative delims as shown on
-+the right: >
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+By default this option is set to '.*' i.e is turned on for all filetypes.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_block_com_after_right*
-+This option affects commenting when it is done in visual-block mode. If this
-+option is turned on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the
-+selection block will be commented. Enable this option with: >
-+ let NERD_block_com_after_right=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERD_block_com_after_right=1 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode*
-+This option can take 2 values. By default NERD_comments tries to comment out
-+exactly what is selected in visual mode (v). For example if you select and
-+comment the following c code (using | to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest NERD_comments can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_comment_whole_lines_in_v_mode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of visual-block mode ().
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms*
-+When uncommenting a line when there is an alternative commenting style for the
-+current filetype, this option tells the script not to look for, and remove,
-+comments delimiters of the alternative style. >
-+ let NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms=1
-+<
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+<leader>cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERD_dont_remove_alt_coms is set to 1.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp*
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. The current filetype matches the |NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| option
-+ (which is a regular expression).
-+2. The current filtype doesnt match NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option
-+ (which is also a reg exp)
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if the current filetype matches
-+|NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp| then set the
-+NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp option in your vimrc so that it matches the
-+desired filetypes.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+Defaults to "^python$"
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_create_h_filetype*
-+If this option is set then NERD_comments will create a seperate filetype for h
-+files. This could be needed because some versions of vim treat h files as cpp
-+files which can be dodgy for commenting because if you are using // to comment
-+cpp files then this is invalid when you are commenting h files for a c
-+project (unless you arent adhering to the ANSI standard... naughty naughty).
-+To enable this option, stick the following line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_create_h_filetype = 1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_lPlace*
-+ *NERD_rPlace*
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERD_lPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERD_rPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with <leader>cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+NERD_lPlace defaults to '[>', NERD_rPlace defaults to '<]'.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_left_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their left delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_left_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){*/
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar;*/
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n");*/
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*}*/
-+<
-+If NERD_left_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_left_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their left
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_mapleader*
-+NERD_mapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+Assuming that <leader> == '\', the default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERD_mapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERD_com-cust-keys|).
-+
-+Default is <leader>c.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_menu_mode*
-+This option can take 3 values:
-+ "0": Turns the NERD commenter menu off completely.
-+ "1": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the NERD commenter menu on with <alt>-c as the menu shortcut.
-+
-+Default is "2".
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_place_holder_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+place-holder delimiters should be used for when adding nested comments.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_right_align_regexp*
-+This option is a regular expression which is used to specify which filetypes
-+should have their right delimiters aligned when commenting multiple lines.
-+
-+For example, consider this chunk of c code: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 while(foo < 50){
-+ 4 foo = foo + bar;
-+ 5 printf("i am just making up this code\n");
-+ 6 printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");
-+ 7 }
-+<
-+If the NERD_right_align_regexp regexp covers c files then if we select lines
-+3-7 in visual mode and hit <leader>cc the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /*while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /*foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /*printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /*printf("i have no idea what im writing\n");*/
-+ 7 /*} */
-+<
-+If NERD_right_align_regexp doesnt cover c files then the code will become: >
-+ 1 int foo = 3;
-+ 2 int bar = 5;
-+ 3 /* while(foo < 50){ */
-+ 4 /* foo = foo + bar; */
-+ 5 /* printf("i am just making up this code\n"); */
-+ 6 /* printf("i have no idea what im writing\n"); */
-+ 7 /* } */
-+<
-+NERD_right_align_regexp defaults to '^$' meaning no filetypes have their right
-+delims aligned.
-+
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_shut_up*
-+This option is used to prevent NERD_comments from echoing anything.
-+Stick this line in your .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_shut_up=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp*
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+This option is a regular expression that is used to specify which filetypes
-+NERD_comments should use spaces for (as in the first eg above).
-+NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp defaults to '^$'.
-+
-+See also |NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp|.
-+See |NERD_com-reg-exps| for example reg exps.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp*
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+The option NERD_use_compact_sexy_com_regexp is a regular expression. If the
-+filetype that the user is commenting matches this regular expression then when
-+they do sexy comments they will look like the first comment above.
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERD_use_nested_comments_default*
-+When this option is turned on comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit <leader>cc on a line that is already commented, or contains comments,
-+it will be commented again. >
-+ let NERD_use_nested_comments_default=1
-+<
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERD_com-cust-delims*
-+These options are used to tell NERD_comments which delimiters to use for a
-+given filetype when it first loads up. To set one of these options just stick
-+the corresponding line in your .vimrc. For example: if i want to use /* */ to
-+delimit comments in java files instead of // (which is the default) then I
-+would stick this line in my .vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_use_c_style_java_comments=1
-+<
-+
-+Note that if filetype has two commenting styles, which are both supported, you
-+can switch between them with <leader>ca. See |NERD_com-alt-delim|. These
-+options only change which style is used when the script is initialsed.
-+
-+NERD_use_ada_with_spaces: use --<space> instead of -- for ada files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_acedb_comments: use /**/ instead of // for acedb files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ch_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ch files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clean_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clean files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_clipper_comments: use /**/ instead of // for clipper files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cpp_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c++ files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_cs_comments: use /**/ instead of // for c# files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dot_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dot files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_dylan_comments: use /**/ instead of // for dylan files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_h_comments: use /**/ instead of // for h files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_hercules_comments: use /**/ instead of // for hercules files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_idl_comments: use /**/ instead of // for idl files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_ishd_comments: use /**/ instead of // for ishd files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_java_comments: use /**/ instead of // for java files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_javascript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for javascript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_kscript_comments: use /**/ instead of // for kscript files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_mel_comments: use /**/ instead of // for mel files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_named_comments: use /**/ instead of // for named files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pccts_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pccts files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_php_comments: use /* */ instead of // for php files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pike_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pike files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pilrc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pilrc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_plm_comments: use /**/ instead of // for plm files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_pov_comments: use /**/ instead of // for pov files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_prolog_comments: use /**/ instead of % for prolog files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_rc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for rc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tads_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tads files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_tsalt_comments: use /**/ instead of // for tsalt files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_uc_comments: use /**/ instead of // for uc files.
-+NERD_use_c_style_verilog_comments: use /**/ instead of // for verilog files.
-+NERD_use_dash_dash_simula_comments: use -- instead of % for simula files.
-+NERD_use_dnl_style_automake_comments: use dnl instead of # for automake files.
-+NERD_use_hash_samba_comments: use # instead of ; for samba files.
-+NERD_use_long_haskell_comments: use {--} instead of -- for haskell files.
-+NERD_use_long_lisp_comments: use #||# instead of ; for lisp files.
-+NERD_use_long_lua_comments: use --[[]] instead of -- for lua files.
-+NERD_use_paren_star_pascal_comments: use (**) instead of {} for pascal files.
-+NERD_use_REM_basic_comments: use REM instead of ' for basic files.
-+NERD_use_single_part_c_comments: use // instead of /* */ for c files.
-+
-+
-+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERD_com-cust-keys*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping <leader>foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<leader>foo"
-+<
-+
-+Check out |NERD_com-functionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+ *NERD_alt_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ca mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_alt_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_append_com_map*
-+To override the <leader>ce mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_append_com_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_left_map*
-+To override the <leader>cl mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_left_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_both_map*
-+To override the <leader>cb mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_both_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_align_right_map*
-+To override the <leader>cr mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_align_right_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_in_insert_map*
-+To override the <C-c> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_in_insert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_invert_map*
-+To override the <leader>ci mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_invert_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cc mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_nest_map*
-+To override the <leader>cn mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_nest_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_sexy_map*
-+To override the <leader>cs mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_sexy_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_toggle_map*
-+To override the <leader>c<space> mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_toggle_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_minimal_map*
-+To override the <leader>cm mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_minimal_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>c$ mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_to_end_of_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_com_line_yank_map*
-+To override the <leader>cy mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_com_line_yank_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+ *NERD_uncom_line_map*
-+To override the <leader>cu mapping, set this option >
-+ let NERD_uncom_line_map="<new mapping>"
-+<
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.5 Sample regular expressions *NERD_com-reg-exps*
-+
-+Many of the options in the NERD commenter must be set to regular
-+expressions... regular expressions can be a bit confusing so i have provided
-+some template ones here that you can start from:
-+
-+Regexp1: '.*'
-+Matches any filetype. This is useful for turning an option on for all files.
-+
-+Regexp2: '^$'
-+Matches no filetypes. This is useful for turning an option off for all files.
-+
-+Regexp3: '^\(java\)$'
-+Matches only the java filetype.
-+
-+Regexp4: '^\(c\|vim\)$'
-+Matches only c and vim filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp5: '^\(c.*\|vim\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well
-+as vim files.
-+
-+Regexp6: '^\(c.*\|java\|tex\)$'
-+Matches filetypes beginning with c (eg c, cpp, cs, etc) as well as java and
-+tex filetypes.
-+
-+Regexp7: '^\(python\)\@!'
-+Matches anything other than 'python'.
-+
-+Regexp8: '^c\(s\)\@!'
-+Matches 'c' followed by anything accept an 's'.
-+
-+Regexp9: '^\(foo$\|bar$\|baz$\)\@!'
-+Matches any strings except 'foo', 'bar' and 'baz'.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERD_com-issues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERD_com-heuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERD_com-nesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.3 Mark clobbering *NERD_com-mark-clobbering*
-+
-+The script clobbers the s and t marks when doing most comments. Im not sure
-+how to save and restore the marks yet.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+5. TODO list {{{2 *NERD_com-todo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. Credits {{{2 *NERD_com-credits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+
-+
-+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim
---- vim71/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim 2007-05-05 19:17:45.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Perform Ada specific completion & tagging.
- " Language: Ada (2005)
--" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.3 2007/05/05 17:17:45 vimboss Exp $
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
-+" Taylor Venable <taylor@metasyntax.net>
- " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:17:45 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.3 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/ftplugin/ada.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 26.05.2006 MK ' should not be in iskeyword.
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
-@@ -17,6 +18,7 @@
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested not to use include protection for
- " autoload
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 08.07.2007 TV fix default compiler problems.
- " Help Page: ft-ada-plugin
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Provides mapping overrides for tag jumping that figure out the current
-@@ -30,7 +32,7 @@
- endif
-
- " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
--let b:did_ftplugin = 38
-+let b:did_ftplugin = 45
-
- "
- " Temporarily set cpoptions to ensure the script loads OK
-@@ -104,8 +106,17 @@
- \ s:notend . '\<record\>:\<end\>\s\+\<record\>'
- endif
-
-+
- " Section: Compiler {{{1
- "
-+if ! exists("g:ada_default_compiler")
-+ if has("vms")
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'decada'
-+ else
-+ let g:ada_default_compiler = 'gnat'
-+ endif
-+endif
-+
- if ! exists("current_compiler") ||
- \ current_compiler != g:ada_default_compiler
- execute "compiler " . g:ada_default_compiler
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/indent/ada.vim vim71_ada/runtime/indent/ada.vim
---- vim71/runtime/indent/ada.vim 2007-05-05 19:25:37.000000000 +0200
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/indent/ada.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -1,19 +1,21 @@
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " Description: Vim Ada indent file
- " Language: Ada (2005)
--" $Id: ada.vim,v 1.4 2007/05/05 17:25:37 vimboss Exp $
-+" $Id: ada.vim 774 2007-09-17 09:11:59Z krischik $
- " Copyright: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
--" Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+" Maintainer: Martin Krischik <krischik@users.sourceforge.net>
- " Neil Bird <neil@fnxweb.com>
--" $Author: vimboss $
--" $Date: 2007/05/05 17:25:37 $
--" Version: 4.2
--" $Revision: 1.4 $
--" $HeadURL: https://svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim $
-+" Ned Okie <nokie@radford.edu>
-+" $Author: krischik $
-+" $Date: 2007-09-17 11:11:59 +0200 (Mo, 17 Sep 2007) $
-+" Version: 4.5
-+" $Revision: 774 $
-+" $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/indent/ada.vim $
- " History: 24.05.2006 MK Unified Headers
- " 16.07.2006 MK Ada-Mode as vim-ball
- " 15.10.2006 MK Bram's suggestion for runtime integration
- " 05.11.2006 MK Bram suggested to save on spaces
-+" 19.09.2007 NO g: missing before ada#Comment
- " Help Page: ft-vim-indent
- "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- " ToDo:
-@@ -27,7 +29,7 @@
- finish
- endif
-
--let b:did_indent = 1
-+let b:did_indent = 45
-
- setlocal indentexpr=GetAdaIndent()
- setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0}
-@@ -58,7 +60,7 @@
- " Seems to work OK as it 'starts' with the indent of the /previous/ line.
- function s:MainBlockIndent (prev_indent, prev_lnum, blockstart, stop_at)
- let lnum = a:prev_lnum
-- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
- while lnum > 1
- if a:stop_at != '' && line =~ '^\s*' . a:stop_at && indent(lnum) < a:prev_indent
- return a:prev_indent
-@@ -72,7 +74,7 @@
- let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
- " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
- while 1
-- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
- if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
- break
- endif
-@@ -116,7 +118,7 @@
- " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
- while 1
- let line = getline(lnum)
-- let line = substitute( line, ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let line = substitute( line, g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
- if line !~ '^\s*$'
- break
- endif
-@@ -143,7 +145,8 @@
- let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
- " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
- while 1
-- let line = substitute( getline(lnum), ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+ let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-+
- if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
- break
- endif
-@@ -222,7 +225,7 @@
- exe lnum
- exe 'normal! $F)%'
- if getline('.') =~ '^\s*('
-- " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for ada#Comment here)
-+ " Dire layout - use previous indent (could check for g:ada#Comment here)
- let ind = indent( prevnonblank( line('.')-1 ) )
- else
- let ind = indent('.')
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash
---- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
-+#!/bin/bash
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${@}" ;
-+
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm
---- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.btm 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-+::!C:\Bin\4Portable\App\4\4nt.EXE
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+:: $Id: svnignore.btm 806 2007-11-21 09:35:26Z krischik $
-+:: Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+:: Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+:: $Author: krischik $
-+:: $Date: 2007-11-21 10:35:26 +0100 (Mi, 21 Nov 2007) $
-+:: Version: 3.0
-+:: $Revision: 806 $
-+:: $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.btm $
-+:: History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+:: Help Page: tail.txt
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+
-+svn propedit ^
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" ^
-+ svn:ignore ^
-+ "%[$]"
-+
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+::
-+:: Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
-+:: vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+:: vim: filetype=btm encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh
---- vim71/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/svnignore.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
-+#!/bin/zsh
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Description: Works like "tail -f" .
-+# $Id: svnignore.zsh 818 2007-12-03 21:21:48Z krischik $
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# Jason Heddings (vim at heddway dot com)
-+# $Author: krischik $
-+# $Date: 2007-12-03 22:21:48 +0100 (Mo, 03 Dez 2007) $
-+# Version: 3.0
-+# $Revision: 818 $
-+# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/svnignore.zsh $
-+# History: 17.11.2007 Edit svn:ignore data
-+# Help Page: tail.txt
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+
-+setopt No_X_Trace;
-+
-+svn propedit \
-+ --editor-cmd="gvim -f" \
-+ svn:ignore \
-+ "${=@}" ;
-+
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# Vim is Charityware - see ":help license" or uganda.txt for licence details.
-+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/vim.bash vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.bash
---- vim71/runtime/macros/vim.bash 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.bash 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Description: Set alias names for a custom installed vim/ctags.
-+# Language: Bash Shell Script
-+# $Id: vim.bash 820 2007-12-08 11:05:30Z krischik $
-+# Maintainer: Martin Krischik
-+# $Author: krischik $
-+# $Date: 2007-12-08 12:05:30 +0100 (Sa, 08 Dez 2007) $
-+# Version: 3.6
-+# $Revision: 820 $
-+# $HeadURL: https://gnuada.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gnuada/trunk/tools/vim/macros/vim.bash $
-+# History: 26.07.2006 MK pretty new
-+# Usage: copy to /etc/profile.d and make world executable
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+
-+
-+if ! type lxpm 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null; then
-+
-+ # Variablen
-+ UName=$(uname)
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{1
-+ (Linux*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (CYGWIN*) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (SunOS) # {{{2
-+ if test -x "/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71";
-+ elif test -x "${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools/bin/vim"; then
-+ declare -x VIM="${HOME}/opt/gnat/tools";
-+ declare -x VIMRUNTIME="${VIM}/share/vim/vim71"
-+ PATH="${VIM}/bin:${PATH}"
-+ else
-+ unset VIM 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ unset VIMRUNTIME 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ (*) # {{{2
-+ ;; # }}}2
-+ esac; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Simple Functions
-+
-+ for i in ctags etags eview evim ex gview gvim gvimdiff rgview rgvim rview rvim view vim vimdiff vimtutor xxd; do # {{{1
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe \"\${@}\"
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x -f ${i};
-+
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/${i}\" \"\${@}\" ;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ unset -f ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Server Functions
-+
-+ for i in lxpm med epm; do # {{{1
-+ declare -x -f ${i}
-+
-+ case "${UName}" in # {{{2
-+ (MINGW*) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ ${VIM}/vim71/gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z "\${1}"; then
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim.exe --servername ${i} --remote-silent \"\${@}\" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi;
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (Linux|CYGWIN*|SunOS) # {{{3
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ LD_LIBRARY_PATH=\"\${LD_LIBRARY_PATH}:${VIM}/lib\" \
-+ \"${VIM}/bin/gvim\" --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" \
-+ >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ else
-+ eval "function ${i} ()
-+ {
-+ if test -z \"\${1}\"; then
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ else
-+ gvim --servername \"${i} ${HOSTNAME}\" --remote-silent \"\${@}\" >/dev/null 2>/dev/null &
-+ fi
-+ return;
-+ }"
-+ fi;
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ (*) # {{{3
-+ ;; # }}}3
-+ esac; # }}}2
-+ done; # }}}1
-+
-+ # Some applications read the EDITOR variable to determine your favourite text
-+ # editor. So uncomment the line below and enter the editor of your choice :-)
-+ if test -n "${VIM}"; then
-+ declare -x EDITOR="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="${VIM}/bin/gvim -f";
-+ else
-+ declare -x EDITOR="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ declare -x VISUAL="$(which gvim) -f";
-+ fi;
-+ # Unset local Variablen
-+
-+ unset UName
-+
-+ printf "\e[42m%-30.30s : \e[43m %-40.40s \e[m\n" "$(basename ${BASH_SOURCE:-${0}})" "VIM 7.0 symbols set."
-+
-+fi;
-+
-+########################################################### {{{1 ###########
-+# Copyright (C) 2006 Martin Krischik
-+#
-+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-+# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-+# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-+# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-+#
-+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-+# GNU General Public License for more details.
-+#
-+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-+########################################################### }}}1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 noexpandtab
-+# vim: filetype=sh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/macros/vim.zsh vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.zsh
---- vim71/runtime/macros/vim.zsh 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/macros/vim.zsh 2008-01-16 16:37:02.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
-+#!/bin/echo usage: source
-+
-+setopt No_Verbose
-+setopt No_X_Trace
-+setopt Typeset_Silent;
-+
-+#
-+# Bash script is zsh compatible
-+#
-+HOSTNAME="${HOSTNAME:-${HOST}}"
-+BASH_SOURCE="$(basename ${0} .zsh).bash"
-+source "$(dirname ${0})/${BASH_SOURCE}"
-+unset BASH_SOURCE;
-+
-+############################################################# {{{1 ###########
-+# vim: textwidth=0 nowrap tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
-+# vim: filetype=zsh encoding=utf-8 fileformat=unix foldmethod=marker nospell
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim
---- vim71/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/matchit.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
-+" matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-+" Last Change: Tue Oct 24 11:00 AM 2006 EDT
-+" Maintainer: Benji Fisher PhD <benji@member.AMS.org>
-+" Version: 1.12, for Vim 6.3+
-+" URL: http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
-+
-+" Documentation:
-+" The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
-+
-+" Credits:
-+" Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
-+" Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
-+" Support for comments by Douglas Potts
-+" Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
-+" Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
-+" Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
-+" languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
-+" Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
-+
-+" Debugging:
-+" If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
-+" :MatchDebug to activate debugging for the current buffer
-+" This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
-+" variables. See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
-+
-+" TODO: I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
-+" This would require an option: how many lines to scan (default 1).
-+" This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
-+" TODO: Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
-+" the features that I have implemented.
-+" TODO: Eliminate the MultiMatch function. Add yet another argument to
-+" Match_wrapper() instead.
-+" TODO: Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-+" TODO: Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
-+" TODO: Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
-+" work but extend it.
-+
-+" allow user to prevent loading
-+" and prevent duplicate loading
-+if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_matchit = 1
-+let s:last_mps = ""
-+let s:last_words = ""
-+
-+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-+set cpo&vim
-+
-+nnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
-+vnoremap <silent> % :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> % v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
-+
-+" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
-+nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
-+nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "n") <CR>
-+vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
-+vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-+onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
-+onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W", "o") <CR>
-+
-+" text object:
-+vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
-+
-+" Auto-complete mappings: (not yet "ready for prime time")
-+" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
-+" specify a key binding.
-+" let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
-+" let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
-+" if exists("g:match_auto")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
-+" endif
-+" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
-+" execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
-+" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
-+
-+let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
-+
-+function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
-+ set ve=
-+ " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
-+ " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
-+ if a:mode == "v"
-+ execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
-+ endif
-+ " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+ " Use default behavior if called with a count or if no patterns are defined.
-+ if v:count
-+ exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ elseif !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ silent! normal! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ end
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ "
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ " The next several lines were here before
-+ " BF started messing with this script.
-+ " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
-+ " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
-+ " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
-+ " \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
-+ let s:all = s:pat . (strlen(s:pat) ? "," : "") . default
-+ let s:all = substitute(s:all, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
-+ " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: set the following local variables:
-+ " matchline = line on which the cursor started
-+ " curcol = number of characters before match
-+ " prefix = regexp for start of line to start of match
-+ " suffix = regexp for end of match to end of line
-+ " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
-+ " start on or before the cursor.
-+ let matchline = getline(startline)
-+ if a:word != ''
-+ " word given
-+ if a:word !~ s:all
-+ echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ let matchline = a:word
-+ let curcol = 0
-+ let prefix = '^\%('
-+ let suffix = '\)$'
-+ " Now the case when "word" is not given
-+ else " Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
-+ let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
-+ let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%' . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
-+ let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$' : '\)$')
-+ " If the match comes from the defaults, bail out.
-+ if matchline !~ prefix .
-+ \ substitute(s:pat, s:notslash.'\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g') . suffix
-+ silent! norm! %
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
-+ let b:match_col = curcol+1
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Third step: Find the group and single word that match, and the original
-+ " (backref) versions of these. Then, resolve the backrefs.
-+ " Set the following local variable:
-+ " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
-+ " = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
-+ "
-+ " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+ let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
-+ \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+ " 'while:endwhile' or whatever. A bit of a kluge: s:Choose() returns
-+ " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
-+ let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+ let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+ let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+ if s:do_BR " Do the hard part: resolve those backrefs!
-+ let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ endif
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
-+ let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fourth step: Set the arguments for searchpair().
-+ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
-+ let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+ let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let fin = strpart(group, j)
-+ "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-+ " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
-+ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ " Set mid. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let mid = ""
-+ endif
-+ " Set flag. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-+ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-+ \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
-+ let flag = "bW"
-+ else
-+ let flag = "W"
-+ endif
-+ " Set skip.
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_ini = ini
-+ let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Fifth step: actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
-+ " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
-+ " normal! 0
-+ " if curcol
-+ " execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
-+ " endif
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = "0"
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
-+ let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
-+ " Restore cursor position and original screen.
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+ normal! m'
-+ if sp_return > 0
-+ execute final_position
-+ endif
-+ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
-+endfun
-+
-+" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
-+" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
-+fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
-+ execute "set" a:options
-+ " Open folds, if appropriate.
-+ if a:mode != "o"
-+ if &foldopen =~ "percent"
-+ normal! zv
-+ endif
-+ " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
-+ " (for example, d%).
-+ " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
-+ elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
-+ \ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
-+ if a:0
-+ " Check whether the match is a single character. If not, move to the
-+ " end of the match.
-+ let matchline = getline(".")
-+ let currcol = col(".")
-+ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
-+ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+ if endcol > currcol " This is NOT off by one!
-+ execute "normal!" . (endcol - currcol) . "l"
-+ endif
-+ endif " a:0
-+ endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
-+ return 0
-+endfun
-+
-+" Example (simplified HTML patterns): if
-+" a:groupBR = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
-+" a:prefix = '^.\{3}\('
-+" a:group = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
-+" a:suffix = '\).\{2}$'
-+" a:matchline = "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
-+" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
-+fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+ if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
-+ \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
-+ return a:group
-+ endif
-+ let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
-+ let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
-+ let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
-+ \ a:groupBR)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
-+ let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
-+ " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
-+ if wordBR != ini
-+ let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
-+ else
-+ " let table = "----------"
-+ let table = ""
-+ let d = 0
-+ while d < 10
-+ if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
-+ " let table[d] = d
-+ let table = table . d
-+ else
-+ let table = table . "-"
-+ endif
-+ let d = d + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ endif
-+ let d = 9
-+ while d
-+ if table[d] != "-"
-+ let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
-+ \ '\'.table[d], "")
-+ " Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
-+ let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
-+ execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
-+ let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
-+ let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
-+ \ escape(backref, '\\'), 'g')
-+ endif
-+ let d = d-1
-+ endwhile
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ if s:do_BR
-+ let b:match_table = table
-+ let b:match_word = word
-+ else
-+ let b:match_table = ""
-+ let b:match_word = ""
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return ini . ":" . tailBR
-+endfun
-+
-+" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
-+" a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
-+" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
-+" return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
-+fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
-+ let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+ let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-+ let parsed = ""
-+ while groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
-+ let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
-+ let groups = strpart(groups, j)
-+ let parsed = parsed . ini
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ while i != -1
-+ " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
-+ let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-+ let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
-+ endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
-+ let parsed = parsed . ","
-+ endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
-+ return parsed
-+endfun
-+
-+" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
-+" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
-+" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
-+" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
-+" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
-+" ends after a:start .
-+" Usage:
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
-+" let i = match(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let j = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
-+" let match = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
-+fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
-+ let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
-+ let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
-+ if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
-+ let prefix = ''
-+ endif
-+ return prefix . group . suffix
-+endfun
-+
-+" No extra arguments: s:Ref(string, d) will
-+" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
-+" to and including the matching '\)'.
-+" One argument: s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
-+" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
-+" Two arguments: s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
-+" executed, having the effect of
-+" :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
-+" :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
-+fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
-+ let len = strlen(a:string)
-+ if a:d == 0
-+ let start = 0
-+ else
-+ let cnt = a:d
-+ let match = a:string
-+ while cnt
-+ let cnt = cnt - 1
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
-+ if index == -1
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let match = strpart(match, index)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = len - strlen(match)
-+ if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
-+ return start - 2
-+ endif
-+ let cnt = 1
-+ while cnt
-+ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
-+ if index == -2
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
-+ let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1) " ')'
-+ " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
-+ let match = strpart(match, index+1)
-+ endwhile
-+ let start = start - 2
-+ let len = len - start - strlen(match)
-+ endif
-+ if a:0 == 1
-+ return len
-+ elseif a:0 == 2
-+ return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
-+ else
-+ return strpart(a:string, start, len)
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
-+" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
-+" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
-+" s:Count(string, pattern).
-+fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
-+ let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
-+ if a:0 > 1
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
-+ let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
-+ return strlen(foo)
-+ endif
-+ let result = 0
-+ let foo = a:string
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ while index != -1
-+ let result = result + 1
-+ let foo = strpart(foo, index)
-+ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-+ endwhile
-+ return result
-+endfun
-+
-+" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
-+" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'. That is, the first
-+" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
-+" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
-+" by '\3'. The hard part is dealing with nesting...
-+" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
-+" unless it is preceded by "\".
-+fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
-+ let word = a:target
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ let table = "----------"
-+ while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
-+ let d = word[i]
-+ let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
-+ " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref. Before we do this,
-+ " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
-+ " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
-+ " into backref. Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on. The group
-+ " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
-+ " s within a:source.
-+ " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
-+ let w = s:Count(
-+ \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
-+ let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
-+ while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ \ && s < 10
-+ if table[s] == "-"
-+ if w + b < 10
-+ " let table[s] = w + b
-+ let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
-+ endif
-+ let b = b + 1
-+ let s = s + 1
-+ else
-+ execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
-+ let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
-+ let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
-+ \ . strpart(backref, start+len)
-+ let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
-+ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
-+ if a:output == "table"
-+ return table
-+ elseif a:output == "word"
-+ return word
-+ else
-+ return table . word
-+ endif
-+endfun
-+
-+" Assume a:comma = ",". Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
-+" a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
-+" a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
-+" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
-+" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
-+fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
-+ let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
-+ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-+ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ if i == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-+ if a:branch == ""
-+ let currpat = current
-+ else
-+ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-+ endif
-+ if a:0
-+ let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
-+ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+ if a:0
-+ let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
-+ endif
-+ return current
-+endfun
-+
-+" Call this function to turn on debugging information. Every time the main
-+" script is run, buffer variables will be saved. These can be used directly
-+" or viewed using the menu items below.
-+if !exists(":MatchDebug")
-+ command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
-+endif
-+
-+fun! s:Match_debug()
-+ let b:match_debug = 1 " Save debugging information.
-+ " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
-+ amenu &Matchit.&pat :echo b:match_pat<CR>
-+ " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&match :echo b:match_match<CR>
-+ " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
-+ amenu &Matchit.&curcol :echo b:match_col<CR>
-+ " wholeBR = matching group, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR :echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
-+ " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
-+ amenu &Matchit.ini&BR :echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
-+ " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&ini :echo b:match_ini<CR>
-+ " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&tail :echo b:match_tail<CR>
-+ " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-+ amenu &Matchit.&word :echo b:match_word<CR>
-+ " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
-+ amenu &Matchit.t&able :echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
-+endfun
-+
-+" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
-+" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
-+" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
-+" let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
-+" will return to the original position. If there is a problem, do not
-+" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
-+" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
-+" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching. It might be a good
-+" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
-+fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
-+ if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+ return ""
-+ end
-+ let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
-+ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-+ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-+ endif
-+ let startline = line(".")
-+ let startcol = col(".")
-+
-+ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
-+ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
-+ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
-+ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-+ " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-+ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
-+ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-+ if b:match_words =~ ":"
-+ let match_words = b:match_words
-+ else
-+ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-+ endif
-+ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-+ \ exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let s:last_words = match_words
-+ let s:last_mps = &mps
-+ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-+ let s:do_BR = 0
-+ let s:pat = match_words
-+ else
-+ let s:do_BR = 1
-+ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-+ endif
-+ let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
-+ \ '[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_debug")
-+ let b:match_pat = s:pat
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Second step: figure out the patterns for searchpair()
-+ " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
-+ " - TODO: A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
-+ " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
-+ " - into separate functions!
-+ let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
-+ let open = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let open = '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
-+ let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-+ \ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-+ let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
-+ if exists("b:match_skip")
-+ let skip = b:match_skip
-+ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-+ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-+ else
-+ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-+ endif
-+ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-+ " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ " normal! H
-+ " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-+ normal! g0
-+ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-+ normal! H
-+ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-+ execute restore_cursor
-+
-+ " Third step: call searchpair().
-+ " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
-+ let openpat = substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-+ let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-+ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-+ let skip = '0'
-+ else
-+ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-+ endif
-+ mark '
-+ let level = v:count1
-+ while level
-+ if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return ""
-+ endif
-+ let level = level - 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
-+ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-+ return restore_cursor
-+endfun
-+
-+" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
-+" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
-+" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
-+" as s:Match_wrapper() . Later, it may get its own patterns,
-+" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
-+" fun! s:Autocomplete()
-+" echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
-+" if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-+" return ""
-+" end
-+" let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
-+"
-+" if startpos == ""
-+" return ""
-+" endif
-+" " - TODO: figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
-+" " - the appropriate closing.
-+" let matchline = getline(".")
-+" let curcol = col(".") - 1
-+" " - TODO: Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
-+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
-+" let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
-+" let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{' . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
-+" let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$' : '\)$')
-+" " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-+" let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-+" let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
-+" " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-+" " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
-+" let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-+" let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-+" let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-+" let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-+" " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-+" if s:do_BR
-+" let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-+" endif
-+" " let g:group = group
-+"
-+" " - TODO: Construct the closing from group.
-+" let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
-+" execute startpos
-+" return fake
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Close all open structures. "Get the heck out of here!"
-+" fun! s:Gthhoh()
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" while strlen(close)
-+" put=close
-+" let close = s:Autocomplete()
-+" endwhile
-+" endfun
-+
-+" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
-+" s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-+" S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-+" r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-+" R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-+fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
-+ let skip = a:str
-+ if skip[1] == ":"
-+ if skip[0] == "s"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "S"
-+ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
-+ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "r"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ elseif skip[0] == "R"
-+ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return skip
-+endfun
-+
-+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
-+
-+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
-diff -urN vim71/runtime/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim
---- vim71/runtime/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
-+++ vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/NERD_commenter.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100
-@@ -0,0 +1,4553 @@
-+" vim global plugin that provides easy code commenting for various file types
-+" Last Change: 29 sep 2007
-+" Maintainer: Martin Grenfell <martin_grenfell at msn.com>
-+let s:NERD_commenter_version = 2.1.4
-+
-+" For help documentation type :help NERDCommenter. If this fails, Restart vim
-+" and try again. If it sill doesnt work... the help page is at the bottom
-+" of this file.
-+
-+" Section: script init stuff {{{1
-+if exists("loaded_nerd_comments")
-+ finish
-+endif
-+if v:version < 700
-+ echoerr "NERDCommenter: this plugin requires vim >= 7. DOWNLOAD IT! You'll thank me later!"
-+ finish
-+endif
-+let loaded_nerd_comments = 1
-+
-+" Section: spaces init {{{2
-+" Occasionally we need to grab a string of spaces so just make one here
-+let s:spaces = ""
-+while strlen(s:spaces) < 100
-+ let s:spaces = s:spaces . " "
-+endwhile
-+
-+" Function: s:InitVariable() function {{{2
-+" This function is used to initialise a given variable to a given value. The
-+" variable is only initialised if it does not exist prior
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -var: the name of the var to be initialised
-+" -value: the value to initialise var to
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 1 if the var is set, 0 otherwise
-+function s:InitVariable(var, value)
-+ if !exists(a:var)
-+ exec 'let ' . a:var . ' = ' . "'" . a:value . "'"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: space string init{{{2
-+" When putting spaces after the left delim and before the right we use
-+" s:spaceStr for the space char. This way we can make it add anything after
-+" the left and before the right by modifying this variable
-+let s:spaceStr = ' '
-+let s:lenSpaceStr = strlen(s:spaceStr)
-+
-+" Section: variable init calls {{{2
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDCompactSexyComs", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDefaultNesting", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMenuMode", 3)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDLPlace", "[>")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUsePlaceHolders", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveAltComs", 1)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDRPlace", "<]")
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDShutUp", '0')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDSpaceDelims", 0)
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDDelimiterRequests", 1)
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDMapleader", ',c')
-+
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAltComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'a')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDAppendComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'A')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignBothMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'b')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignLeftMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'l')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComAlignRightMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'r')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComInInsertMap", '<C-c>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineInvertMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'i')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'c')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineNestMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'n')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineSexyMap", g:NERDMapleader . 's')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineToggleMap", g:NERDMapleader . '<space>')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineMinimalMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'm')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComLineYankMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'y')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDComToEOLMap", g:NERDMapleader . '$')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDPrependComMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'I')
-+call s:InitVariable("g:NERDUncomLineMap", g:NERDMapleader . 'u')
-+let s:NERDFileNameEscape="[]#*$%'\" ?`!&();<>\\"
-+
-+" Section: Comment mapping functions, autocommands and commands {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Section: Comment enabler autocommands {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+if !exists("nerd_autocmds_loaded")
-+ let nerd_autocmds_loaded=1
-+
-+ augroup commentEnablers
-+
-+ "if the user enters a buffer or reads a buffer then we gotta set up
-+ "the comment delimiters for that new filetype
-+ autocmd BufEnter,BufRead * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 0)
-+
-+ "if the filetype of a buffer changes, force the script to reset the
-+ "delims for the buffer
-+ autocmd Filetype * :call s:SetUpForNewFiletype(&filetype, 1)
-+ augroup END
-+
-+endif
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype) function {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for setting up buffer scoped variables for the
-+" given filetype.
-+"
-+" These variables include the comment delimiters for the given filetype and calls
-+" MapDelimiters or MapDelimitersWithAlternative passing in these delimiters.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -filetype: the filetype to set delimiters for
-+" -forceReset: 1 if the delimiters should be reset if they have already be
-+" set for this buffer.
-+"
-+function s:SetUpForNewFiletype(filetype, forceReset)
-+ "if we have already set the delimiters for this buffer then dont go thru
-+ "it again
-+ if !a:forceReset && exists("b:left") && b:left != ''
-+ return
-+ endif
-+
-+ let b:sexyComMarker = ''
-+
-+ "check the filetype against all known filetypes to see if we have
-+ "hardcoded the comment delimiters to use
-+ if a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abaqus"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('**', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "abc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "acedb"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ada"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '-- ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ahk"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "amiga"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ampl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ant"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apache"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "apachestyle"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm68k"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';', '', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "asn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "aspvbs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('''', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "atlas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('C','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autohotkey"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "autoit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "automake"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('#','', 'dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ave"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'",'')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "awk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "basic"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("'",'', 'REM ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "b"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bdf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('COMMENT ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bindzone"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "bst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "btm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('::', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "caos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "catalog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "c"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cfg"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cg"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ch"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "changelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clean"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "clipper"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cmake"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "config"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "context"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cpp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "crontab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cs"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "css"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cupl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "csv"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "cvs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('CVS:','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debchangelog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debcontrol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "debsources"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "def"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "desktop"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "diff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "django"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "docbk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dns"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('REM ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dosini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dot"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dracula"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dsl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<dtml-comment>','</dtml-comment>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "dylan"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'ebuild'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ecd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'eclass'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eiffel"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "elmfilt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "erlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--', '-->', '<%#', '%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "eterm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "expect"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "exports"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fetchmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fgl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "focexec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('-*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "form"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fortran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "foxpro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fstab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fvwm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "fx"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gams"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gdmo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "geek"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('GEEK_COMMENT:', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-keywords'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-mask'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == 'gentoo-package-use'
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gnuplot"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "groovy"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "gtkrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "haskell"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '{-', '-}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "h"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "help"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hercules"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "hog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "html"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmldjango"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('<!--','-->', '{#', '#}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "htmlos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','/#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ia64"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "icon"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idlang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "idl"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "indent"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inform"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "inittab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ishd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "iss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "java"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "javascript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jess"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jgraph"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jproperties"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "jsp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<%--', '--%>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kconfig"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kix"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "kscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ldif"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lftp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lifelines"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lilo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lisp"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#|', '|#')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lite"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lookupfile"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lotos"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lout"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lprolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lscript"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'", '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lss"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lua"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('--','', '--[[', ']]')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "lynx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "m4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('dnl ', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('> ','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "make"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "maple"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "masm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "master"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "matlab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mel"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mib"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mma"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "model"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$','$')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "moduala."
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "modula3"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "monk"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "mush"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "muttrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "named"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nastran"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "natural"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ncf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netdict"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "netrw"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nqc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nroff"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('\"', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "nsis"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "objc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ocaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "occam"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omlet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "omnimark"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "openroad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "opl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("REM", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ora"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "otl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ox"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pascal"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('{','}', '(*', '*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "passwd"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWith('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pccts"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "perl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pfmain"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "php"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','','/*', '*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "phtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pic"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pike"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pilrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pine"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plaintex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plm"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "plsql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "po"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "postscr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "pov"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "povini"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ppwiz"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';;', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "procmail"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "progress"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "prolog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%','','/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "psf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ptcap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "python"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "qf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "radiance"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "Rails-log"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ratpoison"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "r"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "readline"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rebol"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "registry"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "remind"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rexx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "robots"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rpl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rst"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('..', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "rtf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "ruby"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sa"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "samba"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(';','', '#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sas"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sass"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sather"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scheme"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scilab"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "screen"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "scsh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sed"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "selectbuf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmldecl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--','--')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sgmllnx"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sicad"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "simula"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('%', '', '--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sinda"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "skill"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slang"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "slrnrc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smarty"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('{*', '*}')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!','>')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "smith"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('(*','*)')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsnet"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnspat"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snnsres"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "snobol4"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spec"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "specman"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "spice"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sql"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlforms"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqlj"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "sqr"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "squid"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "st"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "stp"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "strace"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "svn"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "SVNcommitlog"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tads"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "taglist"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tags"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tak"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('$', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tasm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "terminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tex"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "text"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texinfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("@c ", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "texmf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tidy"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tli"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "trasys"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("$", "")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsalt"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tsscl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "tssgm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("comment = '","'")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uc"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "uil"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters("'","")
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vcscommit"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vera"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('/*','*/','//','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "verilog_systemverilog"
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative('//','', '/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vgrindefs"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vhdl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('--', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vim"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('"','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "viminfo"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "virata"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('%', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vo_base"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vrml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "vsejcl"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "webmacro"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('##', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wget"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "winbatch"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype =~ "[^w]*sh"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "wvdial"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xdefaults"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xf86conf"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xhtml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--', '-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xkb"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('//', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmath"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xmodmap"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm2"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('!', '')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xpm"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xsd"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "xslt"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('<!--','-->')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yacc"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('/*','*/')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "yaml"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters('#','')
-+ elseif a:filetype == "z8a"
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(';', '')
-+
-+ elseif a:filetype == ""
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative("","", "", "")
-+
-+ "we have not hardcoded the comment delimiters to use for this filetype so
-+ "get them from &commentstring.
-+ else
-+ "print a disclaimer to the user :)
-+ if !g:NERDShutUp
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unknown filetype '".a:filetype."', setting delimiters by &commentstring.\nPleeeeease email the author of the NERD commenter with this filetype\nand its delimiters!", 0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "extract the delims from &commentstring
-+ let left= substitute(&commentstring, '\(.*\)%s.*', '\1', '')
-+ let right= substitute(&commentstring, '.*%s\(.*\)', '\1', 'g')
-+
-+ call s:MapDelimiters(left,right)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimiters(left, right) function {{{2
-+" This function is a wrapper for s:MapDelimiters(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, useAlt) and is called when there
-+" is no alternative comment delimiters for the current filetype
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimiters(left, right)
-+ call s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(a:left, a:right, "", "")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt) function {{{2
-+" this function sets up the comment delimiter buffer variables
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the string defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -right: the string defining the comment end delimiter
-+" -leftAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment start delimiter
-+" -rightAlt: the string for the alternative comment style defining the comment end delimiter
-+function s:MapDelimitersWithAlternative(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt)
-+ if !exists('g:NERD_' . &filetype . '_alt_style')
-+ let b:left = a:left
-+ let b:right = a:right
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ let b:left = a:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = a:rightAlt
-+ let b:leftAlt = a:left
-+ let b:rightAlt = a:right
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to swap the delimiters that are being used to the
-+" alternative delimiters for that filetype. For example, if a c++ file is
-+" being edited and // comments are being used, after this function is called
-+" /**/ comments will be used.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -printMsgs: if this is 1 then a message is echoed to the user telling them
-+" if this function changed the delimiters or not
-+function s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(printMsgs)
-+ "if both of the alternative delimiters are empty then there is no
-+ "alternative comment style so bail out
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Cannot use alternative delimiters, none are specified", 0)
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "save the current delimiters
-+ let tempLeft = b:left
-+ let tempRight = b:right
-+
-+ "swap current delimiters for alternative
-+ let b:left = b:leftAlt
-+ let b:right = b:rightAlt
-+
-+ "set the previously current delimiters to be the new alternative ones
-+ let b:leftAlt = tempLeft
-+ let b:rightAlt = tempRight
-+
-+ "tell the user what comment delimiters they are now using
-+ if a:printMsgs
-+ let leftNoEsc = b:left
-+ let rightNoEsc = b:right
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Now using " . leftNoEsc . " " . rightNoEsc . " to delimit comments", 1)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Section: Comment delimiter add/removal functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+" Function: s:AppendCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function appends comment delimiters at the EOL and places the cursor in
-+" position to start typing the comment
-+function s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+ let insOrApp = (isLineEmpty==1 ? 'i' : 'A')
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the end of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . (isLineEmpty ? '' : ' ') . left . right . " "
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested ) {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment out a region of code. This region is
-+" specified as a bounding box by arguments to the function.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the line number for the top line of code in the region
-+" -bottom: the line number for the bottom line of code in the region
-+" -lSide: the column number for the left most column in the region
-+" -rSide: the column number for the right most column in the region
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether comments should be nested
-+function s:CommentBlock(top, bottom, lSide, rSide, forceNested )
-+ " we need to create local copies of these arguments so we can modify them
-+ let top = a:top
-+ let bottom = a:bottom
-+ let lSide = a:lSide
-+ let rSide = a:rSide
-+
-+ "if the top or bottom line starts with tabs we have to adjust the left and
-+ "right boundaries so that they are set as though the tabs were spaces
-+ let topline = getline(top)
-+ let bottomline = getline(bottom)
-+ if s:HasLeadingTabs(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the top line and adjust the left
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(topline)
-+ if lSide < numTabs
-+ let lSide = &ts * lSide
-+ else
-+ let lSide = (lSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "find out how many tabs are in the bottom line and adjust the right
-+ "boundary accordingly
-+ let numTabs = s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(bottomline)
-+ let rSide = (rSide - numTabs) + (&ts * numTabs)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we must check that bottom IS actually below top, if it is not then we
-+ "swap top and bottom. Similarly for left and right.
-+ if bottom < top
-+ let temp = top
-+ let top = bottom
-+ let bottom = top
-+ endif
-+ if rSide < lSide
-+ let temp = lSide
-+ let lSide = rSide
-+ let rSide = temp
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the current delimiters arent multipart then we will switch to the
-+ "alternative delims (if THEY are) as the comment will be better and more
-+ "accurate with multipart delims
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "start the commenting from the top and keep commenting till we reach the
-+ "bottom
-+ let currentLine=top
-+ while currentLine <= bottom
-+
-+ "check if we are allowed to comment this line
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "convert the leading tabs into spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "dont comment lines that begin after the right boundary of the
-+ "block unless the user has specified to do so
-+ if theLine !~ '^ \{' . rSide . '\}' || !g:NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty
-+
-+ "attempt to place the cursor in on the left of the boundary box,
-+ "then check if we were successful, if not then we cant comment this
-+ "line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ if s:CanPlaceCursor(currentLine, lSide)
-+
-+ let leftSpaced = s:GetLeft(0,1,0)
-+ let rightSpaced = s:GetRight(0,1,0)
-+
-+ "stick the left delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, lSide-1) . leftSpaced . strpart(theLine, lSide-1)
-+
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ "stick the right delimiter down
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, rSide+strlen(leftSpaced)) . rightSpaced . strpart(theLine, rSide+strlen(rightSpaced))
-+
-+ let firstLeftDelim = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, theLine)
-+ let lastRightDelim = s:LastIndexOfDelim(b:right, theLine)
-+
-+ if firstLeftDelim != -1 && lastRightDelim != -1
-+ let searchStr = strpart(theLine, 0, lastRightDelim)
-+ let searchStr = strpart(searchStr, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left))
-+
-+ "replace the outter most delims in searchStr with
-+ "place-holders
-+ let theLineWithPlaceHolders = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, searchStr)
-+
-+ "add the right delimiter onto the line
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, firstLeftDelim+strlen(b:left)) . theLineWithPlaceHolders . strpart(theLine, lastRightDelim)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "restore tabs if needed
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -alignRight/alignLeft: 0/1 if the comments delimiters should/shouldnt be
-+" aligned left/right
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ " we need to get the left and right indexes of the leftmost char in the
-+ " block of of lines and the right most char so that we can do alignment of
-+ " the delimiters if the user has specified
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ let rightAlignIndx = s:RightMostIndx(a:forceNested, 0, a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+
-+ " gotta add the length of the left delimiter onto the rightAlignIndx cos
-+ " we'll be adding a left delim to the line
-+ let rightAlignIndx = rightAlignIndx + strlen(s:GetLeft(0,1,0))
-+
-+ " now we actually comment the lines. Do it line by line
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if a:forceNested && g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+
-+ " check if we can comment this line
-+ if !isCommented || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders || s:Multipart()
-+ if a:alignLeft
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(b:left, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ if a:alignRight
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelimAligned(b:right, theLine, rightAlignIndx)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0,1,0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" This function comments a range of lines in a minimal style. I
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ "check that minimal comments can be done on this filetype
-+ if !s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if we need to use place holders for the comment, make sure they are
-+ "enabled for this filetype
-+ if !g:NERDUsePlaceHolders && s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(a:firstLine, a:lastLine)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Settings exception: Placeoholders are required but disabled.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the left and right delims to smack on
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(g:NERDSpaceDelims,0)
-+
-+ "make sure all multipart delims on the lines are replaced with
-+ "placeholders to prevent illegal syntax
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while(currentLine <= a:lastLine)
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ReplaceDelims(left, right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, theLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "add the delim to the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:firstLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(left, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:firstLine, theLine)
-+
-+ "add the delim to the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lastLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:lastLine, theLine)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) function {{{2
-+" This function is used to comment lines in the 'Sexy' style. eg in c:
-+" /*
-+" * This is a sexy comment
-+" */
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+function s:CommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0, 0)
-+
-+ "check if we can do a sexy comment with the available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot perform sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ "make sure the lines arent already commented sexually
-+ if !s:CanSexyCommentLines(a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Nesting exception: cannot nest sexy comments'
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0,0)
-+ let sexyComMarkerSpaced = s:GetSexyComMarker(1,0)
-+
-+
-+ " we jam the comment as far to the right as possible
-+ let leftAlignIndx = s:LeftMostIndx(1, 1, a:topline, a:bottomline)
-+
-+ "check if we should use the compact style i.e that the left/right
-+ "delimiters should appear on the first and last lines of the code and not
-+ "on separate lines above/below the first/last lines of code
-+ if g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ let spaceString = (g:NERDSpaceDelims ? s:spaceStr : '')
-+
-+ "comment the top line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelimAligned(left . spaceString, theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let theLine = getline(a:bottomline)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(spaceString . right, theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+ call setline(a:bottomline, theLine)
-+ else
-+
-+ " add the left delimiter one line above the lines that are to be commented
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! O'
-+ call setline(a:topline, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . left )
-+
-+ " add the right delimiter after bottom line (we have to add 1 cos we moved
-+ " the lines down when we added the left delim
-+ call cursor(a:bottomline+1, 1)
-+ execute 'normal! o'
-+ call setline(a:bottomline+2, strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . right )
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ " go thru each line adding the sexyComMarker marker to the start of each
-+ " line in the appropriate place to align them with the comment delims
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline + !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ " get the line and convert the tabs to spaces
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+
-+ " add the sexyComMarker
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, leftAlignIndx) . strpart(s:spaces, 0, strlen(left)-strlen(sexyComMarker)) . sexyComMarkerSpaced . strpart(theLine, leftAlignIndx)
-+
-+ if lineHasTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ " set the line and move onto the next one
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine) {{{2
-+" Applies "toggle" commenting to the given range of lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the called is requesting the comment
-+" to be nested if need be
-+" -firstLine/lastLine: the top and bottom lines to comment
-+function s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+
-+ " get the next line, check commentability and convert spaces to tabs
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ let lineHasLeadingTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ if s:CanToggleCommentLine(a:forceNested, currentLine)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified forceNesting then we check to see if we
-+ "need to switch delimiters for place-holders
-+ if g:NERDUsePlaceHolders
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:AddLeftDelim(s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ let theLine = s:AddRightDelim(s:GetRight(0, 1, 0), theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " restore leading tabs if appropriate
-+ if lineHasLeadingTabs
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " we are done with this line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CommentRegion(topline, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol) function {{{2
-+" This function comments chunks of text selected in visual mode.
-+" It will comment exactly the text that they have selected.
-+" Args:
-+" -topLine: the line num of the top line in the sexy comment
-+" -topCol: top left col for this comment
-+" -bottomline: the line num of the bottom line in the sexy comment
-+" -bottomCol: the bottom right col for this comment
-+" -forceNested: whether the caller wants comments to be nested if the
-+" line(s) are already commented
-+function s:CommentRegion(topLine, topCol, bottomLine, bottomCol, forceNested)
-+
-+ "switch delims (if we can) if the current set isnt multipart
-+ let switchedDelims = 0
-+ if !s:Multipart() && s:AltMultipart() && !g:NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims
-+ let switchedDelims = 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is only one line in the comment then just do it
-+ if a:topLine == a:bottomLine
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:bottomLine, a:topCol, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "there are multiple lines in the comment
-+ else
-+ "comment the top line
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:topLine, a:topLine, a:topCol, strlen(getline(a:topLine)), a:forceNested)
-+
-+ "comment out all the lines in the middle of the comment
-+ let topOfRange = a:topLine+1
-+ let bottomOfRange = a:bottomLine-1
-+ if topOfRange <= bottomOfRange
-+ call s:CommentLines(a:forceNested, 0, 0, topOfRange, bottomOfRange)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "comment the bottom line
-+ let bottom = getline(a:bottomLine)
-+ let numLeadingSpacesTabs = strlen(substitute(bottom, '^\([ \t]*\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ call s:CommentBlock(a:bottomLine, a:bottomLine, numLeadingSpacesTabs+1, a:bottomCol, a:forceNested)
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "stick the cursor back on the char it was on before the comment
-+ call cursor(a:topLine, a:topCol + strlen(b:left) + g:NERDSpaceDelims)
-+
-+ "if we switched delims then we gotta go back to what they were before
-+ if switchedDelims == 1
-+ call s:SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(0)
-+ endif
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine) function {{{2
-+" Inverts the comments on the lines between and including the given line
-+" numbers i.e all commented lines are uncommented and vice versa
-+" Args:
-+" -firstLine: the top of the range of lines to be inverted
-+" -lastLine: the bottom of the range of lines to be inverted
-+function s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ " go thru all lines in the given range
-+ let currentLine = a:firstLine
-+ while currentLine <= a:lastLine
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+
-+ " if the line is commented normally, uncomment it
-+ if s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+
-+ " check if the line is commented sexually
-+ elseif !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let currentLine = bottomBound - (numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved) + 1
-+
-+ " the line isnt commented
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(1, currentLine, currentLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: NERDComment(isVisual, alignLeft, alignRight, type) function {{{2
-+" This function is a Wrapper for the main commenting functions
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -isVisual: a flag indicating whether the comment is requested in visual
-+" mode or not
-+" -type: the type of commenting requested. Can be 'sexy', 'invert',
-+" 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+" 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+function! NERDComment(isVisual, type) range
-+ " we want case sensitivity when commenting
-+ let prevIgnoreCase = &ignorecase
-+ set noignorecase
-+
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ let firstLine = line("'<")
-+ let lastLine = line("'>")
-+ let firstCol = col("'<")
-+ let lastCol = col("'>")
-+ else
-+ let firstLine = a:firstline
-+ let lastLine = a:lastline
-+ endif
-+
-+ let countWasGiven = (a:isVisual == 0 && firstLine != lastLine)
-+
-+ let forceNested = (a:type == 'nested' || g:NERDDefaultNesting)
-+
-+ if a:type == 'norm' || a:type == 'nested'
-+ if a:isVisual && visualmode() == ""
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, lastLine, firstCol, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ elseif a:isVisual && visualmode() == "v" && (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==0 || (g:NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode==2 && s:HasMultipartDelims()))
-+ call s:CommentRegion(firstLine, firstCol, lastLine, lastCol, forceNested)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, 0, 0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth'
-+ let alignLeft = (a:type == 'alignLeft' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ let alignRight = (a:type == 'alignRight' || a:type == 'alignBoth')
-+ call s:CommentLines(forceNested, alignLeft, alignRight, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'invert'
-+ call s:InvertComment(firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'sexy'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesSexy(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comments cannot be done with the available delimiters", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Nesting/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Sexy comment aborted. Nested sexy cannot be nested", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toggle'
-+ let theLine = getline(firstLine)
-+
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(firstLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)
-+ call s:UncommentLines(1, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ else
-+ call s:CommentLinesToggle(forceNested, firstLine, lastLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'minimal'
-+ try
-+ call s:CommentLinesMinimal(firstLine, lastLine)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Delimiters/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Minimal comments can only be used for filetypes that have multipart delimiters.", 0)
-+ catch /NERDCommenter.Settings/
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Place holders are required but disabled.", 0)
-+ endtry
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'toEOL'
-+ call s:SaveScreenState()
-+ call s:CommentBlock(firstLine, firstLine, col("."), col("$")-1, 1)
-+ call s:RestoreScreenState()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'prepend'
-+ call s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'append'
-+ call s:AppendCommentToLine()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'insert'
-+ call s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'uncomment'
-+ call s:UncommentLines(0, firstLine, lastLine)
-+
-+ elseif a:type == 'yank'
-+ if a:isVisual
-+ normal gvy
-+ elseif countWasGiven
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'yank'
-+ else
-+ normal Y
-+ endif
-+ execute firstLine .','. lastLine .'call NERDComment('. a:isVisual .', "norm")'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let &ignorecase = prevIgnoreCase
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween() function {{{2
-+" This is function is called to place comment delimiters down and place the
-+" cursor between them
-+function s:PlaceDelimitersAndInsBetween()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ let theLine = getline(".")
-+ let lineHasLeadTabs = s:HasLeadingTabs(theLine) || (theLine =~ '^ *$' && !&expandtab)
-+
-+ "convert tabs to spaces and adjust the cursors column to take this into
-+ "account
-+ let untabbedCol = s:UntabbedCol(theLine, col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine))
-+ call cursor(line("."), untabbedCol)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let isDelimOnEOL = col(".") >= strlen(getline("."))
-+
-+ " if the cursor is in the first col then we gotta insert rather than
-+ " append the comment delimiters here
-+ let insOrApp = (col(".")==1 ? 'i' : 'a')
-+
-+ " place the delimiters down. We do it differently depending on whether
-+ " there is a left AND right delimiter
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left . right
-+ execute ":normal " . lenRight . "h"
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal " . insOrApp . left
-+
-+ " if we are tacking the delim on the EOL then we gotta add a space
-+ " after it cos when we go out of insert mode the cursor will move back
-+ " one and the user wont be in position to type the comment.
-+ if isDelimOnEOL
-+ execute 'normal a '
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if needed convert spaces back to tabs and adjust the cursors col
-+ "accordingly
-+ if lineHasLeadTabs
-+ let tabbedCol = s:TabbedCol(getline("."), col("."))
-+ call setline(line("."), s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(getline(".")))
-+ call cursor(line("."), tabbedCol)
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:PrependCommentToLine(){{{2
-+" This function prepends comment delimiters to the start of line and places
-+" the cursor in position to start typing the comment
-+function s:PrependCommentToLine()
-+ " get the left and right delimiters without any escape chars in them
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0, 1, 0)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0, 1, 0)
-+
-+ " get the len of the right delim
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+
-+ "if the line is empty then we need to know about this later on
-+ let isLineEmpty = strlen(getline(".")) == 0
-+
-+ "stick the delimiters down at the start of the line. We have to format the
-+ "comment with spaces as appropriate
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ execute ":normal I" . left . right
-+ else
-+ execute ":normal I" . left
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if there is a right delimiter then we gotta move the cursor left
-+ " by the len of the right delimiter so we insert between the delimiters
-+ if lenRight > 0
-+ let leftMoveAmount = lenRight
-+ execute ":normal " . leftMoveAmount . "h"
-+ endif
-+ normal l
-+
-+ "if the line was empty then we gotta add an extra space on the end because
-+ "the cursor will move back one more at the end of the last "execute"
-+ "command
-+ if isLineEmpty && lenRight == 0
-+ execute ":normal a "
-+ endif
-+
-+ startinsert
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line) {{{2
-+" this function is called to remove the first left comment delimiter and the
-+" last right delimiter of the given line.
-+"
-+" The args left and right must be strings. If there is no right delimiter (as
-+" is the case for e.g vim file comments) them the arg right should be ""
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -left: the left comment delimiter
-+" -right: the right comment delimiter
-+" -line: the line to remove the delimiters from
-+function s:RemoveDelimiters(left, right, line)
-+
-+ let l:left = a:left
-+ let l:right = a:right
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(left)
-+ let lenRight = strlen(right)
-+
-+ let delimsSpaced = (g:NERDSpaceDelims || g:NERDRemoveExtraSpaces)
-+
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "look for the left delimiter, if we find it, remove it.
-+ let leftIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, line)
-+ if leftIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+lenLeft)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space after the left delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, leftIndx, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, leftIndx) . strpart(line, leftIndx+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "look for the right delimiter, if we find it, remove it
-+ let rightIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, line)
-+ if rightIndx != -1
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx) . strpart(line, rightIndx+lenRight)
-+
-+ "if the user has specified that there is a space before the right delim
-+ "then check for the space and remove it if it is there
-+ if delimsSpaced && strpart(line, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr, s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && s:Multipart()
-+ let line = strpart(line, 0, rightIndx-s:lenSpaceStr) . strpart(line, rightIndx)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine) {{{2
-+" This function uncomments the given lines
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" onlyWholeLineComs: should be 1 for toggle style uncommenting
-+" topLine: the top line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+" bottomLine: the bottom line of the visual selection to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLines(onlyWholeLineComs, topLine, bottomLine)
-+ "make local copies of a:firstline and a:lastline and, if need be, swap
-+ "them around if the top line is below the bottom
-+ let l:firstline = a:topLine
-+ let l:lastline = a:bottomLine
-+ if firstline > lastline
-+ let firstline = lastline
-+ let lastline = a:topLine
-+ endif
-+
-+ "go thru each line uncommenting each line removing sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = firstline
-+ while currentLine <= lastline
-+
-+ "check the current line to see if it is part of a sexy comment
-+ let sexyComBounds = s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(currentLine)
-+ if !empty(sexyComBounds)
-+
-+ "we need to store the num lines in the buf before the comment is
-+ "removed so we know how many lines were removed when the sexy com
-+ "was removed
-+ let numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+
-+ call s:UncommentLinesSexy(sexyComBounds[0], sexyComBounds[1])
-+
-+ "move to the line after last line of the sexy comment
-+ let numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved = s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ let numLinesRemoved = numLinesBeforeSexyComRemoved - numLinesAfterSexyComRemoved
-+ let currentLine = sexyComBounds[1] - numLinesRemoved + 1
-+ let lastline = lastline - numLinesRemoved
-+
-+ "no sexy com was detected so uncomment the line as normal
-+ else
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:onlyWholeLineComs && (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine))
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ elseif !a:onlyWholeLineComs
-+ call s:UncommentLinesNormal(currentLine, currentLine)
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the comment characters associated with the sexy
-+" comment spanning the given lines
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesSexy(topline, bottomline)
-+ let left = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetSexyComRight(0,1)
-+
-+
-+ "check if it is even possible for sexy comments to exist with the
-+ "available delimiters
-+ if left == -1 || right == -1
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter.Delimiters exception: cannot uncomment sexy comments with available delimiters.'
-+ endif
-+
-+ let leftUnEsc = s:GetSexyComLeft(0,0)
-+ let rightUnEsc = s:GetSexyComRight(0,0)
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+ let sexyComMarkerUnEsc = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 0)
-+
-+ "the markerOffset is how far right we need to move the sexyComMarker to
-+ "line it up with the end of the left delim
-+ let markerOffset = strlen(leftUnEsc)-strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+
-+ " go thru the intermediate lines of the sexy comment and remove the
-+ " sexy comment markers (eg the '*'s on the start of line in a c sexy
-+ " comment)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ " remove the sexy comment marker from the line. We also remove the
-+ " space after it if there is one and if appropriate options are set
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(theLine)
-+
-+ " move onto the next line
-+ call setline(currentLine, theLine)
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ " gotta make a copy of a:bottomline cos we modify the position of the
-+ " last line it if we remove the topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the first line so we can remove the left delim from it
-+ let theLine = getline(a:topline)
-+
-+ " if the first line contains only the left delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left . '[ \t]*$' && !g:NERDCompactSexyComs
-+ call cursor(a:topline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+ let bottomline = bottomline - 1
-+
-+ " topline contains more than just the left delim
-+ else
-+
-+ " remove the delim. If there is a space after it
-+ " then remove this too if appropriate
-+ let delimIndx = stridx(theLine, leftUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(a:topline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+
-+ " get the last line so we can remove the right delim
-+ let theLine = getline(bottomline)
-+
-+ " if the bottomline contains only the right delim then just delete it
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right . '[ \t]*$'
-+ call cursor(bottomline, 1)
-+ normal dd
-+
-+ " the last line contains more than the right delim
-+ else
-+ " remove the right delim. If there is a space after it and
-+ " if the appropriate options are set then remove this too.
-+ let delimIndx = s:LastIndexOfDelim(rightUnEsc, theLine)
-+ if strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(leftUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, delimIndx) . strpart(theLine, delimIndx+strlen(rightUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+
-+ " if the last line also starts with a sexy comment marker then we
-+ " remove this as well
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+
-+ " remove the sexyComMarker. If there is a space after it then
-+ " remove that too
-+ let sexyComMarkerIndx = stridx(theLine, sexyComMarkerUnEsc)
-+ if strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc), s:lenSpaceStr) == s:spaceStr && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc)+s:lenSpaceStr)
-+ else
-+ let theLine = strpart(theLine, 0, sexyComMarkerIndx - markerOffset ) . strpart(theLine, sexyComMarkerIndx+strlen(sexyComMarkerUnEsc))
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ let theLine = s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(theLine)
-+ call setline(bottomline, theLine)
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLineNormal(line) {{{2
-+" uncomments the given line and returns the result
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to uncomment
-+function s:UncommentLineNormal(line)
-+ let line = a:line
-+
-+ "get the comment status on the line so we know how it is commented
-+ let lineCommentStatus = s:IsCommentedOuttermost(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:left and b:right so remove these delims
-+ if lineCommentStatus == 1
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "it is commented with b:leftAlt and b:rightAlt so remove these delims
-+ elseif lineCommentStatus == 2 && g:NERDRemoveAltComs
-+ let line = s:RemoveDelimiters(b:left, b:right, line)
-+
-+ "it is not properly commented with any delims so we check if it has
-+ "any random left or right delims on it and remove the outtermost ones
-+ else
-+ "get the positions of all delim types on the line
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxRight = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:right, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+
-+ "remove the outter most left comment delim
-+ if indxLeft != -1 && (indxLeft < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:left, '', line)
-+ elseif indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(b:leftAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ "remove the outter most right comment delim
-+ if indxRight != -1 && (indxRight < indxRightAlt || indxRightAlt == -1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:right, '', line)
-+ elseif indxRightAlt != -1
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(b:rightAlt, '', line)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:left, line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:leftAlt, line)
-+ let indxLeftPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDLPlace, line)
-+
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(b:rightAlt, line)
-+ let indxRightPlace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(g:NERDRPlace, line)
-+
-+ let right = b:right
-+ let left = b:left
-+ if !s:Multipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if there are place-holders on the line then we check to see if they are
-+ "the outtermost delimiters on the line. If so then we replace them with
-+ "real delimiters
-+ if indxLeftPlace != -1
-+ if (indxLeftPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+ elseif indxRightPlace != -1
-+ if (indxRightPlace < indxLeft || indxLeft==-1) && (indxLeftPlace < indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt==-1)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function is called to uncomment lines that arent a sexy comment
-+" Args:
-+" -topline/bottomline: the top/bottom line numbers of the comment
-+function s:UncommentLinesNormal(topline, bottomline)
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+ let line = getline(currentLine)
-+ call setline(currentLine, s:UncommentLineNormal(line))
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Section: Other helper functions {{{1
-+" ============================================================================
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '^\([ \t]*\)', '\1' . a:delim, '')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddLeftDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+
-+ "if the line is not long enough then bung some extra spaces on the front
-+ "so we can align the delim properly
-+ let theLine = a:theLine
-+ if strlen(theLine) < a:alignIndx
-+ let theLine = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx - strlen(theLine))
-+ endif
-+
-+ return strpart(theLine, 0, a:alignIndx) . a:delim . strpart(theLine, a:alignIndx)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelim(delim, theLine)
-+ if a:delim == ''
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+function s:AddRightDelimAligned(delim, theLine, alignIndx)
-+ if a:delim == ""
-+ return a:theLine
-+ else
-+
-+ " when we align the right delim we are just adding spaces
-+ " so we get a string containing the needed spaces (it
-+ " could be empty)
-+ let extraSpaces = ''
-+ let extraSpaces = strpart(s:spaces, 0, a:alignIndx-strlen(a:theLine))
-+
-+ " add the right delim
-+ return substitute(a:theLine, '$', extraSpaces . a:delim, '')
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:AltMultipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the alternative delims are multipart
-+function s:AltMultipart()
-+ return b:rightAlt != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -forceNested: a flag indicating whether the caller wants comments to be nested
-+" if the current line is already commented
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if !isCommented
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is commented but nesting is allowed then return true
-+ if a:forceNested && (!s:Multipart() || g:NERDUsePlaceHolders)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the cursor can be placed exactly in the given position
-+function s:CanPlaceCursor(line, col)
-+ let c = col(".")
-+ let l = line(".")
-+ call cursor(a:line, a:col)
-+ let success = (line(".") == a:line && col(".") == a:col)
-+ call cursor(l,c)
-+ return success
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" Return: 1 if the given lines can be commented sexually, 0 otherwise
-+function s:CanSexyCommentLines(topline, bottomline)
-+ " see if the selected regions have any sexy comments
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while(currentLine <= a:bottomline)
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(currentLine)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line can be toggle commented.
-+"It returns 1 if it can be and 0 otherwise
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line num of the line to check for commentability
-+function s:CanToggleCommentLine(forceNested, lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+ if (s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:left, theLine) || s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(b:leftAlt, theLine)) && !a:forceNested
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " make sure we don't comment lines that are just spaces or tabs or empty.
-+ if theLine =~ "^[ \t]*$"
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment then just flag it...
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading tabs on that line into
-+" spaces
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading tabs will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\t*' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\(\t*\)' . s:TabSpace() . '\(.*\)$' , '\1\t\2' , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and converts all leading spaces on that line into
-+" tabs
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line whose leading spaces will be converted
-+function s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^\( *\)\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^\( *\)\t', '\1' . s:TabSpace() , "")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line) {{{2
-+" Converts the leading white space to tabs/spaces depending on &ts
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to convert
-+function s:ConvertLeadingWhiteSpace(line)
-+ let toReturn = a:line
-+ while toReturn =~ '^ *\t'
-+ let toReturn = substitute(toReturn, '^ *\zs\t\ze', s:TabSpace(), "g")
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if !&expandtab
-+ let toReturn = s:ConvertLeadingSpacesToTabs(toReturn)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return toReturn
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function counts the number of substrings contained in another string.
-+" These substrings are only counted if they are not escaped with escChar
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to look for searchstr in
-+" -searchstr: the substring to search for in str
-+" -escChar: the escape character which, when preceding an instance of
-+" searchstr, will cause it not to be counted
-+function s:CountNonESCedOccurances(str, searchstr, escChar)
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of searchstr
-+ let indx = stridx(a:str, a:searchstr)
-+
-+ "if there is an instance of searchstr in str process it
-+ if indx != -1
-+ "get the remainder of str after this instance of searchstr is removed
-+ let lensearchstr = strlen(a:searchstr)
-+ let strLeft = strpart(a:str, indx+lensearchstr)
-+
-+ "if this instance of searchstr is not escaped, add one to the count
-+ "and recurse. If it is escaped, just recurse
-+ if !s:IsEscaped(a:str, indx, a:escChar)
-+ return 1 + s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ else
-+ return s:CountNonESCedOccurances(strLeft, a:searchstr, a:escChar)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block of lines has a delimiter (a:delim) in it
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the comment delimiter to check the block for
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(delim, top, bottom)
-+ let currentLine = a:top
-+ while currentLine < a:bottom
-+ let theline = getline(currentLine)
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:delim, theline) != -1
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if the given block has a >= 1 multipart delimiter in it
-+" Args:
-+" -top: the top line number of the block
-+" -bottom: the bottom line number of the block
-+function s:DoesBlockHaveMultipartDelim(top, bottom)
-+ if s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:left, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:right, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ else
-+ return s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:leftAlt, a:top, a:bottom) || s:DoesBlockHaveDelim(b:rightAlt, a:top, a:bottom)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:Esc(str) {{{2
-+" Escapes all the tricky chars in the given string
-+function s:Esc(str)
-+ let charsToEsc = '*/\."&$+'
-+ return escape(a:str, charsToEsc)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line) {{{2
-+" This function is used to get the string index of the input comment delimiter
-+" on the input line. If no valid comment delimiter is found in the line then
-+" -1 is returned
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are looking to find the index of
-+" -line: the line we are looking for delimiter on
-+function s:FindDelimiterIndex(delimiter, line)
-+
-+ "make sure the delimiter isnt empty otherwise we go into an infinite loop.
-+ if a:delimiter == ""
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+ let lenDel = strlen(l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "get the index of the first occurrence of the delimiter
-+ let delIndx = stridx(a:line, l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "keep looping thru the line till we either find a real comment delimiter
-+ "or run off the EOL
-+ while delIndx != -1
-+
-+ "if we are not off the EOL get the str before the possible delimiter
-+ "in question and check if it really is a delimiter. If it is, return
-+ "its position
-+ if delIndx != -1
-+ if s:IsDelimValid(l:delimiter, delIndx, a:line)
-+ return delIndx
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ "we have not yet found a real comment delimiter so move past the
-+ "current one we are lookin at
-+ let restOfLine = strpart(a:line, delIndx + lenDel)
-+ let distToNextDelim = stridx(restOfLine , l:delimiter)
-+
-+ "if distToNextDelim is -1 then there is no more potential delimiters
-+ "on the line so set delIndx to -1. Otherwise, move along the line by
-+ "distToNextDelim
-+ if distToNextDelim == -1
-+ let delIndx = -1
-+ else
-+ let delIndx = delIndx + lenDel + distToNextDelim
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "there is no comment delimiter on this line
-+ return -1
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a line number and tests whether this line number is
-+" the top/bottom/middle line of a sexy comment. If it is then the top/bottom
-+" lines of the sexy comment are returned
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number that is to be tested whether it is the
-+" top/bottom/middle line of a sexy com
-+" Returns:
-+" A string that has the top/bottom lines of the sexy comment encoded in it.
-+" The format is 'topline,bottomline'. If a:lineNum turns out not to be the
-+" top/bottom/middle of a sexy comment then -1 is returned
-+function s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(lineNum)
-+
-+ "find which delimiters to look for as the start/end delims of the comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(0,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(0,0,1)
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = s:GetLeft(1,0,1)
-+ let right = s:GetRight(1,0,1)
-+ else
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "initialise the top/bottom line numbers of the sexy comment to -1
-+ let top = -1
-+ let bottom = -1
-+
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+ while top == -1 || bottom == -1
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the top of the sexy comment
-+ if theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . left && theLine !~ '.*' . right
-+ let top = currentLine
-+ let currentLine = a:lineNum
-+
-+ "check if the current line is the bottom of the sexy comment
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . right && theLine !~ '.*' . left
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "the right delimiter is on the same line as the last sexyComMarker
-+ elseif theLine =~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker . '.*' . right
-+ let bottom = currentLine
-+
-+ "we have not found the top or bottom line so we assume currentLine is an
-+ "intermediate line and look to prove otherwise
-+ else
-+
-+ "if the line doesnt start with a sexyComMarker then it is not a sexy
-+ "comment
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return []
-+ endif
-+
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if top is -1 then we havent found the top yet so keep looking up
-+ if top == -1
-+ let currentLine = currentLine - 1
-+ "if we have found the top line then go down looking for the bottom
-+ else
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return [top, bottom]
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the left/left-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get left or left-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetLeft(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:left
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if b:leftAlt == ''
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:leftAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = delim . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetRight(alt, space, esc) {{{2
-+" returns the right/right-alternative delimiter
-+" Args:
-+" -alt: specifies whether to get right or right-alternative delim
-+" -space: specifies whether the delim should be spaced or not
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the delim should be ESCed
-+function s:GetRight(alt, space, esc)
-+ let delim = b:right
-+
-+ if a:alt
-+ if !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return ''
-+ else
-+ let delim = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ if delim == ''
-+ return ''
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let delim = s:spaceStr . delim
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let delim = s:Esc(delim)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return delim
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComMarker() {{{2
-+" Returns the sexy comment marker for the current filetype.
-+"
-+" C style sexy comments are assumed if possible. If not then the sexy comment
-+" marker is the last char of the delimiter pair that has both left and right
-+" delims and has the longest left delim
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies whether the marker is to have a space string after it
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the marker are to be ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComMarker(space, esc)
-+ let sexyComMarker = b:sexyComMarker
-+
-+ "if there is no hardcoded marker then we find one
-+ if sexyComMarker == ''
-+
-+ "if the filetype has c style comments then use standard c sexy
-+ "comments
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let sexyComMarker = '*'
-+ else
-+ "find a comment marker by getting the longest available left delim
-+ "(that has a corresponding right delim) and taking the last char
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "get the last char of left
-+ let sexyComMarker = strpart(left, strlen(left)-1)
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let sexyComMarker = sexyComMarker . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:Esc(sexyComMarker)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return sexyComMarker
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the left delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the end
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims is set)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComLeft(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let left = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let left = '/*'
-+ else
-+ "grab the longest left delim that has a right
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let left = b:left
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let left = left . s:spaceStr
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let left = s:Esc(left)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return left
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc) {{{2
-+" Returns the right delimiter for sexy comments for this filetype or -1 if
-+" there is none. C style sexy comments are used if possible.
-+" Args:
-+" -space: specifies if the delim has a space string on the start
-+" (the space string will only be added if NERDSpaceDelims
-+" is specified for the current filetype)
-+" -esc: specifies whether the tricky chars in the string are ESCed
-+function s:GetSexyComRight(space, esc)
-+ let lenLeft = strlen(b:left)
-+ let lenLeftAlt = strlen(b:leftAlt)
-+ let right = ''
-+
-+ "assume c style sexy comments if possible
-+ if s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ let right = '*/'
-+ else
-+ "grab the right delim that pairs with the longest left delim
-+ if s:Multipart() && lenLeft >= lenLeftAlt
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:space && g:NERDSpaceDelims
-+ let right = s:spaceStr . right
-+ endif
-+
-+ if a:esc
-+ let right = s:Esc(right)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return right
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasMultipartDelims() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has at least one set of multipart delims
-+function s:HasMultipartDelims()
-+ return s:Multipart() || s:AltMultipart()
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:HasLeadingTabs(...) {{{2
-+" Returns 1 if any of the given strings have leading tabs
-+function s:HasLeadingTabs(...)
-+ for s in a:000
-+ if s =~ '^\t.*'
-+ return 1
-+ end
-+ endfor
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:HasCStyleComments() {{{2
-+" Returns 1 iff the current filetype has c style comment delimiters
-+function s:HasCStyleComments()
-+ return (b:left == '/*' && b:right == '*/') || (b:leftAlt == '/*' && b:rightAlt == '*/')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision) {{{2
-+" Install help documentation.
-+" Arguments:
-+" full_name: Full name of this vim plugin script, including path name.
-+" revision: Revision of the vim script. #version# mark in the document file
-+" will be replaced with this string with 'v' prefix.
-+" Return:
-+" 1 if new document installed, 0 otherwise.
-+" Note: Cleaned and generalized by guo-peng Wen.
-+"
-+" Note about authorship: this function was taken from the vimspell plugin
-+" which can be found at http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=465
-+"
-+function s:InstallDocumentation(full_name, revision)
-+ " Name of the document path based on the system we use:
-+ if has("vms")
-+ " No chance that this script will work with
-+ " VMS - to much pathname juggling here.
-+ return 1
-+ elseif (has("unix"))
-+ " On UNIX like system, using forward slash:
-+ let l:slash_char = '/'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir -p '
-+ else
-+ " On M$ system, use backslash. Also mkdir syntax is different.
-+ " This should only work on W2K and up.
-+ let l:slash_char = '\'
-+ let l:mkdir_cmd = ':silent !mkdir '
-+ endif
-+
-+ let l:doc_path = l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+ let l:doc_home = l:slash_char . '.vim' . l:slash_char . 'doc'
-+
-+ " Figure out document path based on full name of this script:
-+ let l:vim_plugin_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h')
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':h:h') . l:doc_path
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ "Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Doc path: " . l:vim_doc_path, 0)
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Try a default configuration in user home:
-+ let l:vim_doc_path = expand("~") . l:doc_home
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ execute l:mkdir_cmd . '"' . l:vim_doc_path . '"'
-+ if (!(filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) == 2))
-+ " Put a warning:
-+ call s:NerdEcho("Unable to open documentation directory \ntype :help add-local-help for more information.", 0)
-+ echo l:vim_doc_path
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Exit if we have problem to access the document directory:
-+ if (!isdirectory(l:vim_plugin_path) || !isdirectory(l:vim_doc_path) || filewritable(l:vim_doc_path) != 2)
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Full name of script and documentation file:
-+ let l:script_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t')
-+ let l:doc_name = fnamemodify(a:full_name, ':t:r') . '.txt'
-+ let l:plugin_file = l:vim_plugin_path . l:slash_char . l:script_name
-+ let l:doc_file = l:vim_doc_path . l:slash_char . l:doc_name
-+
-+ " Bail out if document file is still up to date:
-+ if (filereadable(l:doc_file) && getftime(l:plugin_file) < getftime(l:doc_file))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Prepare window position restoring command:
-+ if (strlen(@%))
-+ let l:go_back = 'b ' . bufnr("%")
-+ else
-+ let l:go_back = 'enew!'
-+ endif
-+
-+ " Create a new buffer & read in the plugin file (me):
-+ setl nomodeline
-+ exe 'enew!'
-+ exe 'r ' . escape(l:plugin_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ setl modeline
-+ let l:buf = bufnr("%")
-+ setl noswapfile modifiable
-+
-+ norm zR
-+ norm gg
-+
-+ " Delete from first line to a line starts with
-+ " === START_DOC
-+ 1,/^=\{3,}\s\+START_DOC\C/ d
-+
-+ " Delete from a line starts with
-+ " === END_DOC
-+ " to the end of the documents:
-+ /^=\{3,}\s\+END_DOC\C/,$ d
-+
-+ " Remove fold marks:
-+ :%s/{\{3}[1-9]/ /
-+
-+ " Add modeline for help doc: the modeline string is mangled intentionally
-+ " to avoid it be recognized by VIM:
-+ call append(line('$'), '')
-+ call append(line('$'), ' v' . 'im:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:')
-+
-+ " Replace revision:
-+ "exe "normal :1s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+ exe "normal :%s/#version#/ v" . a:revision . "/\<CR>"
-+
-+ " Save the help document:
-+ exe 'w! ' . escape(l:doc_file,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+ exe l:go_back
-+ exe 'bw ' . l:buf
-+
-+ " Build help tags:
-+ exe 'helptags ' . escape(l:vim_doc_path,s:NERDFileNameEscape)
-+
-+ return 1
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"either set of delimiters or if it is part of a sexy comment
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -lineNum: the line number of the line to check
-+function s:IsCommentedNormOrSexy(lineNum)
-+ let theLine = getline(a:lineNum)
-+
-+ "if the line is commented normally return 1
-+ if s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) || s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line is part of a sexy comment return 1
-+ if s:IsInSexyComment(a:lineNum)
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommented(left, right, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+function s:IsCommented(left, right, line)
-+ "if the line isnt commented return true
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line) != -1 && (s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:right, a:line) != -1 || !s:Multipart())
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+ return 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line) {{{2
-+"This function is used to determine whether the given line is commented with
-+"the given delimiters at the start of the line i.e the left delimiter is the
-+"first thing on the line (apart from spaces\tabs)
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if commented
-+" -left: the left delimiter to check for
-+function s:IsCommentedFromStartOfLine(left, line)
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(a:line)
-+ let numSpaces = strlen(substitute(theLine, '^\( *\).*$', '\1', ''))
-+ let delimIndx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, theLine)
-+ return delimIndx == numSpaces
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line) {{{2
-+" Finds the type of the outtermost delims on the line
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line that to check if the outtermost comments on it are
-+" left/right
-+" -left/right: the left and right delimiters to check for
-+" -leftAlt/rightAlt: the left and right alternative delimiters to check for
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the line is not commented with either set of delims
-+" 1 if the line is commented with the left/right delim set
-+" 2 if the line is commented with the leftAlt/rightAlt delim set
-+function s:IsCommentedOuttermost(left, right, leftAlt, rightAlt, line)
-+ "get the first positions of the left delims and the last positions of the
-+ "right delims
-+ let indxLeft = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:left, a:line)
-+ let indxLeftAlt = s:FindDelimiterIndex(a:leftAlt, a:line)
-+ let indxRight = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:right, a:line)
-+ let indxRightAlt = s:LastIndexOfDelim(a:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ "check if the line has a left delim before a leftAlt delim
-+ if (indxLeft <= indxLeftAlt || indxLeftAlt == -1) && indxLeft != -1
-+ "check if the line has a right delim after any rightAlt delim
-+ if (indxRight > indxRightAlt && indxRight > indxLeft) || !s:Multipart()
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "check if the line has a leftAlt delim before a left delim
-+ elseif (indxLeftAlt <= indxLeft || indxLeft == -1) && indxLeftAlt != -1
-+ "check if the line has a rightAlt delim after any right delim
-+ if (indxRightAlt > indxRight && indxRightAlt > indxLeftAlt) || !s:AltMultipart()
-+ return 2
-+ endif
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 0
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+
-+" Function: s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line) {{{2
-+" This function is responsible for determining whether a given instance of a
-+" comment delimiter is a real delimiter or not. For example, in java the
-+" // string is a comment delimiter but in the line:
-+" System.out.println("//");
-+" it does not count as a comment delimiter. This function is responsible for
-+" distinguishing between such cases. It does so by applying a set of
-+" heuristics that are not fool proof but should work most of the time.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -delimiter: the delimiter we are validating
-+" -delIndx: the position of delimiter in line
-+" -line: the line that delimiter occurs in
-+"
-+" Returns:
-+" 0 if the given delimiter is not a real delimiter (as far as we can tell) ,
-+" 1 otherwise
-+function s:IsDelimValid(delimiter, delIndx, line)
-+ "get the delimiter without the escchars
-+ let l:delimiter = a:delimiter
-+
-+ "get the strings before and after the delimiter
-+ let preComStr = strpart(a:line, 0, a:delIndx)
-+ let postComStr = strpart(a:line, a:delIndx+strlen(delimiter))
-+
-+ "to check if the delimiter is real, make sure it isnt preceded by
-+ "an odd number of quotes and followed by the same (which would indicate
-+ "that it is part of a string and therefore is not a comment)
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "'", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "'", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "`", "\\")) && !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(postComStr, "`", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+
-+ "if the comment delimiter is escaped, assume it isnt a real delimiter
-+ if s:IsEscaped(a:line, a:delIndx, "\\")
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "vim comments are so fuckin stupid!! Why the hell do they have comment
-+ "delimiters that are used elsewhere in the syntax?!?! We need to check
-+ "some conditions especially for vim
-+ if &filetype == "vim"
-+ if !s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, '"', "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the delimiter is on the very first char of the line or is the
-+ "first non-tab/space char on the line then it is a valid comment delimiter
-+ if a:delIndx == 0 || a:line =~ "^[ \t]\\{" . a:delIndx . "\\}\".*$"
-+ return 1
-+ endif
-+
-+ let numLeftParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, "(", "\\")
-+ let numRightParen =s:CountNonESCedOccurances(preComStr, ")", "\\")
-+
-+ "if the quote is inside brackets then assume it isnt a comment
-+ if numLeftParen > numRightParen
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the line has an even num of unescaped "'s then we can assume that
-+ "any given " is not a comment delimiter
-+ if s:IsNumEven(s:CountNonESCedOccurances(a:line, "\"", "\\"))
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsNumEven(num) {{{2
-+" A small function the returns 1 if the input number is even and 0 otherwise
-+" Args:
-+" -num: the number to check
-+function s:IsNumEven(num)
-+ return (a:num % 2) == 0
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string, an index into that string and an esc char and
-+" returns 1 if the char at the index is escaped (i.e if it is preceded by an
-+" odd number of esc chars)
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to check
-+" -indx: the index into str that we want to check
-+" -escChar: the escape char the char at indx may be ESCed with
-+function s:IsEscaped(str, indx, escChar)
-+ "initialise numEscChars to 0 and look at the char before indx
-+ let numEscChars = 0
-+ let curIndx = a:indx-1
-+
-+ "keep going back thru str until we either reach the start of the str or
-+ "run out of esc chars
-+ while curIndx >= 0 && strpart(a:str, curIndx, 1) == a:escChar
-+
-+ "we have found another esc char so add one to the count and move left
-+ "one char
-+ let numEscChars = numEscChars + 1
-+ let curIndx = curIndx - 1
-+
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "if there is an odd num of esc chars directly before the char at indx then
-+ "the char at indx is escaped
-+ return !s:IsNumEven(numEscChars)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsInSexyComment(line) {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the given line number is part of a sexy comment
-+function s:IsInSexyComment(line)
-+ return !empty(s:FindBoundingLinesOfSexyCom(a:line))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns 1 if the lines between and
-+" including the given line numbers are a sexy comment. It returns 0 otherwise.
-+" Args:
-+" -topline: the line that the possible sexy comment starts on
-+" -bottomline: the line that the possible sexy comment stops on
-+function s:IsSexyComment(topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ "get the delim set that would be used for a sexy comment
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ else
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "swap the top and bottom line numbers around if need be
-+ let topline = a:topline
-+ let bottomline = a:bottomline
-+ if bottomline < topline
-+ topline = bottomline
-+ bottomline = a:topline
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is < 2 lines in the comment it cannot be sexy
-+ if (bottomline - topline) <= 0
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the top line doesnt begin with a left delim then the comment isnt sexy
-+ if getline(a:topline) !~ '^[ \t]*' . left
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim on the top line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, getline(a:topline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a left delim on the bottom line then this isnt a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(left, getline(a:bottomline)) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if the bottom line doesnt begin with a right delim then the comment isnt
-+ "sexy
-+ if getline(a:bottomline) !~ '^.*' . right . '$'
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let sexyComMarker = s:GetSexyComMarker(0, 1)
-+
-+ "check each of the intermediate lines to make sure they start with a
-+ "sexyComMarker
-+ let currentLine = a:topline+1
-+ while currentLine < a:bottomline
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+
-+ if theLine !~ '^[ \t]*' . sexyComMarker
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ "if there is a right delim in an intermediate line then the block isnt
-+ "a sexy comment
-+ if s:FindDelimiterIndex(right, theLine) != -1
-+ return 0
-+ endif
-+
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ "we have not found anything to suggest that this isnt a sexy comment so
-+ return 1
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and returns the last index of
-+" that delimiter in string
-+" Args:
-+" -delim: the delimiter to look for
-+" -str: the string to look for delim in
-+function s:LastIndexOfDelim(delim, str)
-+ let delim = a:delim
-+ let lenDelim = strlen(delim)
-+
-+ "set index to the first occurrence of delim. If there is no occurrence then
-+ "bail
-+ let indx = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, a:str)
-+ if indx == -1
-+ return -1
-+ endif
-+
-+ "keep moving to the next instance of delim in str till there is none left
-+ while 1
-+
-+ "search for the next delim after the previous one
-+ let searchStr = strpart(a:str, indx+lenDelim)
-+ let indx2 = s:FindDelimiterIndex(delim, searchStr)
-+
-+ "if we find a delim update indx to record the position of it, if we
-+ "dont find another delim then indx is the last one so break out of
-+ "this loop
-+ if indx2 != -1
-+ let indx = indx + indx2 + lenDelim
-+ else
-+ break
-+ endif
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return indx
-+
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the left most
-+" char (that is not a space or a tab) on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:LeftMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+
-+ " declare the left most index as an extreme value
-+ let leftMostIndx = 1000
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating leftMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and if it is allowed to be commented, or is not
-+ " commented, check it
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+ " convert spaces to tabs and get the number of leading spaces for
-+ " this line and update leftMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let leadSpaceOfLine = strlen( substitute(theLine, '\(^[ \t]*\).*$','\1','') )
-+ if leadSpaceOfLine < leftMostIndx
-+ let leftMostIndx = leadSpaceOfLine
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ if leftMostIndx == 1000
-+ return 0
-+ else
-+ return leftMostIndx
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:Multipart() {{{2
-+" returns 1 if the current delims are multipart
-+function s:Multipart()
-+ return b:right != ''
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg) {{{2
-+" Args:
-+" -msg: the message to echo
-+" -typeOfMsg: 0 = warning message
-+" 1 = normal message
-+function s:NerdEcho(msg, typeOfMsg)
-+ if a:typeOfMsg == 0
-+ echohl WarningMsg
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ echohl None
-+ elseif a:typeOfMsg == 1
-+ echo 'NERDCommenter:' . a:msg
-+ endif
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s) {{{2
-+" returns the number of leading tabs in the given string
-+function s:NumberOfLeadingTabs(s)
-+ return strlen(substitute(a:s, '^\(\t*\).*$', '\1', ""))
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:NumLinesInBuf() {{{2
-+" Returns the number of lines in the current buffer
-+function s:NumLinesInBuf()
-+ return line('$')
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes in a string, 2 delimiters in that string and 2 strings
-+" to replace these delimiters with.
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace1: the first delimiter to replace
-+" -toReplace2: the second delimiter to replace
-+" -replacor1: the string to replace toReplace1 with
-+" -replacor2: the string to replace toReplace2 with
-+" -str: the string that the delimiters to be replaced are in
-+function s:ReplaceDelims(toReplace1, toReplace2, replacor1, replacor2, str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(a:toReplace1, a:replacor1, a:str)
-+ let line = s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(a:toReplace2, a:replacor2, line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the left most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+function s:ReplaceLeftMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ "get the left most occurrence of toReplace
-+ let indxToReplace = s:FindDelimiterIndex(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS an occurrence of toReplace in str then replace it and return
-+ "the resulting string
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ return line
-+ endif
-+
-+ return a:str
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str) {{{2
-+" This function takes a string and a delimiter and replaces the right most
-+" occurrence of this delimiter in the string with a given string
-+"
-+" Args:
-+" -toReplace: the delimiter in str that is to be replaced
-+" -replacor: the string to replace toReplace with
-+" -str: the string that contains toReplace
-+"
-+function s:ReplaceRightMostDelim(toReplace, replacor, str)
-+ let toReplace = a:toReplace
-+ let replacor = a:replacor
-+ let lenToReplace = strlen(toReplace)
-+
-+ "get the index of the last delim in str
-+ let indxToReplace = s:LastIndexOfDelim(toReplace, a:str)
-+
-+ "if there IS a delimiter in str, replace it and return the result
-+ let line = a:str
-+ if indxToReplace != -1
-+ let line = strpart(a:str, 0, indxToReplace) . replacor . strpart(a:str, indxToReplace+strlen(toReplace))
-+ endif
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:RestoreScreenState() {{{2
-+"
-+"Sets the screen state back to what it was when s:SaveScreenState was last
-+"called.
-+"
-+function s:RestoreScreenState()
-+ if !exists("t:NERDComOldTopLine") || !exists("t:NERDComOldPos")
-+ throw 'NERDCommenter exception: cannot restore screen'
-+ endif
-+
-+ call cursor(t:NERDComOldTopLine, 0)
-+ normal zt
-+ call setpos(".", t:NERDComOldPos)
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline) {{{2
-+" This function takes in 2 line numbers and returns the index of the right most
-+" char on all of these lines.
-+" Args:
-+" -countCommentedLines: 1 if lines that are commented are to be checked as
-+" well. 0 otherwise
-+" -countEmptyLines: 1 if empty lines are to be counted in the search
-+" -topline: the top line to be checked
-+" -bottomline: the bottom line to be checked
-+function s:RightMostIndx(countCommentedLines, countEmptyLines, topline, bottomline)
-+ let rightMostIndx = -1
-+
-+ " go thru the block line by line updating rightMostIndx
-+ let currentLine = a:topline
-+ while currentLine <= a:bottomline
-+
-+ " get the next line and see if it is commentable, otherwise it doesnt
-+ " count
-+ let theLine = getline(currentLine)
-+ if a:countEmptyLines || theLine !~ '^[ \t]*$'
-+
-+ if a:countCommentedLines || (!s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, theLine) && !s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, theLine))
-+
-+ " update rightMostIndx if need be
-+ let theLine = s:ConvertLeadingTabsToSpaces(theLine)
-+ let lineLen = strlen(theLine)
-+ if lineLen > rightMostIndx
-+ let rightMostIndx = lineLen
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+ endif
-+
-+ " move on to the next line
-+ let currentLine = currentLine + 1
-+ endwhile
-+
-+ return rightMostIndx
-+endfunction
-+
-+"FUNCTION: s:SaveScreenState() {{{2
-+"Saves the current cursor position in the current buffer and the window
-+"scroll position
-+function s:SaveScreenState()
-+ let t:NERDComOldPos = getpos(".")
-+ let t:NERDComOldTopLine = line("w0")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outter most multi-part delims for
-+" place holders
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterMultiPartDelimsForPlaceHolders(line)
-+ " find out if the line is commented using normal delims and/or
-+ " alternate ones
-+ let isCommented = s:IsCommented(b:left, b:right, a:line)
-+ let isCommentedAlt = s:IsCommented(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, a:line)
-+
-+ let line2 = a:line
-+
-+ "if the line is commented and there is a right delimiter, replace
-+ "the delims with place-holders
-+ if isCommented && s:Multipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:left, b:right, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+
-+ "similarly if the line is commented with the alternative
-+ "delimiters
-+ elseif isCommentedAlt && s:AltMultipart()
-+ let line2 = s:ReplaceDelims(b:leftAlt, b:rightAlt, g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, a:line)
-+ endif
-+
-+ return line2
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line) {{{2
-+" This function takes a line and swaps the outtermost place holders for
-+" multi-part delims
-+" Args:
-+" -line: the line to swap the delims in
-+"
-+function s:SwapOutterPlaceHoldersForMultiPartDelims(line)
-+ let left = ''
-+ let right = ''
-+ if s:Multipart()
-+ let left = b:left
-+ let right = b:right
-+ elseif s:AltMultipart()
-+ let left = b:leftAlt
-+ let right = b:rightAlt
-+ endif
-+
-+ let line = s:ReplaceDelims(g:NERDLPlace, g:NERDRPlace, left, right, a:line)
-+ return line
-+endfunction
-+" Function: s:TabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Gets the col number for given line and existing col number. The new col
-+" number is the col number when all leading spaces are converted to tabs
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the rel col for
-+" -col: the abs col
-+function s:TabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineSpacesToTabs = substitute(lineTruncated, s:TabSpace(), '\t', 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineSpacesToTabs)
-+endfunction
-+"FUNCTION: s:TabSpace() {{{2
-+"returns a string of spaces equal in length to &tabstop
-+function s:TabSpace()
-+ let tabSpace = ""
-+ let spacesPerTab = &tabstop
-+ while spacesPerTab > 0
-+ let tabSpace = tabSpace . " "
-+ let spacesPerTab = spacesPerTab - 1
-+ endwhile
-+ return tabSpace
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UnEsc(str, escChar) {{{2
-+" This function removes all the escape chars from a string
-+" Args:
-+" -str: the string to remove esc chars from
-+" -escChar: the escape char to be removed
-+function s:UnEsc(str, escChar)
-+ return substitute(a:str, a:escChar, "", "g")
-+endfunction
-+
-+" Function: s:UntabbedCol(line, col) {{{2
-+" Takes a line and a col and returns the absolute column of col taking into
-+" account that a tab is worth 3 or 4 (or whatever) spaces.
-+" Args:
-+" -line:the line to get the abs col for
-+" -col: the col that doesnt take into account tabs
-+function s:UntabbedCol(line, col)
-+ let lineTruncated = strpart(a:line, 0, a:col)
-+ let lineTabsToSpaces = substitute(lineTruncated, '\t', s:TabSpace(), 'g')
-+ return strlen(lineTabsToSpaces)
-+endfunction
-+" Section: Comment mapping setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+" This is where the mappings calls are made that set up the commenting key
-+" mappings.
-+
-+" set up the mapping to switch to/from alternative delimiters
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDAltComMap . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do toggle comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineToggleMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapp to do minimal comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineMinimalMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to comment out lines sexily
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "sexy")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineSexyMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do invert comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "invert")<CR>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineInvertMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "invert")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to yank then comment out lines
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "yank")<CR>'
-+execute 'vmap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineYankMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "yank")<CR>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignLeftMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignRightMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings for left and right aligned comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComAlignBothMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to do nested comments
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComLineNestMap . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to uncomment a line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+execute 'vnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDUncomLineMap . ' :call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to comment out to the end of the line
-+execute 'nnoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComToEOLMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDAppendComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mappings to append comments to the line
-+execute 'nmap <silent>' . g:NERDPrependComMap . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+" set up the mapping to insert comment delims at the cursor position in insert mode
-+execute 'inoremap <silent>' . g:NERDComInInsertMap . ' ' . '<SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+" Section: Menu item setup {{{1
-+" ===========================================================================
-+"check if the user wants the menu to be displayed
-+if g:NERDMenuMode != 0
-+
-+ let menuRoot = ""
-+ if g:NERDMenuMode == 1
-+ let menuRoot = 'comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 2
-+ let menuRoot = '&comment'
-+ elseif g:NERDMenuMode == 3
-+ let menuRoot = '&Plugin.&comment'
-+ endif
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "norm")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "norm")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toggle")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Toggle<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineToggleMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "toggle")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "minimal")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Minimal<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineMinimalMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "minimal")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "nested")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Nested<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineNestMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "nested")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ To\ EOL<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComToEOLMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "toEOL")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"invert")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Invert<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineInvertMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"invert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0,"sexy")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Sexily<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineSexyMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1,"sexy")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0Y' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Yank\ line(s)\ then\ comment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComLineYankMap, '\') . ' "0ygv' . g:NERDComLineMap
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Append\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAppendComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "append")<cr>'
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Prepend\ Comment\ to\ Line<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDPrependComMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "prepend")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Left\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignLeftMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignLeft")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Right\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignRightMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignRight")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Comment\ Align\ Both\ (nested)<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComAlignBothMap, '\') . ' <ESC>:call NERDComment(1, "alignBoth")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep2- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' :call NERDComment(0, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+ execute 'vmenu <silent>' . menuRoot.'.Uncomment<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDUncomLineMap, '\') . ' <esc>:call NERDComment(1, "uncomment")<cr>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.-Sep3- :'
-+
-+ execute 'nmenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Use\ Alternative\ Delimiters<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDAltComMap, '\') . ' :call <SID>SwitchToAlternativeDelimiters(1)<CR>'
-+
-+
-+ execute 'imenu <silent> '. menuRoot .'.Insert\ Delims<TAB>' . escape(g:NERDComInInsertMap, '\') . ' <SPACE><BS><ESC>:call NERDComment(0, "insert")<CR>'
-+
-+ execute 'menu '. menuRoot .'.-Sep4- :'
-+
-+ execute 'menu <silent>'. menuRoot .'.Help<TAB>:help\ NERDCommenterContents :help NERDCommenterContents<CR>'
-+endif
-+
-+" Section: Doc installation call {{{1
-+silent call s:InstallDocumentation(expand('<sfile>:p'), s:NERD_commenter_version)
-+
-+finish
-+"=============================================================================
-+" Section: The help file {{{1
-+" Title {{{2
-+" ============================================================================
-+=== START_DOC
-+*NERD_commenter.txt* Plugin for commenting code #version#
-+
-+
-+ NERD COMMENTER REFERENCE MANUAL~
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+CONTENTS {{{2 *NERDCommenterContents*
-+
-+ 1.Intro...................................|NERDCommenter|
-+ 2.Functionality provided..................|NERDComFunctionality|
-+ 2.1 Functionality Summary.............|NERDComFunctionalitySummary|
-+ 2.2 Functionality Details.............|NERDComFunctionalityDetails|
-+ 2.2.1 Comment map.................|NERDComComment|
-+ 2.2.2 Nested comment map..........|NERDComNestedComment|
-+ 2.2.3 Toggle comment map..........|NERDComToggleComment|
-+ 2.2.4 Minimal comment map.........|NERDComMinimalComment|
-+ 2.2.5 Invert comment map..........|NERDComInvertComment|
-+ 2.2.6 Sexy comment map............|NERDComSexyComment|
-+ 2.2.7 Yank comment map............|NERDComYankComment|
-+ 2.2.8 Comment to EOL map..........|NERDComEOLComment|
-+ 2.2.9 Append com to line map......|NERDComAppendComment|
-+ 2.2.10 Prepend com to line map....|NERDComPrependComment|
-+ 2.2.11 Insert comment map.........|NERDComInsertComment|
-+ 2.2.12 Use alternate delims map...|NERDComAltDelim|
-+ 2.2.13 Comment aligned maps.......|NERDComAlignedComment|
-+ 2.2.14 Uncomment line map.........|NERDComUncommentLine|
-+ 2.3 Supported filetypes...............|NERDComFiletypes|
-+ 2.4 Sexy Comments.....................|NERDComSexyComments|
-+ 2.5 The NERDComment function..........|NERDComNERDComment|
-+ 3.Options.................................|NERDComOptions|
-+ 3.1 Options summary...................|NERDComOptionsSummary|
-+ 3.2 Options details...................|NERDComOptionsDetails|
-+ 3.3 Default delimiter Options.........|NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+ 3.4 Key mapping Options...............|NERDComMappings|
-+ 4.Issues with the script..................|NERDComIssues|
-+ 4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics....|NERDComHeuristics|
-+ 4.2 Nesting issues....................|NERDComNesting|
-+ 5.The author..............................|NERDComAuthor|
-+ 6.TODO list...............................|NERDComTodo|
-+ 7.Changelog...............................|NERDComChangelog|
-+ 8.Credits.................................|NERDComCredits|
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+1. Intro {{{2 *NERDCommenter*
-+
-+The NERD commenter provides many different commenting operations and styles
-+which may be invoked via key mappings and a commenting menu. These operations
-+are available for most filetypes.
-+
-+There are also options available that allow you to tweak the commenting engine
-+to you taste.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+2. Functionality provided {{{2 *NERDComFunctionality*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.1 Functionality summary {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalitySummary*
-+
-+The following key mappings are provided by default (there is also a menu
-+provided that contains menu items corresponding to all the below mappings):
-+
-+Most of the following mappings are for normal/visual mode only. The
-+|NERDComInsertComment| mapping is for insert mode only.
-+
-+[count],cc |NERDComComment|
-+Comments out the current line or text selected in visual mode.
-+
-+
-+[count],cn |NERDComNestedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| but forces nesting.
-+
-+
-+[count],c<space> |NERDComToggleComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s). If the topmost selected
-+line is commented, all selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cm |NERDComMinimalComment|
-+Comments the given lines using only one set of multipart delimiters if
-+possible.
-+
-+
-+[count],ci |NERDComInvertComment|
-+Toggles the comment state of the selected line(s) individually. Each selected
-+line that is commented is uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+
-+[count],cs |NERDComSexyComment|
-+Comments out the selected lines ``sexually''
-+
-+
-+[count],cy |NERDComYankComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the commented line(s) are yanked
-+before commenting.
-+
-+
-+,c$ |NERDComEOLComment|
-+Comments the current line from the cursor to the end of line.
-+
-+
-+,cA |NERDComAppendComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the end of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+,cI |NERDComPrependComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters to the start of line and goes into insert mode between
-+them.
-+
-+
-+<C-c> |NERDComInsertComment|
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts between.
-+
-+
-+,ca |NERDComAltDelim|
-+Switches to the alternative set of delimiters.
-+
-+
-+[count],cl
-+[count],cr
-+[count],cb |NERDComAlignedComment|
-+Same as |NERDComComment| except that the delimiters are aligned down the
-+left side (,cl), the right side (,cr) or both sides
-+(,cb).
-+
-+
-+[count],cu |NERDComUncommentLine|
-+Uncomments the selected line(s).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2 Functionality details {{{3 *NERDComFunctionalityDetails*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.1 Comment map *NERDComComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cc
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+
-+Comments out the current line. If multiple lines are selected in visual-line
-+mode, they are all commented out. If some text is selected in visual or
-+visual-block mode then the script will try to comment out the exact text that
-+is selected using multi-part delimiters if they are available.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.2 Nested comment map *NERDComNestedComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cn
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineNestMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Performs nested commenting. Works the same as ,cc except that if a
-+line is already commented then it will be commented again.
-+
-+If |NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set then the previous comment delimiters will
-+be replaced by place-holder delimiters if needed. Otherwise the nested
-+comment will only be added if the current commenting delimiters have no right
-+delimiter (to avoid syntax errors)
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDDefaultNesting|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.3 Toggle comment map *NERDComToggleComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],c<space>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineToggleMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Toggles commenting of the lines selected. The behaviour of this mapping
-+depends on whether the first line selected is commented or not. If so, all
-+selected lines are uncommented and vice versa.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.4 Minimal comment map *NERDComMinimalComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cm
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected lines using one set of multipart delimiters if possible.
-+
-+For example: if you are programming in c and you select 5 lines and press
-+,cm then a '/*' will be placed at the start of the top line and a '*/'
-+will be placed at the end of the last line.
-+
-+Sets of multipart comment delimiters that are between the top and bottom
-+selected lines are replaced with place holders (see |NERDLPlace|) if
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| is set for the current filetype. If it is not, then
-+the comment will be aborted if place holders are required to prevent illegal
-+syntax.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.5 Invert comment map *NERDComInvertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ci
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineInvertMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Inverts the commented state of each selected line. If the a selected line is
-+commented then it is uncommented and vice versa. Each line is examined and
-+commented/uncommented individually.
-+
-+With this mapping, a line is only considered to be commented if it starts with
-+a left delimiter.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.6 Sexy comment map *NERDComSexyComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cs
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineSexyMap
-+Applicable modes: normal, visual-line.
-+
-+Comments the selected line(s) ``sexily''... see |NERDComSexyComments| for
-+a description of what sexy comments are. Can only be done on filetypes for
-+which there is at least one set of multipart comment delimiters specified.
-+
-+Sexy comments cannot be nested and lines inside a sexy comment cannot be
-+commented again.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.7 Yank comment map *NERDComYankComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cy
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComLineYankMap
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that it yanks the line(s) that are commented first.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.8 Comment to EOL map *NERDComEOLComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,c$
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComToEOLMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Comments the current line from the current cursor position up to the end of
-+the line.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.9 Append com to line map *NERDComAppendComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cA
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAppendComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Appends comment delimiters to the end of the current line and goes
-+to insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.10 Prepend com to line map *NERDComPrependComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,cI
-+Change the mapping with: NERDPrependComMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Prepends comment delimiters to the start of the current line and goes to
-+insert mode between the new delimiters.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.11 Insert comment map *NERDComInsertComment*
-+
-+Default mapping: <C-c>
-+Change the mapping with: NERDComInInsertMap.
-+Applicable modes: insert.
-+
-+Adds comment delimiters at the current cursor position and inserts
-+between them.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.12 Use alternate delims map *NERDComAltDelim*
-+
-+Default mapping: ,ca
-+Change the mapping with: NERDAltComMap
-+Applicable modes: normal.
-+
-+Changes to the alternative commenting style if one is available. For example,
-+if the user is editing a c++ file using // comments and they hit ,ca
-+then they will be switched over to /**/ comments.
-+
-+See also |NERDComDefaultDelims|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.13 Comment aligned maps *NERDComAlignedComment*
-+
-+Default mappings: [count],cl [count],cr [count],cb
-+Change the mappings with: NERDComAlignLeftMap, NERDComAlignRightMap and
-+NERDComAlignBothMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual-line.
-+
-+Same as ,cc except that the comment delimiters are aligned on the left
-+side, right side or both sides respectively. These comments are always nested
-+if the line(s) are already commented.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.2.14 Uncomment line map *NERDComUncommentLine*
-+
-+Default mapping: [count],cu
-+Change the mapping with: NERDUncomLineMap.
-+Applicable modes: normal visual visual-line visual-block.
-+
-+Uncomments the current line. If multiple lines are selected in
-+visual mode then they are all uncommented.
-+
-+When uncommenting, if the line contains multiple sets of delimiters then the
-+``outtermost'' pair of delimiters will be removed.
-+
-+The script uses a set of heurisics to distinguish ``real'' delimiters from
-+``fake'' ones when uncommenting. See |NERDComIssues| for details.
-+
-+If a [count] is given in normal mode, the mapping works as though that many
-+lines were selected in visual-line mode.
-+
-+Related options:
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs|
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.3 Supported filetypes {{{3 *NERDComFiletypes*
-+
-+Filetypes that can be commented by this plugin:
-+abaqus abc acedb ada ahdl amiga aml ampl ant apache apachestyle asm68k asm asn
-+aspvbs atlas autohotkey autoit automake ave awk basic b bc bdf bib bindzone
-+bst btm caos catalog c cfg cg ch changelog cl clean clipper cmake conf config
-+context cpp crontab cs csc csp css cterm cupl csv cvs dcl debchangelog
-+debcontrol debsources def diff django docbk dns dosbatch dosini dot dracula
-+dsl dtd dtml dylan ecd eiffel elf elmfilt erlang eruby eterm expect exports
-+fetchmail fgl focexec form fortran foxpro fstab fvwm fx gdb gdmo geek
-+gentoo-package-keywords' gentoo-package-mask' gentoo-package-use' gnuplot
-+gtkrc haskell hb h help hercules hog html htmldjango htmlos ia64 icon idlang
-+idl indent inform inittab ishd iss ist jam java javascript jess jgraph
-+jproperties jproperties jsp kconfig kix kscript lace lex lftp lifelines lilo
-+lisp lite lotos lout lprolog lscript lss lua lynx m4 mail make maple masm
-+master matlab mel mf mib mma model moduala. modula2 modula3 monk mush muttrc
-+named nasm nastran natural ncf netdict netrw nqc nroff nsis objc ocaml occam
-+omlet omnimark openroad opl ora otl ox pascal passwd pcap pccts perl pfmain
-+php phtml pic pike pilrc pine plaintex plm plsql po postscr pov povini ppd
-+ppwiz procmail progress prolog psf ptcap python python qf radiance ratpoison r
-+rc readline rebol registry remind rexx robots rpl rtf ruby sa samba sas sass
-+sather scheme scilab screen scsh sdl sed selectbuf sgml sgmldecl sgmllnx sh
-+sicad simula sinda skill slang sl slrnrc sm smarty smil smith sml snnsnet
-+snnspat snnsres snobol4 spec specman spice sql sqlforms sqlj sqr squid st stp
-+strace svn systemverilog tads taglist tags tak tasm tcl terminfo tex text
-+plaintex texinfo texmf tf tidy tli trasys tsalt tsscl tssgm uc uil vb verilog
-+verilog_systemverilog vgrindefs vhdl vim viminfo virata vo_base vrml vsejcl
-+webmacro wget winbatch wml wvdial xdefaults xf86conf xhtml xkb xmath xml
-+xmodmap xpm2 xpm xslt yacc yaml z8a
-+
-+If a language is not in the list of hardcoded supported filetypes then the
-+&commentstring vim option is used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.4 Sexy Comments {{{3 *NERDComSexyComments*
-+These are comments that use one set of multipart comment delimiters as well as
-+one other marker symbol. For example: >
-+ /*
-+ * This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ */
-+
-+ /* This is a c style sexy comment
-+ * So there!
-+ * But this one is ``compact'' style */
-+<
-+Here the multipart delimiters are /* and */ and the marker is *. The NERD
-+commenter is capable of adding and removing comments of this type.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+2.5 The NERDComment function {{{3 *NERDComNERDComment*
-+
-+All of the NERD commenter mappings and menu items invoke a single function
-+which delegates the commenting work to other functions. This function is
-+public and has the prototype: >
-+ function! NERDComment(isVisual, type)
-+<
-+The arguments to this function are simple:
-+ - isVisual: if you wish to do any kind of visual comment then set this to
-+ 1 and the function will use the '< and '> marks to find the comment
-+ boundries. If set to 0 then the function will operate on the current
-+ line.
-+ - type: is used to specify what type of commenting operation is to be
-+ performed, and it can be one of the following: 'sexy', 'invert',
-+ 'minimal', 'toggle', 'alignLeft', 'alignRight', 'alignBoth', 'norm',
-+ 'nested', 'toEOL', 'prepend', 'append', 'insert', 'uncomment', 'yank'
-+
-+For example, if you typed >
-+ :call NERDComment(1, 'sexy')
-+<
-+then the script would do a sexy comment on the last visual selection.
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+3. Options {{{2 *NERDComOptions*
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.1 Options summary *NERDComOptionsSummary*
-+
-+|loaded_nerd_comments| Turns off the script.
-+|NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims| Allows multipart alternative delims to
-+ be used when commenting in
-+ visual/visual-block mode.
-+|NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty| Forces right delims to be placed when
-+ doing visual-block comments.
-+|NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode| Changes behaviour of visual comments.
-+|NERDDefaultNesting| Tells the script to use nested comments
-+ by default.
-+|NERDMenuMode| Specifies how the NERD commenter menu
-+ will appear (if at all).
-+|NERDLPlace| Specifies what to use as the left
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDMapleader| Specifies what all the commenting key
-+ mappings will begin with.
-+|NERDUsePlaceHolders| Specifies which filetypes may use
-+ placeholders when nesting comments.
-+|NERDRemoveAltComs| Tells the script whether to remove
-+ alternative comment delimiters when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDRemoveExtraSpaces| Tells the script to always remove the
-+ extra spaces when uncommenting
-+ (regardless of whether NERDSpaceDelims
-+ is set)
-+|NERDRPlace| Specifies what to use as the right
-+ delimiter placeholder when nesting
-+ comments.
-+|NERDShutUp| Stops "Unknown filetype" output from the
-+ script
-+|NERDSpaceDelims| Specifies whether to add extra spaces
-+ around delimiters when commenting, and
-+ whether to remove them when
-+ uncommenting.
-+|NERDCompactSexyComs| Specifies whether to use the compact
-+ style sexy comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Options details *NERDComOptionsDetails*
-+
-+To enable any of the below options you should put the given line in your
-+~/.vimrc
-+
-+ *loaded_nerd_comments*
-+If this script is driving you insane you can turn it off by setting this
-+option >
-+ let loaded_nerd_comments=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDAllowAnyVisualDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+If set to 1 then, when doing a visual or visual-block comment (but not a
-+visual-line comment), the script will choose the right delimiters to use for
-+the comment. This means either using the current delimiters if they are
-+multipart or using the alternative delimiters if THEY are multipart. For
-+example if we are editing the following java code: >
-+ float foo = 1221;
-+ float bar = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+If we are using // comments and select the "foo" and "bar" in visual-block
-+mode, as shown left below (where '|'s are used to represent the visual-block
-+boundary), and comment it then the script will use the alternative delims as
-+shown on the right: >
-+
-+ float |foo| = 1221; float /*foo*/ = 1221;
-+ float |bar| = 324; float /*bar*/ = 324;
-+ System.out.println(foo * bar); System.out.println(foo * bar);
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+This option affects visual-block mode commenting. If this option is turned
-+on, lines that begin outside the right boundary of the selection block will be
-+ignored.
-+
-+For example, if you are commenting this chunk of c code in visual-block mode
-+(where the '|'s are used to represent the visual-block boundary) >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ |int| main(){
-+ | | printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ | | while(1){
-+ | | fork();
-+ | | }
-+ |} |
-+<
-+If NERDBlockComIgnoreEmpty=0 then this code will become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ /* */ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ /* */ while(1){
-+ /* */ fork();
-+ /* */ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+Otherwise, the code block would become: >
-+ #include <sys/types.h>
-+ #include <unistd.h>
-+ #include <stdio.h>
-+ /*int*/ main(){
-+ printf("SUCK THIS\n");
-+ while(1){
-+ fork();
-+ }
-+ /*} */
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode*
-+Values: 0, 1 or 2.
-+Default: 0.
-+
-+By default the script tries to comment out exactly what is selected in visual
-+mode (v). For example if you select and comment the following c code (using |
-+to represent the visual boundary): >
-+ in|t foo = 3;
-+ int bar =| 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+This will result in: >
-+ in/*t foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar =*/ 9;
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+But some people prefer it if the whole lines are commented like: >
-+ /*int foo = 3;*/
-+ /*int bar = 9;*/
-+ int baz = foo + bar;
-+<
-+If you prefer the second option then stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=1
-+<
-+
-+If the filetype you are editing only has no multipart delimiters (for example
-+a shell script) and you hadnt set this option then the above would become >
-+ in#t foo = 3;
-+ #int bar = 9;
-+<
-+(where # is the comment delimiter) as this is the closest the script can
-+come to commenting out exactly what was selected. If you prefer for whole
-+lines to be commented out when there is no multipart delimiters but the EXACT
-+text that was selected to be commented out if there IS multipart delimiters
-+then stick the following line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDCommentWholeLinesInVMode=2
-+<
-+
-+Note that this option does not affect the behaviour of |visual-block| mode.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveAltComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+When uncommenting a line (for a filetype with an alternative commenting style)
-+this option tells the script whether to look for, and remove, comments
-+delimiters of the alternative style.
-+
-+For example, if you are editing a c++ file using // style comments and you go
-+,cu on this line: >
-+ /* This is a c++ comment baby! */
-+<
-+It will not be uncommented if the NERDRemoveAltComs is set to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDRemoveExtraSpaces*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default: 1.
-+
-+By default, the NERD commenter will remove spaces around comment delimiters if
-+either:
-+1. |NERDSpaceDelims| is set to 1.
-+2. NERDRemoveExtraSpaces is set to 1.
-+
-+This means that if we have the following lines in a c code file: >
-+ /* int foo = 5; */
-+ /* int bar = 10; */
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If either of the above conditions hold then if these lines are uncommented
-+they will become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+Otherwise they would become: >
-+ int foo = 5;
-+ int bar = 10;
-+ int baz = foo + bar
-+<
-+If you want the spaces to be removed only if |NERDSpaceDelims| is set then
-+set NERDRemoveExtraSpaces to 0.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDLPlace*
-+ *NERDRPlace*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default:
-+ NERDLPlace: "[>"
-+ NERDRPlace: "<]"
-+
-+These options are used to control the strings used as place-holder delimiters.
-+Place holder delimiters are used when performing nested commenting when the
-+filetype supports commenting styles with both left and right delimiters.
-+To set these options use lines like: >
-+ let NERDLPlace="FOO"
-+ let NERDRPlace="BAR"
-+<
-+Following the above example, if we have line of c code: >
-+ /* int horse */
-+<
-+and we comment it with ,cn it will be changed to: >
-+ /*FOO int horse BAR*/
-+<
-+When we uncomment this line it will go back to what it was.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMapleader*
-+Values: arbitrary string.
-+Default: \c
-+
-+NERDMapleader is used to specify what all the NERD commenter key mappings
-+begin with.
-+
-+The default key mappings will look like this: >
-+ \cc
-+ \cu
-+ \ca
-+ \ci
-+ \cs
-+ ...
-+<
-+However, if this line: >
-+ let NERDMapleader = ',x'
-+<
-+were present in your vimrc then the default mappings would look like this: >
-+ ,xc
-+ ,xu
-+ ,xa
-+ ,xi
-+ ,xs
-+ ...
-+<
-+This option only affects the mappings that have not been explicitly set
-+manually (see |NERDComMappings|).
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDMenuMode*
-+Values: 0, 1, 2, 3.
-+Default: 3
-+
-+This option can take 4 values:
-+ "0": Turns the menu off.
-+ "1": Turns the 'comment' menu on with no menu shortcut.
-+ "2": Turns the 'comment 'menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+ "3": Turns the 'Plugin -> comment' menu on with <alt>-c as the shortcut.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDUsePlaceHolders*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to specify whether place-holder delimiters should be used
-+when adding nested comments.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDShutUp*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 1.
-+
-+This option is used to prevent the script from echoing "Unknown filetype"
-+messages. Stick this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERDShutUp=1
-+<
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDSpaceDelims*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people prefer a space after the left delimiter and before the right
-+delimiter like this: >
-+ /* int foo=2; */
-+<
-+as opposed to this: >
-+ /*int foo=2;*/
-+<
-+If you want spaces to be added then set NERDSpaceDelims to 1 in your vimrc.
-+
-+See also |NERDRemoveExtraSpaces|.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDCompactSexyComs*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+Some people may want their sexy comments to be like this: >
-+ /* Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c */
-+<
-+As opposed to like this: >
-+ /*
-+ * Hi There!
-+ * This is a sexy comment
-+ * in c
-+ */
-+<
-+If this option is set to 1 then the top style will be used.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+ *NERDDefaultNesting*
-+Values: 0 or 1.
-+Default 0.
-+
-+When this option is set to 1, comments are nested automatically. That is, if
-+you hit ,cc on a line that is already commented it will be commented
-+again
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.3 Default delimiter customisation *NERDComDefaultDelims*
-+
-+If you want the NERD commenter to use the alternative delimiters for a
-+specific filetype by default then put a line of this form into your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style=1
-+<
-+Example: java uses // style comments by default, but you want it to default to
-+/* */ style comments instead. You would put this line in your vimrc: >
-+ let NERD_java_alt_style=1
-+<
-+
-+See |NERDComAltDelim| for switching commenting styles at runtime.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+3.4 Key mapping customisation *NERDComMappings*
-+
-+These options are used to override the default keys that are used for the
-+commenting mappings. Their values must be set to strings. As an example: if
-+you wanted to use the mapping ,foo to uncomment lines of code then
-+you would place this line in your vimrc >
-+ let NERDUncomLineMap=",foo"
-+<
-+Check out |NERDComFunctionality| for details about what the following
-+mappings do.
-+
-+Default Mapping Option to override~
-+
-+,ca NERDAltComMap
-+,ce NERDAppendComMap
-+,cl NERDComAlignLeftMap
-+,cb NERDComAlignBothMap
-+,cr NERDComAlignRightMap
-+<C-c> NERDComInInsertMap
-+,ci NERDComLineInvertMap
-+,cc NERDComLineMap
-+,cn NERDComLineNestMap
-+,cs NERDComLineSexyMap
-+,c<space> NERDComLineToggleMap
-+,cm NERDComLineMinimalMap
-+,c$ NERDComToEOLMap
-+,cy NERDComLineYankMap
-+,cu NERDUncomLineMap
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+4. Issues with the script{{{2 *NERDComIssues*
-+
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.1 Delimiter detection heuristics *NERDComHeuristics*
-+
-+Heuristics are used to distinguish the real comment delimiters
-+
-+Because we have comment mappings that place delimiters in the middle of lines,
-+removing comment delimiters is a bit tricky. This is because if comment
-+delimiters appear in a line doesnt mean they really ARE delimiters. For
-+example, Java uses // comments but the line >
-+ System.out.println("//");
-+<
-+clearly contains no real comment delimiters.
-+
-+To distinguish between ``real'' comment delimiters and ``fake'' ones we use a
-+set of heuristics. For example, one such heuristic states that any comment
-+delimiter that has an odd number of non-escaped " characters both preceding
-+and following it on the line is not a comment because it is probably part of a
-+string. These heuristics, while usually pretty accurate, will not work for all
-+cases.
-+
-+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-+4.2 Nesting issues *NERDComNesting*
-+
-+If we have some line of code like this: >
-+ /*int foo */ = /*5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+This will not be uncommented legally. The NERD commenter will remove the
-+"outter most" delimiters so the line will become: >
-+ int foo */ = /*5 + 9;
-+<
-+which almost certainly will not be what you want. Nested sets of comments will
-+uncomment fine though. Eg: >
-+ /*int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;*/
-+<
-+will become: >
-+ int/* foo =*/ 5 + 9;
-+<
-+(Note that in the above examples I have deliberately not used place holders
-+for simplicity)
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+6. The author {{{2 *NERDComAuthor*
-+
-+The author of the NERD commenter is Martyzillatron --- the half robot, half
-+dinosaur bastard son of Megatron and Godzilla. He enjoys destroying
-+metropolises and eating tourist busses.
-+
-+Drop him a line at martin_grenfell at msn.com. He would love to hear from you.
-+its a lonely life being the worlds premier terror machine. How would you feel
-+if your face looked like a toaster and a t-rex put together? :(
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+7. TODO list {{{2 *NERDComTodo*
-+
-+Uncommenting of minimal comments needs to be more robust. Currently it is easy
-+to get illegal syntax when uncommenting them.
-+
-+
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Changelog {{{2 *NERDComChangelog*
-+
-+2.1.4
-+ - added support for the ahk filetype. Cheers to Don Hatlestad for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for desktop and xsd filetypes. Thanks to Christophe Benz.
-+ - added dummy support for Rails-log
-+ - fixed a bunch of bugs in the comment delimiter setup process, thanks to
-+ Cheng Fang for the email :D
-+ - hardcore refactoring and removal of seldomly used, overly-complex
-+ functionality.
-+ - the script now requires vim 7
-+2.1.3
-+ - fixed numerous bugs that were causing tabs to permanently be converted
-+ to spaces, even if noexpandtab was set. Thanks to Heptite on #vim for
-+ working with me to track them down :)
-+ - added dummy support for "lookupfile". Thanks to David Fishburn for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for "rst", thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for the email.
-+
-+2.1.2
-+ - added support for the vera and ldif filetypes. Thanks to Normandie
-+ Azucena and Florian Apolloner for the emails.
-+
-+2.1.1
-+ - added dummy support for SVNcommitlog and vcscommit. Thanks to John
-+ O'Shea for the email.
-+ - added support for Groovy. Thanks to Jason Mills for the email.
-+2.1.0
-+ - now the script resets the delimiters when the filetype of the buffer
-+ changes (thanks to James Hales for the patch)
-+ - added formal support/doc for prepending a count to many of the
-+ commenting maps so you can go, eg, 5,cc to comment 5 lines from normal
-+ mode. Thanks again to James Hales for the patch.
-+ - added support for the "gams" filetype that Jorge Rodrigues created.
-+ - added support for the "objc" filetype, thanks to Rainer Müller for the
-+ email.
-+ - added support for the "sass" filetype that Dmitry Ilyashevich created.
-+
-+2.0.7
-+ - Added support for eclass and ebuild filetypes. Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky
-+ for the email.
-+
-+2.0.6
-+ - Changed the default setting of NERDMapleader to ",c", meaning all the
-+ maps now start with ,c instead of \c. This is to stop a major mapping
-+ clash with the vcscommand plugin. Anyone wanting to keep the \c map
-+ leader should read :help NERDMapleader.
-+ - Added support for debcontrol and dummy support for debchangelog
-+ filetypes, thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for the email.
-+ - Made it so that the NERDShutUp option now only controls the "Pleeease
-+ email the delimiters..." requests. It no longer affects the general
-+ output of the script.
-+ - Simplified the names of the help tags.
-+
-+2.0.5
-+ - Added support for autoit, autohotkey and docbk filetypes (thanks to
-+ Michael Böhler)
-+ - Added support for cmake (thanks to Aaron Small)
-+ - Added support for htmldjango and django filetypes (thanks to Ramiro
-+ Morales)
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby again
-+ - Applied a patch from Seth Mason to fix some pathing issues with the help
-+ file installation.
-+
-+2.0.4
-+ - Added support for verilog_systemverilog and systemverilog filetypes
-+ (Thanks to Alexey for the email)
-+ - Added support for fstab, thanks to Lizendir for the email.
-+ - Added support for the smarty filetype.
-+ - Improved the delimiters for eruby.
-+ - Added dummy support for changelog filetype.
-+
-+2.0.3
-+ - Added dummy support for the csv filetype (thx to Mark Woodward for the
-+ email)
-+ - Added dummy support for vo_base and otl filetypes (thanks to fREW for
-+ the email)
-+
-+2.0.2:
-+ - Minor bug fix that was stopping nested comments from working
-+
-+2.0.1:
-+ - Fixed the visual bell for the |NERDComToEOLMap| map.
-+ - Added another possible value to the NERDMenuMode option which causes the
-+ menu to be displayed under 'Plugin -> Comment'. See :h NERDMenuMode.
-+ This new menu mode is now the default.
-+ - Added support for the occam filetype (thanks to Anders for emailing me)
-+ - Made the main commenting function (NERDComment) available outside the
-+ script.
-+ - bug fixes and refactoring
-+
-+2.0.0:
-+ - NOTE: renamed the script to NERD_commenter.vim. When you install this
-+ version you must delete the old files: NERD_comments.vim and
-+ NERD_comments.txt.
-+ - Reworked the mappings and main entry point function for the script to
-+ avoid causing visual-bells and screen scrolling.
-+ - Changes to the script options (see |NERD_com-Customisation| for
-+ details):
-+ - They are all camel case now instead of underscored.
-+ - Converted all of the regular expression options into simple boolean
-+ options for simplicity.
-+ - All the options are now stated positively, eg.
-+ NERD_dont_remove_spaces_regexp has become NERDRemoveExtraSpaces.
-+ - Some of the option names have been changed (other than in the above
-+ ways)
-+ - Some have been removed altogether, namely: NERD_create_h_filetype
-+ (why was a commenting script creating a filetype?!),
-+ NERD_left_align_regexp, NERD_right_align_regexp,
-+
-+ - Removed all the NERD_use_alt_style_XXX_coms options and replaced them
-+ with a better system. Now if a filetype has alternative delims, the
-+ script will check whether an option of the form
-+ "NERD_<&filetype>_alt_style" exists, and if it does then alt delims will
-+ be used. See |NERD_com-cust-delims| for details.
-+ - The script no longer removes extra spaces for sexy comments for the
-+ NERDRemoveExtraSpaces option (it will still remove spaces if
-+ NERDSpaceDelims is set).
-+ - Added dummy support for viminfo and rtf.
-+ - Added support for the "gentoo-package-\(keywords\|mask\|use\)"
-+ filetypes.
-+ - Added '#' comments as an alternative for the asm filetype
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik and Anders for bug reports, and again to Anders
-+for his patch. Thanks to John O'Shea and fREW for the filetype
-+information.
-+
-+==============================================================================
-+8. Credits {{{2 *NERDComCredits*
-+
-+Thanks and respect to the following people:
-+
-+Thanks to Nick Brettell for his many ideas and criticisms. A bloody good
-+bastard.
-+:normal :.-2s/good//
-+
-+Thanks to Matthew Hawkins for his awesome refactoring!
-+
-+Thanks to the authors of the vimspell whose documentation
-+installation function I stole :)
-+
-+Thanks to Greg Searle for the idea of using place-holders for nested comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Nguyen for the suggestions and pointing the h file highlighting bug!
-+Also, thanks for the idea of doing sexy comments as well as his suggestions
-+relating to it :P
-+Thanks again to Nguyen for complaining about the NERD_comments menu mapping
-+(<Alt>-c) interfering with another mapping of his... and thus the
-+NERD_dont_create_menu_shortcut option was born :P
-+(it was then replaced with NERD_menu_mode in version 1.67 :)
-+
-+Thanks to Sam R for pointing out some filetypes that NERD_comments could support!
-+
-+Cheers to Litchi for the idea of having a mapping that appends a comment to
-+the current line :)
-+
-+Thanks to jorge scandaliaris and Shufeng Zheng for telling me about some
-+problems with commenting in visual mode. Thanks again to Jorge for his
-+continued suggestions on this matter :)
-+
-+Thanks to Martin Stubenschrott for pointing out a bug with the <C-c> mapping
-+:) Ive gotta stop breaking this mapping!
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Erlmann for pointing out a conflict that this script was
-+having with the taglist plugin.
-+
-+Thanks to Brent Rice for alerting me about, and helping me track down, a bug
-+in the script when the "ignorecase" option in vim was set.
-+
-+Thanks to Richard Willis for telling me about how line continuation was
-+causing problems on cygwin. Also, thanks pointing out a bug in the help file
-+and for suggesting // comments for c (its about time SOMEONE did :P). May ANSI
-+have mercy on your soul :)
-+
-+Thanks to Igor Prischepoff for suggesting that i implement "toggle comments".
-+Also, thanks for his suggested improvements about toggle comments after i
-+implemented them.
-+
-+Thanks to harry for telling me that i broke the <leader>cn mapping in 1.53 :),
-+and thanks again for telling me about a bug that occurred when editing a file
-+in a new tab.
-+
-+Thanks to Martin (Krischikim?) for his patch that fixed a bug with the doc
-+install function and added support for ada comments with spaces as well as
-+making a couple of other small changes.
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug with when commenting c files
-+:)... [a few days later] ok i completely misunderstood what David was talking
-+about and ended up fixing a completely different bug to what he was talking
-+about :P
-+
-+Thanks to David Bourgeois for pointing out a bug when changing buffers.
-+
-+Cheers to Eike Von Seggern for sending me a patch to fix a bug in 1.60 that
-+was causing spaces to be added to the end of lines with single-part
-+delimiters. It's nice when people do my work for me :D
-+
-+Thanks to Torsten Blix for telling me about a couple of bugs when uncommenting
-+sexy comments. Sexy comments dont look so sexy when they are only half removed
-+:P
-+
-+Thanks to Alexander "boesi" Bosecke for pointing out a bug that was stopping
-+the NERD_space_delim_filetype_regexp option from working with left aligned
-+toggle comments. And for pointing out a bug when initialising VB comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for suggesting the idea of "Minimal comments".
-+And for suggested improvements to minimal comments.
-+
-+Thanks to Norick Chen for emailing in a patch that fixed the asp delimiters.
-+In 1.65
-+
-+Thanks to Jonathan Derque for alerting me to some filetypes that could be
-+supported (Namely: context, plaintext and mail).
-+
-+Thanks to Joseph Barker for the sugesting that the menu be an optional
-+feature.
-+
-+Thanks to Gary Church and Tim Carey-Smith for complaining about the
-+keymappings and causing me to introduce the NERD_mapleader option :)
-+
-+Thanks to Vigil for pointing out that the "fetchmail" filetype was not
-+supported and emailing me the delimiters
-+
-+Thanks to Michael Brunner for telling me about the kconfig filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Antono Vasiljev for telling me about the netdict filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Melissa Reid for telling me about the omlet filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Ilia N Ternovich for alerting me to the 'qf' (quickfix) filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Markus Klinik for emailing me about a bug for sexy comments where
-+spaces were being eaten.
-+
-+Thanks to John O'Shea for emailing me about the RTF filetype. Thanks again for
-+the SVNcommitlog and vcscommit filetypes.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders for emailing me a patch to help get rid of all the visual
-+bells and screen scrolling, and for sending me the delimiters for the occam
-+filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to Anders and Markus Klinik for emailing me about the screen scrolling
-+issues and finally getting me off my ass about them :P
-+
-+Thanks to Mark Woodward for emailing me about the csv filetype.
-+
-+Thanks to fREW for emailing me with the /gentoo-package-(mask|keywords|use)/
-+filetypes the vo_base filetype.
++ " Fourth step: Set the arguments for searchpair().
++ let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
++ let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
++ let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
++ let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
++ let fin = strpart(group, j)
++ "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
++ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
++ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
++ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
++ " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
++ let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
++ let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
++ let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
++ " Set mid. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
++ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
++ \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
++ let mid = ""
++ endif
++ " Set flag. This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
++ if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
++ \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
++ let flag = "bW"
++ else
++ let flag = "W"
++ endif
++ " Set skip.
++ if exists("b:match_skip")
++ let skip = b:match_skip
++ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
++ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
++ else
++ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
++ endif
++ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ let b:match_ini = ini
++ let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
++ endif
+
-+Thanks to Alexey for emailing me about the verilog_systemverilog/systemverilog
-+filetypes.
++ " Fifth step: actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
++ " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
++ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
++ normal! g0
++ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
++ normal! H
++ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
++ execute restore_cursor
++ call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
++ " normal! 0
++ " if curcol
++ " execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
++ " endif
++ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
++ let skip = "0"
++ else
++ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
++ endif
++ let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
++ let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
++ " Restore cursor position and original screen.
++ execute restore_cursor
++ normal! m'
++ if sp_return > 0
++ execute final_position
++ endif
++ return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
++endfun
+
-+Cheers to Lizendir for the email about the fstab filetype
++" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
++" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
++fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
++ execute "set" a:options
++ " Open folds, if appropriate.
++ if a:mode != "o"
++ if &foldopen =~ "percent"
++ normal! zv
++ endif
++ " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
++ " (for example, d%).
++ " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
++ elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
++ \ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
++ if a:0
++ " Check whether the match is a single character. If not, move to the
++ " end of the match.
++ let matchline = getline(".")
++ let currcol = col(".")
++ let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
++ let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
++ if endcol > currcol " This is NOT off by one!
++ execute "normal!" . (endcol - currcol) . "l"
++ endif
++ endif " a:0
++ endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
++ return 0
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Michael Böhler for emailing me with the autoit, autohotkey and docbk
-+filetypes.
++" Example (simplified HTML patterns): if
++" a:groupBR = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
++" a:prefix = '^.\{3}\('
++" a:group = '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
++" a:suffix = '\).\{2}$'
++" a:matchline = "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
++" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
++fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
++ if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
++ \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
++ return a:group
++ endif
++ let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
++ let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
++ let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
++ let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
++ \ a:groupBR)
++ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
++ let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
++ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
++ " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
++ if wordBR != ini
++ let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
++ else
++ " let table = "----------"
++ let table = ""
++ let d = 0
++ while d < 10
++ if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
++ " let table[d] = d
++ let table = table . d
++ else
++ let table = table . "-"
++ endif
++ let d = d + 1
++ endwhile
++ endif
++ let d = 9
++ while d
++ if table[d] != "-"
++ let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
++ \ '\'.table[d], "")
++ " Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
++ let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
++ execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
++ let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
++ let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
++ \ escape(backref, '\\'), 'g')
++ endif
++ let d = d-1
++ endwhile
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ if s:do_BR
++ let b:match_table = table
++ let b:match_word = word
++ else
++ let b:match_table = ""
++ let b:match_word = ""
++ endif
++ endif
++ return ini . ":" . tailBR
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Aaron Small for emailing me about the cmake filetype.
++" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
++" a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
++" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
++" return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
++fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
++ let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
++ let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
++ let parsed = ""
++ while groups =~ '[^,:]'
++ let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
++ let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
++ let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
++ let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
++ let groups = strpart(groups, j)
++ let parsed = parsed . ini
++ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
++ while i != -1
++ " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
++ let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
++ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
++ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
++ let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
++ endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
++ let parsed = parsed . ","
++ endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
++ return parsed
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Ramiro for emailing me about the htmldjango and django filetypes.
++" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
++" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
++" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
++" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
++" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
++" ends after a:start .
++" Usage:
++" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
++" let i = match(getline("."), regexp)
++" let j = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
++" let match = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
++fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
++ let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
++ let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
++ let len = strlen(a:string)
++ let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
++ if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
++ let prefix = ''
++ endif
++ return prefix . group . suffix
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Seth Mason for sending me a patch to fix some pathing issues for the
-+help doc installation.
++" No extra arguments: s:Ref(string, d) will
++" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
++" to and including the matching '\)'.
++" One argument: s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
++" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
++" Two arguments: s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
++" executed, having the effect of
++" :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
++" :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
++fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
++ let len = strlen(a:string)
++ if a:d == 0
++ let start = 0
++ else
++ let cnt = a:d
++ let match = a:string
++ while cnt
++ let cnt = cnt - 1
++ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
++ if index == -1
++ return ""
++ endif
++ let match = strpart(match, index)
++ endwhile
++ let start = len - strlen(match)
++ if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
++ return start - 2
++ endif
++ let cnt = 1
++ while cnt
++ let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
++ if index == -2
++ return ""
++ endif
++ " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
++ let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1) " ')'
++ " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
++ let match = strpart(match, index+1)
++ endwhile
++ let start = start - 2
++ let len = len - start - strlen(match)
++ endif
++ if a:0 == 1
++ return len
++ elseif a:0 == 2
++ return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
++ else
++ return strpart(a:string, start, len)
++ endif
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Stefano Zacchiroli for emailing me with the debcontrol and
-+debchangelog filetypes.
++" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
++" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
++" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
++" s:Count(string, pattern).
++fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
++ let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
++ if a:0 > 1
++ let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
++ let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
++ let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
++ return strlen(foo)
++ endif
++ let result = 0
++ let foo = a:string
++ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
++ while index != -1
++ let result = result + 1
++ let foo = strpart(foo, index)
++ let index = matchend(foo, pat)
++ endwhile
++ return result
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Alex Tarkovsky for emailing me about the ebuild and eclass
-+filetypes.
++" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
++" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'. That is, the first
++" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
++" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
++" by '\3'. The hard part is dealing with nesting...
++" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
++" unless it is preceded by "\".
++fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
++ let word = a:target
++ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
++ let table = "----------"
++ while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
++ let d = word[i]
++ let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
++ " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref. Before we do this,
++ " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
++ " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
++ " into backref. Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on. The group
++ " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
++ " s within a:source.
++ " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
++ let w = s:Count(
++ \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
++ let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
++ let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
++ while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
++ \ && s < 10
++ if table[s] == "-"
++ if w + b < 10
++ " let table[s] = w + b
++ let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
++ endif
++ let b = b + 1
++ let s = s + 1
++ else
++ execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
++ let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
++ let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
++ \ . strpart(backref, start+len)
++ let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
++ endif
++ endwhile
++ let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
++ let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
++ endwhile
++ let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
++ if a:output == "table"
++ return table
++ elseif a:output == "word"
++ return word
++ else
++ return table . word
++ endif
++endfun
+
-+Cheers to Jorge Rodrigues for emailing me about the gams filetype.
++" Assume a:comma = ",". Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
++" a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
++" a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
++" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
++" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
++fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
++ let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
++ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
++ if a:0
++ let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
++ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
++ endif
++ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
++ if a:branch == ""
++ let currpat = current
++ else
++ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
++ endif
++ while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
++ let tail = strpart(tail, i)
++ let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
++ if i == -1
++ return -1
++ endif
++ let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
++ if a:branch == ""
++ let currpat = current
++ else
++ let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
++ endif
++ if a:0
++ let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
++ let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
++ endif
++ endwhile
++ if a:0
++ let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
++ endif
++ return current
++endfun
+
-+Cheers to James Hales for the patch that made the comment maps work better with
-+counts, and made the script reset comment delims for a buffer when its
-+filetype changes.
++" Call this function to turn on debugging information. Every time the main
++" script is run, buffer variables will be saved. These can be used directly
++" or viewed using the menu items below.
++if !exists(":MatchDebug")
++ command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
++endif
+
-+Thank to Rainer Müller for emailing me with the Objective C delimiters.
++fun! s:Match_debug()
++ let b:match_debug = 1 " Save debugging information.
++ " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
++ amenu &Matchit.&pat :echo b:match_pat<CR>
++ " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
++ amenu &Matchit.&match :echo b:match_match<CR>
++ " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
++ amenu &Matchit.&curcol :echo b:match_col<CR>
++ " wholeBR = matching group, original version
++ amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR :echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
++ " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
++ amenu &Matchit.ini&BR :echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
++ " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
++ amenu &Matchit.&ini :echo b:match_ini<CR>
++ " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
++ amenu &Matchit.&tail :echo b:match_tail<CR>
++ " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
++ amenu &Matchit.&word :echo b:match_word<CR>
++ " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
++ amenu &Matchit.t&able :echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
++endfun
+
-+Thanks to Jason Mills for emailing me the Groovy filetype.
++" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
++" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
++" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
++" let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
++" will return to the original position. If there is a problem, do not
++" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
++" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
++" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching. It might be a good
++" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
++fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
++ if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
++ return ""
++ end
++ let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
++ if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
++ let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
++ endif
++ let startline = line(".")
++ let startcol = col(".")
+
-+Thanks to Normandie Azucena for emailing me about the vera filetype.
++ " First step: if not already done, set the script variables
++ " s:do_BR flag for whether there are backrefs
++ " s:pat parsed version of b:match_words
++ " s:all regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
++ " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
++ let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
++ \ '\/\*:\*\/,#if\%(def\)\=:#else\>:#elif\>:#endif\>'
++ " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
++ if b:match_words =~ ":"
++ let match_words = b:match_words
++ else
++ execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
++ endif
++ if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
++ \ exists("b:match_debug")
++ let s:last_words = match_words
++ let s:last_mps = &mps
++ if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
++ let s:do_BR = 0
++ let s:pat = match_words
++ else
++ let s:do_BR = 1
++ let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
++ endif
++ let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
++ \ '[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
++ if exists("b:match_debug")
++ let b:match_pat = s:pat
++ endif
++ endif
+
-+Thanks to Florian Apolloner for emailing me about the ldif filetype.
++ " Second step: figure out the patterns for searchpair()
++ " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
++ " - TODO: A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
++ " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
++ " - into separate functions!
++ let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
++ let open = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
++ \ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
++ let open = '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
++ let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
++ \ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
++ let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
++ if exists("b:match_skip")
++ let skip = b:match_skip
++ elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
++ let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
++ else
++ let skip = 's:comment\|string'
++ endif
++ let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
++ " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
++ " normal! H
++ " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
++ let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
++ normal! g0
++ let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
++ normal! H
++ let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
++ execute restore_cursor
+
-+Cheers to David Fishburn for emailing me with the lookupfile filetype.
++ " Third step: call searchpair().
++ " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
++ let openpat = substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
++ let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
++ let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
++ let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
++ if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
++ let skip = '0'
++ else
++ execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
++ endif
++ mark '
++ let level = v:count1
++ while level
++ if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
++ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ return ""
++ endif
++ let level = level - 1
++ endwhile
+
-+Thanks to Niels Aan de Brugh for emailing me with the rst filetype.
++ " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
++ call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
++ return restore_cursor
++endfun
+
-+Cheers to heptite on #vim for helping me track down some tab-space conversion
-+bugs.
++" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
++" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
++" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
++" as s:Match_wrapper() . Later, it may get its own patterns,
++" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
++" fun! s:Autocomplete()
++" echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
++" if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
++" return ""
++" end
++" let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
++"
++" if startpos == ""
++" return ""
++" endif
++" " - TODO: figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
++" " - the appropriate closing.
++" let matchline = getline(".")
++" let curcol = col(".") - 1
++" " - TODO: Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
++" let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
++" let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
++" let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{' . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
++" let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$' : '\)$')
++" " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
++" let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
++" let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
++" " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
++" " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
++" let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
++" let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
++" let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
++" let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
++" " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
++" if s:do_BR
++" let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
++" endif
++" " let g:group = group
++"
++" " - TODO: Construct the closing from group.
++" let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
++" execute startpos
++" return fake
++" endfun
+
-+Cheers to Don Hatlestad for telling me about the ahk filetype
++" Close all open structures. "Get the heck out of here!"
++" fun! s:Gthhoh()
++" let close = s:Autocomplete()
++" while strlen(close)
++" put=close
++" let close = s:Autocomplete()
++" endwhile
++" endfun
+
-+Thanks to Christophe Benz for emailing me with the Desktop and xsd filetypes.
++" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
++" s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
++" S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
++" r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
++" R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
++fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
++ let skip = a:str
++ if skip[1] == ":"
++ if skip[0] == "s"
++ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
++ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
++ elseif skip[0] == "S"
++ let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
++ \ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
++ elseif skip[0] == "r"
++ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
++ elseif skip[0] == "R"
++ let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
++ endif
++ endif
++ return skip
++endfun
+
-+Cheers to Cheng Fang for the bug reports :D
++let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+
-+Cheers to myself for being the best looking man on Earth!
-+=== END_DOC
-+" vim: set foldmethod=marker :
++" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
diff -urN vim71/runtime/plugin/taglist.vim vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/taglist.vim
--- vim71/runtime/plugin/taglist.vim 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
+++ vim71_ada/runtime/plugin/taglist.vim 2008-01-16 16:37:03.000000000 +0100